■m$$

THE JOURNAL

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB.

VOL. IV.

1874—1877.

t^J t^

WOODS
40L£

Sonbon :

[Published for the Club,]
HARDWICKE AND BOGUE, 192, PICCADILLY.

THE JOURNAL

OF THI^

utlutt lltirr0st0pintl <&htfr.

On the Salivary Glands of the Cockroach.

By T. Charters White, M.K.C.S., F.R.M.S., &o.

Read Sept. 25, 1874.

As my communication this evening must be regai'ded more in
the light of an introduction to an interesting object than in that of
an elaborated paper, I shall not enter to any great extent
into the structure and functions of the various glands met with in
the animal frame, but it is necessary to the proper understanding
of the salivary glands of the cockroach which I exhibit to-night
that I should, for the advantage of those present who may have no
technical knowledge of the subject, explain briefly the functions
destined to be performed by a gland, and the types upon which the
various glands are constructed. The office of a gland is the
elimination of certain materials from the blood, which are either
stored up for future use in the animal economy, or are cast out as
effete and deleterious to the system ; we may instance the gastric,
juice and the saliva, as illustrating the first, and the urine and
< sweat as examples of the second. That this process may be fully
and perfectly carried out, the blood must be brought into close
proximity with the agents by which this eliminating process is
effected, and an examination of the gland will show the elements
whereby this change is produced. We may realise from Dr.
Sharpey's description better than from any words of mine, the
structural elements concerned in secretion, and therefore with your
permission I will quote them. He says — " In the structural adap-

YOL. III. b

2 T. C. WHITE ON THE SALIVARY GLANDS OF THE COCKROACH.

tations of a secreting apparatus, it is in the first place provided
that the blood vessels approach some free surface from which the
secretion is poured out. The vessels, however, do not open upon the
secreting surface, for the coats as well as the tissues covering them
are permeable to liquids ; and the most favourable conditions for
the discharge of fluid are ensured by the division of the vessels
into their finest or capillary branches, and by the arrangement of
these capillaries in close order as near as possible to the surface.
In this way their coats are reduced to the greatest degree of
tenuity and simplicity, and the blood brought into contact with the
permeable parietes of its containing channels, as well as effectually
and by reason of its slow motion, for a long time exposed to those
influences, whether operating from within or without the vessels,
which promote transudation."

One of the elements of this process is the extension of the
surface over which the blood may be exposed ; it may either be
spread otit like the sweat glands in the skin, or it may be drawn
into complicated folds, as in the kidney ; but, however accomplished,
the blood must be brought into contact with the layer of secreting
cells by which the peculiar elements are withdrawn. We have
various examples of the types upon which the glands were formed
depicted in the diagram taken from Quain and Sharpey's Anatomy,
and by it you will see that whatever the form of the gland, the
elements entering into it are a layer of capillary blood vessels, a
basement membrane, and a layer of secreting cells. The glands
may be simple membranes with a plain secreting surface, or they
may be pouch-like inflections of that surface, or these pouches may
have pouches again on their walls, and so the gland may become
sacculated or lobular. Those of you who have read Mr. Lowne's
valuable monograph on the anatomy of the Blowfly, will remember
his drawing of the salivary glands of that insect, and will readily
recognise in it the simple tubular character of the gland, while a
reference to the salivary glands of the Cockroach which I exhibit
under my microscope, will give you a very good illustration of
glands of the compound or lobulated kind. These organs occupy
in the Cockroach the same position as the salivary glands of the
fly, and are analogous to them in function without a doubt;
they are situated in the anterior part of the thorax, and
in front of the anterior thoracic ganglion from which they
may derive part of their nerve supply; to expose them, it

T. C. WHITE ON THE SALIVARY GLANDS OF THE COCKROACH. 6

is necessary to remove the segment carrying the first pair of legs,
when upon searching amongst the muscular debris left by that
removal, the glands will readily be found attached to the oesophagus
on either side. They are of a twofold character, being made
up of two sacs and two compound glands. The salivary sacs
are not at first readily distinguishable as sacs, as they are collapsed
and not inflated as the air sacs of insects usually are — they
appear to be formed of two coats, the external being composed of
nucleated membrane, while the internal coat appears to be base-
ment membrane carrying a layer of columnar epithelium. The
sacs communicate with the mouth by means of ducts which unite
as a common channel as they emerge from the anterior part of the
thorax. The ducts bear a general resemblance to the tracheal
tubes, but of a larger calibre, a slight constriction being noticeable
at the point of their union with the sacs, but nothing resembling
the valve pointed out by Mr. Lowne as existing in the salivary
duct of the fly exists in the case of the Cockroach. More closely
attached to the outside of the oesophagus, and lying between it and
the salivary sacs, the glands may be found spread out as a layer : they
are exceedingly delicate, and require very tender manipulation to
detach them from the oesophagus, which they embrace very closely.
Upon a more minute examination, they will be seen made up into a
number of lobes, like a bunch of grapes, each lobe being a congeries
of cells, attached by fibres of connective tissue to adjoining lobes.
Between the cells small passages may be observed which form
the beginnings of fine tubes, these, coalescing with others, ulti-
mately join to form the principal duct, which running on by the
side of the duct of the salivary sac meets its fellow of the opposite
side a short distance anterior to the bifurcation of the two ducts
of the salivary sacs, the four ducts there uniting and entering into
the formation of a common duct, which eventually opens on the
upper surface of the labium. The supply of nerves to these glands
has been a point of great difficulty, and I have not made a
demonstration of them that I can positively rely on, but I believe
that the common duct passes down between the ganglionic cords,
and there receives some of the fibres of the anterior ganglion, but
you can easily imagine that in a dissection of this kind, where great
delicacy of touch and manipulation is required, that many of these
fine nervous fibres would of necessity be ruptured and their traces
lost.

On Cutting Sections of the Eyes of Insects, and on a
New Instrument for that purpose.
By R. Packenham Williams.
{Read Oct. 23, 1874.)

The general subject of cutting sections of soft tissues, has been
so much before the Club of late, that I fear it may have lost some of
the interest properly belonging to so important a branch of practical
microscopy. Insect eye-sectioning is, however, a speciality which
will I am sure command a special interest ; as it is comparatively
speaking, a new field of labour for the enthusiastic microscopist,
and one in which extraordinary activity has recently been exhibited.

Skilful dissectors have no doubt been able to make out sufficient
of the structure of insects' eyes to justify them in presenting the
ideal sections of those wondrous organs of visions, which are to
be met with in the various hand-books for the Microscope.
Indeed it must be conceded, that the ideal sections are in advance
of those that are real, for, are they not the results of the
" Scientific use of the imagination ?" and can we not conceive of
tilings as they ought to be, far more easily than we can execute
them ? I, therefore, think it unlikely that any one has ever seen,
or ever will see, a real section as perfect as the ideal one figured
on p. CG3of " Carpenter's Hand-book for the Microscope," for the
necessities of the case demand that a section to be as perfect
must be considerably thinner towards the ganglion, so as to show
the filamentous termination of the diaphanous bodies.

Be that as it may, sections of wonderful perfection have been
exhibited from time to time in this room ; and I, as one of the
workers in this field, am encouraged to hope that what little
information I have to give, will be regarded in the light of a
contribution to our knowledge of a somewhat difficult subject.

I propose treating, in the first place, of the preparation of the
head for cutting ; in the next place, of the method applicable,

ON CUTTING SECTIONS OF THE EYES OF INSECTS, &C. 5

whatever instrument may be used for cutting ; and finally, of
the instrument I have devised for this purpose.

The preparation for cutting is to the last degree important, for,
however perfect the cutting instrument may be, if the head be not
properly prepared, all attemps at sectioning it will be in vain
I have found, after many trials, that alcohol, 60° over proof
gives the most uniform results : but previous to putting the insect
into spirits I give it a gentle shaking in a phial of Benzine. I
do so because, in the subsequent embedding in bees-wax, greasiness
would prove fatal to the adhesion of the wax. Now oil dissolves
wax, with which it mixes mechanically, but alcohol effects the
complete separation of its components, so that alcohol as a
hardening medium has here a great advantage, there being an
affinity at the temperature necessary to melt the wax, between it
and that substance. The head may be allowed to remain in spirits
from four to forty-eight hours. I have cut some very good
sections after four hours' soaking, while others, after forty-eight
hours' preparation, were still soft ; again others, after forty-eight
hours' soaking were absolutely brittle. This appears to indicate
that some condition of which we can only guess the nature,
influences the result.

The great difference inter se in the composition of the layers
of the eye, and the different extent to which they are influenced
by alcohol, constitutes to my mind the difficulty of preparation.

I have therefore thought that the best heads on which to operate,
would be those of insects just on the point of emergence from the
chrysalis or pupa state, as the mass of the head is then more
nearly homogeneous, the integuments not having been hardened
by exposure.

The head having been hardened, the next step is to imbed it
in wax or some other more suitable material, to hold it firmly
. during the operation of cutting. For this purpose I have used
, unbleached bees-wax, which I abandoned for a wax of my own
preparation ; I did so, because I found that the melting point of
the wax (142° F.) was dangerously near that at which complete
collapse of the head might be expected — if the cornea be at all
soft, as in the case of dipterous insects. Some use solid pa-
raffin, which melts at the temperature of 128° F. This is certainly
a safer medium, but it is to my mind rather brittle ; I therefore
sought for some wax which would have a low melting point, and

b R. P. WILLIAMS ON

would be afc the same time capable of being cut into very thin slices
without breaking. Such a wax I at length obtained, by melting
togelher butter of cocoa and bleached bees-wax, adding a little
new Canada balsam. Butter of cacao, extracted from the seeds of
the Theobroma cacao, melts, according to Thompson, in his
" Chemistry of Organic Bodies," at 122°, and is capable of being
rendered almost colourless by agitation in hot water. I could
not succeed in doing so with the samples I obtained, which also had
very variable melting points ; one sample melting at 80°, and
another as high as 100°. However, a compound wax with any
desired melting point can be readily prepared in the manner just
mentioned. That which melts at about 120° can be safely recom-
mended

Let the bead be put up in the wax in such a way that the
cutting instrument shall be presented at right angles to the chord
of the more or less circular segment, which is the figure of the
outline of the eye ; thus, the plane of the section' will pass through
the centre of figure of the eye.

By far the most satisfactory section to take, is that cut in a
direction to show the structure of both eyes,* as sometimes a feature
not observable in the one may be discovered in the other. It may
at first sight appear difficult to imagine how this can be the case,
and, indeed, it has been questioned if such a section can be cut.
It will, I am sure, be evident that it can be done, when we reflect,
that if a plane passes through a line joining the centres of two
contiguous spherical segments, that it must — it would appear
almost superfluous to add — be radially presented. If the head,
having been put up in the wax, be tilted up a little at the crown,
such sections may be removed, when the cutter passes in the
direction indicated, i.e., through a line joining the centres of
figure for each eye, and only such sections will show the radial
arrangement of the vessels, whatever position the head occupies
whether cutting for one eye or for both. The razor or cutter
being presumably perfect, must be moistened with spirits of

* These sections, in the case of the Blow and House Flies, will show, when well
cut, not only the structure of the compound eyes, but also the very curious mem-
brane named by Mr. Lowne, the "Frontal sac," and which is said by him to be
an auxiliary organ of special sense — that of the olfactory. It is suspended almost
free in the frontal cavity, being attached but slenderly to the integument in front
and posteriorly to the central ganglion of the head. (See ," The Anatomy of the
Blow Fly," pp. 40 and 94.)

CUTTING SECTIONS OF THE EYES OF INSECTS, &C. 7

turpentine,* and having cut from the edge towards the summit
of the segment, and having arrived at that point where we may
expect to get the more perfect sections, the operator will find it to
his advantage to have a wax with a little lower melting point, and
taking up a bead of it on the end of a small steel rod, hold it in
a spirit lamp until it melts, then apply it immediately to the exposed
cut face of the head. This will have the effect of supporting by a
thin film of wax the next offcoming section, and with respect
to the cavities of the head, previously unfilled with wax, filling
them, and so supporting the head more effectually. A much more
delicate adjustment of the setting screw can be made by this means,
to the extent of one-third the thickness of those sections un-
supported in this way. I have found a small piece of tissue paper
dipped in turpentine, gently laid on the face of the section, to
answer nearly, if not quite as well, and it has the advantage of
rendering the application of any further heat unnecessary. The wax
may be removed from the section by heating — very gently — in
spirits of turpentine, and may be kept in that medium, till it
may be convenient to mount them, which is most easily done by
arranging on the slip with turpentine, and letting quite new
balsam be taken in by capillary attraction, in the usual way.

Let me now direct your attention to the instrument I have
devised for the cutting of these delicate sections. It is probable
that we are all more or less disposed to look upon our own
handiwork with too partial eyes. I have, nevertheless, keenly
criticised the theory on which the instrument is constructed. I
invite you to do the same, knowing well that the result of your
criticism — whether favourable to the machine or otherwise — will
be to the advantage of microscopical science. The indispensable
conditions of success in soft section cutting, where extreme thinness
is desired, are, I apprehend, first, perfect stability of the object —
with relation to the cutter's motion ; secondly, that the resultant
, motion, whether of the cutter, the object, or both, must be positively

* Some objection having been taken to the use of turpentine as a lubricant, I
think it proper to add, that such objections are completely met by the following
very simple plan. Place the sections in a small test-tube with turpentine, drain
off the turpentine when the wax is dissolved, and substitute absolute alcohol.
After allowing it to remain some few minutes, drain again, and add fresh alcohol.
It will then be found possible to stain with any of the aqueous solutions. The
secret of the success of this operation, is the use of absolute alcohol ; none other,
though considerably overproof, having the desired effect on the turpentine. It is
right to add, that it was Mr. Mclntire who communicated the fact to me, that
absolute alcohol dissolves turpentine.

8 R. P. WILLIAMS ON

in one plane. This is the " sine qua non" of the operation, which
it is the object of the constructors of such instruments to meet in
the most effective manner. Now a circular cutter fully meets these
requirements — as it can be made perfectly true, can be ground,
polished, and sharpened on the points, and in the position which it
will permanently occupy, and when made, can be submitted to a
rigid test in the following manner.

Let the image of a small fixed object, reflected from the acting
part of the disc, which is highly polished, be observed during
revolution, at a moderate speed. If it has been worked to a true
figure, the image will appear as fixed as the object viewed, directly;
if, on the contrary, it be untrue, the extent of the error will be seen
at once, in the aberrations of the image.

If a disc be executed so as to stand this test, then, the section
of its cutting edge will be represented by a right line ; that is to
say, its parts will lie evenly between its extremities, and it is only
necessary to make the object we desire to section move by
mechanical contrivances in a direction parallel (one plane of course
coinciding) with the plane of the cutter's motion, to have a
theoretically perfect section-cutting machine.

I have sought to accomplish this in the machine before you, by
a screw underneath the plate, the circular motion of which is
made available by band and pulleys, for revolving the cutter,
which revolves in a vertical plane in the same direction as the
object is caused to move in, by means of the aforesaid screw. A
second sliding apparatus is securely screwed to the first mentioned
slide. This second slide is to advance the object for each succes-
sive section, and is furnished with a fine screw for that purpose,
with 100 threads to theinch. By the milled head and index, a further
division of a hundredth of that interval can be effected, so that the
finest setting possible, is the l0^00, expressed decimally 0-0001 of
an inch.

The slide to which the adjusting screw is attached, carries a
little block faced with ebonite, on which the head is placed for
sectioning. This block is capable of motion round its centre, for the
adjustment of the head in any vertical plane, and the frame carry-
ing the cutter being moveable, is set so as just to clear the cutter
of the ebonite, which provision also enables us to introduce cutters
of larger size. One turn of the traversing screw advances the
object through a space equal to -£$ of an inch, the cutter having

CUTTING SECTIONS OF THE EYES OF INSECTS, &C. 9

simultaneously revolved three times, being equivalent to a straight
draw of three inches for every -J^. of an inch ; thus, if the head or
object be T^ of an inch thick, and a cut be made through it, the
cutter will revolve six times, or eighteen inches of cutting edge
will have been employed. I would point out, too, another advan-
tage, in the fact that the motions of the object and cutter are cor-
related, so that if the motion of the object is retarded, or stops
altogether, so does also that of the cutter. I have tried the effect
of great speed, by means of a multiplying wheel, but was so ill
satisfied with the result, as to return with greater confidence to the
velocity here adopted; there appears to be a very sensible advantage
in a tolerably quick, very steady, and correlated speed. It (the
instrument) cuts with a mechanical ease — so to speak — which de-
lights me every time I use it.

A clear idea of the construction of this machine may be obtained,
if you conceive of it as being composed of two parts, one having
two dove-tail slides urged by screws, at right angles to each other,
like the slide rest of a lathe, for carrying the object underneath the
cutter, and for adjustment. The other part is a contrivance for
transmitting while changing the direction of the motion of its
traversing screw to the cutter. It is, you will see, then, not quite
60 complex as it might at first sight appear to be, and is suitable for
cutting any soft tissue. One word with reference to the shape of the
cutter. It is of the utmost importance with this cutter, as with
any other, that it should be perfectly flat at the extreme edge,
even the feather edge thrown up in the process of sharpening, must
be removed by attrition with an equally flat surface.

While recommending thus briefly to your notice a machine
which has cost me many troublesome, not to say anxious moments,
I am vividly conscious that no machine, however delicately perfect,
can supply the place of that happy knack of doing things which
is such an essential element of success in microscopical manipula-
tion. But there can be no real objection to the proper use of
1 instruments for all that, for I make bold to say, that, although
there may be members present who can cut a very presentable
section with an ordinary pen-knife sharpened for the purpose, yet,
where great delicacy is required, the ordinary means must perforce
be superseded by that which promises better results, and is
therefore of more delicate construction.

It will be seen that I have drawn no comparison between this

10 ON CUTTING SECTIONS OF THE EYES OF INSECTS, &C.

instrument, which I propose calling the Quekett Section Cutting
Machine (if it finds a place in your favour), and others. All I
need say on this point is, that it may fairly be left to the opera-
tion of the law of " natural selection," as to which being the
weakest shall go to the wall, for doubtless the fittest will survive.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.— I.
Fig. I.

a. The adjusting screw for regulating the thickness of the sections.

b. The main or traversing screw moving the slides.

c. The cutter.

d. d. d. Guide pulleys for carrying the string to the cutter pulley.

e. Small frame for supporting the object.
x. Cutter frame moveable on its pivots.

Fig. IT.

Sectional view of the object-frame.

e. Frame as in figure 1 capable of motion on its pivot horizontally.

f. Brass piece also capable of motion on its pivot (p) and faced with,

g. A piece of cork.

h. The head or object.
c. The cutter.

11

On the Generative Processes op the Oyster, Mussel,

and Cockle.*

By Daniel Moore, M.D.

{Read Oct. 23, 1874.)

The three common edible shell fish — the cockle, mussel, and
oyster — belong, as you know, to the Lamellibranchiate Mollusca.
The general anatomy of this class I do not intend to touch upon,
and the special anatomy only in so far as the generative glands of
the three I have named is concerned, feeling sure that you must all
be more or less familiar with these creatures. I think I cannot do
better in introducing the special subject I wish to draw your
attention to to-night than by quoting a passage from the second
edition of Professor Owen's " Lectures on the Comparative
Anatomy and Physiology of the Invertebrate Animals," published
in 1855. In p. 522 he says: — " The latest and best observations
of naturalists and physiologists on the sexual characters and
generation of the Lamellibranchs have established the correctness
of Leuwenhoek's original conclusion, that these mollusks are of
distinct sexes, some individuals being male and others female.
In the small species of Anarnia, parasitic upon fuci on the south
coast of England, I have found the males and females nearly equal
in number, the males being distinguished by their opaque white
testis abounding in spermatozoa, the females by their yellow or
.orange-coloured ovarium." I would contrast with this, the statement
on the subject found in Professor Eolleston's " Forms of Animal
Life," published in 1870, Int. p. xcvii. He says : — " The
Lamellibranchiata are, with a few exceptions, such as Ostrea and
Cyclas, dioecious. There is no sexual congress in this class ;
the spermatozoa find their way to the ova either in the circumam-

* The Publication Committee, in printing the above paper, do not commit
themselves to the opinions advanced in it, which are much disputed. At the
same time they are desirous of drawing the attention of the members of the
Club to what they deem a thoughtful and carefully considered paper upon a
subject of great interest to Microscopists.

12 D. MOORE ON THE GENERATIVE PROCESSES

bient water or in the cavity of the mantle, or in that of the
outer gill, or in the cloacal space, or in the few viviparous species,
Kellia, Galeomma, Montacuta, within the ovary itself." This
evidently indicates a change of opinion among naturalists within
the last 20 years with regard to one, at least, of the creatures I
wish to draw your attention to. Professor Owen distinctly assert-
ing that the oyster has two sexes, Professor Rolleston, 20 years
after, as distinctly stating that the sexes are united in one
individual. I have been led by the facts I have observed
to think that the cockle and mussel ought also to be
classed as having the sexes united in one individual. The plan
I adopted in studying the subject was to examine a few of these
creatures week by week, knowing that I was more likely to
thoroughly master one or two at a time, and thinking that as the
breeding season approached I was sure to see individuals exhibit-
ing characteristic phenomena. I was indebted to the great kindness
of Mr. Fell Woods, the managing director of the South of
England Oyster Company, for a weekly parcel of oysters and
cockles. The mussels I received week by week from friends at
Hastings.

The generative gland in the cockle is a somewhat loosely
attached, racemose structure, with its principal mass at the base of
the foot, but ramifying freely among the intestines and throughout
the muscular structure of the foot. The gland thus distributed is
made up of a vast number of lobules, connected together by stalks ;
roughly it may be compared to a very large bunch of grapes, or
many bunches united together by a common stalk ; the stalk
varying according to the state of gland, being either a delicate
transparent thread, or a convoluted mass of tubes, and the lobules
or grapes either containing spermatozoa in all stages, or
spermatozoa and clear cells, or eggs in various stages of perfection.
An isolated lobule appears to be composed of two membranous
sacs, one within the other; when spermatozoa are present
they are found between the outer and the inner sac; when
eggs are present they are found to be attached by their
micropyle to the circumference of the inner sac, and when hatched
the young find their way into the tubular structure, which appears
to be continuous with the outer sac. The tubular structure, when
full of young, appears muscular, and exhibits faint indications of
striation, and when ruptured forcibly expels its contents. The

OF THE OYSTER, MUSSEL, AND COCKLE. 13

young are gradually expelled from the genital orifices as they
come to perfection.

The generative gland of the mussel is a closely packed, racemose
structure, distributed chiefly between two layers of the mantle in
each shell, but also extending throughout all available parts of the
body, around the base of the foot, and the muscles of the byssus.
The gland thus distributed is made up of a vast number of lobules,
as in the case of the cockle, being also connected together in the
same way by stalks, using the same illustration of bunches of
grapes, the gland of the mussel might be roughly compared to
closely packed raisins, united together by a common stalk. The
stalk varying again with the contents of the gland, in the same
way as in the cockle, the tubes containing the young, however,
being much more limited in extent, and found chiefly among the
muscles of the byssus. The lobule, when filled with spermatozoa,
or spermatozoa and clear cells, appears as if composed of a
radiating and branched tubular structure, uniting in the common
stalk, the spermatozoa being confined to the radiating lines, the
clear cells being disposed between them. When the eggs are
present they appear to open by their micropyle into the branched
tubing, which ultimately unites into the common stalk. When
the young are hatched they are found in all stages of growth in the
tubular structure, and are ultimately expelled from the genital
orifices when sufficiently advanced. The tubular structure is much
like that of the cockle, being, however, much less extensive, and
not so muscular.

The generative gland of the oyster is a branched structure of large
size, and is distributed around the liver and intestines, so that it
may almost be described as encasing the animal. The portion
which gives origin to the spermatozoa is a branched and reticulated
structure which forms an expanse immediately beneath the mantle,
sending prolongations down into the general substance of the gland.
When eggs are present they are found arranged in an early stage
around and between the prolongations of the spermatic portion of
the gland. At a later stage they occupy the whole gland, and may
be described as forming its branched structure. The eggs, instead
of hatching into tubes as is the case with the eggs of the cockle
and mussel, are extruded from the genital orifice, and, enclosed in
a gelatinous substance, lie in the buccal pouch, between the palpi
and branchial plates, until they are developed into actively moving

14 D. M0011E ON THE GENERATIVE PROCESSES

ciliatfd young, when they are puffed out from the parent shell in
small quantities at a time.

In the foregoing description of the generative gland of these
creatures, I have taken for granted that the sexes are united in
one individual ; that the gland with spermatozoa is only a prior
stage in the history of the gland with eggs and young. If these
creatures are of different sexes, of course I ought to have described
the male gland and female ovarium. It is impossible to prove that
I am right in any direct way. We cannot open a cockle, examine
the contents of its gland, and then keep it separate to allow it to
go on to perfection. One great difficulty in the way of these
investigations is the necessity of causing the death of the animal,
or so injuring it as to render it incapable of carrying out its
natural processes. I can only say that I have seen in the different
animals examined such a continuous series of steps, from the
presence of imperfect spermatozoa to the last stage of extruding
the young, that I personally believe I am right, and that I think
any one with sufficient patience, and using right methods, would
also convince himself that the description I have given is sub-
stantially correct.

I should like to add a few general considerations which I think
have some weight in deciding the question. Those who advocate
the opposite theory to the one I have put before you ought
to furnish conclusive evidence of the discharge of spermatozoa
from the glands of these creatures. I have never seen any such
evidence, and personally I have never seen an animal in the
breeding season whose gland did not contain either spermatozoa,
eggs, or lame, and surely if it be held that the spermatozoa from
one animal impregnate the eggs in another, we ought, at the same
time we see eggs and larval forms, also to see in other animals
glands emptied of spermatozoa. I have never seen such. Then,
again, I think the mechanical difficulty is great. In none of these
creatures are the eggs discharged before impregnation. The cockle
and mussel are ovo-viviparous, and in the oyster (although it
retains the eggs in the layers of the Branchiae until fully de-
veloped, possibly thus affording an opportunity for impregnation)
such a provision is manifestly unneeded, as we may find eggs
in an early stage in the gland with spermatozoa in another
part. The confusion in studying the oyster, arising from the fact
that different portions of the same gland are in various stages of

OP THE OYSTER, MOSSEL, AND COCKLE. 15

progress, is very great, although, doubtless this fact led to the
early assertion that it was truly hermaphrodite from the presence
of easily recognized eggs with bundles of spermatozoa in the same
gland. But in the cockle and mussel we have to imagine the dis-
charge of spermatozoa into the water, or mud and sand, to be
taken up by the genital orifices of other creatures and distributed
throughout their very complex glands — a very difficult thing to
imagine, I think. But supposing this mechanical difficulty not
insuperable, evidence, I think, ought to be furnished of this influx
of spermatozoa into the glands of animals containing eggs. I
may mention also that the gradual change in colour of the glands
of the creatures points in the same direction. In mussels especially
this variation of shade from pale creamy white to a rich orange is
very noticeable. I have not examined the Anomia mentioned by
Professor Owen in the extract I read, but I was struck with its
truth in reference, we will say, to a bed of mussels. Roughly
examining any number, seeking for the presence of spermatozoa or
eggs, you would probably find a nearly equal number of animals
containing each, but the intermediate stage would require a much
more thorough examination to discover. The fact of the aggrega-
tion of these animals in beds has been accounted for as a wise
provision of nature, to allow of the easy access of spermatozoa to
the females of these anchored mollusks, and the transmission of
spermatozoa by water has been compared to the transmission of the
pollen of plants by the air. I think the fact might be more reason-
ably accounted for by the limited power of motion in the young, and
by the fact that the places in which they are found are suited to
their requirements in the important matters of food and tempera-
ture. I will now conclude, gentlemen, hoping that you will deal
leniently with me in the matter of criticism, and that your
remarks may furnish me with facts about the three mollusks to set
me right where I am wrong, and to help me in any future
investigations.*

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
The plate attached to this paper gives, as far as possible in ao limited a space,
a concise history of the changes in the generative glands of these creatures, from

* The lateness of the hour at which the above paper was read precluded any
discussion upon it. Dr. Moore has promised a further paper upon this very in-
teresting subject, in March or April — a suitable time to commence practic.il
observations. This paper will have special reference to the supposed larval forms
of the Cockle and Mussel.— Ed. J. Q. M. C.

16 * D. MOORE ON THE GENERATIVE PROCESSES

the presence of immature spermatozoa to the young animal ready to be set free
from its parent.

The necessity of getting many objects into a small space has obliged me to
alter the figures slightly from the original camera lucida drawings, so that al-
though there is some approach to micrometric exactness, the magnification given
may be taken rather as an indication as to what may be seen with certain mag-
nifying powers than as exact results of careful measurement. About 100
diameters, or about 250 diameters, &c, would be a more truthful statement than
X 100, X 250, taken literally.

Cardium edule.

Fig. 1. — A shows a lobule of the generative gland containing immature sperm
cells. B is a highly magnified perfect spermatozoon.

2. — A shows a lobule slightly compressed in the compressorium, the
spermatozoa being nearly all squeezed out ; clear cells are seen remaining. B is
a small quantity of the expressed spermatozoa and clear cells from the above,
and C shows what I believe to be the act of impregnation in the cockle by the
entrance of a spermatozoon into a clear pellucid cell, which I take to be a germinal
vescicle. The extremely rapid lashing motion of the spermatozoon after its
entrance into the cell is very remarkable, and continues unabated long after
surrounding spermatozoa, which have not penetrated, are still. After some
hours of movement the spermatozoon seemed to fade, if I may so express it.

3. — A, shows a lobule filled with eggs ; the attachment of the lobule to the
tube is shown. B, Some eggs, showing the micropyle well. This, I may
mention, is more easily seen after staining with carmine.

4. — A is a branched portion of ovarian tubing.

B, a yelk ball. Yelk balls are found abundantly mixed with the young
in these tubes.

5. — A, an early stage of young, showing it enclosed in a membranous sac.
B. — The larval form as it appears when discharged from the parent.

Mytilus edulis.

■\ — A, a transverse section of the generative gland, containing immature
spermatozoa. B, — A highly magnified perfect spermatozoon. The point of this
spermatozoon moves at right aDgles to its length, C, and presents a very curious
and interesting appearance when in active movement.

2. — A, a more advanced stage, when spermatozoa are present, which are
shown expressed at B ; the section is through the long diameter of a lobule.

3. — A, a lobule with eggs. B,— Eggs. The micropyle is shown.

4# A, a branched portion of ovarian tubing. B. — A yelk ball. Yelk bulls

are abundantly distributed among the young in the tubes.

5. — A, an early form of young.

B, the larval form as discharged from the parent.

Ostrea edulis.

1. — A, a drawing of a stained section of generative gland, containing
immature sperm bundles. The darker portion shows distribution of the male
element ; the line above represents the surface of the animal. B, a perfect
spermatozoon highly magnified.

2. — A, the sperm bundles mature and breaking up, drawn from a stained
section of gland, out of which the clear cells and bundles of spermatozoa at C
were expressed. D, shows a perfect bundle of spermatozoa, with their extended

OF THE OYSTER, MUSSEL, AND COCKLE. 17

filaments ; the other represents a bundle breaking up into its individual sperma-
tozoa. B is a bundle of imperfect sperm cells.

3. — A is a drawing of a stained section of generative gland containing eggs
The dark portions represent the places where the male element was. In this
animal it had not entirely disappeared.
B are eggs.

4. — C is an egg after its discharge from the gland, when it is retained between
the branchial plates, &c, until it reaches the larval form.

5. — A B, possessing cilia, by which it moves freely, and is soon puffed out of
the parent shell.

Notes on " Personal Equation," with reference to

Microscopy.

By John E. Ingpen.

(Communicated Nov. 27, 1874.)

Abstract.

The subject of Personal Equation is probably less interesting
tban important. It is well recognised in astronomy, especially as
regards transit observations. But tbe term is also applied by
astronomers to all differences by a constant quantity between
observers, sbort of actual defects of vision. The subject bas not
attracted so much attention among microscopists as it deserves, and
it is worthy of consideration now that very delicate observations
are being frequently made, and high powers employed ; while many
differences of opinion, otherwise inexplicable, may possibly be
traced to this source. Mental personal equation is very obscure,
though it certainly exists. It may be suggested that many of us
see what we wish, or expect, or have been taught to see — par-
ticularly in the case of test objects. As an instance may be quoted
the difference of opinion as to when certain objects, such as blood
discs or Podura scales, are in focus. The interpretation of this
and similar problems seems subject as much to an " equation " as
to any difference in reasoning.* Closely allied to this is nervous
equation, as when observations are affected by the greater or less

* Dr. Richardson, in an article in the "Monthly Microscopical Journal" for
January 1, 1875, p. 21, remarks: — " How few investigators have minds achro-
matic enough to enable them to see objective facts without subjective colouring."

18 J. E. INGPEN ON PERSONAL EQUATION,

rapid transmission of sensations to the brain. It is known that
the ear generally transmits impressions more quickly than the eye.
Differences exist in the power of observing ciliary and other move-
ments, and more especially in sensibility to vibrations, causing
more than one conflict between the advocates of the Jackson bar
and the Ross arm on the score of steadiness. Optical differences
are numerous, and may be classed under the heads of colour, focus,
and form. With regard to colour, much equation exists ; probably
scarcely any two observers see an object exactly alike in this re-
spect. In Admiral Smyth's " Sidereal Chromatics " the difficulty
of deciding upon the colours of certain well-known double stars
is narrated, and equation, in many cases, can be traced. The same
subject formed the basis of some acrimonious remarks respecting
" Bluish-green and greenish-blue " in the " Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science" for 1861. It is found that, even between
the right and left eye of the same person, a difference often exists,
one showing an object bluer or yellower than the other — in other
words, referring the colours of all objects to points a little nearer
the violet or red end of the spectrum. This subject formed part
of an interesting lecture by Professor Liebreich upon " Turner and
Mulready,"* in which he traced the blueness of Mulready's later
pictures to the existence of yellow crystalline lens, which was
affected differently by natural colours and pigments. The effect of
a "bluish haze " caused by partial opacity of the cornea or crystal-
line is also noticed, and its existence may account for certain
differences of opinion concerning the colour correction of objectives.
Some eyes have a greater power than others in distinguishing the
Fraunhofer lines at the violet end of the spectrum ; this in some
instances almost amounts to fluorescence. In a case of cataract,
in which a yellow crystalline lens had been extracted, this was par-
ticularly noticed. The effect of contrasts is also of importance —
white upon black giving the greatest amount of irradiation, while
to some eyes definition is clearest on a red, to others on a blue or
green field of view. Sir John Herschel advocated red for viewing
sun spots and measuring double stars ; some observers have used
full deep yellow with good effect. The eye is not achromatic, and
the objective is sometimes blamed for colour due to defective vision.
Slight colour-blindness also frequently exists, though unsuspected,

* Delivered at the Eoyal Institution on the 8th of March, 1872.

WITH REFERENCE TO MICROSCOPY. 19

and greatly influences the observer's judgment. Tliese causes may
also affect the length of focus, and with it the cover corrections of
high power objectives. Focal equation causes many differences of
opinion. Great difference often exists between the focus of the
right and left eye. In such a case, even if each has the power of
throwing a clear image upon the retina, those images are of dif-
ferent sizes, and cause confusion when combined in the binocular
microscope. An eye of short focus projects a smaller image upon
the retina, and generally has a larger angle of aperture, and
greater capability of resolving surface markings, but it has less
depth of focus than a long-focussed eye. In using high powers
eyes of different focal lengths often require different adjustment of
the objective ; this is peculiarly apparent with Dr. Piggott's
" Searcher," where the range of adjustment is great. The diffi-
culty of realising binocular vision from the above causes, as well
as the want of accommodation and non-union of focus and other
differences of the camera effect of vision, frequently cause dissatis-
faction with binocular arrangements ; — the matter is worthy of
careful investigation. Form. — The general tendency of the eye is
to show ultimate particles circular, and lenses rather exaggerate
this than otherwise. In the use of double cylindrical lenses, how-
ever, for examining photographs, &c, a fictitious squareness is
produced in two directions, which has the effect of simulating
greater sharpness of definition. Triangular apertures have often
been used in star-gazing, and diffraction rings are thereby got rid
of, except in certain directions. A hexagonal aperture has also
been used to counteract certain atmospheric effects. The existence
of astigmatism produces great differences in estimation of form —
particularly in the examination of closely-ruled lines or rows of
(Jots. Though long known as a scientific fact, it is only of late
years that public attention has been prominently drawn to it, or its
effects taken into consideration. It forms part of the subject of
Professor Liebreich's lecture on " Turner and Mulready " above
cited, in which he attributes to this defect the extravagances of
Turner's later paintings. Astigmatism is caused by the distortion
of the lenses of the eye from a globular to a slightly ellipsoidal
figure. Its effect is to elongate points into lines, squares into
oblongs, circles into ellipses, &c, thus giving to rows of dots
greater distinctness when viewed in a certain direction. Similarly
lines appear black and distinct in one direction— grey or confused

20

ON PERSONAL EQUATION, WITH REFERENCE TO MICROSCOPY.

in all others — the clearest view being at right angles to that which
is least distinct. The direction and amount of this defect can be
ascertained and corrected by the use of cylindrical lenses. The
existence of astigmatism can sometimes be inferred from the ob-
servations both of astronomers and microscopists, and it is pro-
bably very common, though in general unsuspected.

Ihe foregoing notes are only intended to draw the attention of
microscopists to a subject which has not hitherto been considered
of importance. Its full discussion, if undertaken by some com-
petent authority, could not fail to be of great interest and utility.

The Aquarium as a Field of Microscopical Research.
By T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S, &c.

{Read Jan. 22, 1875.)

It is now nearly 25 years since the Aquarium, as it exists in its
present form, elaborated by the observations of Dalyell, Warring-
ton, Gosse, and Lloyd, became un fait . accompli : and although it
has been largely employed and productive of much good work by
many observers, it is to be regretted that it has not been more
freely used as an aid to microscopic research.

While the last quarter of a century has seen much progress in
other departments of natural science, comparatively little has
been added to our knowledge of the development of the many
forms of animal and vegetable life with which the aquatic king-
dom abounds, and two causes exist which may account for this.
First, microscopists as a rule are too much satisfied with the
collection of pretty objects for their cabinets, and not sufficiently
alive to the interest and importance of observing and recording the
various stages through which those much admired objects attain
their ultimate condition ; and secondly, an idea seems prevalent
that the maintenance of an Aquarium in such a state as would
conduce to the growth and development of microscopic life is a
matter of immense difficulty, and only to be undertaken by a few
especially gifted individuals. No greater mistake can interpose
itself in the way of your intellectual enjoyment than this, for the
maintenance of an Aquarium is a much more easily managed affair

THE AQUARIUM AS A FIELD OF MICROSCOPICAL RESEARCH. 21

than the keeping of a birdcage, and should offer no obstacle even
to a child.

As I feel, from the qestions often put to me by members of this
Club, that many would willingly adopt this means of adding
additional observations to those already made in this department
of natural history if they could be put in the way of aquarian
research, I propose this evening1 to lay before the Club such
directions as an experience of 10 or 12 years' successful manage-
ment of a small marine Aquarium may enable me to offer towards
the attainment of a similar success by any member who may feel
inclined to take up this particular study. If in carrying out my
proposal I may seem to dwell too much upon details, I must crave
your indulgence, asking you to believe that they are not trivial,
and that while their faithful observance will ensure success, their
neglect will result in failure.

The treatment of this subject will naturally resolve itself into
three divisions — first, the vessel employed to hold the water ;
secondly, the water employed ; and thirdly, the most suitable
occupants of the Aquarium.

The vessel employed may be anything that will hold water, and
at the same time keep its natural character unaltered. Successful
observations have been made in vessels of every size and shape, from
earthern pans and pie dishes through the entire range of glass jars
and propagating bell glasses up to the regularly constructed tank,
and therefore the vessel employed should present no difficulty to
those who wish to commence this method of microscopical research.
In these days of amateur ingenuity a tank could be constructed witli
much facility by anyone wishing to possess one, or, if money be
no object, tanks can be bought ready for the reception of the
inhabitants intended to be observed.

These tanks are formed of slate and glass — materials which are
not affected by sea water. No metal entering into its construct ion,
should be allowed to come in contact with the sea water. The form
of tank I have found so successful is of an oblong shape, throe
feet long, eighteen inches wide, and nine inches deep, and capable
of containing sixteen gallons ; its bottom, back, and two ends arc
of slate, and the front of stout plate glass ; these are all firmly
bolted and cemented together, and all the joints are perfectly
water-tight. Inclining from before, upwards and backwards, at an
angle of about 15° with the glass in front, a slate false bottom is

22

T. C. WHITE ON THE AQUARIUM

placed. This should not fit too accurately round its edges, so that
if necessity requires its removal, no difficulty may be experienced
in doing so. The object of this inclining false bottom is worthy
of being borne in mind, as it is of some importance. It affords, in
the first place, a varying depth of water, enabling your animals to
select the depth most suited to them, and secondly, it divides the
tank into two compartments, that under it being filled with water
which is always cool and in a state of rest, while that above it is
exposed to the light, and actively engaged in ministering to the
animal and vegetable life growing in it, and a compensating action
takes place between these two compartments which very materially
aids in keeping the water in a wholesome and healthy condition. The
great object to be kept in mind in working an Aquarium is to assimi-
late its conditions as much as possible to those of natural rock pools.
All attempts to construct grottoes, arches, or temples, or, in short,
any such like ornamentation, are to be strongly deprecated ; but
sandstone rockwork, roughly disposed, is of much use, affording
shelter for your stock, and, by extending the superficial area of
the bottom, increasing the aerating capacity of the vegetation,
which will ultimately clothe it. This rock may be cemented on
the sloping bottom with Portland cement, but none must be placed
on the sides of the tank, as that would interfere with the removal
of the false bottom, should that be required. Care must then be
taken to thoroughly soak the rockwork and cement for a fortnight,
or even longer, frequently changing the water, that all the soluble
matters may be removed from them. When you feel sure that
these are sufficiently soaked, and that no more lime will be
eliminated from the cement, you may move on a step further.
While some forms of animal life cling to the rocks, others will
burrow in the sand, therefore a supply of this must be added. If
you are not in a position to get sea sand, an excellent substitute
may be found in the silver sand sold at any of the oil shops, and
for an Aquarium the size of mine, two gallons will not be too great
a quantity. This must be repeatedly washed till the water is quite
clear when the sand is stirred up in it, and then it may be placed
in the tank. Everything being now ready for the sea water, this
brings me to the second division of my subject. The water
employed may be artificial or natural sea water. Of course, where
attainable, the preference is to be given to real sea water, because
however closely its composition may be imitated in these days of

AS A FIELD OF MICROSCOPICAL RESEARCH. 23

accurate analysis, there are principles in it which no chemist can
supply. There are, however, many difficulties in obtaining real
sea water in London, and in some inland localities these would
constitute an almost insuperable barrier to the establishment of an
Aquarium had we not the artificial substitute to fall back upon.
But since science has furnished us with the constituents of sea
water, this may be concocted in any place where the necessary
chemical salts can be obtained, and we may feel great confidence in
employing it, since most of Mr. W. Alford Lloyd's first observa-
tions were made while using it, and in his hands it was productive
of very satisfactory results. As the cost of its production is about
3^d. a gallon, I shall introduce to your notice the formula for
making it, as given by Mr. Gosse in his " Handbook to the Marine
Aquarium " —

" Common Salt, 3^ ounces . . . ") A . ,
™ ci i. , C Avoirdupois.

Eusom Salts. + ) *

Epsom Salts,

Chloride of Magnesium, 200 grains

Chloride of Potassium, 40 „

} Troy.

These salts are dissolved in little less than four quarts of fresh
water, so that a specific gravity bubble of 1026 would just sink in
it." Having made sufficient of this solution to fill your tank, wash
several hanclfuls of freshly-gathered sea-weeds in it, especially
" Ulva latissima," but do not leave them permanently in ; also add
any pieces of rock that may have Marine Alga? growing on them,
and let the water be exposed to the sunlight for about a fortnight.
At the end of that period it will be fit for the reception and
healthful preservation of your animal life, the rockwork will have
become fairly covered with the growing Diatoms, and the germs of
marine vegetation will be giving off a plentiful supply of bubbles of
oxygen.

Now, all these preliminaries may seem very tedious to those
who are anxious to see their tank blossoming with all its animal
beauty, but the great error into which so many fall who start an
Aquarium is that of being in a hurry to see the occupants placed
in it before its vegetation has sufficiently advanced to supply
the atmosphere necessary to their existence, and thus too many
begin in haste and leave off in disgust ; but follow minutely these
details, and I promise you success and satisfaction. There are one
or two pieces of accessory apparatus which, while not of absolute

24 T. C. WHITE ON THE AQUARIUM

importance, yet will be of great service — a specific gravity bubble,
that will just sink in sea water of tbe rigbt density, may be kept
in your tank ; if it floats to tbe top of tbe water you may know
tbat tbe water bas evaporated and become too salt, when it will
require diluting with fresh water till the bubble slowly sinks again.
Many mark the side of the tank by gumming a piece of paper at
the level of the water, but this method is not sufficiently delicate.
I have recently added a means of injecting atmospheric air into
my Aquarium, which serves the double purpose of aerating the
water and creating a current in it, which seems to be appreciated
by my anemones, and it may be of service to describe it. At one
end of my Aquarium, and just above high water mark, a hole has
been drilled through the slate and a piece of tin gas pipe cemented
in ; it is left projecting about one inch on the outside, and on the
inside just sufficient to carry a length of glass tubing about the
diameter of an ordinary quill ; this is bent at several angles to
enable it to lie safely along the sides and bottom of the tank, and
at its extremity is bent, so that its end, drawn in a gas flame to a
capillary point, projects into the middle of the water. To the
metal tube on the outside of the Aquarium a piece of elastic tube,
attached to an india-rubber bellows, is fixed, and by this means I
am. enabled to drive a stream of air into the water till it appears
effervescing ; the fine bubbles from the spray remain in suspension
for hours, and become ultimately absorbed. This apparatus,
although not absolutely necessary, is attended by such good re-
sults that I recommend its adoption ; but a great deal of benefit
arises from syringing the water with a glass syringe. And now
for a few words on the third division of my subject — the Occupants
of tbe Tank. If you add nothing more to your Aquarium than
what will be found growing and multiplying, as it were spon-
taneously, you will have abundant material for microscopical obser-
vation. I have been enabled in mine to watch the conjugation and
multiplication of some of the Diatornaceze, the development of the
Foraminifera, the growth of the germs of the Marine Algaj, tbe
development of the Polyzoa, and the various transitional stages
through which all these forms of marine life pass; these, and
many other subjects of study, a successfully-established Aquarium
would afford, and if, after the example of Drs. Drysdale and Dal-
linger, these researches were recorded, and every change faithfully
drawn and preserved for future reference, abundant light would be

AS A FIELD OF MICROSCOPICAL RESEARCH. 25

thrown upon many obscure points in the developmental history of
these subjects. Every fact impartially observed and faithfully re-
corded, although per se but of small value, yet in the aggregate
will prove that no more enticing path for the student of micros-
copic life can be offered than that which leads him through
the comparatively untrodden and, therefore, unreaped fields of
aquarian research. But I know that an apparently empty
Aquarium looks a joyless wilderness, and you will be anxious
to see it tenanted by more visible objects of interest ; and here let
me give you a word of caution, be content with still life. Crabs
and the Crustacea generally may be very amusing and lively
denizens of your tank, but they are fatal to that state of rest re-
quired for the development of microscopic life; they are like mis-
chievous puppies in a boot-room, and everything is overhauled by
them in a most ruthless manner.

Eolis and the Nudibranchiate Mollusca devour everytbing, and
are to be avoided, unless they are especially to be studied, and
scarcely anything more favourable can be said for the Echinoder-
mata ; therefore the student must be guided by his subject of study
in stocking his tank. No harm will arise from putting in a few of
the hardier varieties of the Actinidaj, some Serpulse or Sabelke, and
such like objects, but my experience is decidedly against over-
crowding with anything ; the atmospheric condition of your
Aquarium, if I may use the term, must not be abused any more
tban that of our own. We may now consider your Aquarium in
healthy working condition, and the probable objects of interest
that may soon present themselves. One of the first may probably
be the multiplication of the Actinida^. This process takes place in
three ways, by gemmation most commonly, especially in Actinia
mesembryanthemiim, sometimes as many as thirty tiny well-formed
anemones being ejected from the oral opening of the parent at a
time. Again, buds may be given off from the sides, as in Sagartia
bellis. Multiplication takes place by fission, as may be observed in
the Plumose Anemone {Actinolobus dianthus), which often slides,
like a snail, along the glass front of your Aquarium, leaving in its
trail little pieces of its basal disc, which ultimately become young
anemones ; or fission may take place bodily, as in Anthea cereus,
which often divides into two or more parts by a gradually deepen-
ing sulcus, which, forming from crown to base, results in the estab-
lishment of two or more of these anemones where only one existed.

26

T. C. WHITE ON THE AQUARIUM

But the third and rarest form of multiplication consists in the
ejection of ova, and this I was fortunate enough to witness in my
Aquarium. It occurred in a specimen of Bunodes gemmacea, which
had taken up a favourable position close to the glass. I was attracted
to it by noticing a drab-coloured stream of ova pouring from its
mouth and falling in a heap at its feet ; upon more closely examin-
ing the creature with a pocket lens I found it distended with water,
and the tentacles especially so, while globular bodies were circu-
lating up and down the interior of them, but did not pass out at
their extremities. I examined some of these bodies under the
microscope, and found them opaque, and non-ciliated spheres filled
with granular contents. I had hoped to have seen the develop-
ment of these ova into the adult form, but, as in Mr. Gosse's ex-
perience of similar ova, decomposition speedily set in. Dr. Spencer
Cobbold was more fortunate, and in the annals of " Natural
History" for February, 1853, he describes the various changes
through which these ova at last arrive at their final shape. A de-
pression takes place in the surface of the globose embryo, which
becomes the general cavity, the edges become incurved, and descend
into the cavity, forming the stomach ; septa spring from the inner
wall beginning from the summit and extending downwards, and ten-
tacles bud from around the mouth. He made these observations at
a continuous sitting occupying the whole of one night before decom-
position had commenced its attack upon them. I once saw the ejec-
tion of ova in a Serpula ; noticing occasional bursts of cloudy matter
from the centre of its plumose branchia?, I collected some of it by
the dipping tube, and found it consisted of an immense number of
minute orange-coloured globules, each enveloped in a clear sac of a
probably albuminous nature. I was not fortunate enough to trace
out the development of these ova, but I shall hope to do so at
some future time by means of a method I have the last few months
adopted. I place ordinary microscopical slips of glass in various
parts of my Aquarium, and especially near such objects as are
likely to eject ova or to develope a stem like the Polyzoa, and
then they can be taken out and examined under the microscope, a
drawing made of any developing form, and replaced to undergo
further examination as changes advance. In this manner I
have been much interested in watching the growth of Foranii-
nifera, which have attached themselves to these slips, and which,
apparently, have not suffered from the trip they took out of the

A3 A FIELD OF MICROSCOPICAL RESEARCH. 27

Aquarium. In a short practical paper like this I cannot do more
than suggest various objects of interest to be taken up and fol-
lowed by ourselves ; therefore I can only briefly describe such as
have presented themselves to me at various times, and afforded me
the pleasure I hope you may derive from similar observations. I
have been much pleased by the hatching of the Zoe of the Cral>
and Prawn, and can recommend this to your notice. Crabs and
Prawns bearing ova can be safely transported from the coast packed
in wet sea weed. I once brought a pint of live Prawns, most of
them bearing ova, from Dawlish, merely packing them together in
a basket in their wet state. They endured a twelve hours' journey
without apparently suffering, and I placed a dozen of them in
the Aquarium ; in about six weeks the young ones hatched out,
and could be distinguished in the sunlight as clouds of tiny specks
swimming together in shoals. They, like the Crabs, are entirely
unlike the adult form at first, and it would have been interesting
to have observed the number of moults they underwent before
arriving at that condition ; but, unfortunately for my observations,
the Anemones and the parent Prawns admired the young fledg-
lings as much as I did, but after a different manner, and they
gradually disappeared. It would be better in this case to establish
a separate tank for the study of these Crustacea, removing the
parents when the hatching was complete, for I can promise you a
rich store of interest in observing the changes which are effected
in these creatures in passing from the strangely-shaped Zoe to the
final stage of development. I would also suggest the study of
Foraminifera as likely to interest you. The stock may be pro-
cured from many sources, but the most abundant is the ooze of
oyster beds, where living specimens of many varieties may be
found. They may also be found attached to sea weeds and to old
shells dredged up from the sea bottom, and in your tank they will
soon multiply, and present themselves in every stage of develop-
ment. In my Aquarium various stages of the Miliolidce may be
seen in the summer time, anchored up by their pseudo-podia to the
front glass. I have had also an abundant supply of Textularia
and Eosalina. I do not point to these as rarities, but only to show
that once get your Aquarium fairly started and it will form an
inexhaustible store of interesting study. The Chitonidaj live well
in confinement, and a study of their developmental changes will
repay you. The eggs are exceedingly interesting objects. The

28 THE AQUARIUM A8 A FIELD OF MICROSCOPICAL RESEARCH.

Chitons deposit their eggs closely united in clusters, each egg pre-
senting a curious appearance from the -folds of transparent mem-
brane, which, gathered up in branches at different points on its
exterior, give it the appearance of a statoblast. The young have no
shell when first hatched, but their backs are marked with seven
furrows, between which close granules indicate the future shelly
structure. I have placed upon the table, among other microscopic
slides illustrating the minute life of my Aquarium, some of these
eggs mounted in sea water. The shells that are sometimes dredged
up from a good depth at sea will be found most prolific in develop-
ing forms of animal life, and some kindly sent me from Wey-
mouth bore several specimens of Grantia compressa in a living
state, but unfortunately sponges do not live long in a tank, nor
are they desirable tenants, they exhaust the water very quickly,
and then dying, poison it. This is to be regretted, for much has
yet to be learned in reference to them, especially about their
reproduction. Some sections of a Grantia are on the table.
Various forms of Tunicata are found attached to these shells, and
to sea weed. Many of you may remember some Perophora I have
exhibited on our gossip nights, which were brought from the
Aquarium, where it grew and budded for months. The growth of
Bowerbankia, Syncoryna, and other Polyzoa, may be readily
observed and noted by this additional aid to microscopic research,
and I should, I fear, sadly try your patience if I detained you
while I enumerated the many forms of marine life I have had
brought thus before me, but which, alas ! I have been too lazy to
profitably use as I ought; but if I can by these few suggestions
stimulate any amongst you to adopt this line of observation, I can
promise you that your pleasure shall not be satiated, but that fresh
stores of interest will be continually opening to your gaze.

29

PE OCEEDING S.

August 14th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Animalcules from rain-water by Mr. Ingpen.

Vegetable organisms from the water in St. James's Park , ,

New Miniature Portable Lamp Mr. Moginie.

Section of Sori of Puccinia M alvacearum Mr. Sigsworth,

Sheath of Chrysalis Acherontia Atrojpos Mr. G. Williams.

Mantle of Terebratula ,,

Attendance— Members, 31 ; visitors, 2.

August 28th, 1874.— Dr. Matthews, F.E.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the'preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ... ,,

"The 2nd Annual Report of the Zoological)

Society of Philadelphia" > from the Society.

" The American Naturalist," July and August in Exchange.

< c

Proceedings of the Eoyal Society," Nos. "> from ^ god _
153 and 154 5

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. E-W. Barnett, Mr. W. B. Haynes, and Mr. James Love.

The Secretary stated that Mr. Curties had handed him a further letter from
Mr. Staniforth Green, of Colombo, and read the following extracts from it
bearing upon the subject of " Insect mounting in Hot Climates," and supple-
menting the account previously given of the methods employed : — " As I have
received such encouragement I am going on mounting insects in their natural
state. * * * I do not care to look at a ' pressed' preparation now. The
insect, in its natural shape, is a beautiful object. You see its plump thorax in
which you can clearly trace the insertion of the wings. I do not now dry
insects in the sun, nor were many of those that you presented to the Quekett
Club so treated. I find spirits of wine the best drier. * * * My opinion is
that insects can be mounted in England successfully under the process I adopt."
The usual plan was as follows : —

"1st. I drop the insects alive into gin. 2nd. When they are dead I take
them out of the gin, and try to put them into position, but my endeavours are
not always successful, as some insects will crumple up their legs in a most un-
compromising way. 3rd. I drop them in strong spirits of wine, where I leave
them for a week or two, until I think all the watery matter has been extracted

30

from them. 4th. Taking them out of the spirits of wine I immerse them in
spirits of turpentime, in which I allow them to remain until symptoms of
transparency set in. 5th. If the insect is a pretty thick one, I take a slide to
which a glass ring has been cemented to serve as a cell ; I then put the insect
in the cell with as little turpentine adhering to it as possible, after that I take
on the point of a very big needle a lump of very stiff and thick Canada balsam,
and with the help of a similar needle I drop it on the insect. If the first lump
is not sufficient to fill the cell to overflowing, I take another, and when the
balsam is heaped up beyond the level or rather the rim of the cell, I hold the
slide for a second or two over a spirit lamp, and when the balsam softens a
little, I put a thin cover over it, but do not press it close down upon the glass
ring. I leave it tilted on one side for the escape of air bubbles, which are very
numerous when thick balsam is used. I then put the slide away, and do not
operate upon it again until all the air bubbles have disappeared, when I subject
the thin covering glass to slight pressure, which can be nicely done with the
assistance of Smith's mounting machine. Sometimes a lot of balsam is pressed
out of the cell in this way, which can be easily removed."

The President remarked upon the difficulties attendant upon the mounting of
insects whole, owing to the breaking of their bodies. Another difficulty was that
of getting rid of the air and moisture of the insect. A third difficulty was the
tilting of the cover, which would produce refraction. A cell would obviate this
if not over-filled.

The Secretary explained that Mr. Green referred to the tilting of the whole
slide to expel air bubbles. The tilting of the cover in the slides presented to
the Club might have occurred during transit to England, but the viscid state ot
the balsam rendered it nearly impossible to correct this. It was very difficult
to account for the fact of the fatty matter being so thoroughly got rid of. The
climate probably had much to do with this, but the amount of fat varied greatly
in different specimens.

In the absence of a paper Mr. Ingpen made some remarks upon a gathering
of Volvox globafor collected on the 1st of January last in two bottles, one quite
clean, the other with the admixture of a little conferva. Each bottle contained
about 100 specimens. They were placed in an east window, and at the end of
the month shewed no diminution in numbers. On the 9th of February the
water in the bottle containing conferva froze slightly — not at the top, but in
thin plates stretching obliquely across the middle of the bottle. Next day all
the Volvox in this bottle had assumed the winter state, while those in the other,
which had not frozen, remained unchanged. The latter continued to develop
till about the middle of March, from which time they gradually diminished in
number, the last disappearing on the 8th of April. Shortly after which the
water became turbid and dried up. No specimens in the winter stage were
found in this bottle, but they continued in that which was frozen till the middle
of April, when that bottle also began to dry up, no water having been added to
either. At the end of February Closterium lunula made its appearance in great
numbers in both bottles, giving place, a few days afterwards, to a much
smaller variety, apparently produced from sporangia, and not subsequently in-
creasing by fission. In the middle of April water was added, after which
conferva greatly increased in the bottle which had been frozen. On the 1st of
June no Volvox in any stage was found in either bottle. The points considered
worthy of note were— the continuance of Volvox in a small quantity (3oZ.) of
water, for three months, and the rapid transition to the winter state upon the
occurrence of a slight frost.

31

The President remarked that much still Remained undiscovered respecting
Volwx. He thought that the attention of the members might well be directed
to clearing similar points"of life history in well-known objects.

Announcements of meetings, &c, were made by the President, and the pro-
ceedings closed as usual with a conversazione, at which the following objects
were exhibited : —

Section of Alveolina by Mr. Hailes.

Plates and anchors of Synapta symmetrically arranged Mr. Sigsworth.

A fine specimen of the Sea Holly (Eryngiwm maritimum) Mr. Smith.
Attendance — Members, 44 ; visitors, 2.

September 11th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Exuvia of pupa of Cercoptes by Mr. Freeman.

Wings of various Lepidoptera Mr. Groves.

Dactylopora ( Foraminifera ) Mr. Hailes.

Varieties of Lepralia (a vacation gathering) Dr. Matthews.

Potato starch, polarized Mr. Sigsworth.

Section of stem of Sparganium Mr. Slade.

Salivary glands of Cockroach Mr. T. C. White.

Stellate hairs on Ivy (Hedera helix) in situ, polarized Mr. G. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 29 ; visitors, 3 ; total, 32.

September 25th, 1874. — Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ,,

(( The American Naturalist in Exchange.

" Grove on Arranging and Cataloguing 7 &Qm ^ Author_
Microscopical Specimens" ... •>

Six Slides of Wood Sections from Mr. Geo. Williams.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

Mr. Alfred Allen was balloted for and duly elected a member of the Club.
The President said that having an intimate friend in Barbadoes he had
written to him to send home some of the earth which contains the well-known
Polycistina, and which was commonly known as Barbadoes Earth. After
several failures, owing probably to the specimens sent having been taken from
the surface of the ground, he had at length received a quantity which appeared
to be rich in them. The earth which he had thus obtained was from four different
localities, viz., Cambridge, Springfield, Chimborazo, and Seeley Hall Estate,
and he had brought samples of each to the meeting for distribution amongst
the members. He had been in correspondence with a gentleman who had asked
if " Davies on Mounting" was right in stating that these objects usually came
from " the rocky parts of Bermuda ?" He believed that the part referred to was
a place situated at the confluence of the James Kiver, U.S., but it was, of
course, possible that Bermuda might be as good for this purpose as Barbadoes.
Mr. T. C White read a paper " On the Salivary Glands of the Cockroach,"

32

illustrating the subject by coloured diagrams, and by prepared specimens shown
under the microscope.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. White for his paper, said
he thought the subject was just now a most delicate one to express opinions
upon. No doubt it was well-known that quite recently in " Nature" great
doubt had been cast upon this organ being a gland at all.

A vote of thanks to Mr. White was carried unanimously.

Mr. Curties said he had brought with him to the meeting, and exhibited under
his microscope a slide of the same object, prepared by Mr. Tatem, of Reading, and
presented by him to the Cabinet of the Club. It was accompanied by the
following letter: "I send you three preparations of the Salivary Glands of
the Cockroach. They show satisfactorily enough the lobules, sacs and ducts,
the latter held open, as in all other insect salivary glands, by spiral filaments,
those of the lobes coated with the yellowish epitheleae, glandular structure of
Pfliiger. Apropos of these slides is a letter in last week's number of ' Nature,'
in which the writer (Mr. Hollis) questions the salivary character of these
organs. Certainly as regards the secreting nature of their lobular portions I
think there can be no doubt, but I quite concur in his opinion that the sacs are
not reservoirs for saliva, as is commonly believed, but for the same reasons ad-
vanced by him, I have ever considered them as air sacs only, which, when the
adult condition is attained, and the wings fully developed, the insect may
possibly inflate, and so effect its migrations by such aids to flight. It is an
assured fact that during life, or rather immediately after death, when the dis-
section is made, they are always found empty, flattened, and folded on them-
selves on either side of the aesophagus, having to be drawn out and spread as in
the preparations. Seeing, however, that the common duct opens by a longitu-
dinal slit a little in advance of the base of the tongue, I do not see in what way
they can be filled with air from without. Can they possibly be inflated from time
to time according to the exigencies of the insect, with secreted air, as is the case
in the bladders, having no ducts, of some fishes ? But this is mere specula-
tion."*

Mr. B. T. Lowne said that some years ago Dr. Pfliiger made some very in-
teresting observations on the salivary glands, and he was, if not the first, cer-
tainly one of the first who discovered the ultimate nerve fibres, and who showed
that the epithelial cells contained the termination of the nerves. The subject
was one which required extreme delicacy in working out, but to his own mind
it appeared that the evidence in favour of what Pfliiger said is extremely
strong. He had been for a long time engaged upon other matters, and had
been unable to give to this subject the attention which he desired. Pfliiger had
not demonstrated his points sufficiently to others, but he had long thought that
they might be demonstrated, and that this might be done as Pfliiger had done
it, by means of chloride of gold, and he trusted that if Mr. White would just
try this process he might be able to demonstrate it. The process is an extremely
troublesome one, because it was always so very uncertain whether or not the
preparations would bo successful. It is as follows : — A very weak solution of
Ter-chloride of gold— about a ^ per cent, solution — should be used to soak the
perfectly fresh glands in for a longer or shorter period. How long they should

* Siuce the discussion upon this subject Mr. Tatem has communicated the following': —
" I can neither abandon or modify my opinions, based as they are on my own observa-
tions and dissections. I have ever found these sacs empty and flaccid, and most commonly
folded on themselves— so that they have to be drawn out and spread. If proved to be
salivary sacs. I shall conclude that the condition in which I always found them was
brought about by the mode of killing the insect by drowning — the sacs becoming emptied
and intussusoepted."

33

be soaked it is impossible to say — it depended upon temperature and otber cir-
cumstances, and it might be perhaps from five minutes to as many hours, no
one could tell beforehand how long a time would be required. The glands
must be taken from the insect and put immediately into the solution, which
must be kept in the dark ; when sufficiently soaked they must be well washed in
distilled water, and after that they should be put into more distilled water and
exposed to strong daylight until they acquired a beautiful purple colour. If
such a preparation were then examined with a high power — nothing less than a
good £ would be of any use— there would be seen a fine network of nerves
(diagram drawn on the black board representing what would be seen if the
observer were lucky). He considered that it was extremely probable that all
the nerves of special sense end in modified epithelial cells. In the ear it is well
known that there are great numbers of hairs — four or five thousand of them —
all tuned to receive and transmit different sounds to the nerves with which they
are connected, and which nerves all end in epithelial cells. In the nose and
in the tongue the same kind of thing occurs, and in the eye there are found
what might be regarded as a modified epithelial structure in the rods and cones
of the retina. Now when they had all this evidence of the termination of
nerves in cells, the one seemed to substantiate the other, whereas if they had no
instances of the kind to refer to there might perhaps have been room for doubt
with regard to Pliiger's statements ; when they thought of the extreme delicacy
of the investigation, and that the few persons who had followed it out had con-
firmed Pliiger's view, he thought there was very good ground indeed for believ-
ing it to be the correct one. He thought that if Mr. White would try the
process he had suggested (and he knew that he liked working in gold), he would
no doubt be able to demonstrate the fact. He might say that he had never
seen better specimens of the glands than those which were exhibited by Mr.
White and Mr. Tatem. Eeferring to the portions coloured red in Mr. White's
diagram, Mr. Lowne explained that these were certainly absent in the fly, which
possessed what was known as the tubular form of salivary gland, one which was
common to all suctorial insects. The beetles and gnawing insects have another
form of gland ; and in the cockroach and the hemiptera two pairs of glands are
found. In the human subject there were three kinds of salivary glands, one of
which supplies a quantity of viscid saliva, another produces large quantities of a
more watery kind, and the 3rd, or sublingual glands, furnish a small quantity
of very viscid saliva — and as it was quite clear that in vertebrates there are
three kinds of saliva, he thought there was nothing improbable in the idea that
there migtft be two kinds of saliva in insects. The ringing of the tubes was no
proof whatever that they are tracheal tubes, because all, or nearly all, the
tubular structures in insects exhibit rings. He had never seen the air sac
of any insect collapsed after death — they were all made of elastic material — the
insect had the power of compressing them, but they were naturally kept open
by their own elasticity. In our own cases the air is forced out of the lungs by
their elasticity, but in insects the opposite condition occurs. When the insect
is dead these sacs are said to be always found empty, and no one has ever
found them either before or after the death of the insect filled with air. He
asked where is the evidence that they are air sacs ? And when they had
before them such very conclusive evidence that they are not, he should
certainly continue so to regard them until very convincing proof to the contrary
is produced.

The President, after announcing that the Club was that evening honoured by

D

34

the presence of a distinguished visitor, Dr. Barker, of Dublin, said he thought
it might be well to read the letter by Dr. Hollis, in the last number of
" Nature," bearing upon the subject of Professor Pfliiger's observations. (The
President then read the letter referred to.) fie confessed that he was not con-
vinced even before Mr. Lowne had spoken. Certainly he did not regard the
presence of tracheae as conclusive, for he had a specimen of the eye of a drone
fly which was full of tracheae, and no one would doubt that it was an eye
because of these tracheal tubes ! He thought that, on the whole, the reasoning
was quite inconclusive.

Mr. T. C. White said that he had dissected many of these insects, and had
found the tubes in every case [collapsed. He had, in some cases, sealed up the
mouths of the insects before killing them, and still had found them collapsed.
He had also kept the insects for two days in a carmine solution placed under
the air pump, but with the same result.

Mr. Loy said he had had some practice in dissecting these insects, and, from
what had come under his own observations, he certainly agreed with Mr.
Lowne. He believed that these organs were secretory vessels, and he had
never found the slightest evidence of air in them ; and although they were
found closed, it was by no means impossible that there might have been some-
thing in them. He felt quite sure that they were not tracheal tubes, because
these were at all times easily recognised by their silvery appearance. His own
idea was that they were merely reservoirs in which the saliva was stored until
pumped by the tube to the stomach. He differed from Mr. Tatem in regarding
them as assistants to flight. In a large number of insects examined he had
never found any evidence of tracheal or air sacs forming part of their salivary
glands.

Mr. T. 0. White said that in the cockroach there were two enormous tracheal
ducts, but there was no connection whatever between the tracheal system and
these salivary sacs.

Mr. Loy said that this could be seen in the specimens.

Mr. Lowne said Mr. Loy had observed that there was a difference in the colour
of the two sets of glands, and this would seem to confirm the idea that there
were different kinds of saliva. In Catypsa, and also in the silkworm, it was
quite evident there were two kinds.

The President inquired if any peculiarity had been observed in the saliva of
insects which inflicted poisonous bites ?

Mr. Lowne referred the question to Mr. Loy.

Mr. Loy said that all those fluids were very irritating, but he was not aware
of their precise nature. He had noticed that in the case of the caterpillar of
the Dicranura, a small globule was thrown out immediately the creature was
irritated, and that it came from an orifice situated just below the mouth. In
action he thought that in the process of feeding the caterpillar pressed this
gland upon ithe edge of the leaf, and lubricated it as it proceeded. He had
killed them immediately after the discharge of the fluid, and had then found
the bag empty.

The President asked if there was any truth in the idea that the saliva had the
effect of thinning the blood, so as to enable the insect to draw it in more
easily ?

Mr. Loy could not speak positively upon this point.

Mr. Hailes could not see in what way these glands could assist in flight, even
if they were filled with air— seeing that the insect flew in air. The analogy to
the fish would hardly hold good, because if the fish filled its air bladder with
water, it would make no difference whatever in its specific gravity.

35

Mr. Lowne thought they should not concern themselves about what " might
be," they had only to find out what was. If anyone thought that these bodies
were air sacs, let him prove it.

Mr. Hailes said he had mentioned the matter because he understood it to be
stated that there was an analogy to the air bladder of the fish.

Mr Lowne said many insects have air chambers; the cockchafer and stag
beetle have hundreds of them.

Mr. T. C. White said he had been asked how these insects were dissected, and
he proposed to answer this by bringing up some cockroaches to the nest gossip
meeting, and giving a demonstration.

Mr. Loy suggested that if Mr. White did this it would be well to bring
several of the insects and kill them in different ways— say one in methylated
spirit, another with ammonia fumes, and a third in boiling water — possibly it
miglit be found that during the slower processes the sacs would be emptied.

The President remarked that they had had a most interesting discussion. With
reference to the Barbadoes earth, he wished to explain, in reply to questions,
that the portions marked " Chimborazo" were not from the South American
Volcanic district, but from an estate in Barbadoes bearing the same name.

After the announcements of meetings, &c, the meeting terminated with a
conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Section of Stem of Potamogeton natans by Mr. W. J. Brown.

Lacinularia Sultana Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Salivary glands of the Cockroach (prepared by)

Mr. Tatem) >

Fredericella Sultana

Aulacodiscus Soliltanus ...

Section of Bye of Sphinx ligustri

Cyclosis in Vallisneria spiralis

Microphotographs, and a new miniature portable lamp

Wing of Culex pipiens

Salivary glands of Cockroach (four preparations)

Mr. Curties.

Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. B. Hinton.
Mr. Mclntire.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance— Members, 73 ; visitors, 5 ; total, 78.

October 9th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Formica Sp. ...

Eotifera, Vorticella, &c, alive

Section of Rush (Juncus communis) ...

House ant

Batrachospermum moniliforme, from Caesar's well, }

Keston )

Globular Silex

Plates and spicules of Synapla (to show difference')

in refractive indices) )

Palate of Trochus striatus

Antennae of Carrion beetle (polar)

Chlorate of Potash (polar)

Attendance— Members, 58 ; visitors, 7 ;

by Mr. Andrew.
Mr. Badcock.
Mr. F. Coles.
Mr. Goodinge.

Mr. F. H. P. Hind.

Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. B. W. Priest.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. G. Williams,
total, 65.

36

October 23rd, 1874. — Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding rueetiDg were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ,,

" The Popular Science Review" ... ... ... ,,

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso.") fromihe Society.

phical Society of Manchester" ... )

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"... the Association.

" The Protoplasmic theory of Life, being the-\

President's address to the Liverpool > from the Society.

Microscopical Society" J

" The American Naturalist" ... in Exchange.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical > , p ■,

Science" >

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.
Mr. Frederick Haydon was balloted for and duly elected a member of the
Club.

The President announced that arrangements had been made for the re-
opening of the slide cabinet, which had been for some time past closed in
consequence of the continued absence of Mr. Ruffle through severe domestic
affliction. The Commitee had thought it desirable that the slides should again
be available for distribution, but that they should be issued, not as formerly on
the ordinary meeting nights, but on the " Gossip nights." They had asked Mr.
Marks to act as Mr. Euffle's deputy by giving out the slides during his
absence/and Mr. Hailes had also kindly offered to assist in the matter.

The Secretary reminded the members that the task of giving out the slides
was no easy matter, and that it would be greatly facilitated if they would put
down in paper a list of the slides they required before they applied for them.
Mr. Ruffle had often said that members frequently did not make up their minds
what they wanted until they came to the cabinet, and that this led to delay,
and to a great increase in the trouble of distribution. Mr. Smith, their
librarian, reminded him that he had a number of copies of the catalogue of
slides which he would be happy to supply at Is. each.

Mr. R. P. Williams read a paper " On cutting sections of the eyes of insects,
and on a new instrument for the purpose." The machine was exhibited in the
room, and was deservedly admired by those who had the opportunity of a close
inspection.

The President said that it had been his lot to see many machines for cutting
sections, but he had never seen one so beautiful or so exquisitely made as the
one which Mr. Williams had brought before them. All its motions seemed
absolutely perfect ; he had never seen anything to compare with it ; indeed it
was, he thought, beyond praise. The whole of its arrangements seemed to be
of the most perfect kind, and every motion and requirement seemed to have
been provided for. He had not done much himself in such minute objects, but
he knew that some gentlemen present had made this a study, and he hoped
they would have something to say upon the subject.

Mr. Ingpen inquired if Mr. Williams had made any provision for tilting the
object in either direction, in such a way as could be done by a ball and socket
joint, so that it might be shifted to a different plane if required?

37

Mr. R. P. Williams said he had made provision for adjusting the object in
any vertical plane, by means of the ebonite block described in the paper ; if any
other alteration were required it would be necessary to soften the wax and tilt
the head.

The President suggested that Mr. Ingpen meant to inquire whether, suppos-
ing the head were found to be embedded in such a position that the plane of
cutting did not coincide with the horizontal axis of the eye, it could be shifted
into such a plane of coincidence without the necessity of remelting the wax.

Mr. R. P. Williams said he could not do that, but he thought it might be
done, and he would endeavour to do it.

Mr. E. T. Newton asked for information upon one point which he did not
quite see was provided for. In cutting sections he had found it to be absolutely
necessary that they should be cut in fluid in order to get them off the knife. The
machine itself was beautifully true in all its parts, and seemed perfectly to
meet wants often felt, but he should like to know how he was to get the
section off the knife, to which it would certainly adhere after being cut ?

Mr. R. P. Williams said he had mentioned in his paper that the knife must
be moistened before using with oil of turpentine, otherwise the section would
cling to it. When the section was cut, it would be found upon the cutter, but
by placing a piece of paper upon the edge, and then easing tbe section off the
cutter with a piece of wood cut to a thin edge, it could be easily transferred to
the paper, and thence to the fluid.

Mr. Newton was doubtful whether so thin a section would bear to be pushed
off in this way without injury.

Mr. R. P. Williams said of course it must not be pushed.

The President inquired if there would be the same degree of adhesion to a
revolving cutter as to an ordinary shaped one ?

Mr. R. P. Williams thought there would be about the same, but was quite
sure that if oil of turpentine was used, it would effectually prevent the wax
from adhering to the knife. He had formerly used oil for the purpose, but
found this softened the wax, and would, therefore, not do ; oil of turpentine did
not dissolve the wax, but prevented it from adhering, and enabled it to be easily
removed in the manner described.

The President did not know how far the oil of turpentine would affect the
after process— such as staining— and asked if Mr. Williams stained his
sections.

Mr. William's said he had not done so ; he did not know that it was necessary.

The President said he had seen some very nice sections of eyes cut by Mr.
Mclntire, and hoped that gentleman would give them the results of his ex-
perience.

Mr. Mclntire said that in cutting sections of insects' eyes he depended entirely
upon luck. He had seen some very beautiful sections cut by Mr. Stewart, and
thought he should like to try his hand at them. He accordingly got one of
Topping's machines, and embedded the heads in a mixture of bee's wax and oil.
He first tried upon the heads of flies, soaking them in spirit to harden them —
from six to 24 hours. Great care was required in sharpening the razor. He
found in practice that it was impossible to get a section of both eyes at the same
time. The eyes having been hardened as described, must then be put into tbe
wax, after which the sections could be pared away, taking care always to keep
the razor thoroughly moistened with spirit, and to float the sections off the
blade into a watch glass of spirit— they must on no account be touched
or they would come aoart. They should be lifted out of the spirit on a

38

piece of tin foil, and put into the staining fluid — either hematoxylin or carmine
very much diluted — and after this they should be transferred to methylated
spirit. If the specimen was successful, it might then be put into clean alcohol,
and, when all the water was gone, it could be lifted out and placed in a drop of
oil of cloves upon a clean glass slide; it should then be slightly warmed, and
Laving teazed away the wax with a fine needle, and got rid of it by a sudden tilt,
the section would be ready for mounting in balsam. This should be done
directly, but the cover must on no account be touched for fear of disturbing tbe
object. He had found the eyes of flies to be the easiest to prepare— those of
beetles were more difficult because of the harder and more horny nature of the
outside covering, and he found that it was necessary to know the proper angle
at which to cut each different insect's eye. Mr. Stewart was of opinion that
the brittleness complained of might be got rid of by soaking in glycerine.

The President thought that a machine with a revolving cutter would be
peculiarly applicable to the horny eyes of the Coleoptera. He felt sure that all
present must have heard the paper with pleasure, and no one could examine
the machine without admiring it — there was only one thing wanted to make it
complete, and this was so easily added that he was sure Mr. Williams would soon
do it.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Williams for his paper was then unanimously passed.
Dr. Daniel Moore read a paper " On the Generative processes of the Oyster,
Mussel, and Cockle," and illustrated the subject by numerous coloured
diagrams, and by preparations exhibited under microscopes in the room.

The President thought that the Club was peculiarly fortunate in having two
such papers brought before them in one evening as those they had just listened
to. It was not everyone who bad the opportunity of so carefully going into this
subject as Dr. Moore had done. He would like to ask whether Dr. Moore had
ever observed the spermatozoa gain access to the ovum, and, if so, what change
resulted.
Dr. Moore said he had not actually seen this take place.
The thanks of the Club were then voted to Dr. Moore for his interesting
paper.

The President called attention to a side reflector for illuminating opaqu'e
objects ; it was merely the substage reflector mounted upon a separate stand.
He had proposed the idea to Mr. Wenham some time ago, but found that he
had already carried it out. He mentioned it, and had brought it with him to
the meeting, because he thought it would suggest the idea that by utilizing their
own apparatus they might often save it from being unnecessarily multiplied.

The President announced that he had brought with him to the meeting a
further supply of Barbadoes earth for distribution amongst the members. He
had also some mounted specimens prepared by himself, and some which had
been prepared by Mr. Topping.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Lung of Boa Constrictor (injected) by Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Larva of Bot-fly (GEstrus) in the egg Mr. Hainworth.

Volvox Globator (alive) Mr. Martinelli.

A Series of preparations illustrating the generative | ^ jjoorei

process of the Oyster, Mussel, and Cockle j
Jiaphiodesma lingua— showing clusters of anchorate ") ^T -g y^ Priest.

spicula ... ... ... )

Feather of a Foreign duck (polar) Mr. J. C. Sigsworth.

39

Mildew from Cuticle of Apple Mr. J. F. Tafe.

Section of the eye of a Moth Mr. Topping.

Parasite of Beetle Mr. Underwood.

Attendance— Members, 97 ; visitors, 18 ; total, 115.

November 13th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Crystals of silver forming on lead and brass filings ...

Skin of Eel, showing scales and pigment cells

New form of portable lamp by Swift

Spinnerets, web and calemistrum of Ciniflo atrox

Perryia pulcherrima (a new Diatom) ... ...

Wing of a Mauritian Butterfly

Crystals of Stearic acid

Cyclosis in Vallisneria

Foot of Wasp (Vespa vulgaris)

Section of pad of Dog's foot, the vessels injected-)
with carmine, and tissue stained with >
hematoxylin ... ... ... ... J

Foraminifera from the river Dee

Demonstration of Insect dissection

Vertical section of pad of Kitten's foot

Spiral vessels of Banana

Attendance — Members, 62 j visitors, 6;

Mr. E. Bartlett.
Mr. F. Coles.
Mr. Dunning.
Mr. H. E. Freeman.
Mr. H. F. Hailes.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. S. Israel.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Sigsworth.

Mr. Topping.

Mr. C. C. Underwood.
Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. G. Williams,
total, 68.

November 27th, 1874. — Dr. Jno. Matthews, F.R.M.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations were announced : —
" The Monthly MicroscopicalJournal"
" Science Gossip" ...
" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association"...

" The A m'erican Naturalist"

" Eichardson on the value of high powers in \
the diagnosis of blood stains" ... 3

Two Reprints from the " Canadian Naturalist"

Two Photographs

Fourteen Slides of Foraminifera ...

Four Slides of Moss — collected on the excur- )

sion to Weybridge j

Baird's " British Entomostraca" was added")
to the Library ... ... .. ... )

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The Secretary called attention to the paper by Dr. Eichardson on the use of
high powers in the diagnosis of blood stains — the rules of the Club would not
permit of its being read to the meeting on account of its having been already
published in the " American Journal of Medical Sciences," and an abstract of it
had also appeared in the " Monthly Microscopical Journal." It was of
interest as pointing out the constancy of the relative sizes of the blood discs of

from the Publisher.

the Association.
in Exchange.

from the Author.

from Mr. G. M. Dawson.
Mr. C. White.
Mr M. C. Cooke.

Mr. W. G. Cocks,
by purchase.

40

the Mammalia, for the examination and accurate measurement of which tbe
use of high powers was necessary.

The President said that cards of admission to the Soiree of the West London
Entomological Society had been placed upon the table, and he had also been
requested to ask for the co-operation of any members of the Club who might be
willing to assist the Society upon that occasion.

The President referred to the excursions of the Club, and called upon those
members who took part in them to communicate the results to the meeting,
They often heard of excursions to be made, aud supposed that they were made,
but they hardly ever heard anything more of them. No doubt they were of
value, and bore abundant fruit to those who took part in them, but he must
say that, so far as the Society was concerned, they were fruitless. They
always happened upon a day when he could not possibly join them, but he
should be profoundly glad to hear of the results from those who did.

Mr. Cocks having presented to the Club four slides of mosses collected during
the excursion to Weybridge.

The President admitted that he had been a little premature in some of his
observations, and was very glad to find it so. The slides which Mr. Cocks had
presented showed what had resulted from one excursion, they were beautifully
finished, and quite models of mounting ; and he should be very glad to see them
under the microscope in the course of the evening.

The President reminded the members that at their last meeting two very
interesting papers had been brought before them, which he thought might form
the subject of some further observations from gentlemen present, who had pur-
sued similar studies, and invite remarks upon either subject.

Mr. Ingpen communicated some notes on "Personal Equation," with reference
to Microscopy, illustrating his remarks on the black board.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Ingpen for his communi-
cation, observed that as they were essentially a Microscopical Society, nothing
could be more useful to them than the discussions of such questions as those
contained in the paper, which directly bore upon the subject of accuracy of
observation.

Mr. J. G. Waller said that one or two points in the paper touched him pro-
fessionally, and he should like just to say with regard to the paintings of
Mulready, that he thought the gentleman who had made the observations quoted
by Mr. Ingpen must have been in error. When a painting was painted it was
always begun on the blue side of the scale, and finished on the yellow side.
Now Mulready was a very slow painter, and as he painted at times under pres-
sure from his patrons, it might happen that some of the pictures were not quite
finished and hence theblueness. He knew Mulready quite well, and could there-
fore speak from knowledge in the matter. With regard to Turner he did not
believe that the peculiarities adverted to were at all due to defects of vision,
and quoted an anecdote to prove that Turner had on one occasiou, when ex-
pressly requested to do so, painted a picture in which his accustomed extrava-
gancies did not appear. Titian painted up to the last— he believed to the age of
93. He had seen some of his pictures which were painted at an advanced age,
and certainly they were anything but blue, and he had never seen an instance
of this in the case of a great artist.

The President said that the paper suggested many considerations of much in-
terest. With regard to astigmatism it most fortunately happened that it
generally existed in one eye only, and it was due to the fact of there being some
alteration in the curves of the front or back part of the line, making it more ov

41

less elliptical — the effect was as if it were pressed laterally and so made ellip
tical. A necessary consequence of this was that dots which were very near to
each other would be seen in one direction as a line, from their being converted
into ovals and overlapping each other. Another frequent error of interpre-
tation was as to whether a thing was within or outside the focus, and no
two persons seemed to agree as to what was exactly the focus. A blond disc
for instance, on one side of the focus appeared to be concave, whilst it did not
appear so on the other side, and it was a question with many which was the
reality. Then again there were the markings on Pleurosigma formosum. Some
persons saw them as convex hemispheres and others thought them concave, and
they were frequently seen to be more or less coloured for reasons which were
entirely personal. Another question arose with regard to Micrometry— a long
and a short sighted person would use the Micrometer, and their observations
would not agree on account of their differences of focus ; whilst some persons
see shadows and cannot tell accurately which is the margin of the object. As
regarded the question of fluorescence, it was a very curious fact that when a
person had been saturated with quiniue (given not in small quantities as a tonic,
but in large quantities in cases of ague, as an antiperiodic medicine) the effect
was generally headache and a confusion of vision, and they were able to see
much farther towards the violet end of the Spectrum than under normal con-
ditions. But in such cases it was found that vision was impaired in exactly the
same proportion towards the red end, so that their range was not really
increased. It should be borne in mind in connection with the subject of colour
that all their microscopes were corrected for white light, but they were for the
most part used in very yellow light, and they could not suppose that the effects
under these conditions would be the same as in day light, and it was not possible
to get by ordinary means within the reach of every one monochromatic light,
strong enough for microscopical purposes. Irradiation, also, must not be over-
looked, as being a frequent source of personal error; for even in landscape
photography there was found to be an irradiation effect produced, which be
came less marked when the back of the plate was smeared over with yellow. Its
common effect was that 999 people out of 1000 could see light lines upon a dark
ground better than they could see dark lines upon a light ground, and this
would account for the better definition commonly produced by dark ground
illumination— either by the paraboloid, or by oblique illumination from the
mirror. The former of these methods was, however, much preferred, owing to
the diffraction which was frequently caused when the other was adopted. If a pei-
son were temporarily ill he could not see things in the same way as when in health
and it was quite certain that the presence of bile where it should not be must
tend to a disturbance of vision. He hal at that moment a person under his
care who was dying from cancer of the liver, all of whose tissues and fluids
were so saturated (and coloured) with bile that even the saliva was much tinged,
and very bitter. In this case there was much confusion of vision, accompanied
by spectra— probably owing to alteration in the density and colour of the
humors of the eyes. It had even been asserted by some observers that objects
seemed yellow to such sufferers, and the same had been observed by those who
had taken Santonica medicinally.

Mr. Ingpen said, in reply to Mr. Waller's remarks, that probably Professor
Liebreich knew nothing of the special circumstances with regard to Mulready,
but simply drew his conclusions from observation of the paintings themselves
The fact of yellow cornea was very pertinent to the subject, and it was also
quite possible that some artists might not have been affected in that way. With

42

regard to Turner, he believed that all that was said had reference to the pos-
sibility of reducing the vertical streaks to a natural effect, by looking at the
pictures through a cylindrical lens.

Six gentlemen were proposed for membership. Meetings for the ensuing
month were announced, and the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at
which the following objects were exhibited : —

Sertularia argentea

Capsules of Moss (Bryum capillare)

Upper Wing of fly from Brazil

Aleyrodes Chelidonii ...

Collection of Ferns from the Cape

Micro-photograph " The Song of a Shirt"

Lace fern

Sections of Echinus Spines

Transverse Sections of jaw and teeth of young rabbit

by Mr. E. Bartlett.
Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. A. L. Corbett.
Mr. H. G. Glasspoole
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. F. Beeve.
Mr. C. Sigsworth.
Mr. A. Topping.

Attendance — Members, 84; visitors, 13; total, 97.

December 11th, 1874. — Conversational Meeting.

Mr,

The following objects were exhibited: —

Tracheal system of larva of Dytiscus by Mr

Mymax taprobanicus— minute parasitic Hymenopteron, ") ■»»•

from Mr. Staniforth Green, of Colombo )

Salivary gland and tongue of Cockroach showing their 7

connection ... ... ... ... ... ... )

Pleurosigma angnlatum under Beck's fDth Immersion, \

with Dr. Matthew's oblique illuminator J

Head of Taenia solium ... .. Mr.

Haematopinus Asini (louse of the ass) Mr.

Skin of Dog Fish (Scyllium canicula) Mr.

A glaasphceria from Africa Mr.

F.H.P. Hind.
Ingpen.

W. W. Jones.

Dr. Matthews.

B. W. Priest.
J. A. Smith.
Topping.
Underwood.

Attendance— Members, 39; visitors, 2; total, 41.

January 8th, 1875.— Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Foraminifera from the London clay
Cuticle of Onosma taurica (polar)
Tongue and Salivary gland of Cockroach . . .

Cirri of Barnacle (polar)

Section of Nose of Cat (injected)

Lepralia Brougmartii, Red Sea

Deep Sea Dredgings, 1G80 Fathoms

Photomicrograph of Diatoms, &c,
Atlantic Cable

attached to

by Mr. H. F. Hailes.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. W. W. Jones.
Dr. Matthews.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. C. C. Underwood
Mr. T. C. White.

| Mr. C. C. Wyatt.

Attendance— Members, 73; Visitors, 7 ; total, 80.

43

January 22nd, 1875.— Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced: —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher,

" Science Gossip" „

" The Popular Science Review" ,,

" Proceedings of the Royal Society" the Society.

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso-7
phical Society of Manchester" ... )

c ' The American Naturalist" in exchange.

' ' The Natural History of the Diatomacese, ) ^e Author.

by Dr. Arthur Meade Edwards ... >

A Photomicrograph Mr. C. C. White.

1 Slide Mr Underwood.

3 Slides Mr Wm. McVean.

Bowerbank'8 "British Spongidse,'' Ray Society by purchase.
" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical \

Science" '

Part I. of " Atlas der Diatomaceen. Kund 7

von Adolf Schmidt" ->

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The Secretary said he had received a letter announcing the formation of a
new Natural History Society at Watford, and asking him to bring it before the
notice of the members of the Club, in order that any residing in that neigh-
bourhood might avail themselves of the opportunity of joining.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club :— Mr. Thomas Bolton, Mr. Edward Dadswell, Mr. F. W. Howard, Mr.
Henry Power, Mr. A. Tinney, the Hon. J. C. Vivian.

The Secretary said he had received a letter from Mr. R. Sedgwick, Hon. Sec.
of the Tower Hill Microscopical Club, intimating that their Annual Soiree was
arranged to take place on Wednesday, February 17th, and asking for the co-
operation of the members of the Q. M. C. on that occasion.

The Secretary called the attention of the members to a new Portable Micro-
scope exhibited in the room, which had recently been designed and made by Mr.
Moginie ; it was specially adapted for use with low powers. He always thought
that the 4-in. objective of Ross had not been done full justice to on account of
the small field of the A eyepiece. The new instrument had a large Huyghe-
nian eyepiece of a very low power, giving a splendid field of view, and the lenses
of the eyepiece were made to slide into the tube, instead of screwing in the
usual way, so that they could be readily removed for wiping. The focussing
was effected by a rackwork arrangement attached to the stage instead of to the
body of the instrument, which was fixed to the stand ; thus adding greatly to
the steadiness of the whole, and the rackwork was sufficiently delicate for use with
£ or even \ inch objective. If required for use in the vertical position, the
instrument could be screwed into a plate provided for the purpose on the lid of
the wooden case, into which the microscope and apparatus were arranged to
pack in a very small compass (12in. X 5 X 3£).

The President said he had the pleasure of seeing an instrument of this kind
shewn by Mr. Moginie a short time ago at the Royal Microscopical Society, and

44

was much pleased with it ; it could be used very well with a 4in. or even a 5in.
objective, and showed a very much larger field than that of the ordinary eye-
piece. He thought that if the diaphragm was removed from an A or B eye-
piece, it would be much more useful with low powers, and he commended the
practice of making the diaphragms moveable in such eyepieces to enable
them to be easily adapted to show a larger field when a low power object
glass was used. He could strongly recommend Mr. Moginie's new instrument
for the use of students and for botanical purposes.

Mr. T. C. White read a paper " On the Aquarium as a field for microscopical
research," in which he minutely described the method of constructing, stocking,
and maintaining a marine aquarium in a London home.

The President said that Mr. White had in his paper spoken of his laziness,
but he did not himself think that the paper was an evidence of it. The interest
attached to the subject was boundless, and he should be very glad to hear the
remark of any of the members upon it. Two or three minor points occurred to
him in connection with it— first, he believed that the habits of the creatures
kept in aquaria were, for thl most part, nocturnal, or at least that they
often preferred a subdued light ; even amongst fishes, he believed this
was largely the case, and yet he often went into rooms and saw great
tanks of clear glass without a particle of shade provided for the creatures
to take shelter in, and he could only call this gratuitous cruelty. Then all
these creatures were expected to live for an indefinite time without any
means being taken to aerate the water duly, no attempt being in
many cases made to supply it, and then people said " they don't know
how it is, but they can't get their fishes to live." The question of aeration
was one of great importance, and required study. A friend of his made it a
condition that everyone who went to look at his aquarium should give it three
charges of the water from a syringe, and another fixed a bellows to the door of
the room, by means of which a change of air was forced into the water whenever
the door was opened. With respect to the difference between natural and arti-
ficial sea water, he believed that iodides and bromides of magnesium and sodium
entered into the composition of sea water in its natural condition, and he should
like to ask Mr. White if lie found it necessary to supply them.

Mr. T. C. White said that with regard to the iodides and bromides, their pro-
portion was so extremely small that he thought their absence made no difference.
Mr. Lloyd, of the Crystal Palace Aquarium, told him that they were not really
necessary, but they would in the course of time be developed, especially if sea-
weeds were washed in the water. The sea water in his own aquarium had been
unchanged for three years ; it was given to him in the first instance by Mr.
Lloyd and he believed it came from Brighton. During the last summer
Oscillatorice were developed in it in such numbers that the water became foul
and many of the creatures, including the Serpulce, died. He exposed it how-
ever, to strong sunlight, and this caused oxygen to be given off in such large
quantities that the water became quite purified, and it was now quite " lookino-
up" again. • It was an excellent plan to occasionally wash fresh seaweed in the
water, as this supplied quantities of germs and other matters which were
beneficial. He quite agreed with the President as to some people's ideas re-
garding an aquarium. Some of his patients having seen his aquarium went
away delighted, and forthwith set up one for themselves ; they went to Brighton
or Weymouth and brought home things to put into it, but very soon after there
was no more heard of it, and they would say, "Oh, it was no good keeping it,

45

for all the things died." In giving instructions as to how to start an aquarium,
he always laid particular stress upon getting the tank ready, and letting the
plants grow in it for some days before the living inmates were introduced. The
trouble would be amply repaid, for there were many developmental stages in
the life-history of the creatures which were most interesting ; and one need not
even go as far as the seaside to seek objects, [for Mr Lloyd had told him that he
used at one time to go round in the neighbourhood of Smithfield, and when he
came to a large oyster stall, he examined the shells, and often found beautiful
little specimens upon them, and he had found even Crassicornis upon shells,
as well as alga?. He recommended an examination of shells dredged up from a
great depth as being very likely to yield specimens of much interest.

The President suggested that there was a way of keeping water a long time
from putrescence by putting into it a mass of charcoal (by preference animal
charcoal). And with respect to objects found upon the oyster shells, he might
mention that he had recently found many excellent specimens upon the shell of
the Pecten maximns, which was very abundant in London at the present time.

Mr. W. W. Jones thought that the best way to add the iodides and bromides
to artificial sea water would be to put seaweeds into it.
Mr. Russell inquired what was the best mode of feeding ?
Dr. Foulerton asked if Mr. White had found any inconvenience from the great
alterations in temperature which must occur in an aquarium. The deep sea was
not subject to any great range of temperature, but water kept in a room in
small quantities must get hot or cold according to the temperature of the air.

Mr. White, in reply, said that with regard to feeding, the creatures might be
allowed to go a month without food, the only thing being that they would in
that case be found to diminish somewhat in size. He had found in practice that
it was best to feed them once a fortnight, and the best food was an oyster well
washed and cut up into small pieces ; if the creatures did not take it directly it
was a sign they were not hungry, and the food should be removed at once to
prevent it from polluting the water. As regarded temperature, some persons
thought this an important matter, and recommended a thermometer, but this
to others appeared to make the thing complicated. He had himself only a
specific gravity ball, and had not " gone in" for a thermometer, because he
found that the aquarium flourished very well without it.

Mr. Russell had not done much with marine aquaria, but could speak from
experience as to fresh water, and he found that variation of temperature
was necessary, and that in a confined room it was necessary also to aerate
the water constantly, and he did this by bringing down a small pipe from
the cistern so as to discharge a fine jet with some force through the water.
He found also that the weed would not grow properly until he put it out of
doors. The variation of temperature between day and night he believed to be
necessary, and certainly he had never found it to act prejudicially upon the
animals. Overstocking was a very great evil- He had found that it was of
great advantage to put in odd pieces of rock for shelter. The study of an
aquarium was one of so much interest, that he strongly recommended those
who had not done so to launch out in that direction.

Mr. White said he did not intend at all to discountenance the use of rock-
work, but he did very much deprecate the fanciful erections one often saw,
giving a tea-garden appearance to some aquaria. Eockwork itself he liked
very much ; it not only gave shelter, but it also increased the superficial surface
of the bottom, and helped the growth of vegetation, which was so necessary
for aeration.

4fi

}

A vote of thanks to Mr. White for his interesting paper was unanimously
carried.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the follow-
ing objects were exhibited : —

Mcidiuvn, Ranunculi

Sections of Human Scalp

Salivary Glands and Tongue of Cock-
roach

Cyclops

Fungoid growth on leg of Water Beetle.
Foraminifera, from Mr. T. C. White's 7

Aquarium ... ... *

Navicultz (selected)

Brain of Mouse (injected) ...

Eggs of Chiton

Young Asterias

Sphseraphides in stem of Viscum album.

by Mr. W. H. Golding.

Mr. W. W. Jones.

Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Rolfe.

Mr. J. Eussell.

Mr. J. C. Sigsworth.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. B. P. Williams.

Attendance— Members, 94 ; visitors, 11 ; total, 105.

February 12th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Leaf of A lyssum. Sp

Lituola (Foraminifer), the test formed of Sponge)

spicules ... i

Intestine of Cat, injected ...

Section of Tail of Horse— stained two colours

Marchantia polymorpha

Spicules of Gorgonia „

Section of Agate, polarised

Transverse section of Human Tooth, polarised

Demodex folliculorum (alive)

JSozb'on Canadense ... ... ...

American Aloe, transverse section

Clematis ,, ,, »

Attendance — Members, 69 ; visitors, 3 j total, 72.

Mr. G. D. Brown.
Mr. Hailes.

Mr. W. W. Jones.

Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. B. W. Priest.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. T. C. White.

j) >)

Mr. Geo. Williams.

47

DONATION TO THE CLUB.

REPORT OF COMMITTEE.

The Committee have great pleasure in reporting that Mr. Frank
Crisp, one of the members of the Club, has made a donation, by
which the sum of £20 annually is secured to the Club for five
years, upon the condition that the same shall be applied in such a
mode as will be calculated to promote its interests and welfare.

Your Committee, in furtherance of the above purpose, and
considering that it will be beneficial to the interests of the Club to
offer an honorarium to any member who may distinguish himself
in Microscopical work, have framed the following rules for the
application of the fund thus placed at their disposal :—

I. — That such honorarium be given, not in money, but in books
or scientific instruments.

II. — That the work for which such honorarium shall be awarded
shall have been originally communicated to, or brought before the
Club.

III. — That the Committee shall decide to whom such honorarium
shall be awarded, and that its members shall be excluded ex-officio
from receiving the s^me.

IV. — That the Committee shall communicate their decision to
the Club at the Annual Meeting in July of each year.

V. — That no one shall be eligible to receive an honorarium
until he has been more than one year a member of the Club at the
date of the Annual Meeting at which the same is awarded.

VI. — That no member shall be eligible to receive an honorarium
more than once in three years.

VII. — That the Committee shall be at liberty to make their
first award at the Annual Meeting, in July, 1875, if they shall so
think fit.

48

VIII. — That if the Committee shall decide not to make any
award, or shall not award the whole sum of £20 in any one year,
such sum as shall remain shall be used for an award or awards in
the sixth or some succeeding year, and that no greater sum than
£20 shall be awarded in any one year.

Your Committee hope that this mode of applying the fund so
liberally presented to the Club will meet with the approbation of
the members. It is designed to promote original research, and to
give a stimulus to the performance of good and useful work, at the
same time avoiding the evils consequent upon direct competition,
the introduction of which might possibly diminish the cordiality
which has hitherto existed in the Club, and which forms one of its
most attractive features.

4)

On an Instrument for Cleaning Thin Covering Glass.
By W. W. Jones.
(Read April 23, 1875.)

A very common complaint amongst working Microscopists is of
the trouble they have in cleaning very thin glass covers without
breaking them ; in fact, I know that with many the annoyance is
so great that they use the thicker glass for all specimens, and so
render them utterly useless for examination with high powers.
Now, I think you will hold with me when I say that nearly if not
all transparent specimens would be of infinitely greater value if
they were capable of being examined with the higher powers, and
as the thinnest glass is just as cheap as the thick when you
consider that you get about twice the number to the ounce, the
only drawback to its more general use that I can see is the great
breakage that occurs in cleaning, to obviate which I wish to bring
before your notice a small and simple apparatus, which I find
answers exceedingly well, having used it for the last 12 or 18
months. It consists of a small tube of brass or steel, of about an
inch in diameter and the same in height, into which fits loosely a
weighted plug. To the lower end of this plug is cemented a piece
of chamois leather. Another piece of leather is stretched upon a
flat piece of wood or plate glass to form a pad, which completes the
apparatus. '

The mode of using it is this. You place the tube on the pad,
breathe on the glass, drop it into the tube, put in the plug, and
then holding the tube well down on the pad you can rub as much
as you like with perfect safety, the weight of the plug giving
sufficient pressure. With this simple arrangement you will find it
almost as difficult to break the glass as many have hitherto found
it easy. I hope that this may be the means, not only of saving
time and trouble, but also of adding materially to the value of
many good specimens which are now often half spoilt by the use of
thick covers.

50

On Bucephalus Ilaimeanus and another Allied Organism.

By Daniel Moore, M.D.
{Read April 23rd, 1875.)

Before introducing the special subject to which I am to draw
your attention to-night, I must state that the filial corrections of
my paper, which appeared in the last issue of our Journal, were,
through some mistake, not attended to ; they are, however, unim-
portant, except in one particular. The second paragraph at the
commencement of the Explanation of the Plate ought to have
appeared without its last clause, and, to prevent misunderstanding,
ought to be as follows : — " The necessity of getting many objects
into a small space has obliged me to alter the figures from the
original camera lucida drawings, so that although in certain of
them there is some approach to micrometric exactness, the
magnification may be taken rather as an indication as to what
may be seen with certain magnifying powers, than as exact
measurements." In the report, also, a mistake has arisen. I am
there represented as saying that I never saw the entrance of
spermatozoa into ova, whereas my paper is based on the fact that
I thought I had seen the entrance of spermatozoa into early
stages of ova. Last Friday I was informed that Mr. W. Fell
Woods intends to read a paper after me to-night, " On the
Relation of Bucephalus Haimeanus to the Cockle." I have, there-
fore, made my paper as brief as possible, leaving out matter that
I feared might lead to needless repetition.

In October last I read a short paper before this Club, giving
the results of some observations on the Generative Processes of the
Oyster, Marine Mussel, and Cockle, which observations had led me
to the conclusion that these lamellibranchs were truly monoecious,
and I detailed my reasons for so thinking. In the plate, accom-
panying that paper, I figured what, I supposed, were the larval
forms of the young of these molluscs, giving, however, no reason

d. moore, m.d., on Bucephalus Haimeanus, &c. 51

for that opinion, beyond such as might be gathered from the plate
itself, hoping that, if a discussion bad followed my paper, some
facts might have been elicited in relation to them. I found shortly
after that the organism I hal figured as the young of the Cockle
had been very fully described by M. Lacaze-Duthiers, in the
" French Annals of Natural History" (4th series, vol. 1), under
the name of Bucephalus Haimeanus, and although the organism I
figured as the young of the Marine Mussel has, as far as I know,
never been named, it is evidently closely allied to Bucephalus
Haimeanus, and, in all essential particulars, has the same life
history as far as I have observed. When I promised to give a
paper on these two organisms, I intended to bring before you
previous observations and conclusions in reference to them, but
since the Secretary of " Tbe Royal Microscopical Society" has
in their Journal for the current month given an able resume of the
subject, I feel it would be merely wasting time to go over the
same ground. It will suffice here to say that M. Lacaze-Duthiers
considers B. Haimeanus the cercarian form of some unknown
Distoma, and describes the tubular structure in which it is found
as a collection of sporocysts or nurses which he mentions as
filling tbe abdominal glands of oysters and cockles, and rendering
them sterile, his opinion being based on the likeness of this
organism to the B. polymorphus, described by Von Baer, sup-
ported by his own observations, last autumn. M. A. Giard
announced, in a note to the Comptes Rendus, a translation of
which appeared in the December number of " The Royal Micro-
scopical Journal," that he had discovered this organism encysted
in the common Garfish, Belone vulgaris, which, as you know,
visits our shores annually, and in some parts is known as the
mackerel guide. I have no intention, gentlemen, of disputing
these statements ; efficient observers consider them facts, and I
am thankful for the light they bring. My experience, however,
of these organisms has been somewhat different, and as I wish, as
far as possible, to avoid giving a controversial tone to my paper, I
think it best merely to relate in detail the reasons which led me
to a different conclusion, feeling sure that arguments about
opinions tend rather to confirm in error, if a mistake has been
made, than to settle a question which requires for its elucidation
fresh facts or confirmation of facts already recorded. And it is
my hope to induce members of the Quekett to examine the subject

52 d. moore, m.d., on Bucephalus Haimeanus

for themselves, so that the life-history of these organisms may be
fully settled. When I first saw M. Lacaze-Dutbiers' paper it
was a great pleasure to me to read his account of an organism
which had occupied a good deal of my attention, and to recognise,
in the description of so good an observer, much with which I was
familiar ; and you will see tbat the facts I have observed have
been much the same as those recorded by him. I have, however,
never found B. Haimeanus in the oyster, although receiving both
oysters and cockles from the Hayling oyster beds, where, as they
are in juxtaposition, it would appear probable that this organism
might be found in both, if parasitic. I have also never found it in
cockles containing spermatozoa, but only in those containing eggs,
and never before the eggs were fully formed. These statements
represent the examination of a large number of these molluscs,
and although the explanation of this limitation may be of a local
character, yet it had a decided effect in forming my opinion.
Before going further, I think it may make the subject clearer to
some here if I give a very brief outline of the facts (for which we
are indebted to the observations of Nitzch, Siebold, Bojanus, and
Steenstrup) concerning one of the Cercarice, whose life -histories
have been the most clearly traced. Eliminating minor details,
about which differences in opinion exist, it appears to be briefly as
follows : — The perfect sexual form of fluke, found in certain water
snails, lays eggs which are supposed to develope into a small
vermiform organism of a yellowish colour, about two lines in length,
which may be found adhering in large numbers to various parts of
the snail, in which the distoma is parasitic. After a time the
interior of these small vermiform organisms is observed to be
occupied with a numerous progeny, which, being set free from this
nurse, or sporocyst, and also from the host, appear as freely
moving Cercarice in the water ; in this state they have a movable
tail, a head furnished with booklets and a sucking mouth ; these
Cercarice may be seen attaching themselves to the skin of the snail
into which, their tails being cast off, they penetrate more or less
deeply, and become encysted in a case of hardened mucus — after a
time undergoing a further development into a well-formed
Distoma, and then becoming distributed to their appropriate
parasitical habitat. Siebold, however, thinks that the free Cercarice
may penetrate insect larva*, and await their transference to higher
organisms. So that we get first the ova from the Distoma, supposed

AND ANOTHER ALLIED ORGANISM. 53

to develope in a way not clearly traced into a sporocyst contain-
ing a large number of cercarice, sometimes all well formed, some-
times found in various stages of growth ; these are set free from
the nurse and the host in a way not clearly made out, and are
then found as freely moving organisms which attach themselves
to the outside of a snail, become encysted, and ultimately develope
into sexual Trematodes, whose eggs start in the same round again,
thus forming a complete case of alternation of generation.

Such a history as I have sketched was supposed to apply to
B. polymorphus somewhat modified, differences of opinion, how-
ever, existed on some points, and M. Lacaze-Duthiers, after
alluding to them, goes on to say " that it is still permissible to
employ the name Bucephalus, given by Baer, while waiting for
clearer light as to the transformations of this being ;" he accor-
dingly names one of the organisms I bring before you to-night,
Bucephalus Haimeanus, after his friend M. Haime, and describes
the tubular structure in which they are found as sporocysts or
nurses. This structure I have always found branched, as shown
in the diagram. M. Lacaze-Duthiers says of it, " Taken out of
the organs they unwound in long white filaments, which were very
fragile, so tbat it was very difficult, I might say almost impossible,
to obtain an entire one, so as to be able to examine its ex-
tremities." Tbey are doubtless very fragile. I have never seen
them unwind as described, but have found it necessary to teaze a
portion out with needles in water, to get any good idea of its
nature, and it was in this way that I found the bifurcations so
evident, and in certain cockles where there were egg sacs these
appeared attached as in the diagram ; when examining these under
the microscope I came to the conclusion that the sacs were
anatomically united to the tubular structure. On the supposition
that we are dealing with cercarian sporocysts, this appearance may
doubtless have arisen from such sporocysts being contained in the
genital ducts.

The striation perpendicular to the axis, as described by M.
Duthiers, is evident in well developed portions of the tube, such
portions when ruptured expel their contents with considerable
vigour, but I have never observed any other kind of movement.

M. Duthiers gives an account of an appearance of budding,
which is figured in the diagram, this I have often seen, and
interpreted it from my point of view as the remains of a short

54 d. moore, M.r>.; ox Bucephalus Haimeanus

branch where an egg sac had been attached, which, when emptied of
its contents, shrivelled to this form. The process of development
of this structure, which M. Duthiers somewhat obscurely describes,
I think I have also observed, and have thought it indicated the
rapid growth of a temporary structure fitted to receive its contents ;
nucleated cells sometimes alone, sometimes in groups, may be
seen in certain stages with a £ inch objective ; such cells evidently
running more or less in lines. Occasionally I have seen strings of
these cells connected together by an indefinite membranous
structure. One other point is mentioned by M. Duthiers, namely,
an occasional appearance of beading which he compares to a
rosary, and, if I understand what he alludes to, it has appeared to
me to be produced by the stretching of imperfectly developed
tubes during their removal from the animal ; partial tearing of
the structure, in my experience, invariably leads to irregular con-
traction in fully formed portions from the expulsion of some of the
contents. This description applies with equal truth to the similar
structure found in the mussel, which, however, has appeared to
me somewhat less branched, and less pronounced in its striation.
The contents of this tubular structure, about which I will now say
a few words, are, first, a number of granular balls, which I have
called yelk balls ; next the organism named Bucephalus Haimeanus,
in all stages of growth, beginning, as described by M. Duthiers,
as a flattened cone, and progressing through the stages figured in
the diagram to this, the most perfectly developed I have seen. It
is a rare occurrence to find a cockle exhibiting all these stages,
and I have invariably found that the most perfectly developed
forms existed when the whole structure was considerably diminished
in bulk, which, as I thought, indicated the gradual extrusion of
these organism on reaching that stage. M. Duthiers' figure
appears to me to have been drawn from a specimen not fully
developed. He describes and figures a mouth surrounded with a
true sucker ; this I have not been able to see as drawn by him.
To me it has appeared that the oral aperture was almost identical
in all points with such as may be seen in an Anguilhda, and the
only appearance at all resembling a sucking disc in relation to it
has been when the creature is strongly contracted, then the oral
lips appear somewhat withdrawn within the termination of the
body. But as M. Duthiers says that when the animal is strongly
contracted the sucking disc disappears, I am unable to say that

AND ANOTHER ALLIED ORGANISM. 55

I have seen what he describes. He also draws and gives an
account of a protuberance about midway in the length of the body,
" at the top of which another orifice opens in a transverse direction
in the shape of a button-hole." He continues, " I have never been
able certainly to ascertain, although all my attention has been
fixed on this point, whether this slit communicated with the
central cavity. I cannot, therefore, say whether it ought to be
considered an anus." I have never made out this protuberance,
as clearly as M. Duthiers appears to have done, and think that
the slit described may possibly be an optical illusion, produced by
seeing somewhat askew the central organ, which I have drawn on
an enlarged scale, from a favourable specimen which I took special
care in examining. This organ had puzzled me much, and it is
the only portion of the Bucephalus which has given me the im-
pression of its being a sucker. It is usually seen tilted in relation
to the long axis of the body, and I have fancied the oesophageal
tube, which is easily traced to this point in well developed
specimens, passed through the centre. His description of a
central digestive cavity, which M. Giard calls in question, I have
also never recognised, but have often seen what appeared like a
vacant space of considerable extent in the centre of the body at a
comparatively early stage of its development. The long fila-
mentous appendages, which are finely striated throughout their
length, much like voluntary muscular fibre, always vary in
calibre when extended, being thickest at their attachment, and
diminishing toward their free end, the striation varying in close-
ness with the amount of extension. It is only in an early stage that
these arms appear of equal calibre tbroughout, and then they are very
obscurely striated. Beyond the origin of these filaments there is a
peculiar structure, darker in colour, and looking like two pads,
uniting in the long axis of the body. This is only seen, as in the
diagram, when the organism is as fully matured as I have ever
observed it. M. Duthiers appears to me to have drawn this
portion from an immature specimen. These pads, when examined
by polarized light, exhibited appearances which made me think
that here might be the beginning of rudimentary shells. The
organism found in the mussel is, as you see, chiefly different from
B. Haimeanus, in the form of its lamellar appendages, but here
the difference is very great in all stages of its development, and
when matured the contrast is very remarkable, the filaments,

56 d. moore, h.d., on Bucephalus Haimcanus

instead of ending abruptly in the general structure, are here
attached to a large lamellar portion with its striation running in a
different direction. The diagram explains this better than any
description can; beyond, it exhibits a triangular marking when,
seen directly in front, bnt when seen sideways, the appearance is
as shown in the diagram, and which I have thought indicated the
presence of rudimentary shells of a more defined character than
in B. Haimeanus. The integuments of both these organisms are
finely striated. The only trace of internal structure I have
detected is an oesophagus leading from the mouth, and which I
thought passed through the central organ. In early stages two
vacuoles are generally seen, one at the oral, and the other at the
lamellar extremity, and a much larger one I have often seen in the
centre, which, however, as it is not invariable, may have been
accidently produced. The general contents appear cellular, with
only slight differences as to size and colour, when the organism has
reached the most perfect stage at which I have seen it. I have
now come to the end of all I need at present say about these
organisms, and I will only add that if B. Haimeanus has been
found in the oyster, the interpretation I was led to put on the facts
observed must be wrong. The statement that it is so found has,
as far as I know, never been confirmed, although it has been
repeated. It is contrary to my experience of English oysters, a
large number of which I have examined. I need not mention the
supposed encystment further than to say, that if it is confirmed in
the future, we should be introduced to a life history of a re-
markable character, and of great interest. That the ova pro-
duced by the perfect Trematode, presumed to develop its sexual
character in some voracious devourer of the common Garfish,
should be so abundantly deposited on our coasts as to supply
cockles with sporocysts, in the number we find them, is such a
wonderful phenomenon that we may well hesitate before at once
accepting it as fact, seeing that at present nothing is known of the
life-history of this supposed fluke, beyond the recorded presence of
its sporocysts in certain molluscs, and the encystment of its
cercarian form in the Garfish. How the eggs enter the cockle,
and then follow their life-history, has not as yet been indicated,
and, indeed, nothing is known as to the origin of the structure
containing these organisms in the cockle if this hypothesis be

AND ANOTHER ALLIED ORGANISM. 57

true. If a sporocyst, it is an anomalous one, and furnishes a
subject for good work in tracing its parentage.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE HI.

Fig. 1. — A nurse of Cercaria ephemera provided with a prolonged digestive
canal, a, moutli cavity ; b, intestinal canal ; c, a Cercaria ephemera
already developed in its interior ; d, germinative bodies which have not
yet become Cercariw. After Siebold. This nurse is found living on
Planorbis corneus.

Fig. 2. — A portion of the structure in which Bucephalus Haimeanus is found,
magnified about 12 diameters, a, is a blind extremity — these are
abundant in certain stages ; b is a peculiar looking nodular termination,
perhaps caused by the everted edges of a ruptured portion, a different
example of which may be seen at c.

Fig 3. — A diagrammatic representation of what looks like the attachment of
egg sacs to tbe structure containing Bucephahis Haimeanus. A portion
thus teazed out in water, when examined with a high power, exhibits,
I think, an anatomical connection between the egg sacs and the tubular
structure. Tbe appearance, however, may be caused by the presence
of the structure in the genital ducts.

Fig. 4. — Cercaria ephemera, after Siebold; it is half the size of his drawing.
a, mouth cavity ; b, intestinal canal ; c, d, urinary organ ; e, queue ;
/, three spots of pigment.

Fig. 5. — Bucephalus Haimeanus. a, mouth ; b, lamellar appendages; c, pad ;
d, central organ.

Fig. 6. — Bucephalus, from Mytilus edulis. a, mouth ; b, lamellar appendages
c, pad ; d, central organ.

Fig. 7. — Stages of development of Bucephalus Haimeanus.

Fig. 8. — Stages of development of Bucephalus from My tilts.

Fig. 9. — Granular masses found in abundance in the tubular structure in which
Bucephalus Haimeanus. and the other Bucephalus is found.

Fig. 10. — Diagrammatic figure showing the appearance of the central organ
when viewed in the long axis of the body.

Fig. 11. — Diagram of the pad of the Bucephalus from Mytilis edulis.

Fig. 12. — Cercaria ephemera encysted ; after Siebold. In the three figures from
Siebold I have merely given the outline.

58

On the Relation op Bucephalus to the Cockle.

By W. Fell Woods, Esq.

{Read April 23rd, 1875.)

It will be in the recollection of the Club that when Dr. Moore
read his paper on the 23rd October opportunity could not be found
for its discussion. In referring to it now I shall not touch upon
the Mussel, of which I really know nothing. The Oyster has been
long studied by me, and Dr. Moore will remember that T read a
paper " On the Reproductive and Larval States of the Oyster" at
our local Society at Forest Hill, in 1872. But I do not propose
saying anything to-night concerning either the Oyster, or Dr.
Moore's remarks thereon, save that I am glad to find he now
supports many of my observations, though I do not think that he
carries his evidence of its hermaphrodism, or, more strictly speak-
ing, of its self-fertilising power, so far as I have done. Of his
drawings, [I think Figures 5 A and B (Ostrea edulis) are not
altogether happy illustrations of the stages they are supposed to
represent.

1 turn now to " the Relation of the Bucephalus to the Cockle ;"
and I ought, perhaps, at once to state that, in reference to the
views which may be expressed, Dr. Moore and myself have not
acted in concert, but with complete independence. When, how-
ever, both had offered papers on some bi'anch of the subject, he
suggested that, as I had proposed treating it in reference to the
Cockle, he should deal with the Mussel.

As Dr. Moore's drawings (Cardium edule) in the last number
of the " Quekett Journal " (No. 28) sufficiently resemble and
confirm my own, and the April No. (76) of the "Monthly Micro-
scopical Journal " contains copies of some of the drawings of B.
Haimeanus by M. Lacaze-Duthiers, I have thought it needful to
trouble you only with such rough outlines of my own as were
absolutely needful by way of supplement.

ON THE RELATION OF Bucephalus TO THE COCKLE. 59

The recorded notes of my observations extend to nine only of
the months of the year. In neither year do I appear to have made
any examinations in September, October, or January.

Each statement now advanced I have verified by extracting from
my note books the date of at least one of the observations on which
it is founded.

It was during my investigations into the development of the eggs
in the Oyster that, for purposes of comparison, I opened a Cockle
on the 14th June, 1872. I therefrom obtained a mass of seem-
ingly orange-coloured tubing, which lay amongst the muscles and
around the liver and other organs of the mollusc. It was seen to
be occasionally branched, to be distended in some places, and con-
stricted in others.1 When severed there were poured forth, in
various stages,. then roughly sketched, the forms of the creature now
believed to be Bucephalus Haimeanus.2 I exhibited it at our local
Society, and subsequently, in the spring of 1873, at the Annual
Soiree of the Quekett, as a " Marine Parasite," that having been
my first impression of its character. I thought I observed a
motion of severed parts of the tube,3 indicating its separate
existence as a mother or nurse of this progeny, but, from other
observations, it seemed more likely that the movements were only
due to the constriction or collapse of the tube upon its evacuation
by the bodies contained near tbe fracture, and by the subsequent
passage of those higher up, for whom room was thus made. More-
over the tube appeared to be continuous and of immense length ;4
portions of the stem were sometimes frequently branched, and I
think also the branch was sometimes bifurcated. No one seemed
to know anything about it, and possibly through not being shown
in my capacity as a member of the Quekett, but only as one of the
visitors from a local society, who, I think, formerly did not fare
so well in the arrangements made as they now do, it was the less
prominent, and scarcely attracted notice. Referring to Diesing, I
was thrown off the scent by his making no mention of any parasite
in the Cockle. I continued my observations on a large number of
Cockles in various conditions during different months, constantly
strengthening the idea which soon presented itself, that, instead of

1 Fig. A.

2 Fig. H. Only the earlier stages are here shown ; the specimen contained all
stages from spheres to well-developed Bucephalus.

3 June 14, 1872. February 28, 1873. May 20, 1873.

4 June 14, 1872.

60 W. FELL WOODS ON THE RELATION OF

being parasitic, the creature was a larval form of the Cockle ; and,
accordingly, from time to time, I exhibited it under that designa-
tion. Of course I may be altogether wrong in my interpretations,
and may but exemplify the truth of the proverbial expression that
" first impressions are always the best ;" but if so, I may probably
by this paper assist in guarding some other observer against
similar error.

The reasons for my opinion were these : I found five prominent
states of the area occupied by the reproductive gland ; the first re-
vealed bunches of lobules containing spermatozoa5 and possibly
ovules ; the second, similar bunches of lobules filled with well-defined
eggs,6 which exhibited each its capsule affording a zona pellucida
around a membrane containing a mass of vitellus, within which was
a germinal vesicle with so-called spot. There might be indications
sometimes of a change in the latter, and also in the vitellus, but I
never found in the sacs an egg segmented. This being so, and
further never seeing any appearance of emptied sacs, pointing to
a discharge of the eggs, the third state of the Cockle was now
examined as to its possible connection with the two former. This
third state was that which displayed the developed tube, sometimes
containing only or mainly spherical masses of cellular structure in
a membrane, at others several or all of the stages up to the fully
developed Bucephalus!1 It must, however, be noted that, whilst
many of the masses answered in size to what the eggs of a Cockle
should be when segmented, yet they were frequently so much less
opaque than I should expect that others could be seen through
them.8 Yet a fourth state there was,9 in which, besides the tube
with its contents, there were co-existent — sometimes, perhaps, in
the tube, but certainly in the ovisacs — full-sized eggs of the
Cockle. As a fifth state, I believe that on one occasion,10 I found
in the tube, together with early forms of Bucephalus, the same
eggs as in the second state of the gland. Hence it seemed
highly probable that the spheres usually found in the tube
might be the segmented eggs,11 whose continuous development up

s April 19, 1873. April 25, 1873 (No. 5). May 2, 1873. April 18, 1874.
e April 14, 1873. April 16, 1873.

7 June 14, 1872. February 18, 1873. March 21, 1873. April 29, 1873. May
20, 1873. May 27, 1873.

8 February 18, 1873. April 29, 1873. December 9, 1874. Fig. B 2.

9 July 4, 1872. April 16, 1873 (No. 2). April 29, 1873 (No. 3). May 9, 1873.
May 17, 1873 (No. 4). May 20, 187a

i° April 16, 1873.

11 March 21, 1873. May 9, 1873. May 12, 1873. Figs. H, J, and K.

Bucephalus to the cockle. 61

to a larval form was henceforth so easily traced. One objection

to my hypothesis suggested itself, viz., the fact that many of the

spheres seemed too small to be developing eggs.12 But there is

considerable variety in the size of the eggs of the Cockle whilst

in the sacs,13 and I have seen similar variety of size in the segmented

eggs of the Oyster when discharged into the mantle for incubation.

Moreover, there is an advanced stage in the Bucephalus in which

the embryonic buddings of its limbs become almost invariably

detached whilst in the tube,14 owing partly to the struggles of the

most advanced specimens, or to the rough usage sustained in

their exit from the broken tube, and these portions appear to

correspond thoroughly to the small spheres ;• the different stages

of the creature being so often contemporaneous in one or other

part of the tube,15 that under any of the conditions my difficulty

was met, and the objection vanished.16 For several seasons I had

offered rewards for Cockles in spawn, meaning thereby such as had

eggs incubating in the mantle, as in the Oyster, on the supposition

that the statements of the fishermen that they had seen them might

be correct. But though very anxious to obtain the reward, the

11 cocklers " never succeeded, and many now believe they were

mistaken.

Although I observed the co-existence of, I did not trace any
direct connection between, the ovisacs and the supposed uterine
tube,17 yet it seemed possible that the latter might be either the
development or the prolongation of the tube into which the ovisacs
all led ; it appears impossible to disentangle the latter from the
former so as to trace either. Seeing, moreover, that when the
tube was present, it always exhibited, except when evidently just
emptied,18 some stages of the same contents ; whilst no other
development of the ovisacs themselves, nor of the unsegmented
eggs in the ovary, either in the presence or the absence of the
tube, was ever traceable ; and when, lastly, the same eggs were

12 February 18, 1873. April 29, 1873 (No. 3). Fig. H 1.

13 April 14, 1873 (No. 2). May 20, 1873. July 9, 1873 (No. 2). March 5,
1874. Figs. E 1 to 5 ; F 1 to 3; G 1, 2.

14 April 12, 1873 (No. 4). May 20, 1873. Figs. J 1 to 3.

15 June 14, 1872.

16 Since this paper was read, I have found a Cockle (April 29, 1875) in which
none of the spheres equalled in bulk the vitellus of the eggs then present in
the sacs, whilst the number of small spheres seemed so great, and they
appeared so situated in the tube, as to be incompatible with the theory of
detached members.

» April 29, 1873 (No. 3).
18 April 16, 1873. Fig. C.

62 W. FELL WOODS ON THE RELATION OF

found, sometimes in the ovary and sometimes in the tube, I seemed
shut up to discard the idea that this frequently branched and ex-
tremely lengthy tube could be other than a legitimate organ of
the Cockle, and to suggest the theory I still advanced on the 4th
November last, at a meeting of the Eoyal Microscopical Society,
that this Bucephalus might be the larval form of the Cockle.
There is another consideration which may strengthen my position
(though its contrary would not necessarily invalidate it), viz., that
if this be a parasite we onght certainly to find it when the male
element of the Cockle is visible in the gland, and, though I cannot
of course affirm that it may not be so found, I doubt if I have
observed it.19

Moreover, when in May, 1873, Dr. Moore became interested
in this creature, his examination of Cockles, which I sent him
from time to time, led him to the same conclusions.

The observations which I have now laid before you are all taken
from notes made, from time to time, by me prior to the last
mentioned date ; and the two series of observations are therefore
independent and corroborative.

But I must now adduce two recent observations of great interest,
inasmuch as not only do they confirm the fourth and fifth states,
but one of them offers a sixth still more valuable. The first was
on the 6th and 7th of the present month. The tube was most dis-
tinctly branched, composed of two layers, and in other ways as
usual ; in removing a portion I obtained also a large piece of
racemose structure, quite unlike the tube,20 and which it was not
possible either to disentangle from it, or positively to trace to a
junction with it. With lens or under microscope, it proved to be
two or three of the usual bunches of lobules. Both tubes and
sacs contained similar eggs variable in size,21 the tube seemingly
having a larger proportion of the larger size. The eggs differed
somewhat from those usually seen in the sacs, in that their
capsules, if they had them, were contracted, or not yet enlarged, so
as scarcely to show any zona pellucida. They had but little yelk,
and in fact were \v._ an early stage.22 Lifting a portion of the tube

19 This argument must be abandoned, as on May 3rd I found a Cockle having
both the tube with Bundry stages of Bucephalus and sacs containing sper-
matozoa.

20 Figs. D 1 and 2.

21 April 6 and 7, 1875. Figs. F 1 to 3.

22 Compare Cockle eggs, no tube, April 7, 1875. Fig. E 5.

Bucephalus to the cockle. 63

with a needle, the eggs, having considerable space available, shifted
easily to and fro in the tube.

The second case was noted on the 14th and 16th. Here there
was a tube which gave the impression of having been recently
emptied. The Cockle was not very fresh, and may have been
delivered in the fresh water in which it had been placed, Bunches
of sacs were found in every part ; they were filled with eggs like
those just described, and noted as precisely the same as previously
seen in the tubes.23

The bearing of these cases I shall presently indicate. Mean-
while I must revert for a moment to the true character of the
ovisacs of the Cockle. I doubt whether they are really com-
posed, as Dr. Moore suggests, of two membranous sacs, one within
the other ; if so, the outer seems to have disappeared when the
eggs have begun to develop ; and differing from him, I suppose
the tube to be continuous, at least by its inner layer, not with the
outer sac, if such exists, but with that which contains the eggs and
answers to the inner sac of Dr. Moore. Some of the characteristics
of the sperm sacs and ovisacs make me still doubtful of the
hermaphrodism of the Cockle.

The discovery by Mr. Badcock of some free specimens of
B. polymorphus in his aquarium was the means of calling my
attention, last December, to existing descriptions of the Bucephalus,
and upon these I wish to make a few comments. Of course the
existence of Bucephalus in creatures whose own progeny has been
traced would settle the question of its parasitic nature ; if, there-
fore, the observations of M. Lacaze-Duthiers as to its presence in
the Oyster be reliable, the Bucephalus found in our Cockle is a
parasite. But, then, as I shall show, some interesting facts disclose
themselves; for if the observations made by me are correct, it
follows that the statements of M. Lacaze-Duthiers will not alto-
gether hold good — at least they will not apply to the Cockles of our
harbours. It is certainly curious that, whilst among those of the
locality in which my observations are made the Bucephalus is
found in so large a proportion, I have never seen it in a single
Oyster from the same place.

With regard to the development of Bucephalus described by
Lacaze-Duthiers some differences have been noted by me. He
says that from a perfectly transparent spherical globe, without

2S April 14 and 16, 1875.

64 W. FELL WOODS ON THE RELATION OF

vesicle, germinal spot, or vitelline granulations, its first step is
elongation, it then becomes oval, after which nipples appear, which
also elongate, &c. Whereas I have shown eggs to be contained in
the tube, and spheres, not perfectly clear, but of the same
structure as that which the embryo continues to exhibit until it
approaches its full development.24 These spheres become oblate,
and then follow the course described by our author. He omits,
however, to state that this development is made, until near the final
stage, within an elastic membrane, in which I have seen the
embryonic tentacular filaments uncoil and re-coil.25 The well-
developed creature seems to me to display not one but three
cavities,26 or if that in rear of the mouth is really one with the
central cavity, I find another near the base, which no doubt also
communicates with the latter. Both are so variously distended and
contracted that their apparent size and position are very changeful,
but when they approach each other most nearly they appear to be
separated by a very well-defined partition. A rough outline may
serve to indicate this.27 I am not sure that the basal filaments are
attached precisely in the manner shown by the French writer. He
also evidently considers them as cylindrical, which they may be : but
I once watched one of a pair which had been detached in the tube,
and it continued its contortions for a long time, as when well-
developed they always do, allowing its base end especially to be very
fairly seen through the tube. The filament appeared more like an
eel cut open than a cylinder, the edges being curved inwards ; this
was caused, I think, by a groove or channel along its centre.28 It
is questionable whether the basal appendages are a necessary
feature of every Bucephalus ; whilst many partially developed are
only mutilated by accident,29 there are many very well advanced
which appear fairly perfect without them, and I doubt if sufficient
detached limbs could be found to match them. Is it possible
there can be a difference of sex with which these are connected ?
Since, also, I have never seen any Bucephalus which exhibited a
contour exactly corresponding to either of the French drawings of
Haimeanus, there may be a slight difference in the English kind.

" June 14, 1872. February 18, 1873. March 12, 1874. Fig. H.
25 April 11, 1873. April 29, 1873. May 20, 1873. Figs J 1 to 5.
2<s April 29, 1873. May 20, 1873. May 27, 1873.

«7 June 16, 1874. November 25, 1874. December 9, 1874 (No. 6). Figs.
K 1 to 3.

28 November 25, 1874. Fig. L.
20 February 18, 1873.

Bucephalus to the cockle. 65

I have mentioned these features chiefly to invite the comparison of
other observers.

In conclusion : there are two points upon which I do not feel
quite certain that I understand M. Lacaze-Duthiers' views. I
think he indicates his belief that a tube is a sporocyst, a mother, a
larva ; and he speaks of the tubes as " unrolling themselves." I do
not find this. Neither, if the eggs are found both in the ovisacs
and in the tube, can I disconnect the two, nor think of the tube other-
wise than as a continuation of the genital canal. Again, he speaks of
the Helminth as occupying principally the conduits of tbe genital
glands and even the interlobular spaces, and thus rendering the
mollusc sterile. If he refers to Bucephalus itself, I find it only in
tbe tube, whatever that tube may be ; whilst the indubitable
presence contemporaneously of eggs in the ovisacs disproves the
alleged sterility.

The co-existence of lobules of eggs with the tube, supposing the
eggs to be those of the Cockle, and the tube a trematode or sporo-
cyst, disproves the sterility which Lacaze-Duthiers asserts to be
caused by the presence of the lattei\ If the eggs found in the
ovisacs be those of the parasite, then, not only has it eggs, which
our author denies, but, the tube ceases to be a sporocyst, and is a
normal uterine organ developed in connection with the ovary.
The results yielded by this inquiry seem to be these : —
Either first— The Bucephalus is the larva of the Cockle (and if
not, it remains an interesting question for solution, what is ?).

Or second — The Bucephalus is a parasite ; but if so, it does not
render the Cockle sterile, as asserted by Lacaze-Duthiers.

And third — The connection of the tube with the ovisacs, as
established by the presence of eggs in both, proves that it is not
an independent sporocyst, as asserted, but an organ of the Cockle.
Whilst fourth — If this connection be denied, though the case of
the 6th April seems to render it Qertain, the Bucephalus must still
be developed from eggs seen in the tube, in contradiction of a
third assertion by Lacaze-Duthiers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV. V.
These drawings are not made to scale, save when so indicated. The magni-
fying powers employed were generally 60. 170, and 310 diameters.

A. Piece of tube (sporocyst of von Baer and Lacaze-Duthiers) showing
branched structure, taken from Cockle, June 14, 1872. 1 and 2 branches severed
in removal.

F

66 ON THE RELATION OF Bucephalus TO THE COCKLE.

B 1. Tube with constrictions. 2. Piece more largely magnified, showing semi-
transparency of spheres.

C. Tube showing contraction of the inner membrane when emptied.

D 1. Tube. 2. Ovisacs (showing their relative proportions) containing the
same eggs, taken from Cockle, April 6tb, 1875. All the ovisacs were filled
with eggs.

Figures E, F, and G are to scale, being rendered about 150 times their
natural diameters.

E 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Eggs of various sizes taken from ovisacs of Cockles.

F 1, 2, 3. Epgs taken from both ovisacs and tube in Cockle, April 6, 1875.

G 1, 2. Eggs taken from ovisacs, April 14, 1875. Tube present, but none
found therein.

Figure H 2 is about 150 times its natural diameter.

H 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Spheres and subsequent developments of the embryos
taken from a Cockle.

J 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Embryos developing ; the dotted line shows the enveloping
membrane. 4 and 5. Instances of the extension and retraction, &c, of rudi-
mentary filaments.

K 1, 2, 3. Outlines of the cavities in Bucephalus (? Haimeanus) .

L. Boot end of filament.

On the Organic Structure of Flint and of Meerschaum.
By M. Hawkins Johnson, F.G.S.

(Bead May 28, 1875.)

Given a sufficient amount of earnest investigation, and, I
imagine, there is no object in nature that will not prove a mine of
delightful surprises. At all events I have found it so with a series
of bodies which at first sight appeared most unpromising. I
allude to the nodules found in sedimentary strata, and which
Geologists have generally dismissed from further consideration by
calling them concretionary.

To two different species of these nodules I wish now to call
your attention : — To Flints, which occur in the Chalk, not only in
nodules but also in tabular sheets, and to Meerschaum, the sub-
stance of which the bowls of tobacco pipes are sometimes made,
and which also occurs in nodules and in sheets.

I have two facts to announce which, I believe, have not been
previously noticed. The first is, that the organic structure of
Flint may easily be made visible by staining thin splinters with
acetate of rosaniline. The second is, that Meerschaum is a fossil
sponge.

ON THE ORGANIC STRUCTURE OF FLINT AND OF MEERSCHAUM. 67

The diagram No. 1 represents a piece of Flint thus stained as
seen with a 1-in. obj. glass, when illuminated by means of a
parabolic condenser beneath the stage, so as to give a dark back-
ground. The upper part of the object being thicker than the
lower, the colour is more striking, while the lower part, being thin,
the meshes of the net-work are transparent and therefore dark.
It is mounted in a dry cell.

The diagram No. 2 represents the structure of Meerschaum. To
render this structure visible requires a little care, for a slice of
Meerschaum mounted in Canada balsam is transparent, and in ap-
pearance almost structureless.

The method I have adopted is to take a slice -|-in. thick, to boil
it in water to expel the air, and then to boil it in solution of
acetate of rosaniline, dry it, saturate it with balsam, harden the
balsam by heat, grind one side smooth, fix it on a glass slide with
hard balsam, grind it thin, and wash slightly with oil of turpentine.
Do not put a glass cover over the object. Illuminate by means of
a parabolic condenser beneath the stage, and examine with a 1-in.
obj. glass, and you will see what I have depicted.

This adds o*ne more to the list of nodular bodies, the minute
structure of which I have found to have a decidedly organic
character. They are as follows : —

1 . — Meerschaum.

2. — The Kunkur of the Doab in India.

3. — The Phosphatic Nodules of the Crag of Suffolk.

4. — Menilite from Menil-Montant, near Paris.

5. — Septaria of the London Clay.

6. — Pace of the Woolwich Beds.

7.— Flints of the Chalk.

8. — Iron Pyrites of the Chalk.

9. — Green-coated Nodules of the Chalk Rock.
10. — Phosphatic Nodules of the Cambridge deposit.
11. — Phosphatic Nodules of the Gault.
12.— The Oolitic Bodies.
13. — Ironstone in Coal Measure Sandstones.
14.- — Chert of the Mountain Limestone.

15. — Phosphatic Nodules of the Lower Silurian strata of North
Wales.

As a note to the foregoing remarks, I wish to add, that, by the

68 ON THE ORGANIC STRUCTURE OF FLINT AND OF MEERSCHAUM.

aid of acetate of rosaniline, the pale green substance in the green
marble from Connemara may be shown to be a very beautiful
fossil sponge.* This is especially interesting, as, on account of
its being in age and appearance not unlike the Eozoonal Lime-
stone, the Connemara marble has been carefully searched, I believe
hitherto without result, for organic remains. Perhaps this method
may now lead to their detection, not only here, but also in other
places where their existence was not even suspected.

In the same way I have found the soluble-silica rock from the
neighbourhood of Farnham, in Surrey, to be a silicified sponge.

Those who wish to study the chemical action of silica on the
aniline bases will find some interesting matter in an article by
Wm. Skey, " Chem. News," vol. xxx., p. 45 ; also in one by M.
Eeimann, "Chem. News," vol. xxii., p. 83, and "Journ. Chem.
Soc," vol. xxiv., p. 452.

The development of fossil structures to which I have alluded
appears to be due to the fact that one portion of the mass is in
such a condition that it is more readily acted on by the reagent
than the other.

The acetate of rosaniline is by no means the only substance that
I have found useful in discovering these hidden structures ; nitrate
of silver is sometimes even more efficacious, and the acetate of iron
will often answer the purpose. The object to be effected is to
render one portion opaque or strongly coloured relatively to the
other, so that the difference between them may be detected, which,
while they are both of the same colour and equally transparent is
impossible.

* Also that the serpentinous rock, largely quarried in the Isle of Anglesea,
about 50 years ago, and used in London for ornamental purposes under the
name of Mona marble, contains a considerable amount and a considerable
variety of similar structures.

69

PROCEEDINGS

February 26th, 1875. — Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following additions to the Library were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ,,

"Proceedings of the Royal Society"-.. ... the Society.

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso- )

phical Society of Manchester" ... > "

"Seventeenth Report of the East Kent")

Natural History Society " ... > "

" The American Naturalist " ... ... in exchange.

" Carpenter on the Microscope" ... ... by purchase.

Six Ordnance Maps of Districts round) ,, „ ' __ .,

t a c lx. ,,, P ... ( Mr. T. C. White.

London for the use of the Lxcursionists J

Lewis's Hsematoid Entozoa ... ... ... the Author.

Lewis and Cunningham's report on Cholera ... the Authors.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The Secretary read a letter which had been addressed to him by the Secretary
of the Tower Hill Microscopical Society, conveying the thanks of that Society
to those members of the Club who had rendered their services at the Society's
recent Soiree.

A letter was also read from Mr. Robson intimating that the usual rooms in
University College would be placed at the disposal of the Club for the purpose
of their Soiree on Friday, April 16th, by permission of the Council of the
College.

A letter from Colonel Horsley to Mr. Curties with reference to a possibly new
Vaginicola was also read to the meeting.

The Secretary stated that the letter was accompanied by a very nice drawing
by Mr. Fullagar, and though it bore some resemblance to one drawn by
Pritchard (Vaginicola decumbens) there appeared to be some differentiation
from it, and the opinions of those members of the Club who were acquainted
with these organisms were requested upon the subject. The drawing was
pinned upon the black board for their inspection at the close of the proceedings.
The Secretary said that as he had mentioned Mr. Fullagar by name he would
take the opportunity of calling attention to an article by that gentleman which
appeared in "Science Gossip" for that month — "On the Development of
Lophopus crystallinus from the Statoblasts" — because he thought that this was
one of the best kinds of work that a microscopist could take up, and that
every opportunity ought to be taken to bring such work under the notice of the
members in order, if possible, to induce them to go and do likewise.

70

The following gentlemen were ballotted for, and duly elected members of
the Club:— Mr. Edmund Gardner, Mr. Christopher Holford, and Mr. W. J.
Scofield.

The President said he had a very pleasing duty to perform in making the
announcement to the Club that a gentleman who was well known to them had
given the sum of .£20 annually for five years for the purpose of promoting the
interests and welfare of the Club. This gift was not offered under any conditions
or restrictions, but it was left to the deliberations of the committee to decide in
what manner it should be appropriated. This being the case he had summoned
a special meeting of the committee to meet at his house to consider the
question, and they had arrived at some conclusions which were embodied in a
report which he held in his hand, and would presently read. In considering
the matter the committee had studiously avoided one aspect of it; it was
thought by them that any process leading to a spirit of undue competition
should be avoided. They also thought that it was very undesirable that if a
member was doing work of any kind, he should be incited to leave it in order
to embark in any other kind for the sake of emulation or competition, but that
good work in any way should be recognised. Work itself, he felt sure, needed
no reward, for truth was the end to which it was the way. There was,
however, always a spice of ambition in every human breast, and to be recognised
amongst their fellows was a distinction which all might aim at. Gentlemen
were, therefore, not asked to leave their own particular work, but by steadily
pursuing it they might rest assured that it would unfailingly be recognised.
The President then read the report of the special committee, and the rules
which they had drawn up for the award of the sums placed at their disposal
(printed page 47).

The President said that a most pleasing duty devolved upon him in connection
with this matter, namely, that of proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Frank
Crisp for his munificent donation.

The vote of thanks was then put from the chair, and carried by acclamation.

Mr. Lowne delivered a lecture on the "Histology of the Eye."

The President said he was greatly interested in the subject which had been
brought before them by Mr. Lowne, and he hoped they should be able to
prevail upon that gentleman to give them his further remarks upon it. He
had in his possession a little book which related to the question of seeing in
various ways the different parts of the eye for oneself; it was entitled
"Entoptics," by Dr. Jago, and it showed how anyone might get views of these
parts. It was a very curious and interesting little work, and he should be
happy to show or to lend it to anyone who felt interested in such matters.
With regard to the question of relative estimate of light, they all knew that
the light given forth by the moon was invariable, because it was derived from
an invariable source. When it was seen in the sky in the day time its
brilliancy was no greater than that of a white cloud of equal area, but at night
its light appeared very great.

Certificates in favour of gentlemen proposed for membership Avere read,

announcements of meetings, &c, were made, and the proceedings terminated

with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Mdicerta, Floscularia, Vorticella, and Plu-\ ,

i 77 ,e q, , , , t , j by Mr. Badcock.

matella (from Statoblasts) ... ' J

Desmidiaccce (collected at Southallj ... ... Mr. Ba.:tlett.

Poli/xenus lagurus (alive) ... ... ... Mr. W. G. Cocks.

71

Pteris aquilina

Tongue of Blow Fly

Atropos pulsatorius ...

Tooth of Miliobates (transverse section)

Membrane from head of Earwig

Attendance -Members, 91 ; Visitors, 11.

Mr. Goodinge.
Mr. Richards.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. R.P.Williams.
Total, 102.

March 12th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Carchesium and Epistylis
Lophopus crystallinus
Micro- photograph— Conference of Engineers?

— Menai Straits... ... ... )

Aulacodiscus formosus

Phyllobius Alneti

Polystomella, from Baldjik Marl

Section of hand — Seven weeks' human foetus ...

Section of Retina of Sheep ...

Batrachosper um moniliforme

Section of Bramble Stem

Larva of Dytiscus ...

Astromma Aristotelis

Balanus balanoides, in various stages of )

development ... ... ... i

Alveolated surface of Csecum (injected)
Melicerta, Carchesium, &c, were distributed by

Lophopus by Mr. Fullagar, of Canterbury.

Mr. Thos. Bolton.
Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Mr. P. Coles.

Mr. Dunning.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Glasspoole.
Mr. W. W. Jones.
Mr. E.T.Newton.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Slade.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Topping.

Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. G. Williams.
Mr, Thomas Bolton, and

Attendance— Members, 70; Visitors, 9. Total, 79.

April 9th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —
Section of Palm leaf (polarised)
Corethra plumicornis
Fragment of Derbyshire Spar
Hydractinia (alive)...

Transverse section, Spinal Cord of Frog (in- ")
jected) ... ... ... j... »

Section of Human Ovary, showing ova, in \
situ (under .20 objective) ... ... i

Raphides from inner bark of Quillayasaponaria
Human Spermatozoa
Laomedea flexuosa (alive)

Attendance — Members, 65 ; Visitors, 2.

Mr. M. Burgess.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Goodinge.

Mr. Grayling.

Mr. W. W. Jones.

Mr. T. Terry.
Mr. Topping.
Mr. T. C. White.
Total, 67.

72

ANNUAL SOIREE.

April 16th, 1875.

The Annual Soiree was held, by permission of the Council, in the Library
and Museum of University College. About 100 microscopes were exhibited by
members, and about 50 by members of the South London, the Croydon, the
Sydenham, and Forest Hill, and the Tower Hill Microscopical Clubs. The at-
tendance was large, and the meeting highly successful.

The following objects were exhibited by our members, and those of the above-
named clubs : —

Circulation in leg of Spider

Tongue of Bee

"Lady bird," shown in a curious old micros- ")

cope, with very large field of view

Vertical section — bud of Plum

Pupa of Earwig (Forficula auricularia)

Section — Spur hoof of Ram (injected)

Drum of ear of Frog (injected)

Ecchinococci ... ...

Tongue and foot of Blow- fly, &c

Melicerta, Plumatella, &c.

Arachnoidiscus on sea-weed ...

Bicellaria ciliata, &c.

Foraminifera, &c, with Erecting Binocular, >

by two objectives 3in. and 2in ■>

Scale of Sole

Head of Vaporer Moth

Vallisneria spiralis

Wing of Uranium Butterfly ...

Ophrydium pediculum ...

Brachionits urceolaris

Elytra of Weevil

Fossil Polyzoa from Suffolk Crag

Decolorized leaves (polarized), &c.

Hydra vulgaris and H. viridis, &c.

Feather of Humming Bird, &c

Young Oysters

Cristatella, Stephanoceros, &c

Specimens of Insect Anatomy

Asparagin, Salicin, Santonin (polar)

Palate of Haliotis tuberculata

Transverse section— Tongue of Cat

Echinus spines, and antennae of Emperor Moth
Silky earth Mite, shown by Nachet's " Grand ^

Microscope renverse " ...

" A dip from a Hampstead Pond"

Eggs of Currant Moth

Ptilota elegans

Polysiphonia fastigiata ...

Mr. W. Adkins.

Mr. Alfred Allen.

/

Mr. J. Alstone.
Mr. A. R. Andrew.
Mr. F. W. Andrew.

»>
Mr. H. Ashby.
Mr. A. Atkinson.
Mr. J. Badcock.
Mr. E. Bartlett.

ii
Dr. G. P. Bate.

Mr. Thos. Bevington.
Mr. W. A. Bevington.
Mr. G. Bird.
Mr. W. Bishop.
Mr. Thos. Bolton.

Mr. A.
Mr. G.

Brown.
D. Brown.

Mr. W. J. Brown.
Mr. G. Browne.
Mr. R. Catchpole.
Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. W. Cole.
Mr. F. Coles.
Mr. A. L. Corbett.
Mr. A. Cottam.
Mr. C Creer.

Mr. F. Crisp.

Mr. J. S. Crisp.
Mr. J. D. Crosfield.
Mr. Ph. Crowley.

73

Cingalese flea, Sarcopsyllus gallinaccus (n. sp. •
Westwood) J

Circulation in Daplinia

Conochihts , Hydra, &c

Larva and pupa of straw-coloured gnat...

Gemniules of sponge ...

Moller's Diatom Type slide, &c

Some beautiful forms of Pond life

Section of Carrara Marble

Eggs of Telranychus lapidum

Hydra viridis

Hydra viridis, and H. vulgaris

Corethra plumicomis (alive, polar)

Orthotrichum leiocarpum ...

Pogonatum nanum

Partridge Wood, Heisteria coccinea, &o.

Thorax of Beetle I Cyphus germari)

Weevil (Phyllobius rnaculicomis)

Section of human kidney

Parasite of Canary (Devmanyssus avium), ■
living ;

Larva and egg of Bot-Fly, &c

Lung of Prog, &c

Triceratium, with seven angles

Spring flowers

Leaf of Deutzia scabra

Tingis, new sp. from N. America

Aulacodiscus formosus

Co7iochilus volvox, Cyclops, &o. ...

Illustrations of the anatomy of the Crane Ply.

Mignonette, &c

Larva of May Fly

Scale of Sole, &c

Egg of House-fly ,

Parasite of Ground Hornbill, &c.

Vorticella, Daphnia, Hydra, &c.

Apple Aphis, &c

Feathers of Humming Bird ,

Clava squamata, from the Mediterranean

Conochilus, Hydra, Cyclops, &o. ...

Volvox globator

Alga, Ptilota plumosa in fruit ... .\.

" Only a Flea "—Pond Life

Dental plates of Ophiocoma rosula

Eggs and larva of Tiger Moth

Seed of Adysilum, polar ,

Hoof of Horse

Selected Diatoms ,

Pernadaris apetas (Australia)

Sting of Hornet, Ac. ,

Eggs of Moth— Oak spangles

Mr. T. Curties.

Mr. E. Dadswell.
Mr. G. C. Drew.
Mr. C. G. Dunning.

19

Mr. J. Everett.

Mr. F. Fitch.

Mr. H. E. Freeman.

Mr. C. J. Fricker.
Mr. G. Gardiner.
Mr F. W. Gay.
Mr. E. George.

j)
Mr. E. Gibson.
Mr. W. H. Golding.

)i

Mr. A. Goode.

Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Mr. C. A. Gould.
Mr. F. J. Grayling.
Mr. G. Green.
Mr. W. Gregory.
Mr. J. H. Hadland.
Mr. F. H. Hailes.

9)

Mr. W. Hainworth.
Mr. A. Hammond.
Mr. G. Hardess.
Mr. J. Harrod.
Mr. F. W. Hembry.
Mr. D. W. Hill.

Mr. G. Hind.

Mr. C. W. Hovenden.

Mr. C. How.

Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. S. Israel.

Mr. B. D. Jackson.

Mr. E. Jaques.

Mr. E. F. Jones.

Mr. W. W. Jones.

Mr. E. Kiddle.

9«

Mr. T. W. Kilsby.
Mr. C. J. Kindon.
Mr. F. J. Kitsell.
Mr. H. H. Lake.

74

Eggs of House-fly

Mud from Cuxhaven

The absorption of coloured glass

Wing of Papilio Polyctor — Exotic Butterfly .
Foot of Comb-footed Ichneumon fly

Section, Foot pad of Elephant

,, Horn of Bison

Elytron of Pachyrhynchus orbifer

Diaptomus castor, alive

Thallium under the Electric Spark

Canadian Lichens (5 in. objective and sub- ■

stage mirror) ... ... ... ... J

Sections of Wood

Wing of Morpho cypris

Circulation in Tail of Tadpole

Skin of Camel (polarized) ...

ParJceria, a gigantic foraminifer from the

Chlorite Marl, Cambridge

Wing of Morpho MenelaiXs

Conochihisvolvox,&c

Blight on young Shoots of Apple

Hydra

Dental plates of Ophiocoma, &c

Cirrhi of Acorn Barnacle

Gill of Scallop

Spicules of Synapta, &c

Clava squamata, from the Aquarium of Mr.

G.H.King

Tongue and lancets of Gadfly, &c

Atlantic cable ooze

Drum of ear of Frog (injected)

Parasites of Long-eared Bat, &c.

Section of Human tongue ...

Bristles of Sea-mouse {Aphrodite aculeota) .

Skin of Spotted Dog-fish (Scyllium canicula).

Grey Human Hair, &c.

Cyclosis in Anacharis, &c.

Section of Stag's Horn

Daphnia pulex and Floscularia ...
Tracheae of Centipede
Eggs of Blue Butterfly

Wing of Morpho cypris, &c

Antennae of Pygara bucephalus

Small Feather of the Goldfinch

Circulation of blood in Newt, &c.
Sections of Chalk, Atlantic ooze, &c. .-
Actinophrys, &c.

Platinocyanide of Magnesium

Section of Bamboo Cane

Flowering Currant

Mantle of Terebratula, &c.

Mr. Le Pelley.

Mr. Jas. Love.
Mr S. J. Mc Intire.
Mr. K. Mc Kean.
Dr. Mk kechnie.

11

Mr. E. Marks.
Mr. Martinelli.

ii
Dr. Matthews.

Mr. A. F. Mayhew.
Mr. J. Menzies.
Mr. Nelson.

i>
Mr. E. T. Newton.

Mr. M. D. Northey.
Mr. F. Oxley.
Mr. T. Palmer.
Mr. W. J Parks.
Mr. G. Pearce.
Mr. G. Perry.

)i
Mr. T. Purdie, jun.

Q. M. C. Microscope.

Mr. G. E. Quick.
Mr. E. D. Earn.
Mr. F. Reeve.
Mr. W. W. Reeves.
Mr. E. Richards.
Mr. E. Robins.
Mr. T. Rogers.
Mr. J. Rowlett.
Mr. Jas. Russell.
Mr. C. S. Rolfe.
Mr. Jos. Russell.
Mr. T. D. Russell.
Mr. J. Salmon.
Mr. R. Sedgwick.
Mr. J. C. Sigsworth.
Mr. J. E. Simmonds.
Mr. E. Simpson.
Mr. J. Slade.
Mr. W. Smart.
Mr. Alphs. Smith.

ii

Mr. Jas. Smith.

75

Lophopus crystallinus

Nummulina from Pyramid of Egypt

Trichina spiralis ...

Gizzard of Cricket

Section of Jasper and Amethyst

Marine Life

Phyllobius argentatus
Anthers and Pollen of Hibiscus Africanus
Colorado Potato beetle (Doryplwra decemlineata)
Pencil Hairs of Larva of Orgyia antiqua
Salivary glands and ovaries of Cockroach

Section of spine of Echinus

Injected drum of ear of Frog, &c.
Chaunosea hurtissima (Mozambique), &c.
Asplenium ruta muraria

Dysidea frag His (British sponge)

Eggs of Lace- wing Fly, &c.

Section of stem of Dog-rose

Lunar Crater, in pure silver

Circulation in tail of Gold-fish, &c

Vorticellce

Stellate hairs from Fremontia Californica
Spiral vessels of Collomia seed ...

Terebella, a Marine Annelid

Plates and anchors from 8ynapta,Chirodota} &c.

Parasite of Irish Bat

Section of Retina of the Sheep

Mites found in Irish Moss

Brine Shrimp (Artemia salina) ...

Daphnia pulex, &c

Mr. J. A. Smith.

>>

Mr. B. Smith.

Mr. W. S. Smith.
Mr. C. W. Stidstone.
Mr. D. J. Stuart.

Mr. J. F. Tafe.
Mr. A. D. Taylor.
Mr. T. Terry.
Mr. A. Topping.

>)
Mr. C. C. Underwood.
Mr. J. S. Walker.
Mr. J. G. Waller.
Mr. S. War burton.
Mr. H. R. Warrington.
Mr. J. Watkins.
Mr.T.E.Way.
Mr. W. West.
Mr. C. E. White.
Mr. F. W. White.
Mr. T. C. White.
Mr. G. Williams.

55

Mr. R. P. Williams.

Mr. W. Fell Woods.
Mr. J. W. Worster.

The bays of the Library were well filled with the contributions of the leading
London Opticians, who made a brilliant and interesting display of instruments,
apparatus, and objects, amongst which the following were well worthy of
notice : —

Mr. Bailey— Microscopes ; Student's Microscope, with solid tripod and ro-
tating concentric stage ; Freezing Microtome ; sections of Limestone, &c.

Mr. Baker— New Medical and College Microscopes ; series of Objectives with
reduced angles of aperture, for histological purposes ; collections of Botanical
Preparations, by Rodig, of Hamburgh.

Messrs. R. and J. Beck — Microscopes ; Popular and small Travelling Micros-
copes ; New g and jj, inch immersion objectives ; Pleurosigma formosum, opaque
with j*j and lieberkuhn ; series of stained Vegetable Preparations, &c.

Mr. Browning — Universal Automatic Spectroscope, showing spectrum of
Indium ; Micro Spectroscope, showing absorption spectrum of Cantharides ;
new Rotating Microscopes, &c.

Mr. Crouch — New Binocular Stand, with improved detached substage ; Stu-
dent's Microscope, with thin concentric mechanical stage ; Low-angled £ inch
Objective for Binocular, &c.

Mr. Enock— Collection of Mounted Insects, &c.

Messrs. Home and Thornthwaite— Microscopes; Table Polariscope; epeci-

76

mens of unannealed glass ; sections of Crystals, sliowing uni- axial and bi-axia
systems, &c.

Mr. Moginie— Microscopes. Portable Travelling Microscopes ; Portable
Lamps ; Revolving Stereoscope, witb 36 glass stereographs of British, Conti-
nental, and American scenery.

Messrs. Murray and Heath — Students' Microscopes ; Sea-side Microscopes, &c.

Messrs. Powell and Lealand — New Immersion f-inch Objective, showing
cyclosis in Vallisneria.

Messrs Ross and Co. — Large Microscopes of the Wenharn-Ross form ; new
Portable Microscopes ; new large-angled ^-inch Objective ; new Diffusion-
film Condenser; series of Injections.

Mr. G. J. Smith, for Mr. How — Large Binocular Microscope ; Students' and
popular Binocular Microscopes ; transparent Anatomical preparations, &c.

Mr. Steward — Large Microscope, with very thin goniometer stage ; new form
of Botanical Microscope, for viewing portions of large objects ; series of Trans-
parent Injections.

Mr. Swift— Microscopes ; new Portable Microscopes; new low-angled Objec-
tives; new Achromatic Condenser; Portable Lamps, &c.

In the Museum Mr. G. H. Kirg exhibited a large Marine Aquarium, with
Balannphyllum verrucosa, and Clava squamata, from the]Mediterranean ; another
containing Hippocampi, &c. ; also a Fresh-water Aquarium, with Triton mar-
moratus ; cases of Stuffed Fish, &c, &c.

Mr. Lloyd, of tbe Crystal Palace Aquarium, exhibited some fine living
specimens of the Neapolitan Coral, Astroides calycularis.

Messrs. Murray and Heath exhibited their New Patent Combination Grapho-
scope, for transparent and opaque objects ; several Stereoscopes, &c, &c.

Mr. Parkes, of Birmingham, lent a number of his Patent Parallel-ray Lamps
for the use of exhibitors.

Mr. William R. May delivered, in the Mathematical Theatre, an interesting
lecture "On the Extinct Animal Life of the World," illustrated by a large
number of photographs and drawings shown by the oxy-hydrogen light.

Mr. G. J. Smith, for Mr. How, displayed views, statuary, microphotographs,
&c, by oxy-hydrogen light, at intervals during the evening.

April 23rd, 1875.— Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President, in

the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following additions to the Library were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

"The Popular Science Review" „

" Science Gossip" ... ,,

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 159 the Society.

"Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso- ") ,T 0 . ,

. . r- ..»-«-». » c the bociety.

phical Society ot Manchester )

" Annual Report of the Geologists' Association " the Association.

"Transactions of the Botanical Society of) tl o . ,

i the Society.

Edinburgh )

77

" Annual Report of the Brighton and Sussex ■> c ,, „ . .
xt x t ,,. . o, • , „ Cfrom the Society.

Natural History Society )

"Annual Report of the East London Natur i ,, „ . .

,. ,, o, . . „ " {• the Society,

alist s Society J

" Microscopical examination of certain mineral » ,, . ,,

waters," by D Campbell and Jabez Hogg )

" The American Naturalist " in exchange.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science" by purchase.
The thanks of the Club were voted to the Donors.

The President then said that it had become his mournful duty to communicate
to the Club officially an event of grave and peculiar significance which had
occurred since their last meeting, of which the members were doubtless well
aware privately, and would understand that he thus intended to inform them
of the death of their Treasurer, Mr. Robert Hardwicke. The relations of this
gentleman to the Club were so many and so various, and he fulfilled them all
with such ability, that the loss to the Society might truly be said to be irre-
parable. He was one of the founders of their Society, and was always ready
to promote its objects, and his great tact and talent in doing so would be
acknowledged by all. As their Treasurer, he discharged his duties with upright-
ness, and in a manner which gave offence to none. As a member of Committee
he was never absent from his place unless from unavoidable cause, and greatly
would they miss from the accustomed seat his pleasant face and portly form.
As their publisher, his services to the Society were very great, for in all times
of difficulty his valuable technical experience was readily placed at their service,
and his loss to them in this respect could hardly be overrated. As a mau of
intellect, his acquirements were far above the average, and it was ever his
pleasure to collect around him men of science, by whom it might fairly be said
he was held in high appreciation. As a publisher of scientific works he showed
great discrimination, and to his judgment many valuable and popular books of
this class owed their existence. He (the President) could personally testify to
the geniality and evenness of temper ever displayed by Mr. Hardwicke, and he
felt sure that all who knew him were able to bear similar testimony to his
worth. Another way in which Mr. Hardwicke had been of invaluable service
to the Club arose from the circumstance that he had placed his office at all
times at their disposal, he received their letters, transacted their business with
diligence and propriety, and whilst his assistants were ever ready to afford
help or give information to inquirers with cheerful courtesy, his rooms were
always at the service of the Society, when special meetings or special business
required. For any one of these kindly offices and traits, he would have deserved
their thankful remembrance, but when they were all united in one man, they
might well honour his memory ! A cynic of old had said that gratitude was a
feeling largely composed of memory of past and expectation of future benefits,
and even on this principle they might surely be grateful to one who had given
them so much, and who always led them to expect that he would do still more
for them upon future opportunities. Certainly no one regretted his loss more
deeply than those members of the Committee with whom he so harmoniously
worked. Several of the leading members of the Club, Mr. By water, Mr. Cooke,
and the Secretary, together with himself, had attended Mr. Hardwicke's funeral,
and upon no occasion could it be said that there gathered around a grave more
real mourners. He would ask them, therefore, as members of the club to unite
with the Committee in ondeavouring in some way to express their sympathy

78

with the widow; nothing could console her, that must be left to a Higher
Power, but human sympathy was never thrown away, and it had a real value
in a time like that. The Committee had passed a vote of sympathy with Mrs.
Hardwicke, and he thought it would be fitting that a similar expression of their
feelings should be made by the general body of the members themselves.

Dr. Braithwaite said that as a friend of the late Mr. Hardwicke, and as one
who had been much in contact with him, he should have much pleasure in
moving the following resolutions : — 1st. " That the Committee and Members of
the Quekett Microscopical Club desire to express their sense of the loss they
have sustained in the death of Mr. Eobert Hardwicke, the Treasurer and one
of the Pounders of their Society, and to bear testimony to the great value of
the services rendered by him for nearly ten years, not only in adequately filling
the office of Treasurer, but also in furthering in all ways that lay in his power
the welfare and best interests of the Club. His amiability of disposition, and
readiness of resource will ever live in the memories of those who have been
associated with him ;" and 2nd, " That a copy of this resolution and expression
of condolence and sympathy on the part of the Club, be forwarded to Mrs.
Hardwicke."

The resolutions having been respectively seconded by Mr T. C. White, and
Mr C. F. White,

Mr Golding said that the remarks of the President, and the words of the re-
solutions would meet with such a real and hearty response from every member
of the club that he felt sure no remarks in support would be in any way needed.

The President then put them to the meeting, when they were unanimously
carried.

On the motion of the President it was resolved that "these expressions of
sympathy on the part of the members be entered on the minutes of the Club."

The following gentlemen were then balloted for, and duly elected members of
the club : Mr James Harrison, Mr Charles Nathaniel Peal, and Mr. Henry
Williams.

Mr. Hind gave notice that at the next meeting, he would move the following
alterations in rule III. :— 1st, to omit the words, " That in the event of such
nominations exceeding one half more than the number of vacant offices, the
candidates be reduced by show of hands to such proportion." 2nd, in line
eight, after the word "President" to add "Vice-Presidents." 3rd, inline
fifteen, after the word "President'' to add "Vice-Presidents." The effect of
the first of these proposed alterations would be that the names of all the persons
nominated as members of committee would go to the ballot, instead of the
reduced number ; the other proposal would place the nominations of Vice-Presi-
dents in the hands of the committee, in common with those of the President,
Treasurer, and Secretaries.

Mr. Hind also moved that the next ordinary meeting of the Club be made
special to consider the foregoing propositions.

The motion was seconded by Dr. Foulerton, and carried unanimously.

Mr. W. W. Jones read a short paper describing a contrivance for cleaning thin
glass covers, which he exhibited.

The President said he could speak in high terms of this little apparatus; it
was very simple, and perfectly answered its purpose.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Jones, for his communication, was passed.

Mr. T. C. White said that it would be remembered that a short time ago he
had brought under the notice of the Club a slide of the salivary glands of the

79

cockroach, and that a discussion took place upon the subject. In the course of
that discussion some differences of opinion were expressed, but all agreed that
the salivary glands were always found collapsed, and the investigations which
he had made to that time seemed to confirm the observations. Some weeks
ago, however, he had killed a cockroach, and upon dissecting the thorax a bright
clear bead of something came out, which he at once snipped off, and put under
the microscope, and found it to be composed of fluid containing salivary
corpuscles. He then operated upon the other side of the insect, and found that
the other sac was filled also with fluid of the same kind. He exhibited the
specimen which he had preserved in alcohol.

Mr. W. Carr observed that the salivary sacs could always be found fully in-
flated if the animals were kept a few days without food and were supplied with
only a little water. They used this saliva for the purpose of moistening the
food, and after feeding there would be very little of it found in the glands. By
adopting the plan named, he had no difficulty in finding the sacs full, and had
kept them in this condition preserved in fluid.

Mr. W. W. Jones believed that these observations were quite correct.

The President thought that if these sacs were preserved in fluid, endosmosis
would take place to some extent. He enquired if Mr Carr could tell him what
was the nature of the fluid.

Mr. Carr was unable to say ; but it was something thicker than water.

The President explained that the difficulty of preserving them in fluid arose
from the fact that fluids of different densities could not usually be kept separate
from each other merely by an animal membrane.

Dr. Moore read a paper " On Bucephalus Haimeanus, and another allied
organism."

The President thought the subject was a most interesting one, and as on a
former occasion they were debarred from discussing it from want of time, he
hoped there would be nothing to prevent a discussion on the present one. As,
however, Mr. W. Fell Woods had prepared a paper on the same subject, he
would call upon him to read it, and the two papers could then be discussed
together.

Mr. W. Fell Woods then read his paper " On the Eelation of Bucephalus to
the Cockle."

The President said that having heard these two interesting papers, he should
be very glad to hear some further remarks upon the subject from gentlemen in
the room. He had seen a paper bearing upon the subject which was written by
Van Beneden, a Belgian naturalist who had given much attention to these
animals, and who there described a creature which he said was parasitic upon
the cockle, and which he called Mnestra parasites. He thought that this rather
added to the difficulty. He should like to ask Mr. Woods if he thought that
the existence of these organisms had any influence upon the diminished supply
of oysters in this country ?

Mr. Woods, in reply, said that seeing it had never been found in the oyster
in England, he thought it could not have any such effect. It had been found in
oysters from the Mediterranean.

Mr. Charles Stewart said he was not acquainted with Bucephalus, nor was he
very well acquainted with the Lamellibranchiata, but he had seen this
organism exhibited, and he certainly thought it some species allied to a
Trematoid worm, for the reason that in the earlier stages of all the Lamelli-
branchiata there is fourd a locomotive apparatus known as the Vcliga; it

80

might be described as consisting of a small round mass provided with these
sail-like floats, richly ciliated, whereas in the present instance the organism was
perfectly without cilia, and therefore not at all like what they knew to be the
general characteristic of the young of the Mollusca. Another reason why he
thought it to be more likely a Trematoid than a Mollusc, was, that if the latter,
there would be no difficulty in getting it to develop into its mature condition
and this, it would seem, could not at present be done. But if it were a Tre-
matoid they could of course understand the difliculty, inasmuch as it would
probably require to be developed in the body of some other " host."

Votes of thanks were unanimously passed to Dr. Moore, and Mr. W. Fell
Woods for their papers.

Dr. Moore said he should much like to induce some of the members to take
up this subject; at the present time it could be done without difliculty, a
pennyworth of cockles would furnish any number of specimens. He thought
that the remarks of Mr. Stewart were rather general j he should like to hear of
some particular instances.

Mr. Stewart inquired if Dr. Moore wished him to give some instances of the
development of some Lamellibranchiate ?

Dr; Moore said he had developed them himself many times, and did not ask
for that ; what he meant was that one could not very well argue from single
forms when the same kinds often presented so many peculiarities. He had
observed many differences in oysters, one from Lisbon showed a large Zona
pellucida, and in an American oyster a kind of shell was formed in the gland
itself ; so that he did not think they could argue from any individual species.

Mr. Stewart quite agreed with Dr. Moore as to the latter part of his obser-
vations, but with regard to the question before them, he thought that where it
was shown that in certain known forms, one uniform character was always
present and specially developed, it was more probable that an unknown organism
which possessed no trace of that character belonged to some other class rather
than to the same.

The President announced that at the next ordinary meeting a paper would be
read by Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson, "On the Organic Structure of Flint and
Meerschaum."

The Proceedings then terminated wish a conversazione, at which the follow-
ing objects were exhibited: —

Collection of Australian Polyzoa by Mr. E. Bartlett.

Hairs of larva of Tiresias serra Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Pleurosigma angulatum (under gin. immersion ~> -^r Qroucj1<

lens) '

Larva of Moth (Orgyia antiqua) Mr. Enock.

Algce, Fungi, and other objects collected in| Mr. Glasspoole.

Hackney marshes ... ... ... )

Pyrites containing gold , Mr. Golding.

Argulus foliaceus Mr. Goodinge.

Hydra viridis (with parasites) Mr. Hainworth.

Transverse section of Penis of Squirrel ... Mr. W. W. Jones.

Trachea of Centipede Mr. C. S. Eolfe.

Transverse section of Hoof of Horse (injected)... Mr. A. Topping.

Spongillafluviatilis (early development of) ... Mr. J. G Waller.

Clava squamata (alive) Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance— Members, 79 ; Visitors, 8 ; total, 87.

81

May 14th, 1875.— Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Bucephalus polymorphus

Leaf of Eleagnus

„ Galium aparine ... ...

Argulus foliaceus

Leg of Devil's Coacb-horse

Walckcnaor a acuminata... ...

Vristatella muce&o

Melicerta ringens

Onosma tauricum

Preparations of Flint

Section of great sciatic nerve of buman foetus (five
montbs)

Petal of Geranium ...

Phytocasis Tilice

Proboscis of Chccrocampa Elpenor

Scales of Lepidocyrtus curvicollis

Attendance : — Members, 56 ; Visitors, 8. T

Mr.

Badcock.

Mr.

G. D. Brown.

Mr.

W. G. Cocks.

Mr.

A. L. Corbett.

Mr.

Enock.

Mr.

H. E. Freeman.

Mr.

i)

Glaspoole.

Mr.

M. H. Johnson.

Mr.

W. W. Jones.

Mr.

F. Eeeve.

Mr.

Sigsworth.

Mr.

F. H. Ward.

Mr.

G. Williams.

atal,

64.

May 28tii, 1875.— Dr. J. Matthews, F.H.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

Tbe meeting was then made "special" for tbe consideration of the altera-
tions in tbe rules proposed by Mr. Hind, of which notice had been given at the
ordinary meeting in April.

Mr. Hind explained that the effect of the first of the alterations, of which he
had given notice, would be to enable them to place upon the balloting papers
the names of all the geutlemen who might be proposed as members of com-
mittee, instead of reducing, by show of hands, the number of those proposed
to one half more than the number of vacancies to be filled up. This portion of
the rule was introduced at the general alteration of the rules which took place
in 1869, for what purpose he was unable to say. Its effect was to waste a great
deal of time, and he thought that its removal would relieve them from some
annoyances which had been felt by the striking out of names which members had
proposed.

Mr. Hailes seconded the proposed alteration^.

Mr. Curties said that as the proposal was one to alter the rules, he should be
glad to know if it had received the consideration of the committee ?

The President said it had received their careful consideration, and met with
their entire approval.

A member inquired whether any practical difficulty had arisen with regard to
the carrying out of the rule, or whether the alteration was merely to meet some
imaginary difficulty which it was thought might arise ? It was, after all, an
alteration of their rules which was proposed, and he thought it was always well
to look twice before altering a rule.

G

82

Mr. Hind did not think any practical difficulty had arisen beyond the loss of
time— for instance, at the meeting in last June there were six gentlemen to be
elected, 10 were proposed , and the number had, according to the rule, to bo
reduced to nine. This involved the taking of 10 shows of hands, which occupied
quite 20 minutes. Further than this, he would suggest that it was not in
accordance with the principle of the ballot to decide any part of an election by
show of hands.

The President thought they were bound to carry out the principle of the
ballot in its entirety.

The Secretary said there had been several instances in former years in which
members had been nominated, and had afterwards felt annoyed by the small
number of hands held up for them ; whereas if their names had been put into
the list a larger number might have voted for them at the annual meeting.

Mr. Hailes said that, as an old member of the committee who was present
when this rule was framed, it might be well for him to explain why this clause
was originally introduced. It was thought at that time that a great number of
members might like to propose friends as members of committee, and would
thus give them a very large number of names to print on the lists ; and the pro-
vision was made in order to reduce the number within a reasonable limit.
Practically it was electing some of them twice over ; but at all events the diffi-
culty provided against had never arisen, showing that there was really no
necessity for retaining the clause.

The alteration proposed was then put to the meeting, and carried unani-
mously.

The other alteration proposed by Mr. Hind was then explained by him to be
the partial revival of the rule as it stood in 1868, and its effect would be to place
the nominations of Vice-Presidents in the hands of the committee, instead of
in those of the members. He believed that only on one occasion had a member
of the club exercised the privilege of nominating a Vice-President ; and although
no doubt there might be occasions when members would like to elect some par-
ticular person in order to do him special honour, this alteration would really
place no actual difficulty in the way of this being done.
This alteration was seconded by Mr. George Williams.

Mr. James Smith believed it was quite the practice in the Eoyal, Linnean,
and other Scientific Societies, for the Vice-Presidents to be nominated by the
Council, and therefore they would only be following the usual course in leaving
these nominations with the committee.

Mr. Hailes said that at the time the rule was made, placing the appointment
both of Vice-Presidents and committee in the hands of the club, it was felt that
the club generally took no active part in the nomination of its officers, and the
committee were desirous of abandoning the principle of the house list. In their
anxiety to force the club to elect their committee themselves, the nominations
of the Vice-Presidents were also put upon them. The office of the Vice-
President was really the only honour they had to bestow, because in all the
other offices the amount of work and time to be given rendered it rather a
favour to the club for any one to accept them. This being so he thought the
nominations were much better placed in the hands of the committee, who could
form a better judgment than individual members as to who were, in considera-
tion of their work or services, most worthy of the honour at their disposal.

The President said he was cognizant of at least one instance in which a gen-
tleman was proposed and elected a Vice-President without his consent having

83

been previously asked, and that gentleman never attended the meetings of the
committee.

The alteration was then put to the meeting, and carried unanimously.
The Secretary explained that the adoption of this alteration would not pre-
vent any member from exercising the right of introducing any other names upon
the lists at the annual meeting ; that right was still reserved to members by
rule III., so that if at any time it should happen that any large section of the
club should think proper to do so, they could still procure the election of a
Vice-President. The Secretary reminded the members generally that at their
next ordinary meeting the nominations for members of committee, would
have to be made, and he hoped that those who knew suitable persons would
come prepared to nominate them on that occasion.

Mr. Curties inquired how many vacancies on the committee there would be
to fill up ?

The Secretary was not quite sure at that moment, but bethought there would
be four.

The President said that Mr. Hailes had just handed him a bottle containing
a quantity of diatoms, accompanied by a letter from Mr. C. C. Capel. These
were a free gift, and if any person wished for any of the diatoms they should
apply to Mr. Hailes. The diatoms were obtained from the river Cray.

Mr. Hailes said the diatoms in question were all cleaned and ready for
mounting.
The ordinary business of the meeting was then proceeded with.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

"Science Gossip" ,,

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association" ... the Association.

"Proceedings of theBoyal Society,'' Nos. 160, 161 the Society.

"The American Naturalist" in Exchange.

Parts 2 and 3 of Schmidt's Diatom Atlas by Purchase.

Two Slides of Diatomacea? from Mr. C. F. White.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of the
club :— Mr. G. M. Amner, Mr. Arrowsmith, Mr. J. W. Browne, Mr. Chas.
Cooper, Mr. Arthur Dean, Mr. Joseph G. Defries, Mr. Francis J. Hamley, Mr.
John Larkin, Mr. J. C. Laws, Mr. G. W. Saul, and Mr. J. E. Thomson.

A letter from Mrs. Hardwicke, thanking the club for the vote of condolence
passed at the preceding meeting, was read.

Mr. Curties said he had laid upon the table for the inspection of the members
a number of photographs taken by Mr. L. Huggins, of Liverpool. There were
some features of the process which were new, and which he hoped he should be
in a better position to lay before the members at an early meeting.

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson then read a paper " On the Organic Structure of
Flint and of Meerschaum," illustrating it by coloured diagrams.

The President proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Johnson for his paper,
and expressed a hope that those who were conversant with the subject would
favour the meeting with their opinions. He was himself not very much ac-
quainted with it.

Mr. Lowne said he should like to know what evidence there was that the
structure described and figured was sponge ? He wanted something more than

84

the fact that a reticulated etructure was shown by grinding, to convince him
that such was the case.

Mr. Waller said he was very much interested in the subject of sponges, and
his belief was that sponge had a great deal to do with flint structure, although
he might say that his opinion was formed in a somewhat rough and ready
manner.

The President asked if Mr. Johnson thought it was the animal matter in his
specimens which was affected by the staining fluid, and asked if he had brought
any slides for exhibition ?

Mr. Johnson thought it was the silica which was stained. He had not brought
any slides with him, but would do so at the next gossip night.

The President could hardly, for his own part, see how flint could receive a
stain ft'om such a substance as the die employed.

Dr. Foulerton thought it was very interesting to find a definite structure in
these substances, but he was of opinion that what Mr. Johnson had to do was
to give them a reason why this structure was a sponge.

Mr. Lowne said that if sufficient] time were given anything would stain. Flints
were constantly met with stained with oxide of iron, and sections of these had
very much the appearance of containing pieces of sea-weed —moss agates were
instances well known. He knew of no mineral which stained more readily than
silica. He thought they ought, before deciding, to have some definite charac-
teristic of sponge shown. He saw some resemblance to sponge structure in the
drawings, but did not recognise any character which he considered conclusive.

Mr. Johnson said that he did not know that he had ever stated positively that
the structure he found was sponge. .All he had affirmed was that it was an
organic structure.

Dr. Foulerton asked if Mr. Johnson could give them a specimen about which
there was no doubt as to whether it were a sponge or not ?

Mr. Johnson said he could not. He thought it was clear that a substance
might be organic, and yet not be a sponge at all.

Dr. Foulerton suggested the resemblance to those organisms which were found
in fossil teeth.

Mr. Johnson said fossil teeth might be filled with other organic substances ;
it was quite clear that a dental foramen would afford a passage into the tooth,
and where fungi could go a sponge might go. With regard to the facility of
staining flint, if Mr. Lowne did not know of any mineral which stained more
easily, he could tell him of a good many.

Mr. Lowne said he meant any mineral of equal hardness or compactness. The
fact that sponge gemmules had been found in flint, and^had not been found in
other minerals was, he thought, rather a cause for hesitating before pronounc-
ing an opinion.

Mr. Waller said he had examined a great number of sponges, in which he
could not find any gemmules at all— to find them the sponge must be examined
at a particular period of its existence.

Mr. Johnson thought it would be rather hasty for any one to come to a con-
clusion at all upon a thing which he had not seen ; he would therefore endeavour,
at the next meeting, to bring some specimens, which he hoped would throw
some light upon the matter; He himself thought that if a substance, apparently
homogeneous, was found to reveal structure when carefully examined, there was
a great probability that it was of organic structure, but he did not mean to say
that all these structures were sponge. Some flints were naturally found with

85

an outer crust stained with oxide of iron, and if a section was taken of one of
them it would be found to look very much like a sponge, and certainly appeared
to be organic.

Mr, Lowne said he must strongly demur to the assertion that any structure
found in an inorganic substance, and not of a crystalline nature, was therefore
organic ; and also that they were to draw a line and say that all crystalline sub-
stances were inorganic, and all others which showed any apparent structure
were organic. It was not any one who had not worked at these subjects who
must see them, but they must be seen and examined by an adept in the subject,
and it must be pointed out by him why they were to be regarded as organic.

The President said he went to a certain extent with Mr. Johnson in regarding
it as a high probability that these structures were organic ; it was, however, a
pity that he had not fortified his case by bringing his specimens. He thought
it must not be overlooked that silica deposited in a coloured state sometimes
bore the closest resemblance to organic structure ; nor that silica existed in
nature in solution, and that there were agencies in nature other than organio
by which it was deposited. He would refer them for further illustration of thi3
subject to the Cantor lectures by Dr. Calvert.

Mr. Lowne said what he wanted to know was, why were these structures
organic P

Mr. Johnson said he should like to refer to some experiments which he had
been making with silica in solution. First of all he took some tadpoles and put
them into nitric acid — in half-an-hour they were completely disintegrated, and
in an hour there was very little tadpole left. He then put some more tadpoles
into a solution of silicate of soda, and left them there for three or four days • he
then took them out and washed them to remove all superfluous solution of
silicate, and then placed them in a vessel with a small quantity of water. To
this he added a drop or two of nitric acid, and generally increased the quantity
until it was entirely acid. The tadpoles were left in this for weeks, and they
remained all the time in just the same condition as when first put in, and from
this he argued that some very important change must have taken place. They
knew, as a fact, that there was a large class of bodies in which silicon occupied
an analogous place, and it seemed to him highly probable that there might bo
some process by which the one substance was exchanged for the other.

Mr. Lowne said he should much like to have the subject cleared up. He
thought that in the tadpole case there would be found a source of ultimate error
in the dilution of the nitric acid. For a very small quantity of water in nitric
acid when brought into connection with soda would cause nitrate of soda to bo
formed, and this was really non-corrosive. If, however, there was really a sub-
stitution of silicon for carbon, a most important discovery had been made. He
hoped this could be clearly shown.

Mr. Johnson said the acid was diluted in the one case exactly the same as it
was in the other.

The President considered that Mr. Johnson had made out a very strong 'prima
facie case. He quite believed in the possibility of these substances having an
organic structure, but until they had some opportunities of further examination
they could do very little more in the way of coming to a conclusion.

Six gentlemen were then proposed for membership, the meetings and excur-
sions for the ensuing month were announced, and the proceedings terminated
with a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

86

Arachnoidiscus, in situ — sent from Shanghai by \
Mr. F. Quekett >

Carcliesium polyperium ; SalivaryGIands of Flea -v
(prepared by Mr. Tatem) , and a series of Pho- V
tographs by Mr. Huggins, of Liverpool... J

Epidermis of Holly

Eyes of Chrysops relictus

Obisium orthodactylum

Section of Orbiculina

Section of Cochlea of Kitten

Cyclosis in stem of Nitella flexilis ...

Attendance : — Members, 73 j Visitors, 13.

by Mr. E. Bartlett.

Mr. Curties.

Mr. Drew.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. H.E. Freeman.
Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. E. T.Newton.
Mr. Topping.
Total, 86.

June 11th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Aleyonella fungosa Mr. Badcock.

Siphonia pyriformis — Fossil Sponge from the 7

Upper Green Sand )

Splicerularia bombi—a parasite of the Humble bee Mr.

Tadpole of Smooth Newt

Cristatella mucedo ... ...

Bombylius major — Humble bee fly

Sections of flint

Potato starch

Boiverbankia imbricata

Flint stained by nitrate of silver

Meerschaum stained by acetate of rosanaline
Section of Conemara Serpentine, cut and stained 7

by Mr. M. H. Johnson )

Xanthidia from flint .. Mr. Slade.

Striated human muscle Mr. Topping.

Sections of flint Mr. J. G. Waller.

Sections of vegetable ivory Mr. Geo. Williams.

Attendance: — Members, 53 j Visitors 6. Total, 59.

Mr.

D. Brown.

Mr.

W. Cole.

Mr.

, Dunning.

Mr.

>>

Enock.

Mr.

Hailes.

Mr.

F. H. P. Hind,

Mr.

Ingpen.

Mr.

M. H. Johnson

Mr. Sigsworth.

EXCURSIONISTS' ANNUAL DINNER,

One of the most successful of these always pleasant gatherings took place on
the 16th of June, at the Swan Hotel, Leatherhead. Fifty-nine members and
their friends attended, and the chair was taken by the President, Dr. Matthews.
The weather was delightful, and those who were able to spend the day in the
neighbourhood enjoyed an extremely pleasant ramble. Mr. Thos. Rogers and
some of his friends added greatly to the pleasure of the evening by some ex-
cellent part-singing. The whole of the arrangements, which were under the
care of Mr. W. W. Reeves, were highly satisfactory.

87

June 25th, 1875.— Dr. J.Matthews, F.R.M.S., President, in the

Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were l'ead and confirmed.

The following additions to the Library and Cabinet were announced : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal " from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ,,

" Proceedings of the Literary and Philoso- ( .

phical Society of Manchester" ... ■> y-

" The American Naturalist " in exchange.

Twelve Sections of Horn Mr. J. R. Williams.

One Slide Mr. Tatem.

A number of Copies of Engraved Scales for) Mr. J. W.Stephen-

the Measurement of Angular Aperture * son.

A vote of thanks to the Donors was proposed by the President, and duly

carried.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of the

Club ; — Mr. Theodore Arnold, Mr. Henry Faulkner, jun., Mr. J. B. Jones, Dr.

W. S. Radford, Mr. Sydney Turner, and Mr. E Iward U. Whitney.

The Secretary reminded the members that the next meeting would be their

anniversary, at which a ballot would be taken for the election of officers and

committee for the ensuing year, and that according to the bye laws nominations

for members of committee must be made . that evening. There were four

vacancies caused by the retirement of Messrs. Crisp, Jackson, Oxley, and

Rogers. The following officers had been nominated by the committee : —

As President ... .v. Dr. Matthews.

{ Mr. F. Crisp.

I Mr. R. T. Lewis.
As Vice-Presidents < Mr> B# T_ Lowne_

I

Mr. T. C. White.

As Treasurer Mr. F. W. Gay.

As Hon. Secretary ... Mr. J. E. Ingpen.

As Hon. Secretary for Foreign )

n A C Dr. M. 0. Cooke.

Correspondence ... J

The following gentlemen were then nominated to fill vacancies on the com-
mittee : —

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson Proposed by Dr. Foulerton, Seconded by Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Oxley „ Mr. Hainworth , , Mr. Mclntire.

Mr. Thos. Rogers „ Mr. C. W. Hovenden ,, Dr. Foulerton.

Mr. Joseph A. Smith „ Mr. Curties ,, Mr. Nelson.

Mr. F. H. Ward was also nominated, but declined to serve.

Mr. Hainworth having been appointed auditor of the accounts on the part of
the committee, the members were requested to elect another gentleman to act
in that capacity on their behalf ; and Mr. Dobson having been proposed by
Mr. Curties, and seconded by Mr. Golding, was declared, upon show of hands,
to be duly elected auditor on behalf of the Club.

The Secretary explained, by means of a diagram drawn upon the black
board, the method of using the scale designed by Mr. Stephenson for
measuring the angular apertures of objectives. A scale of cotangents of half

88

the required angles (from 35° to 175°) was laid down upon a line drawn on a
sheet of paper. At two points at right angles to this line small flames, such
as that of a night light, or strips of white paper could be placed. By ad-
vancing the objective along the scale, the images of the flames or other objects
employed were separated, until each was seen on the opposite margins of the
posterior lens of the combination, when the angle of the objective was indi-
cated directly beneath its front lens. A second scale was provided for
measuring angles from 18° to 40Q. A holder for carrying the objective was
also exhibited.

The President pointed out that in using the scale it was of importance that
the mount which carried the objective should be kept fairly at right angles
with the engraved line, and it would be also found desirable when using high
power glasses to amplify the images produced by them by means of a magnifying
lens held at the back.

A question asked by Mr. Hainworth as to the issue of slides from the
cabinet gave rise to some discussion upon the subject, in the course of which
it was stated that during the absence of Mr. Buffle (Curator) — who was pre-
vented by severe domestic affliction from attending to his duties — Mr. Hailes
had kindly attended on the gossip nights for the issue and exchange of slides.
The cabinet had not been open on the evenings of the ordinary meetings from
want of time and pressure of other business, but if any gentlemen wished for
slides on those occasions, and would apply to Mr. Hailes, he would be happy
to oblige them in the matter as far as practicable.

The Secretary called the attention of the meeting to two lamps which had
been sent for their inspection by Mr. Parkes, of Birmingham. They were
similar in construction, and both burnt mineral oil, but one had a flat wick
and the other a round one ; the reflector— by which the flame was partially
enclosed — was intended to throw a beam of parallel rays, and a tinted glass
cover to the opening of the reflector served to correct the yellowness of the
flame.

The President observed that the flame was not quite in the focus of the
reflector, and that the latter was rather conical than parabolic. If it were
made a true paraboloid, and the flame was placed in the proper position, still
better effects might be obtained from it.

Dr. Poulerton gave notice that at the annual meeting he would move as an
addition to the bye-laws "That the ordinary meetings of the Club be sus-
pended during the months of August and September." He thought it would
be found convenient to do this, and to follow in this respect the course
adopted by all the other scientific societies. This alteration was not intended
to suspend the gossip nights, and there might be additional gossip nights on
the fourth Fridays in those two months instead of the ordinary meetings.

The notice of motion was seconded by Mr. F. H. P. Hind, who thought
the proposition very proper and desirable.

Mr. B. T. Lowne gave a second address upon the histology of the eye, in
which, after recalling the substance of his former communication, he pro-
ceeded to illustrate and explain the minute structure of the retina, the rods
and cones, &c, and gave the most approved methods of hardening, cutting,
and mounting sections for microscopic examination.

Announcements of meetings and excursions for the ensuing month were
made and the meeting terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

89

Ant carrying its pupse

Artemia salina (Brine-shrimp)

Parasite of turkey

Cristatella mucedo ...

Odontopliore of Cyclostoma

Skin of Sole

Transverse Section Spine of Acrocladia,

Mr. Cur ties.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Freeman.
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Slade.
Mr. Swift.
Mr. Topping.

Attendance — Members, 68 ; Visitors, 9. Total, 77.

July 9th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Stylops Spencii, Parasite of Bee

Culex, with parasite

Conemara Serpentine, stained by Acetate of")
Eosanaline ... ... ,.. ... '

Flint, stained by Nitrate of Silver

Flint, etched by Hydrofluoric Acid

Agate, etched by Hydrofluoric Acid

Basalt, from Staffa

Fossil Coniferous Wood (polarized)

Liver of Fly

Larvae of CEstrus Equi in the Egg

Aulaeodiscus Petersii (six processes)

Navicula splendida

Attendance — Members, 29 ; Visitors, 1.

Mr. Enock.
Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. M. H. Johnson.

>»
it

Dr. Matthews.
Mr. Eolfe.
Mr. Sigs worth.
Mr. G. Williams.

Total, 30.

ANNUAL MEETING.— July 23rd, 1875.
Dr. J. Matthews, F.K.M.S., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of tbe preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The Secretary read the tenth Annual Report, also the Treasurer's annual
statement of accounts, duly audited.

The President said tbe members had no doubt listened to these reports with
much satisfaction, as showing the continued prosperity and progress of their
Society. He then formally moved, "That the reports now read be received and
adopted, and that they be printed and circulated in the usual way."

The motion having been seconded by Mr Goodtoge, was put to the meeting
and carried unanimously.

The President said that the next business upon the paper was a notice of
motion given at the last meeting by Dr. Foulerton, which if carried would have
the effect of suspending the ordinary meetings during the next two months, or
rather of converting them into gossip nights. Unfortunately for the proposal,
Dr. Foulerton was not present to lay it before them, and as its seconder, Mr.
Hind, did not feel inclined to take it up on his own responsibility, it must there-
fore, of necessity fall to the ground.

90

The President then delivered the Annual Address.*

Dr. Gray proposed a vote of thanks to the President for the admirable address
to which they had just had the pleasure of listening, and moved that it be
printed and circulated with the reports.

Mr. Hind having seconded the motion, it was put to the meeting by Mr. Ingpen
and unanimously carried.

Mr. Peeves and Mr. Moginie were then appointed to act as scrutineers, and
the ballot for the election of officers and committee was proceeded with.

Mr Mclntire proposed a vote of thanks to the President, Committee, and
Officers of the Club for their valuable services during the past year. He knew
what it was to be on the Committee, and was aware that it took up a great deal
of time, and that attendance frequently involved personal inconvenience. Their
President had been constant in his attendance, and their Secretai'y had given
them several papers during the year, the preparation of which must have greatly
augmented his labours. In this vote of thanks he wished to include all their
officers, their Librarian, and especially the Excursion Committee, to whom they
were greatly indebted, and he would also mention Mr Lewis, the Hon. Eeporter,
who did them such good service in taking the notes of their meetings.

The vote of thanks having been seconded by Mr Loy, was put to the meeting
by Dr. Gray, and carried by acclamation.

Mr. Ingpen said that although Mr. Mclntire's motion very properly included
all the officers of the Club, he nevertheless wished to propose a special vote of
thanks to Mr. E. T. Lewis, their Hon. Reporter, and " Silent Member." He
knew that many amongst them were doing hard routine work for the Club, but
he thought that no one worked under such circumstances of self-restraint as
Mr. Lewis, for though competent to speak upon all points, and able to give
valuable opinions and advice, he felt himself obliged to keep silence, in order
to record the utterances of others. He had given them a series of most ad-
mirable reports, and should he feel obliged at any time to give up his duties as
Eeporter (as he had sometimes hinted might be the case), the Club would find
great difficulty in supplying his place. The Committee had been able on that
occasion to pay Mr. Lewis the compliment of nominating him for the office of
Vice-President, and he (Mr. Ingpen) felt sure the Club would regard that
nomination with great satisfaction, and unanimously elect him.

The vote of thanks having been seconded by Mr. Reeves, was put to the
meeting by the President, and unanimously carried.

Mr. T. C. White proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Dobson and Mr. Hain-
worth for their services as Auditors. The looking well after their expenditure,
and to the correctness of their accounts was a very important branch of the
service, and the gentlemen who performed it were entirely independent of any
action on behalf of the Committee.

Mr. George Williams seconded the vote, which was thereupon put to the
meeting by the President, and carried unanimously.

While the scrutineers were occupied in examining the balloting papers, Mr.
Ingpen made a short communication with reference to the last Excursion, which
was one to Weybridge, thence by the side of the Canal to Woking, returning by
train. They had a fine afternoon, and a very pleasant ramble. Those who
were botanists were able to collect many wild flowers, and the "puddlers"
were rewarded by finding several fine species of desmids, some beautiful free

* Printed with the Reports and List of Members.

91

swimming rotifers, &c, &c. He described a curious spined Difflugia, and read
a list, prepared by Mr. W. G. Cocks, of tbe desmids gathered. Mr. Ingpen
considered tbe Excursion highly successful, and hoped to be able to give some
account of others from time to time.

The President announced that the gentlemen whose names appeared upon
the balloting lists were all unanimously elected ; he was glad to be able to say
this, because it showed the amount of confidence placed by the members in the
judgment of their committee.

A vote of thanks to the Scrutineers, proposed by the President and seconded
by the Secretary, was carried unanimously.

The President said there was one more office which he had to perform, and that
was a most pleasant one. They were all aware by whose permission they met
there, and could highly appreciate the comfort they had so long enjoyed, as
well as the countenance and support which they received from being privileged
to assemble in that building. He had therefore the greatest pleasure in asking
them for a cordial vote of thanks to the Council of University College for their
continued kindness, and the courtesy with which they had renewed the per-
mission for the meetings of the club to be held in the Library of that Institution .
Mr T. C. White having seconded the motion, it was put to the meeting, and
carried by acclamation.
The following donations to the Club were announced, viz. : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" The Popular Science Review " m

" Science Gossip" ,>

" Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' Society''... from the Society.
" Third annual report of the Zoological Society ")

of Philadelphia" _ )

"Report of the Smithsonian Institution" from the Institution .

" The American Naturalist " in exchange.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science ) , purchase,
and Schmidt's Atlas of the Diatomacese " i
The thanks of the. Club were voted to the Donors.

A donation of twenty .four slides from Mr C. F. White was announced by the
President, and acknowledged by a special vote of thanks.

The President said he had another pleasant duty to undertake that evening.
A short time ago, Dr. Lionel Beale, one of their former Presidents, sent an in-
timation of the withdrawal of his name from their list of members, for the
reason that he did not wish to seem to undertake duties which his other engage-
ments rendered him unable to perform. Feeling that they would all greatly
regret Dr. Beale's withdrawal from the Club, he had taken the liberty of calling
upon him, and finding that the Doctor's only reason was his inability to at-
tend the meetings regularly, and that his sympathy was as much as ever with
them, he had the pleasure, on behalf of the Committee, of nominating Dr.
Lionel S. Beale, P.R.S., &c, for election as van honorary member of the
Club.

The nomination having been seconded, a ballot took place, and it was
announced that Dr. Beale had been unanimously elected.

Mr. J. J. Aylingand Mr. M. J. Hallett were balloted for, and duly elected
members of the Club.

The Secretary announced that in consequence of the death of their late
treasurer, Mr. Hardwicke, it would not be possible for them to continue the

92

offices of the Club at 192, Piccadilly. From that time, therefore, all communi-
cations of a financial character should be addressed to the Treasurer, Mr. F.
W. Gay, and all others to the Secretary, at their private residences, instead of
at 192s Piccadilly, as heretofore.

Meetings for the ensuing month were then announced, and the proceedings
terminated with a conversazione, at which the following object was exhibited: —

Chrysopa 'perla, showing pygidium by Mr. Enock.

Attendance— Members, 58 ; Visitor, 1. Total, 59-

93

Remarks on a Parasite of Homble Bees.

Sphcerularia Bombi. Leon Dufour.

By W. Cole, M.E.S.

Read August 27th, 1875.

The parasites of insects form a most interesting and varied
subject of investigation for the entomologist and microscopist, but
it is a branch of natural history very little attended to in this
country ; probably on account of the scanty and scattered
character of the information on the subject contained in Eng-
lish books on entomology. Those who are in search of a pro-
fitable employment for their observing powers, may find a wide
field for exertion in this direction ; one less hackneyed, perhaps,
and more likely to lead to remarkable, if not new results, than
many others which are in fashion with amateur naturalists. No
one need here fear of lack of worlds to conquer; the subject would
appear to be well nigh inexhaustible. Judging from the data
furnished by my own rather limited experience, I am disposed to
think that not only does every species of insect suffer from the
attacks of some endemic parasite, but almost every individual
affords nourishment to a guest either internally or externally ; and
many insects examined this year were found to be playing the part
of hosts to four or five different species of parasites.

Partly from their social habits, and partly, perhaps, from the
fact that their life-histories, have been more closely watched than
those of some other orders of insects, the Hymenoptera have been
found to be the especial victims of these uniwelcome guests. Some
of the parasites of bees are so strange in appearance, and so
anomalous in their mode of life, that they long formed a puzzle
to naturalists, and may still be considered as amongst the most
wonderful creatures in the whole range of entomology. We have

I

94 W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES.

only to call to mind the genns Stylops and its allies, or the
transformations of the species of Meloe, in confirmation of this
statement ; and I propose to bring under the notice of the Society
to-night a parasite which may vie in interest with any of these, and
one that forms a very instructive object for microscopical study.

I must, at the outset, plead for your kind indulgence, inasmuch
as I have scarcely any observations of a novel character to bring
forward. My apprenticeship to the use of the microscope has been
so short, and my experience in this kind of investigation so limited,
that it was hardly possible I should be able to do more than repeat
some of the observations of the learned and skilful entomologist
who had previously worked at the subject. I was encouraged, how-
ever, by what passed at our previous meeting, and I hope others
of our diffident members may be so likewise. Most of us will agree
with the purport of our President's remarks in his Annual Address,
that papers read before this Club need not necessarily be of an
original character. I am afraid a paper of that description every
month must long remain a thing to be desired, rather than
expected. But if each member, who has been studying an
interesting subject, were to give an account of his labours, even
though they had led him to the discovery of no fresh facts, or to
the elaboration of no startling theories, we should hear fewer com-
plaints of the paucity of papers ; no attempts would be necessary
to diminish the number of meetings ; and the discussions so pro-
moted would, by calling forth the latent knowledge and experience
of our colleagues, do much to increase the pleasure and profit to
be derived from the assemblies of the Club. Having this object in
view, I trust the few remarks I propose to make will be taken as
they are intended, rather for the purpose of attracting attention to
an interesting subject, about which I hope to have more to say in
the future, than as constituting a scientific memoir.

As regards its systematic position, Sphoerularia may be placed
in the old class Entozoa, which comprises so many strange animals
within its rather loose and indefinite confines. The parasite's
nearest allies would appear to be the genera Mermis and Gordius,
although it differs from both in several important particulars, and
Dr. Cobbold places it with them in the family Gordiidce. The two
first named genera are well known to be parasitic in insects, at
least in one stage of their existence. At other times, Gordius and
Mermis are found in water and damp places ; and several instances

W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES. 95

are on record of their appearance in great numbers under circum-
stances so mysterious as to lend some colour to the popular idea
that they had been precipitated from the clouds in a shower of
rain. In June, 1867, such an eruption of Mermis nigrescens occurred,
"which occasioned much discussion and speculation, and furnished
materials for a paper read by Mr. R. T. Lewis before this Society.
In that paper (which is printed in " Science Gossip" for 1867)
may be found some valuable details as to the minute structure of
Mermis, which are interesting from our present point of view, this
" hair-worm" being probably the nearest known relative of
Sphcerularia.

The merit of discovering this extraordinary creature belongs to
the celebrated insect anatomist Leon Dufour, who described it in
the " Annales des Sciences Naturelles" for 1836. He at first
supposed it to be a dipterous larva, many of which infest insects ;
but on further consideration of its structure he perceived that he
had before him a new genus of Entozoa, and he accordingly brought
it before the scientific world under the name of Sphcerularia Bombi.
In 1838, Von Siebold published a few remarks on the animal, and
pointed out the position it should occupy in systems of classification ;
but the naturalist who made the first thorough attempt to work out
its development and anatomy was Sir John Lubbock, in the " Natural
History Review" for 1861. The same Journal for 1864 contains
the results of some further investigations made by him ; and in
these two memoirs will be found nearly all the information we at
present possess oh the subject. I need hardly say how much I am
indebted to these admirable papers.

Finally, I understand Schneider has made some observations on
the morphology of Sphcerularia in his work on the Nematodes, and
has therein expressed an opinion as to its structure, to which I can
more conveniently refer presently, after we have considered the
details of its anatomy.

Nothing is easier than to obtain specimens of the parasite from
an infected bee. The insect should be killed by some mode of
suffocation, such as being placed in the vapour of sulphurous or
hydrocyanic acids, and carefully dissected under water. The
Sphcerularia? are not found, as is comm6nly the case with the
mature Entozoa, in the interior of the alimentary canal. They lie
perfectly free among the viscera in the upper portion of the ab-
dominal cavity, and are bathed on all sides with the nutritive fluids

96 W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES.

of the bee. They are occasionally entangled with one of the trachea?,
but this seems to be a purely accidental circumstance. They
are generally more or less coiled up, and are absolutely without
motion. One very noteworthy fact is that the worms have hitherto
only been found in large female bees ; so far as present observation
goes, the male and worker humble-bees are entirely free from
their attacks. This predilection for one sex is by no means a solitary
instance amongst the Entozoic parasites of the Hymenoptera ;
Siebold describes a species of Gordius which affects the drones of
the honey-bee, and Mermis albicans is said to have similar habits.

Leon Dufour's original specimens of Sphwridaria were found in
the large and handsome humble-bees known to entomologists as
Bombus terrestris, and Bombus hortorum. Sir John Lubbock
and myself have found it by far the most commonly in B. terrestris ;
but from six to eight species of Bombus are more or less liable to
attack. The spring of the present year seemed to be peculiarly
favourable for the increase and well-being of the parasite ; and I
think I am quite correct in saying that from the middle of May
until the beginning of June I never examined a single female B.
terrestris without meeting with some specimens. On May 31st
they reached a climax in point of numbers, one bee containing no
less than 33 mature Sphcerularice of about half the normal size, in
addition to myriads of eggs and young. All these Bombi were
caught quite indiscriminately, as they frequented the luxuriant
blossoms of a plantation of rhododendrons on the confines of
Epping Forest ; and I narrowly watched the flight and behaviour
of the females in which SphosrularicB were afterwards found in
plenty, but could never convince myself that they were less active
than the general run of these busy creatures. It is, however,
difficult to believe but that such a large number of parasites must
have a very injurious effect on the life of the bee, and, perhaps,
their presence or. absence may be one of the determining causes of
the scarcity, or otherwise, of humble bees in some years. From
the end of May I had no further opportunity of examining humble
bees before the wet weather set in ; and either the rain or the
plague of Sphceru-laria so thinned the ranks of the insects that the
results of two or three excursions, made at the end of July and the
beginning of August for the special purpose of searching for them,
were perfectly fruitless, not a single individual of the larger Bom bi
being observed.

W. COLE ON A TAKASITE OF HUMBLE BEES. 97

The mature Sphcerularice vary somewhat in size ; but the full
grown ones are about an inch in length, of cylindrical shape, with
a uniform diameter of about Tg-th of an inch. They are white in
colour, and more or less transparent, often so much so, that the
simple internal organs can readily be traced through the skin.
Their most striking peculiarity, and one which suggested the
name of the genus, 'is the possession of a large number of round,
wart-like bodies, or spherules, arranged in regular order oyer the
entire surface of the body, giving it a very pretty appearance
under a low power. On an average, there appear to be about 800
of these warts on each worm ; they are about T^oth of an inch in
diameter, and project Tq40-t to y^^ths of an inch from the surface
of the body. Each of these spherules is filled with granular
matter, with which is mixed, in some cases, larger refractive
globules, apparently of fat. Some are more dense than others,
and these darker spherules are found principally in the neigh-
bourhood of the vulva. By the action of alcohol or Beale's
carmine fluid, this granular matter shrinks more or less away
from the transparent walls of the spherule, forming an almost
opaque mass, in the centre of which is generally seen a kind of
nucleolus which is always intensely tinged by the carmine. The
spherules appear to have no communication with the interior of
the body, and their function is entirely unknown.*

The skin of the animal is a transparent membrane in which
ordinarily no indications of structure can be discerned. In some
of the smaller, and less mature worms, however, I have been able
to trace a division of the skin into rectilineal areas, in the centre of
each of which lies a spherule. Sir John Lubbock, who had an
opportunity of examining the worms during the winter, when they
were very young, describes each spherule as a cell with a distinct
nucleus and boundary walls. The divisions I have noticed are, in
all probability, the remains of the walls of these cells, which
become more and more obscure as the animal develops. I have
examined the skin with and without the use of reagents, under a
^th inch, but have not been able to discover the slightest trace of

* Dr. Matthews has suggested to me, with considerable probability,
that these wart-like bodies may subserve nutrition as absorbents ; in
which case their hemispherical form would be of great service by pre-
senting a much larger surface to the nutritive perivisceral fluids of the bee,
than if merely on a level with the general contour of the body of the
Entozoon. — W. C.

98 W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES.

muscular fibre. Indeed, the habits of the creature would render
such au element of structure quite superfluous. The adult leads a
perfectly inert and vegetative existence, immersed in the blood of
the bee, and deriving nourishment from the fluid by simple imbi-
bition. The body may be described as an elongated sac, having
only one aperture, that of the vulva ; there is no mouth or in-
testinal canal, and, as far as present observations extend, no trace
of nervous or circulatory systems. The interior of the body is
almost filled with two organs only, both comparatively of enormous
size — the fat-cells or corpus adipositm, and the ovary. The fat-
cells may be considered as the homologue of the intestine in other
nematoids. They form a sort of double chain, or row, which is
attached to the body at the extremities, but elsewhere lies free in
the general cavity. Each fat-cell is a membranous sac, sometimes
as much as about yTth of an inch in length, filled with a thick
fluid, containing granules, and " six to eight transparent nuclei,
which are of a tolerably even size, and about T^Qths of an inch in
diameter." In younger specimens Sir John Lubbock found the
thick fluid contents of the cells replaced by an immense number
of minute vesicles ; in the interior of which were, in most cases,
a quantity of acicular crystals. In this stage the nuclei were
about ^^ths of an inch in diameter, and attached to the walls of
the fat-cell; they contained a number of small irregular bodies,
and were " surrounded by a sort of halo of granules." These cells
probably act as reservoirs of nutriment for the use of the animal,
and may also serve, in some measure, the office of an intestine by
still further elaborating the organized fluid in which the worm
lives.

The ovary is a simple tube more than four times the length of
the body, in which it lies perfectly free, excepting in the neigh-
bourhood of the vulva, where it is connected with the fat-cells. It
commences as a fine tube at the anterior end of the body, gradually
increasing in size and coiling loosely amongst the fat-cells, until it
expands into a large uterus, which is generally quite extended
with ovae. It then contracts about one-half, and opens externally
at the end of the body opposite to that at which it commenced.

The eggs afford excellent material for the study of yolk-segmenta-
tion and development, as from the transparency of the envelope the
various processes are readily observed. They may generally be
found in all stages ; from the clear, simple cell at the upper end of

W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES. 99

the ovary, containing only the germinal vesicle, np to the mature
egg enfolding the fully-formed embryo just preparing to wriggle
into its little world, in a snug corner of the bee's body. Tbe
growth of tbe egg is considerably advanced before it issues from
the vulva, but the embryo is not then formed ; after the egg is laid,
however, the development proceeds with great rapidity, and the
young are soon hatched out. They are exceedingly active in their
movements, thus presenting a marked contrast to their quiescent
mother. They vary, of course, somewhat in size according to their
age, but do not grow much in this stage of their existence ; the
bulk of those found in May and June are about gV^h °f an mcn
long, with a nearly uniform diameter of about x^oo^u °f an mcn-
The end, which for the sake of distinction may be called the " head,"
is somewhat pointed ; but the "tail" is very different, being blunt,
curved, and club-like. The structure of the young Sphcerularia is
of the simplest nature possible. Under a ^th inch glass the skin
is seen to be very delicately ringed. The interior of the body is
rilled, excepting a short, clear space before the head, with a
great number of small refractive globules, mixed with opaque
granules. By careful focussing, a faint line or notch can be dis-
cerned at the anterior end of the body ; but not the slightest
appearance of digestive or other organs can be traced.

It is scarcely necessary to mention that all the large individuals
we have been considering are females ; but we now come to the
most curious fact connected with the morphology of this bee-
worm. Near the extremity of each female, at the end farthest
from the vulva, may be noticed a minute nematoid worm, which
might readily, at first sight, be passed over as one of the young,
did not certain peculiarities of form and its invariable presence in
the same position negative such a supposition. This little creature
is very transparent,, and perfectly motionless; it is about aVu
an inch in length, and ToVoth an inch in breadth. It may easily
be distinguished from the young Sphcendarice by the differently-
shaped "tail," which is sharply pointed, and quite unlike the
clubbed extremity peculiar to them ; the " head" is also somewhat
more truncate, and the little notch more clearly defined. The skin
is likewise ringed, but the stria? are coarser, and more easy to make
out ; other characters, whether histological or anatomical, are, how-
ever, equally conspicuous by their absence. The body is filled
with granules and globules similar in appearance to those found in

100 W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE EEE8.

the young, but no indication of specialised organisation is discover-
able. It is attached to the female near one extremity of her body
at a point about one-fifth of its length. The junction is extremely
firm, and the animals seem almost organically connected, as it is
very difficult to separate them without rupture. The granular
matter filling the interior of the smaller worm appears to branch
into the female at the point of union ; but I have not been
able yet to obtain a preparation showing in what way this is
effected. Sir John Lubbock figures the large worm as having a
sac-like depression of the skin into which a corresponding projec-
tion of the small one is closely fitted ; but my specimens do not
show this clearly.

Startling as the supposition may at first appear, the weight of
opinion is in favour of Sir J. Lubbock's view — that this minute
nematoid is, in fact, the male Sphoerularia, living an epizoic
existence permanently attached to his giant consort — beside whom
he shows so diminutively and cuts so sorry a figure. It is certainly
a curious assertion of woman's rights and the dignity of the sex
amongst the Entozoa ; but it is not altogether without its parallel
in the wide range of Zoology. In the Crustacea there are certain
species belonging to the order Ichthyophthira, living attached to
the eyes and gills of fish, in which the males never advance beyond
the embryonic stage, but pass a life of parasitism on the bodies of
their gigantic mates, which are sometimes two or three hundred
times their size. Even more extraordinary instances occur among
the Cirripeda, the females of some species having two diminutive
males as permanent retainers, snugly ensconced in depressions
within their shells. The disproportion of size in these instances,
however, sinks into insignificance in comparison with that of the
two sexes of Sphcmdaria — the males in the latter case being .from
twenty to thirty thousand times less than their " better halves !"

I have, as yet, had no opportunity of examining bees during the
winter months, but according to Sir John Lubbock's observations,
the Entozoon may then be found very small and immature,
although in all cases in which he met with them from the middle
of December until February the union of the sexes had already
taken place. He states that the male was then somewhat more lively
both in appearance and reality than when met with in the spring.
" The female, however, far from being the comparatively gigantic
creature which she afterwards becomes, was actually shorter,

W. COLE ON A TARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES. 101

though thicker, than the male, being only ^th of an inch from one
end to the other."

The male, in these early stages, presented no more tangible
evidence of structure than it usually does in summer, and nothing
in the nature of spermatozoa were to be seen in its interior. The
uterus of the female, however, contained " a very curious rod-like
body, composed of a great number of minute granules, united
together as if by some sticky substance. It lay with its lower end
close to the vulva ; and, in small specimens, seemed to distend the
uterus ; though, in larger ones, it lay quite free in the cavity."
Sir J. Lubbock conjectures that this body consists of a collection
of spermatozoa, agglutinated into a mass at the end of the ovary,
so as to fertilize each egg as it is pushed forward in the tube. In
the younger females he examined, the ova did not descend in the
uterus as far as the rod, but in more mature specimens they had
passed by it without altering its form. I believe a similar body is
found inoneo'f the annelids, and is also there regarded as a mass of
spermatozoa ; but as Lubbock could find nothing analogous in the
male, and no evidence exists as to the mode in which it is deposited
in the uterus, the exact nature of the " rod " in Sphceridaria remains
a doubtful point.

In the above brief sketch of the anatomy of the parasite, I have
used Lubbock's nomenclature, in accordance with the opinions he
entertained in his Memoirs as to the relations and functions of the
various parts ; but, as I have before hinted, Schneider has recently
expressed a view as to the nature of Sphcerularia, which differs
completely from that adopted by previous writers. He considers
the small nematoid, described above as an epizoic male, to be the
true female, and the tuberculated worm attached thereto, to be
merely a gigantic prolapsed uterus growing out of it. I am in-
debted to the kindness of Dr. Cobbold, our greatest English hel-
minthologist, for this information, and he assures me that he is not
disposed to accept the view advocated by Schneider, but considers
Lubbock's to be the correct interpretation of the mystery. Many
of the facts could be explained equally well by either hypothesis ;
but, of course, if Schneider's assumption is correct, the male is still
unknown in its adult stage, and it must be searched for elsewhere
than in the bee's body. I have not been able to refer to Schnei-
der's work, to ascertain the reasons he gives for this opinion, but
I presume it is based, in some measure, on the known habits of

102 W. COLE OX A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES.

various other nematoids. Siebold's experiments have shown that
young worms of this class are capable of living in moist earth, and
there becoming sexually mature, and it has been conjectured that
it is in this stage the great work of reproduction is commenced.
The males are observed much more rarely than the females. Mr.
Lewis, for instance, in the paper I have before referred to, says
there was not one male amongst the 50 or 60 specimens of Mermis
he possessed ; I believe Van Benedin's opinion is that the males
quit their hosts some time before the female, and if so, the habit
furnishes a reason for the apparent scarcity of the former.

From Sir John Lubbock's and my own experiments, it is certain
that young Sphcerularice are capable of living for many weeks in
water after removal from the body of the bee, and we can imagine,
with a degree of probability, that the natural history of the bee-
worm may be somewhat in this wise. — Although I have not myself
observed any diminution of vital power in the infected bees, they
must doubtless in time become weaker and weaker from the ab-
sorption of the vital fluids by their insidious foes, and then crawl-
ing into some grassy nook where the soil is soft and damp, quietly
end their busy lives. The young worms then probably quit their
victim, and take up their abode amidst the moist earth and herbage.
If Schneider's theory is correct, it is here, perhaps, that the union
of the sexes takes place, the young nematoids becoming mature
after leaving the bee; but, if the other view of the case be the true
one, this event is probably deferred until the male and female are
safely lodged in the interior "of a new "host." In any case, the
worms would await the arrival of some wandering Bombus,
in which case the bee, groping amongst the herbage, as is the
habit of its tribe, " poking its nose into this and to that," could
hardly fail to come into collision with some of the expectant
nematoids ; they would lose no time in taking up their local habi-
tation in the insect's body, and then by growth during the winter,
assume the form in which we find them in the spring, so once more
completing the cycle of their existence.

If something like the above be their habits, their chance of life
is dependent on a humble-bee accidentally blundering into their
place of concealment, and thousands must inevitably perish without
ever having had an opportunity of entering an insect. In Nature
we often find vicissitudes of a like description in the life of a plant
or animal, compensated for by great powers of increase under

W. COLE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES. 103

favourable conditions. The astonishing fecundity of many Entozoa
is well known, but probably few animals more faithfully fulfil the
command, u Increase and multiply," than Splice rularice. The young
absolutely swarmed in all the infected bees I examined, and on
making the necessary incisions in the abdomen, they flowed out in
myriads, rendering the surrounding water quite milky. A few
drops of this fluid placed in a watch-glass, and examined under a
low power, presented a very curious spectacle, the whole collection
of worms being in a state of rapid motion. As the result of some
experiments, Sir John Lubbock estimated that one bee contained
50,000, one 60,000, and a third over 100,000 young Sphcerularup,
and my own observations fully confirm this statement. Even these
figures, however, do not represent, by any means, the numbers that
may possibly be developed in a single insect. At the time the
young are found so numerously, the ovaries of the worms are filled
with germs in every stage of gi-owth, and I have frequently found
a dozen or more full-grown Sphcerularice in one bee, each busily
engaged in adding egg after egg to swell the ranks of the already
teeming multitudes !

It is plain that, whatever be the economy of the parasite, the
destruction of the young must bear a direct proportion to the pro-
lilicness of the species, otherwise the prodigious increase of the
parasite would exterminate the humble-bees in a couple of seasons.
As Sir John Lubbock observes, " It is evident that, if the sexes
of a given species are equal in number, and if the species is neither
increasing nor diminishing, the chances against any given young
one attaining to maturity may be obtained by halving the average
number of young ones produced by each female." Applying this
principle to the species before us, we may calculate the chances to
be about 5,000 to one against a young Sphcemlaria finding a per-
manent home in the body of a bee.

Presuming the foregoing view as to their life-history to be correct,
a slight consideration of the known habits of humble-bees will enable
us to account for the fact I have before stated, namely, that Sphoeru-
larice are only found in the large females. We cannot imagine that
the young parasites would be capable of exercising any power of
selection as regards the sex of their victims ; they would probably
crawl on to males, workers, and females quite indiscriminately. In
the two former events, however, their existence would be speedily
nipped in the bud. The female Bombi are the only individuals

104 W. COEE ON A PARASITE OF HUMBLE BEES.

that survive the winter ; they hybernate in stacks of wood, or dry
turf, and are the sole founders of new colonies in the spring. The
males and workers die long before the frosts of winter set in, and,
of course, any nematoids who had effected a lodgment in their
bodies, would perish likewise. Only those more fortunate ones,
who had gained an entrance into a female bee, would have the
least chance of existing through the winter, and so becoming full-
grown, and capable of perpetuating the species.

I have thus given an imperfect resume of the known facts res-
pecting this anomalous creature, and I hope what I have said will at
least have this good effect, that some of our members may be induced
to make an effort towards clearing up the moot points in its history.
The season is now approaching when this may be attempted, as
regards one question, with some chance of success. The worms must
make their entrance into the bees during the autumn, and, of course,
if the two supposed sexes can be discovered in a bee before union
has taken place, Lubbock's theory will be at once established. It
is not to be disputed that the search would be very troublesome,
from the minuteness of the young parasites, and their resemblance
to some of the internal organs of the bee, as well as from the
scarcity of these insects at late seasons of the year, and consequent
difficulty of obtaining specimens for examination. In my own case,
living, as I do, near town, the latter hindrance will, I fear, prove a
very formidable one ; and I need hardly say how glad I shall be to
co-operate with anyone resident in the country, and familiar with
the haunts of the humble-bee, in an endeavour to effect a solution
of this puzzling biological problem.

Explanation of Plate. VI.

1. Sphcerularia Bomli, L.D., mature female, rendered transparent by the action

of glycerine, so as to show the iuternal organs, viz., the "fat cells"
and ovary. A small nematoid worm, presumed to be the male, is seen
attached near one extremity. X about 7 diameters.

2. Male, " head." \

3. do. "tail." I x about 260.

4. " Head"of young SpJicerularia. I

5. "Tail" of ditto. '

6. Male, X about 55.

7. Young, X about 55.

All the figures were drawn from specimens preserved in glycerine.

105

On the Development of Actinophrys sol.

By Mr. James Fullagar, Honorary Assistant Secretary of the
East Kent Natural History Society.

Read Sept. 21th, 1875.

Having for some time past been occupied in examining'
Actinophrys sol (a number of specimens of which I found in a
glass cell wherein I had been watching some rotifers), my attention
was called to the manner of their taking food, and also of their re-
production by fission. This formed the subject of a paper, pub-
lished, with sketches, in the May number of " Science Gossip."
The present communication consists of what I afterwards observed
with reference to some remarkable changes through which the
A. sol passes. I had on several occasions witnessed what is
termed " conjugation " — that is, when two or more Actinophrys
approach each other, and at first an entanglement of their spines
takes place ; then, coming closer to each other, they gradually
become fused into one mass. According to Prichard, in his work
on the Infusoria, this was by the early observers considered a
reproductive act — a sort of copulation between two individuals ; but,
he says, " the tendency of opinion at the present day is to deny it
this nature, and to treat it as little more than an accidental
phenomenon without apparent object or aim. Nevertheless, its
occurrence is so frequent, and its process of so complete a charac-
ter, that it is hard to believe it to be in vain, and of no purpose in
the economy of the Actinophrys." The Actinophrys thus fused to-
gether may be of any number, from two to twelve, whicli number
may be told by the outward position of the spines, as they do not
entirely lose their outward or individual form, but the parts where
they unite become intermingled, and are so fused with one another
that they appear as one body.

The following observations were principally taken from a group

106 JAMES FULLAGAR ON THE

of eight which had thus become amalgamated, from which state I
witnessed their separation and the various changes that followed.
I have given an illustration of one only, though the whole of the
group underwent the same changes to the time when they arrived
at the stage shown in Fig. 6. Figs. 7, 8, and 9 show the varied
appearances of the same objects under a ^-inch objective ; that at
Fig. 9 has a peculiar reticulated appearance. (Plates VII. VIII.)
When thus joined together in a mass, they are capable of
seizing and retaining, by their united efforts, large animalcules. I
have seen three large Paramecin enclosed at one time, and each of
them in a separate circle, from which nutriment appears to be ex-
tracted and diffused through the whole number thus united in one
body. They feed voraciously at this time — namely, just before
their encystment commences, for which, I think, this fusion of
many together to be preparatory. When fully fed, they again
divide into their individual forms in the same gradual manner as in
the act of fission. When completely separated, the spines are of an
extraordinary length, some of them being twice the diameter of the
body in length, and very brilliant ; as they separate, they move a
short distance from each other, so that the spines are quite clear
of one another, and then remain stationary, preparatory to the next
change. And now the spines begin to shorten by being slowly
withdrawn into the body, and in about four hours they so far dis-
appear as to present the appearance as shown in Fig. 1 ; in about
two hours more they are entirely withdrawn (Fig. 2). As the
spines shorten, the centre of the body is observed to become darker.
The contractile vescicle (Fig. 2. a) continues to act for a short time
after the spines have disappeared. But soon another change takes
place in the interior, the contents of which, in about six hours, are
found to be divided into two equal- sized globes, still surrounded by
the original circle (Fig. 3. a), at which time a very transparent film
is seen to be thrown out which entirely surrounds it (Fig. 3. b) .
These globes, in about twelve hours, gradually change into the
form shown at Fig. 4, when the original circle loses its roundness
(Fig. 4. c) , and finally disappears, and they continue to alter in
shape, until the two bodies take the form shown at Fig. 5, in which
state the dark parts continue quite separate from each other, so
that a space can be seen between them. They remain for some hours
in this position, when they approach each other, and a union again
takes place, commencing in the centre (Fig. 5) ; and in the course

DEVELOPMENT OF ACTINO.PHRYS SOL. 107

of an hour from the time when they are observed to touch, they
again become fused into the globular form, as shown in Fig. 6,
but much smaller than the original ones, and in this encysted state
they continue for some time. Now, at this stage a curious
phenomenon takes place; one of the group of eight that had become
encysted moves about in all directions among the others — sometimes
going a short distance from the rest, then returning to the group,
gliding between and around them, making use of hyaline processes
or pseudopodia, which are thrown out (Fig. 10). After wandering
about in this way for a time it will withdraw its pseudopodia, and
remain at rest for some time, then again move off in all directions,
these alternate movements and rests being continued for more than
forty-eight hours.

The whole group of eight also move slightly, at times being seen
closer together, and then moving to a short distance. Fig. 1 1 shows
one in particular that had left the group, putting out many pro-
cesses, and moving at a quicker rate than usual, at the same time
retaining hold of the gelatinous substance surrounding the whole,
and so drawing them together in a heap, as though they were con-
nected by some means, when, by a sudden snap of the connecting
medium, they break away from the moving one, and fall back into
their original position, the active one still pursuing its way through
the water, continually changing the form of its pseudopodia, until
it appears as shown at Fig. 12, when it very much resembles that
figured in Prichard's Infusoria as Amceba bilimbosa, and, if seen by
itself, without knowing it to be produced from the encysted state
of Actinophrys, it would certainly be taken for Amceba bilimbosa.
Also at times there is a cloudy translucent matter (Fig. 13)
exuded from some of them, which does not appear to affect in any
way the surrounding envelope, nor to alter the density of colour in
the centre. It proceeds slowly from different parts, glides away in
various directions, and then becomes stationary ; and what appears
most strange, and to me inexplicable, is, that out of these cloudy
masses, are seen to issue minute globular bodies, which pass out of
the field of the microscope, and are lost. Also out of the same
cloudy matter I have seen Amoeban bodies proceed ; at one time it
has been like Amozba •princeps, beautifully clear and transparent,
with its moving granules, and two contractile vesicles ; at other
times it has been Amaiba porrecta, with its ^curious, delicate, and
numerous processes, and its fine granules, moving more quickly

108

JAMES FULLAGAR ON THE

across the field. Several of Amccba Umax have made their appear-
ance in the same cell, and also Amccba actinophora. As all of
these Amaibas are supposed by some writers to be distinct species,
it gives rise to the question — what connection have they with Acti-
nophrys sol., being found so closely mixed up with them ? This is
a question that will require some little application, study, and
patience to answer. Dr. Wallich, in a note to his paper, " On an
undescribed form of Amoeba," in the " Magazine of Natural
History," Vo\. ii., 1863, p. 287, says that he thinks it will be
found eventually that all those Amwbas are mere transitory phases
of one and the same species; and I think so too, after what I have
seen of them during four months of almost daily observation.

Fig. 3 is similar to one of the eight Actinophrys mentioned in
the paper, in their progress towards encystment, having arrived at
the stage of the formation of the two globular bodies.

Fig. 14 shows a change that took place in a number of globular
bodies, that at one time appeared in the cell when A. sol. had
passed through the encysted state. These globes were about half
the size of those encysted, and not fixed like them, but moving
slowly through the water, surrounded by a very delicate fringe,
but without spines. In the course of an hour they were seen to
change in form from Fig. 2 to Fig. 4, and then to Fig. 14, each of
which, when separated, became perfectly shaped like Fig. 2, but
only half the size. Each of these again divided into two, as at
Fig. 15, when very fine and numerous spines were thrown out —
these I believe to be young A. sol. I have not yet seen any of
them attain the size of the original ones.

Fig. 16 is a sketch of another form of Ama>ba, seen in the same
cell. The large granules at a were very bright, and moved about
as the creature advanced in the direction indicated by the arrow.

Fig. 17 lepresents a globular form, of which there is a great
number in the cell ; they have been visible for the last month, and
they move so very slowly as to appear stationary ; sometimes as
many as six or seven are seen at once in the field of the micros-
cope. They have a number of vacuoles, which, at short intervals,
close up, and again open at the same spot ; the vacuoles are not all
equal in size, some are double the size of others, and in some of
the globes they are more numerous than in others. Being sure,
by the action of those vacuoles, that a change would take place in
them sooner or later, I watched them for a long time, when one

DEVELOPMENT OF ACTINOTHRYS SOL. 109

of tlieni was seen to open, and put forth a long process,
which it waved and curled about in all directions, as though
seeking for something ; when the process or pseudopodiurn was
fully extended, the body lost its globular form from being emptied
of its contents, and assumed that shown at Fig. 18. After a little
time the pseudopodiurn was again withdrawn, and the body resumed
its globular form as before, and slowly moved out of the field.
In the course of an hour five of them were seen to do the same.
The length of the pseudopodiurn, when fully extended, was five
times the diameter of the body.

Fig. 19 shows two of the globular bodies which, on approaching
one another, became flattened, but did not actually touch, and again
passed away from each other in opposite directions, returning to
their globular form. They contained several Desmids.

Fig. 20 is one that was filled with exceedingly numerous, dis-
tinct, and bright granules.

Fig. 21 is one that showed a reticulated centre and vacuoles
which contained food.

A very bright and translucent Amceba was also seen, with four
vacuoles, but no granules. It was floating through the water at a
quick pace.

110

On Mounting Ostracoda and Allied Genera in a Permanent

Manner.

By E. Gardner.

Read October 22, 1875.

I have been trying for a long time to mount the Ostracoda and
allied genera in a permanent manner, and having at last fancied
that I have succeeded, as my slides show no alteration after some
months, I beg to communicate my method, in the hope that other
young microscopists will improve upon it, and give the results of
their experience. I found that fluid media were of no use, as en-
dosmose, sooner or later, destroyed the objects, which do not admit
of being dried for mounting in resinous media. I therefore tried a
mixture of two-thirds gum arable and one-third syrup, made with
loaf-sugar with a few drops of alcohol and creosote and a little
corrosive sublimate. I found that a drop of this mixture hardened
sufficiently in about two days to imbed and preserve the object, and
to admit of the cell being filled up with gum dammar in benzole.
I use that prepared by White, of Litcham, in collapsible tubes.
Should the object show above, or project through the first coat of
gum when hardened, more must be dropped in, until it is quite
imbedded. The object is then covered with thin glass. My reason
for mixing the syrup with the gum arabic is merely to prevent the
gum from cracking or contracting too much when dry.

lit

On the Histology of the Hard Dental Tissues.
By T. Charters White, M.K.C.S., &c.

Bead Nov. 26, 1875.

About four years ago I had the honour of reading a short paper
here, in which I directed your attention to the histological charac-
ters of that soft dental structure, generally known as the " nerve"
of the tooth. I pointed out to you the compound nature of it,
and described it as a mass of areolar connective tissue, plentifully
supplied with nucleated cells, supporting the minute ramifications
of the dental vessels and nerves, and having a remarkable layer of
peculiar cells disposed on its external surface, in close connection
with the walls of the pulp-cavity. At that time I briefly
alluded to the office of these cells as dentine-forming organs, and
I desire this evening to show more particularly the part these'cells
play in the formation of the largest and most important division of
the hard dentinal structures.

In drawing your attention to these structures, I may as well
acknowledge at once the source from whence I derive my informa-
tion, for I need not remind you of the difficulties which beset
oiiginal investigations in any branch of developmental physiology,
difficulties that can only be overcome by such workers as our own
Dr. Sharpey and Mr. Tomes, in this country, and by Kolliker and
Strieker amongst our foreign savans. I shall, therefore, endeavour
fairly to represent their views in this short paper, contenting myself,
as far as I am able, by giving you a clear and orderly summary of
all that has been done by them in this department of histological
work.

In commencing this undertaking, we must bear in mind the
nature and office of the teeth — they are essentially dermal struc-
tures— by which I mean that their development partakes largely of
that of the skin. They are cuticular appendanges, and, although
in administering to the wants of man, they are most suitably placed

112 T. CHARTERS WHITE ON THE

at the commencement of the alimentary canal, and only a few
inches from the external surface of the body, yet in the lower
animals, they may be found occupying a great range of positions,
either studding the formidable rostrum of the saw-fish, and de-
veloped into the mighty spear of the narwhal, or found in tlie
digestive cavity of the Crustacea, and being periodically shed with
the shells of these creatures.

These few instances may be quoted as proofs of their true rela-
tion to the external skeleton, proofs wbich I hope may be made
still further clear, when we come to deal with their developmental
history.

With these few words of introduction, we will proceed to an
examination of these structures in the earliest periods of their
existence.

The development of the teeth commences about the sixth week
of foetal life, by the formation of a ridge upon the gums of the
upper and lower jaws, and may be studied most advantageously in
sections taken during this and the succeeding periods of growth,
when may be observed a thickening of the embryonic connective
tissue and epithelium of the mucous membrane of the mouth.
This epithelium, with its vascular substratum, constitutes, there-
fore, the matrix of the several constituents of the future tooth, the
epithelium forming the enamel, and the mucous tissue the dentine
and cement, while the surrounding tissues immediately investing
the rudiments of the future tooth become a sacculus enclosing it
during the changes which attend its formation till it is ready to be
evolved, or in popular parlance, till it is ' cut." By a reference to
these diagrams, taken from Kolliker, this process may be more
readily understood. Near the end of the second month of fcetal
life, a longitudinal furrow, with rounded borders, makes its appear-
ance on the gums ; the epithelium of the oral cavity completely
covers it, so that it is only perceptible with difficulty if the surface
alone be examined, but in a section of the foetal lower jaw, from
which the diagram is taken, a dipping down of the deepest portion
of the epithelial layer into the subjacent mucous tissue may be
observed. This depression, narrow at first, ultimately becomes
wider at its lower end, and is the agent concerned in the forma-
tion of the enamel organ, as we shall see as development takes
place.

A series of remarkable changes now occur in the more deeply-

HISTOLOGY OF THE HARD DENTAL TISSUES. 113

seated portions of the enamel-germ, the spheroidal cells forming
the central part of it begin to increase rapidly, causing the de-
pression, which was at first like a tubular gland in shape, to become
flask-shaped, the neck being still continuous with the epithelial
structure from which it sprang. The dentine germ, arising from
the mucous tissue, also begins to enlarge, and shoot upwards till it
projects into the base of the enamel-germ, which, growing in a
contrary direction, at last invests the dental papilla.

Histological changes, of a very interesting character, now occur
in this enamel- organ ; the cells of it, in immediate contact with
the dental pulp, become elongated, and, by mutual pressure, assume
the shape of beautiful hexagonal prisms, each being bounded by a
decided limiting membrane at the sides, but open at each extremity.
Upon the top of the dental papilla the enamel-cells are perpen-
dicular, while at the sides they assume a horizontal direction ; in
the intermediate positions they may be observed occupying every
angle till they join the vertical cells — calcification of the prisms
commences at those ends of the prisms which are nearest to the
dental pulp, and at the sides of each prism, so that the centres of
each are the last portions calcified — calcification proceeds from
within outwards and only reaches its maximum of density some
months after the tooth is cut. It would be foreign to the nature
of this short paper to take up your time by entering into all the
abstruse details relative to the changes which now take place in
the enamel ; it must suffice if I lay before you this brief outline of
its developmental history, leaving to those who feel an interest in
the subject the task of reading up for themselves the interesting
information to be gathered from the numerous authors who have
written especially on this subject.

While we have been considering the formation of the enamel,
other changes have been taking place, to which I must now direct
your attention.

About the period when calcification of the enamel commences
the layer of cells covering the external surface of the dental papilla,
and to which the name of the Odontoblastic layer may be given,
assumes an active condition in forming a cap of dentine imme-
diately beneath the developing enamel-fibres, so that if the young
tooth, deprived of its soft structures, be examined at this stage it
will represent a thin, hollow shell of dentine corresponding in shape
to the future tooth.

114 T. CHARTERS WHITE ON THE

Now, as the dental pulp at this time is busily engaged in the
formation of the most important tissue in the tooth, I must ask
your attention to such a short description of its histological
characters as may enable you the more readily to comprehend the
hard tissue which immediately results from its agency. The tooth
germ, or dental papilla, corresponds in form to the future tooth,
and is richly supplied with nerves and blood-vessels, the vessels
being most plentifully distributed by loops beneath the odonto-
blastic layer — the odontoblasts clothing the exterior, stand on all
sides perpendicular to the surface on which they are placed, and in
close contact with each other ; roughly speaking, they may be
compared to grains on the head of Indian corn — under the
microscope this layer of odontoblasts bears a remarkable resem-
blance to what is seen when we examine a section of dentine cut
transversely to the tubes. The microscopical character of an
odontoblast has been dealt with in my former paper, but, to be in-
telligible, I must again revert to that description. In the human
subject, which especially concerns us this ' evening, the odonto-
blast is of an oval shape, having a slender fibril at either end, and
its centre occupied by a well-defined nucleus.

The internal portions of the pulp are of a fibrous character,
being composed of connective tissue with many fusiform nuclei dis-
persed throughout it ; but this structure is not concerned in the
formation of the dentine, that being formed exclusively by the
odontoblastic layer. We have, then, in an odontoblast an active
agent which, acting after the manner of a secreting organ, deposits
the salts of lime in and around itself, and, being continuous with
similar cells more deeply seated in the pulp, as it becomes calcified
and used up, the work is taken up by the deeper layer, till the at
first thin shell of dentine gradually thickens, and the process
ceases when it arrives at the stage of growth with which we are all
familiar. This, then, is a very brief outline of the devekmnient
of the second element in the hard dentine structures.

The tooth now begins to elongate itself, and the fang to form,
and here another structure will present itself for our examination
— this is the cementum, or, as it is called in some works, " the
crusta petrosa." It becomes developed from the remains of the
dental sac, and after the manner of true bone, to which it bears a
resemblance in some of its characters, and to which I will refer in
the proper place. I trust this brief and, 1 fear, meagre outline of

HISTOLOGY OF THE HARD DENTAL TISSUES. 115

the development of these several structures may tend to throw
some little light on the appearance of them in the mature state, as
presented to us in an ordinary section.

The dentine of a tooth is exquisitely formed as an organ of
sensibility and of touch, like most papillary organs, and, therefore,
it needs to be covered by a substance which, while capable of
transmitting sharp, clear, and well-defined impressions, is itself
insensible. Such a substance we have in the enamel, whose histo-
logical characters we will first examine.

If we look at a healthy, well-developed tooth we shall find not
only a good shape for the office it is designed to fulfil, but a
surface smooth, regular, and compact ; in texture it should be so
hard that you might strike a light with it when brought sharply in
contact with steel.

There are two methods by which we may examine more closely
into the character of this structure. One is by sections cut longi-
tudinally to the axis of the tooth, and also transversely to the
course of the fibres ; a second plan is by decalcifying such sections
by placing them in a solution of one part hydrochloric acid to 12
parts of water when, especially in young and newly-developed
teeth, many interesting results may be obtained.

If we take a tolerably thin section of a well-developed tooth, we
shall have no difficulty in demonstrating the enamel fibres or
prisms standing in a close and dense phalanx over that part of the
tooth which is seen projecting from the gum in young and healthy
subjects. It extends over that part in varying thickness, being
thickest at the apex, and gradually diminishing to the neck of the
tooth, which should be embraced by tbe gum. Its fibres should be
nearly uniform in width, and its structure tolerably clear and free
from granulations. The fibres do not run in one continuous course,
but are marked by transverse stria}, presenting somewhat the ap-
pearance of voluntaiw muscular fibre. They lie in close contact with
each other, without any demonstrable intervening substance, and
are placed at right angles to the surface of the dentine on which
they stand ; in this way the ends, and not their sides, are pre-
sented to any opposing substance, and thus great strength and
compactness are afforded by their union, for it is plain that, did the
sides of the prisms present themselves, and one or two became
detached, the whole structure would soon crumble down. In sec-
tions, taken transversely to the course of the fibres, it is said that

11G T. CHARTERS WHITE ON THE

the hexagonal character of the prisms may readily be seen, but, as
yet, I have not been able to demonstrate more than a polygonal
arrangement — a sort of irregular reticulation ; the structure in a
thin section is so friable that it generally breaks up before ground
sufficiently thin for microscopical examination. But in some sections
figured by Mr. Tomes, which have been cut and then decalcified,
the dilute acid has acted first on the centres of the prisms, those
being the last portions calcified in the developing tooth, and tbe
peripberal portions remaining untouched present a fenestrated ap-
pearance, which more approximate to squares than hexagons.

This, then, may be considered a fair description of what may be
seen in a specimen of normal properly-developed enamel ; but
appearances may present themselves which will need a word of
explanation. In examining a section cut longitudinally, the enamel
will present to your view arched lines of a dark colour, and granular
in structure ; in transverse sections these appear as rings — these are
the contour-lines of Owen, and are the expressions of the stratified
depositions of the lime in the development of the enamel. Again,
the enamel fibres may be imperfectly joined, leaving interspaces
and breaks in their continuities, this appearance is most fre-
quently met with in the teeth of unhealthy subjects.

Another appearance may also be noted, which, while normal in
some animals, especially in the Marsupialia, is not so in Man. I
mean the extension into the enamel of the dentinal tubuli, which,
crossing their proper termination, form dilated extremities for a
considerable distance in the substance of the enamel, and generally
accompany a want of proper development in the dentine. These
I believe to be the principal points which will strike you in your
examination of ordinary sections of enamel. We will now proceed
to the consideration of the dentine, and its normal and abnormal
characters. The dentine makes up the principal portion of the
tooth, and is capped by the enamel above, and clothed by the ce-
mentum beneath the gum. Upon examining this structure in a
fracture, it presents a silky, fibrous appearance, readily distinguish-
able from the fracture of the enamel, which appears crystalline.
This tissue is best examined in longitudinal and transverse sec-
tions; and I will now proceed to describe in more detail the appear-
ances presented to us in a longitudinal section of a perfectly healthy
and well-formed tooth. Such a section should show us not only a
sound cap of enamel free from all irregularities of formation, but a

HISTOLOGY OF THE HARD DENTAL TISSUES. 117

dentine in which a number of tnbnli may be seen running, in curv-
ing but unbroken lines, from the central cavity of tbe tooth to tbe
boundary-line between it and the enamel. Tbe most casual glance
through the microscope will reveal distinct and striking differences
in the two structures — the enamel dense and crystalline — the den-
tine highly organised and permeable throughout its substance. A
closer and more attentive inspection will lead us to see that these
dentinal tubuli start from the wall of the pulp-cavity, where they
are widest, being about 1-10-000 of an inch in diameter, and tra-
versing the dentine towards the periphery of the tooth in curves,
gradually become smaller, till they vanish in exceeding fine termi-
nations below the enamel. If now we revert to what I have said
in speaking of the development of the dentine, we shall find our
explanation of the nature of these markings. You may remember
that I called your attention to a layer of peculiar cells clothing the
external surface of the dental pulp, the layer of odontoblasts — ■
the oval bodies had a central fibre passing through the middle of
each one — the distal fibre occupying the commencing tube, and the
proximal fibre being lost among the meshes of the connective
tissue of the pulp. Now, as the growth of the dentine proceeds,
the ossification takes place round the distal fibre, and, as the de-
velopment increases, each odontoblast becomes converted into the
intertubular structure, while fresh odontoblasts forming, take up
the work, and carrying it on from without inwards, a compact for-
mation of dentine follows them, till a portion of about. J of the
dental pulp remains as a soft centre to the tooth. Here the ossi-
fying tendency of the odontoblasts appears to remain in abeyance,
but ready to be called into action by any exciting cause.

In examining the dentine in some of its earlier stages of growth,
the dentinal tubuli appear of greater width near the dental pulp
than they do in the fully-formed tooth, and will be found to corres-
pond to the dimensions of the distal fibres of the odontoblasts
with which they are in connection. We shall thus see that these
dentinal tubuli result from a progressive calcification round the
odontoblasts and their distal fibres.

Occasionally the dentinal tubuli present an appearance of joining
the adjacent tubes; this may be observed principally towards their
extremities, and is occasioned by some of the odontoblasts having
two or more distal fibres which, anastomosing with similar fibres
in their neighbourhood, thus form loops with the adjoining tubes.

118 T. CHARTERS WHITE ON THE

The intertubular tissue appears structureless. It was formerly sup-
posed that each tube was surrounded by a substance of greater
density, and described as the wall of the tube, but recent investiga-
tions have proved the error of this supposition. The appearances
to which this error may be attributed, are presented by looking at
a section of the dentine cut across the course of the tubes, when,
as a necessarily high power must be used, a small portion of the
interior of each tube is seen, which, being misinterpreted, was con-
sidered the wall of the tube. However, decalcification of the den-
tine reveals no wall, but it will afford an interesting evidence that
the tubuli are not hollow, but contain the fibrils of the odonto-
blastic layer, which, Lif not the actual terminations of the dental
nerve distributed to the pulp, have, at least, a close connection with
it, as every one must have experienced who has had the dentine
excavated previously to having a carious tooth stopped.

Now, all dentine examined under the microscope will not present
the regular characters I have attempted here to describe. Instead
of being regular and homogeneous in its character, it will appear as
a mass of unfused globules — what is known as globular dentine —
and it is a sign that the tooth has been imperfectly calcified ; such
teeth commonly have the enamel honeycombed and ridgy, and its
prisms imperfectly joined, the teeth being very sensitive to all
irritants applied to them, and prone to early decay. Another
abnormal appearance manifesting itself in the dentine, and with
which all observers should be familiar, is that known as osteo-den-
tine or secondary dentine. It usually presents itself to notice in
teeth that have been subject to much wearing away of the crown,
by which the enamel is ground away, exposing the sensitive den-
tine beneath, and so producing that exciting cause which I have
just now said the odontoblasts wanted to wake them up to their
suspended function. Again, when decay attacks a tooth, and the
cavity has reached the dentine, its first effect is to irritate the fibres
contained in the dentinal tubuli, and these become consolidated
round the point of attack, probably by a calcification of the fibres,
but advancing caries soon reaches the barricade, when a second is
thrown up by a similar calcification, but barrier after bai'rier is set
up and overthrown ; at last the odontoblasts themselves take on
activity, and fresh dentine, but of a very disturbed and irregular
character, is deposited on the walls of the pulp-cavity, in front of
the advancing foe.

HISTOLOGY OF THE HARD DENTAL TISSUES. 119

la some specimens which I will place under my microscope this
evening, several degrees of growth of this secondary dentine may
be observed, from a slight patch on the walls of the pulp-cavity, to
the entire obliteration of the cavity by this new formation. But I
must hasten on to the brief consideration of the last of the hard
dental tissues which will engage our attention this evening, namely,
that which forms the clothing of the fang, and assists in its attach-
ment to the jaw.

Referring again to our longitudinal section, we shall see the
enamel on the crown thickest at its apex, and gradually diminishing
at the neck of the tooth, but where it vanishes another substance
will be seen commencing, at first in a very thin layer, which enlarges
as it progresses down the sides of the tooth, reaching its maximum
of thickness about the apex of the fang. In its histological cha-
racter, it approximates more closely to true bone than does any
of the other dental tissues, its development and character being
allied to that of the bones generally.

Arising from the fibrous remains of the sac originally investing
the primordial tooth, numerous processes shoot inwards ; as ossifi-
cation proceeds, these processes unite at different points, enclosing
interspaces ; round the peripheral portions of these spaces the new
bone is formed in an irregular deposition, and after a time this pro-
cess stops, and lacunae having radiating canaliculi remain, being filled
with a soft protoplasmic substance. This, then, is the general
character of the investing substance coating the roots of the teeth.
This cementum, as it is termed, like true bone, is permeable to the
nutrient fluids of the body through the periosteal membrane, by
which it is connected with the jaw ; and it is not difficult, with high
powers, to demonstrate fine tubuli which, entering in its periosteal
surface, form channels of communication through the lacunae and
canaliculi with the dentine, so that when the " nerve " of a tooth
perishes, a partial vitality is kept up through the medium of the
cementum ; but this tissue is likewise the seat of pathological
changes which ought to be known to all who may examine the
sections usually met with — I refer to that especially known as
" exostosisy When much irritation from any cause arises around
the root of a tooth, and inflammation sets in, thjs tissue becomes
sometimes enormously hypertrophied, almost every exacerbation of
the attack being marked by a fresh stratification of the osseous
tissue, while the lacunae are much larger and more irregular in

120 ON THE HISTOLOGY OF THE HARD DENTAL TISSUES.

their outline than are those of the original cementum. Absorption
may also at the same time take place, and a fresh arrangement of
the osseous elements be produced ; thus it is not an infrequent occur-
rence to meet with specimens in which large portions of the cemen-
tum has been hollowed out, and in its place nodular, almost struc-
tureless, masses of ossific matter deposited. These change.* are
chieflj met with in teeth that have been the subject of the most
intense inflammation — several specimens of which I shall bope to
have the pleasure of submitting to your examination this evening.

Having now occupied your time longer than the usual limits of
a short paper, and in which I have treated of my subject in, I fear,
a very meagre manner, I must apologise for not having been more
exhaustive, but the subject is one that would demand a considerably
longer time to treat as it deserves than can be given in one paper.
The aim I have had in view has been rather to afford some clue to
the various tissues presented to our notice in looking at an ordinary
section of a tooth, than to write a laborious paper, which, however
in place in a professional theatre, would be foreign to the require-
ments of the general observer.

121

PROCEEDINGS.

August 13th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Skin of Sole, polarized, showing pigment cells Mr. Enock.

Diatomaceae from Hong Kong Harbour... Mr. Ingpen.

Elytron of Melolontlia vulgaris, polarized Mr. Sigsworth.

Surirella gemma, with Hartnack's I obj Mr. F. H. Ward.

Attendance — Members, 33 ; Visitors, 4 ; Total, 37.

August 27th, 1875. — Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President, in

the Chair.

At the commencement of the proceedings, the President said : Gentlemen,
— In assuming this chair by your kind favour for the second time, I trust
you will permit me to express my unfeigned sense of the great honour you
have done me. To have been elected once was no small matter to me, but
when I found that I had received that honour for the second time, it was so
entirely unexpected that I must confess I was very much surprised. I re-
member once hearing an anecdote of Lord Palmerston, and, in relating it,
I trust you will not suppose that I am comparing myself, in words or works,
with that great statesman. The story was this: — He was complimented
once on the great amount of work he had done, and, on being asked how he
got through it, his reply was, " Part I do, part does itself ; and the rest is not
done at all." Now, I cannot help thinking that he was guilty of what he
would, under other circumstances, have called a grievous piece of bad taste.
He committed an error into which, I trust, I shall not fall, inasmuch as he
had forgotten to acknowledge the help which he had received from others,
and which no man can afford to ignore, whatever his position. I therefore
now acknowledge, with all my heart, that it would not have been possible
for me to have achieved the success that has attended my labours, unless I
had received so much kind assistance and considerate help from those
around me. Among those from whom I have received such help it is
difficult, and might be somewhat invidious, to single out any particular
person, but there is one to whom I may refer particularly, and that is the
gentleman who sits at my right hand, to whose courtesy and counsel I am

Society.
Author.

122

greatly indebted. That gentleman, I need hardly tell yon, is our worthy
Secretary. In conclusion, I beg to tender you my most sincere thanks for
the honour you have done me, and I trust that my earnest efforts will com-
pensate for any short-comings of which I may be guilty.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following additions to the Library were announced : —
" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" .. . ... ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ...

" Proceedings of the Royal Society"

" Transactions of the Watford Natural History Society"

" Newton on Tasmanite and White Coal"

" Wonfor's Lecture on the Brighton Aquarium"

" American Naturalist" ... ... ... ... ... In Exchange.

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The President presented a number of specimens of Trochus zizyphinus to
the members of the Club.

Mr. E. T. Newton, at the invitation of the President, made some remarks
upon Tasmanite, or White Coal, referring to the legal contest upon the
subject that had been long carried on, and suggesting it as one well worth
the while of members taking up, as being very interesting, and comparatively
unworked.

Mr. W. Cole read a paper on Splicerularia Bombi.

The President asked how the Splicerularia gained access to the body of
the bee, whether by piercing the integument,*or by being taken in with the
food?

Mr. Cole said it was very difficult to ascertain, owing to the impossibility
of keeping the humble-bee alive for any length of time. But he thought
that they entered through the skin, and were not swallowed with the food.

A cordial vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Cole for his paper.

The President announced the meetings and excursions for the ensuing
month, and the meeting concluded with the usual conversazione, at which
the following objects were exhibited : —
Spli&rularia Bombi ... ... ... ... Mr. W. Cole.

Dragon-fly, Agrion minium, male and female ... „ F. Enock.
Cyclosis in Nitella translucens ... ... ... „ W. Slade.

Splicerularia Bombi ... ... ... ... „ T.C.White.

Attendance — Members, 44 ; Visitors, 6 ; Total, 50.

September 10th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Cliironomus varieganus ... ... ... ... Mr. F. Enock.

Plant aphis, from Ceylon ... ... ... ... Mr. Ingpen.

Rare Plant-bug ... ... ... ... ... Mr. S. Israel.

Meerschaum ... ... ... ... ... Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson.

" Kunknr"

123

Section of skin, tip of finger Dr. Matthews.

Muscle of pig — ultimate fibre ... ... ... „ „

Operculum of Trochus zizyphinus . . . ... ... „

Cuticle of Hijipophae rhamnoides... ... ... Mr. Slade.

Young Talitrus, alive Mr. T. C. White.

Young Medusce, alive ... ... ... ... „ „

Attendance — Members, 42; Visitors, 4; Total, 46.

September 24th, 1875. — Dr. J. Matthews, President, in the

Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly MicroscopicalJonrnal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... ... „ „ „

" Proceedings of the Geological Society" ... „ the Society.

" Annual Report of the Belfast Natural History ")

Society" ) from the Society.

" Eeport of the Statistical Society" ... ... „ ,,

Six Bottles of various insects for distribution ... ,, Mr. M. H. Johnson.

The text of " Ehrenberg's Infusoria" „ Dr. M. C. Cooke.

Wyville Thompson " On the Depths of the Sea" by Purchase.

The thanks of the Club weoe voted to the donors.

The Eev. W. Locock, who was introduced to the Club by Mr. Curties, ex-
hibited and described a contrivance for securing slides in any position on a
turntable. This was accomplished by means of a strip of metal or wood
about f th inch thick, fitting by notches on to the screws which fasten the
springs, and about |th inch broader opposite one screw than the other. A
wedge sliding against this will allow of a badly-centred slide being brought
into position, and secured by an excentric button. A depression was made
in the centre of the turntable to receive cardboard discs, with holes or rings
for guides in making cells. A contrivance for accurately centering objects
on a slide was also described and shown, in which the slide could be placed
in a wooden trough and adjusted over cardboard slips accurately marked.
(See " Science Gossip" for September, 1875, p. 206 for figures and full
descriptions.)

The President thought that anything which contributed to neat mounting
would be regarded as a boon. The little contrivance of Mr. Locock for
holding the slide upon the turntable, he thought would be found very
useful, especially where it was necessary to apply some degree of pressure
upon the slide, as, for instance, with a diamond, in which case it would
prevent the slip from moving aside during the operation.

The President said they were also favoured by the presence of another
visitor, Mr. Arthur C. Cole, of Liverpool, who had brought to the meeting
for exhibition a beautiful collection of physiological specimens, prepared
and mounted by himself.

124

Mr. Cole, in reply to the President, said he would rather not say anything
about the objects he had brought ; they were placed upon the table for ex-
animation, and he would leave them to speak for themselves.

A paper by Mr. James Fullagar — " On the development of Actinophrys
sol" was read by the Secretary. The subject was illustrated by numerous
diagrams, enlarged from drawings prepared with great care as plates for the
Journal. The paper was supplemented by a letter upou the subject, ad-
dressed to Mr. Curties.

The President expressed his sense of the value of Mr. Fullagar' s paper,
which he thought set a good example to all in the matter of watching
objects of this kind during the process of development.

The Secretary thought the whole subject was extremely interesting, and
of the greatest importance, if it could be proved that Amoeba and
Actinophrys were really only stages of one and the same organism, and that
Actinophrys underwent encystment. Dr. Cooke had divided naturalists
into two classes, " Lumpers" and " Splitters," according to their respective
tendencies to reduce or increase the number of species, and he confessed
that in this matter he rather inclined towards the " Lumpers," and had
always thought it somewhat rash to make so many sjDecies of Amoeba. Cer-
tainly Mr. Fullagar had gone far to trace a complete cycle of changes in
Actinophrys. On reading up the subject he had found many observations
which confirmed portions of Mr. Fullagar's paper, but he did not know of a
complete cycle having been worked out. What Messrs. Dallinger and Drys-
dale had done in the case of the monads, under exceptional circumstances,
could not, perhaps, be done by many others, but similar observations to
those of Mr. Fullagar must lead to important results as to the knowledge of
the life history of those creatures.

The President said, with regard to the question of Amoeba and Amoeboid
forms, he had for a long time been making observations of them, and he
had found some with, and some without vacuoles. He had regarded
Amoeba commune as the type ; and he had found that the one which had a
vacuole did undergo changes. The vacuole became eventually lined with a
membrane, then became a contractile vesicle, and then protruded pseudopodia
proper (not the common processes). They knew there were instances in
which ciliated corpuscles were fouud to exist, as in the case of the sponge
Bowerbanlria, but in all cases these seemed to degenerate. He thought
what Mr. Fullagar had described was certainly the development of an
Amoeboid form, but not that of an Amoeba. Mr. Fullagar well deserved
their thanks for his observations, as tending to reduce the number of species,
and also for his elaborate and interesting paper.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Fullagar was then put to the meeting by the
President, and unanimously carried.

Mr. T. C. White said he had for distribution amongst the members a
quantity of Xylaria polymorpha, a fungus found growing upon the roots of
an acacia, and which made beautiful sections. It had been left in his charge
by Mr. C. F. White.

The meetings and excursions for the ensuing mouth were then announced

125

and the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the follow-

ing objects were exhibited: —

Alcyonella fungosa ... ... ... ... by

Numerous mounted sections of physiological")

and other preparations .. . ... ... \ "

8ection of Wood — Pinus sylvestris — polarized,)

shewing pitted structure ... ... )

Culex annulatus (Ringed Gnat) male
Crystallized Sugar from Queensland
Section of Medicinal Leech
Pleurosigma quadratum, shown with Zeiss' E

objective ...
Tongue of Cricket

Attendance — Members, 65 ; Visitors, 5 ;

5)

Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. A. C. Cole.

Mr. T. Curties.

Mr. Enock.
Mr. Golding.
Mr. Goodinge.

Mr. Mclntire.

Mr. J. A. Smith.
Total, 70.

October 8th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —
Platy stoma seminationis, male
Silk Glands of Epeira diadema ...
Blood of Amphiuma means (Congo Snake)
Seed of Gnaphalium leontophodium
Cochlea of Kitten, stained

Empusa Musci — disease of the common House-fly
Flowers of Tamarix Gallica
Spicules of Synapta
Living Diatoms and Desmids, from Marine Aquarium Mr. T. C. White.
Attendance — Members, 52 ; Visitors, 4 ; total, 56.

Mr.

Enock.

Mr.

Fitch.

Mr.

Goodinge.

Mr.

Hailes.

Mr.

E. T. Newton,

)>

>>

Mr.

F. Reeve.

Mr.

Topping.

October 22nd, 1875.— Dr. J. Matthews, President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following additions to the Library and Cabinet were announced :

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... M

" Popular Science Review" ... ... ...

Berkeley's " Fungi, their nature, influence and") ~ , , „ „ ,

., > Dr. M. C. Cooke,

uses' ... ... ... ... ...)

" The American Naturalist" ... ... in exchange.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical ~)

Science" ... j ^ P^chaf

A quantity of feathers of Indian birds (named) from Dr. M. C. Cooke.

1 Slide of villous coating of Intestine of Sheep „ Mr. S. Turner.

3 Slides Parasites of Pelican ,, Mr. J. G. Tatem.

12G

The President called the attention of the members to a little book which
had recently come under his notice " On Animal Physiology." It -was one
of Mabbs' series of Science and Art Department, and was produced by their
friend Mr. E. T. Newton. He had never seen anything of the kind so con-
cisely written, and he felt he could scarcely speak too highly of it.

Mr. F. Cheshire and Mr. John Hunter were balloted for, and duly elected
members of the Club.

A letter was read from the Secretary of the Croydon Microscopical Club,
announcing that their soiree would take place on November 10, and inviting
the assistance of members of the Q.M.C. on that occasion.

The President said that a valued member of the Club had lately departed
for New Zealand, but had sent his carte de visite as a remembrance. It
had occurred to some of the members that it would be a good thing to have
an album in which the portraits of members might be preserved. They had
during the past few years lost so many good and true men, whose likenesses
they would be very glad to have, that he thought the idea of an album was
a good one.

The Secretary read a commuuication from Mr. E. Gardner on mounting
Ostracoda.

The President enquired whether anyone had tried this method ? The
reason why glycerine was so troublesome was because it had such an intense
avidity for water. Dr. Carpenter had said that it was a solvent of calca-
reous matter, but when mixed with gum he believed it was not so.

The President said that Mr. Bolton, of Stourbridge, was present, and had
brought for exhibition a specimen of a new Melicerta, the same as described
by Dr. Hudson, at the October meeting of the R.M.S. He hoped Mr.
Bolton would favour them by describing it.

Mr. Bolton said he was not prepared with a description, but would just
say that he was with Dr. Hudson at Sutton Park when these creatures were
found, and that he had kept some of them since. Those which he exhibited
had a gelatinous case, the wreath round the mouth was larger than in the
ordinary species, and there were also very long antennas. He believed he
had found them before, bat had then thought they were Tubularia, but it
was clear they could not be that, because they had eyes.

The Secretary remarked that the peculiarity which led Dr. Hudson to
give this species the name of Melicerta tyro was, that the brick-making
apparatus appeared to be perfect, but that the two lines of cilia, which were
instrumental in bringing the material to form the pellets were incomplete,
consequently the substances were thrown out instead of entering the mould,
and the name of tyro was given because it seemed as if it were not properly
up to its business.

Mr. Curties congratulated the Club upon having Mr. Bolton, a country
member, amongst them that evening. Doubts were expressed in some
quarters, as to whether or not this creature was a true novehvy, and if the
matter were discussed in print it would prove a great advantage to the
members to have seen it for themselves.

Mr. Curties said that the name of Captain Perry, of Liverpool, was favour-

127

ably known to most of the members of the Club. He was a gentleman who
made occasional voyages, and being a persevering collector, he always
brought home a number of new specimens. His success had been great in
this respect with the Diatoniaceas, and now he was devoting himself to the
collecting of micro-insects. On a recent occasion he had obtained some
very curious parasites which had been examined and prepared by Mr.
Tatem, who had also favoured the club by sending a note respecting them.
In this Mr. Tatem described the parasites, " which were obtained from
within the pouch of a pelican shot by Capt. Perry, in Galveston Harbour,
Texas ; one was a species of Colpocephalum, of which Capt. Perry presented
to the Club the only specimen procured, the others, a species of Trinotion,
the females of which were remarkable for the spur at the inferior angle of
each tibia. This, he thought, afforded the means of firm attachment to the
membrane of the pouch possessed by the females, while the unarmed males
would be carried with the food into the stomach."

There was another matter he would take the opportunity of bringing
before the notice of the Club. A short time ago he had the honour to be
invited to the Annual Dinner of the Postal Micro-Cabinet Club, and he there
obtained information which he thought would be of interest. This Club
originated in the same manner as their own, and was formed for the pur-
pose of carrying out a system of circulating boxes of slides through the
post amongst circuits of members, each of whom examined, contributed to,
and passed on the box in accordance with the rules. This system had
worked very well, and had brought into contact many microscopists who
had derived pleasure and advantage from the intercourse ; and it had done
more than this, for Mr. Tuffen West had written reports upon the objects,
and had illustrated them in his own masterly style, with a view to publica-
tion. Mr. Tnffen West had succeeded Mr. Atkinson as President, and Mr.
Alfred Allen, P.R.M.S.,was Honorary Secretary. It had been found desir-
able to form a Metropolitan Committee, and he had the compliment paid
him of being placed upon that Committee. He had brought with him to
the meeting copies of the rules for distribution amongst those members who
desired to know more particulars. One thing more he would mention. He
knew that any microscopic subject was of interest to them, and therefore
he wished to draw attention to a series of drawings of some minute animals
found upon the surface of the sea, and published in the Journals of the
United Service Institution. The drawings were made by Mrs. Toynbee,
and were very beautiful specimen's of what microscopic illustrations ought
to be, and as such he had brought copies of the journals, and would highly
recommend them to the notice of the Club.

The President felt sure the meeting must feel very much indebted to Mr.
Curties for his communications, and would return him their hearty thanks.
For his own part, he must say that the Micro- Cabinet Club was quite a
novelty to him; but it seemed so to commend itself that he» should certainly
give his hearty support to it.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Curties.

Mr. B. T. Lowne gave an address " On some recent Views of the ClassifU

128

cation of the Lower Animals," in which he explained the meaning and
uses of the terms Protozoa and Metazoa, illustrating his remarks by draw-
ings npon the black board.

The President said he had never listened to observations of this kind with
so much pleasure and instruction as he had on that occasion. He could not
help feeling that a new light was really thrown npon the subject; but it
made him feel how true it was that it was far more easy to learn than to
unlearn.

Five gentlemen were then proposed for membership ; notices of meetings,
&c, for the ensuing month, were given out, and the meeting terminated with
a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Parasites from interior of Pelican's Pouch

( By Mr. Curties (for Mr.

de

Melicerta tyro — the new rotifer recently

scribed by Dr. T. C. Hudson ...
Capsus tricolor (Plant Bug)
Sections of Foraminifera (Orbiculina) ...
Seeds of Capsella bursa pastoris
Surirella fastuosa...

Gemmules of Pachymatisma Johnstonia
Section of Epithelioma of Tongue

Attendance — Members, 78 ; Visitors, 9. — Total, 87.

I

}

Tatem).

, Mr. T. Bolton.

Mr. Enock.
Mr. Hainworth.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. Priest.
Mr. T. C. White.

November 12th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Gregarina, encysted, showing escape of pseudo-

naviculce ...
Closterium rostratum and other Desmids
Wing of White-plume Moth Sterophorus penty^

dactylus ...
Collection of Diatornacem . . .
Salycic Acid (polarised) ...
Thomisus cristatus, male ...
Section of Young Elder Shoot, showing Cam

bium cells
Meerschaum, stained
Conemara Serpentine, stained
Wheel spicules of Chirodota
Spines of Star-fish

Attendance — Members, 69 ; Visitors,

"I

Mr. W. Cole.

Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. F. Enock.

Mr. G. Green.
Mr. J. H. Hadland.
Mr. Isaac.

Mr. B. D. Jackson.

Mr. M. H. Johnson.

?> >>

Mr. Moginie.

Mr. Topping.

8.— Total, 77.

129

November 26th, 1875. — Dr. J. Matthews, President, in the

Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ,,

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association " the Association.

" Proceedings of the Watford Natural History | ^ Societv
Society ... ... ... ... ... )

" Lindberg's Hepaticae " the Author.

" The American Naturalist " ... in exchange.

"Mr B. T. Lowne's address at Middlesex } t^e Author
Hospital" /

Three Slides of Diatomacea? from Congo . . . from Mr Curties.

Four Slides of portions of Edelweiss Mr. R. T. Lewis.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to the Donors.
The President said it would be remembered that at the last meeting the
photograph of a member who had gone abroad had been announced as a
present to the Club ; and it was suggested that an album should be procured
in which to place it, together with the portraits of other members, as they
were obtained. The idea was certainly a good one ; and it would be
pleasant to be able to look upon the likenesses of valued members who had
been removed from their number, as well as to obtain a collection of the
portraits of those who remained. It had been resolved to make some
enquiries as to price, &c, but they had meanwhile been anticipated in a
very pleasing manner ; and he had the pleasure of announcing that they
had received, as a present from Mr. Goodinge, two very handsome albums,
each contained in a mahogany case. He might well say that they had that
evening an " embarras de richesse," for in addition to these two books, he
had to announce the gift of another beautiful album, from their esteemed
Treasurer, Mr. Gay. This, as they would see, was large and excellent in
both quality and taste, and had the initials of the Club impressed in gold
upon its cover. The Albums were then handed round for the inspection of
the members, and the special thanks of the Club were voted by acclamation
to Mr. Gay and Mr. Goodinge for their valuable gifts. The President ob-
served that it was of course useless to have albums unless they had
something to put into them; he therefore invited the members of the
Club to forward their cartes-de-visite to the Secretary for the purpose,
and particularly expressed his desire that portraits of deceased members
should, if possible, be obtained by those who were able to do so. If
any gentleman present could procure a likeness of their first President,
the late Dr. Lankester, it would be very highly valued. They could not of
course be choosers in the matter ; but if one of the cabinet size could be
procured, it would be desirable, Mr. Gay's album being furnished with a
number of spaces to take that size pictures in addition to the ordinary
cartes-de-visite.

130

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of
the Club : — Mr. Charles M. Bayfield, Mr. John Bealah, Mr. Francis Cunning,
ham, the Rev. Thomas Freckelton, and Mr. Alexander G. Halley.

The President called attention to the slides which had been presented to
the cabinet that evening, and requested the gentlemen who had given them,
to favour the meeting with a few words by way of description.

Mr. B. T. Lewis said that the four slides which he had brought were
portions of the Edelweiss, a rare and beautiful flower well known to all who
had travelled much in Switzerland. The plant grew only in the higher
mountain pastures, was of a pure white, and densely covered in every part
with a kind of down ; the separated flowerets were surrounded by a tuft
of feathery hairs, and were very pretty objects under the microscope,
particularly when well illuminated by the paraboloid. Two of the slides in
question were of these flowerets, mounted dry and in balsam ; the third
was a petal with its downy covering ; and the fourth a portion of the down
separately mounted for the polariscope. He had brought the slides because
he did not think they were represented in the cabinet of the Club, and also
because he thought the Club should not be forgotten during one's holiday
rambles. A fine specimen of the flower itself was exhibited, which was
obtained in the Ober Engadine, at an elevation of about 10,000 feet.

Mr. Curties said he had the pleasure of presenting several slides, con-
taining various species of Aulaco discus, mounted opaque and transparent,
from a gathering made by Mr. Martin, of H.M.S. Spiteful, during the late
Congo expedition. The slides were contributed to the Q. M. C. by Mr.
Redward, of Portsea, who reported that Diatomists are not quite agreed as
to species. He hoped that the Club would be favoured with information
respecting them at a future time.

The President, in moving the thanks of the Club for the donations and
the descriptions given of them, said he had seen the specimens of Aulaco-
discus, and thought they were extremely well prepared.

The President intimated that they were indebted to Mr. Lowne for a
number of copies of his address, delivered at the opening of the Medical
School in connection with Middlesex Hospital. It was of much interest, and
he could commend it heartily to all as a very fair representation of the
present state of scientific medicine.

Mr. B. T. Lowne gave a very interesting account of the Carnivorous or
Insectivorous plants, describing and illustrating by diagrams the general
appearance and structure of the leaf of the Drosera, and detailing the
process of insect-catching. He expressed the hope that some of the mem-
bers of the Club would give careful attention to the subject, which could
not fail to yield interesting and useful results.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Lowne for his communi-
cation.

Mr. T. C. White read a paper " Ou the Histology of the Hard Dental
Tissues," which he illustrated by coloured diagrams.

The President thought they had received from Mr. White a most lucid
explanation of an intensely difficult subject. His own attention had been

131

much directed towards the formation, not only of teeth, but of all calcareous
substances in animal organisms ; and it appeared to be carried out by a
process of dialysis from the surrounding structures. They had instances
of this process in other cases besides that of teeth or shells, and even out-
side the limits of animal life. For instance, Mr. Hind had obtained crystals
of lime deposited in much the same way by means of fluids of different
densities. Dr. Carpenter also had given instances of the process in the
case of the shells of slugs, &c. He had no doubt but that the Raphides
in plants were due to the action of similar causes.

The thanks of the meeting were cordially voted to Mr. White for his
paper.

The President announced that the next ordinary meeting of the Club
would be held on December 17th, instead of December 2-Uh, as previously
announced, and that a paper would be read on that occasion by Mr. Henry
Davis, t: On a larval Cvrripede"

The meeting then terminated with a converzatione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Section of Tongue of Hedgehog by Mr. W. J. Brown.

Group of living Rotif era

La/m/pyris noctiluca (showing illuminating"
organs)...

The Gibbous Startet — Asterma gibbosa

Carbonate of lime, prepared by Rainey's process

Diatomacese from Los Angelos

Stellate hairs on Fern — Niphobolus lingua ...
Attendance — Members, 66; Visitors, 10.

!}

Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. Enock.

Mr. Goodinge.
Mr. F. H. P. Hind.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. B. W. Priest.
Total, 76.

December 10th, 1875. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Melicerta tyro and M. ringens ...
Floscularia
Pediculi, &c.
Wing of Vanessa Jo.

Zeiss' D. objective, arranged for Binocular ...
Bicellaria tuba, from Australia
Section of stem of Jaborandi ...

Section of stem of Pepper (Polar)

Elytron of Pachyrynchus
Lung of toad, injected ...

Crystallized Gold

Gorham's instrument to illustrate the mag-~)
nifying power of short spaces ... )

Attendance — Members, 61 ; Visitors, 8.

Mr. J. Badcock.

>)
Mr. Beulah.
Mr. F. Enock.
Dr. Matthews.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. T. H. Powell.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. S. Turner.
Mr. T. C. White.

Total, 69.

132

December 17th, 1875. — Dr. J. Matthews, F.E.M.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club were announced: —
" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... ... „ „

<' The Microscope in Gynaecology," by Dr. j the Author_

A. Mead Edwards j

" Owen's Lectures on the Invertebrates" ... „ Mr. Bywater.

" The American Naturalist" ... ... ... in exchange.

" Lecture upon the Geology of Croydon" ... from Profr. Morris.
" Eeports of the Medical Officer of the Privy ) „ ^.^ ,,

Council" ... ... ... ... )

Part 6 of " Schmidt's Atlas of the Diatomaceae'' by subscription.

A large lithographic print of the tongue of the j from Mr_ WatkinS-
blow-fly ... ... ... ... )

A Photographic Portrait for the Club Album... „ Mr. Mclntire.

Six Slides „ Mr. E nock.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

The Secretary announced that Herr Moller's proposed work on the pre-
paration and mounting of diatoms, to which attention had been called upon
a former occasion, would not be published, in consequence of the number of
subscribers for it being deemed insufficient.

Mr. Watkins, iu reply to a question from the President, said that the print
which he had presented to the Club was given to him by the late Mr.
Topping, as being the last one he had. He believed that not more than 300
of them were struck off, and they were now becoming very scarce.

Mr. Topping stated that his father first prepared the proboscis of the blow-
fly, in the manner shown in the print, in 1842. The object was very much
admired, and Mr. Eoss and others suggested that it should be lithographed,
which was accordingly done in 1844. The expanded position of the lobes
was considered by some to be unnatural, because the blow-fly was generally
examined when feeding on syrup ; but it would be observed in the case of a
fly which was tasting vinegar, or any other substance it did not approve of.

Mr. A. Caplatzi, Mr. Thos. Farries, Mr. C. L. Jackson, Mr. Thos. May,
Mr. Mansell Swift, aud Mr. W. Tidmarsh were duly elected members of the
Club.

Mr. Curties stated that Mr. Davis was not able to be present that even-
ing to read his paper " On a larval Cirripede." He had sent the paper and
drawings, but Mr. Curties thought the subject would have more justice done
to it if introduced by Mr. Davis himself, and the paper was accordingly
postponed till the next meeting.

Mr. Ingpen gave a description of the various methods employed from time
to time for measuring the angular apertures of objectives, of which the follow-
ing is an abstract: — Down to the year 1854, the method of measuring angular
apertures devised by Mr. Lister, seems to have been the only one employed.
This is described in the Phil. Trans., Vol. 121, p. 191, and will be found in

Quekett on the Microscope, ed. 1855, p. 497. The microscope, with its objective
and eyepiece as in ordinary use, is placed horizontally, a candle is set on a level
with it, a few yards distant ; the microscope is then turned, till, on looking
through the eyepiece, the field of view is bisected, half being light and half
dark. The microscope is then turned round, with the focns of the objective
as a pivot, until the opposite half of the field is illuminated. The angle can
be measured by lines drawn on a suitable part of the instrument, or, pre-
ferably, by a divided semicircle. This method answers very well up to 90°
or 100°, but for larger angles is not nearly so accurate as that devised by
Mr. Wenham, and described in the Quart. Journ. 3Jic. Sc, 1854, p. 134. A
lens of about 3 in. focus being placed centrally, in a sliding cap, above the
eyepiece, the image of the flame can be observed, and the angle measured
with great accuracy; also the condition of the definition at the margin of
the field can be ascertained, sometimes suggesting the utility of reducing
the angle of the objective. This plan appears to have been used some years
earlier by Amici. In the Quart. Journ. Mic. Sc, 1854, p. 293, Mr. Gillett's
method is described : this was communicated to the Royal Society on March
9, 1854. The eyepiece is replaced by a cone having a small aperture, through
which light is sent. The objective is focussed on an object which forms the
centre upon which a second, or examining microscope, attached to a divided
arc, turns. This plan is described in Mr. Hogg's Treatise on the Microscope,
1871, p. 45, as " a very perfect instrument," but there seems to be some
source of error connected with the employment of a second microscope.
Professor Robinson's method was first brought before the Royal Irish
Academy in 1854, and is described in the Quart. Journ. Mic. Sc, 1854, p.
295. Rays nearly parallel are sent through the eyepiece and objective,
and intercepted by a screen at a distance greater than the focus. This
distance, and the diameter of the base of the cone of rays so formed being
known, the angle is easily calculated. This is a very elegant method, and
likely to be valuable in certain disputed cases as to the true angle of immer-
sion lenses. Mr. Sollitt describes a method in the 3rd Vol. of the Quart.
Journ. Mic. Sc, 1855, p. 85, which he considers simpler than Mr. Wenham's.
He does not use the Huyghenian eyepiece, but a lens of 1£ in. focus, " as
the eyepiece of a diminishing telescope." Two candles are employed, and
moved till their images are seen at the extreme edges of the field. This is
described in Carpenter on the Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 202. It is open
to the objection that if the observing lens is held oblicmely, a distorted
image of the candle may be seen at a greater angle than that which is en-
gaged in forming the image of the object, and probably the angle is over-
stated. Mr. Wenham's (or Amici's) method seems to have been again re-
invented, as it is attributed by Mr. Brooke (Quart. Journ. Mic. Sc, 1864, p. 84)
to Professor Govin, of Turin. It was used in the examination of objectives
at the International Exhibition of 1862 ; the only differences were the em-
ployment of a combination of two lenses instead of a single lens, the
instrument being placed in a vertical instead of a horizontal position, and
strips of white paper on a dark cloth used instead of candles. In the Quart.
Journ. Mic.Sc, Vol. VII.,p. 256, Mr. Peter Gray examines the images of two
flames in the objective without an eyepiece, which amounts to a re-invention

134

of Mr. Sollitt's method. Mr. Stephenson, adopting the same system, places
two flames, such as night-lights, at known distances apart, and using the
objective alone without any tube, has a very convenient scale of tangents
engraved upon paper, thus showing the angle by inspection. This is des-
cribed in the Month. Mic. Journ., July, 1875, p. 3. In the Month. Mic. Journ.
for May, 1874, p. 178, Mr. Wenham describes an adjustable slit formed by
two slips of very thin platina foil, which can be separated to the exact
diameter of any field of view, thus excluding all but " image-forming rays."*
This is a very valuable adjunct, and greatly conduces to accuracy ; and when
used with a divided circle, with small flames at a suitable distance, or white
crosses on a black ground, and with a lens or lenses centred and sliding
above the eyepiece, it forms a very suitable and accurate combination.
— Mr. Ingpen concluded with some general remarks upon the subject of
angular aperture, with reference to the various opinions held upon this
somewhat vexed subject.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Ingpen for his communication was unanimously
passed.

The President thought that one of the most important points in connec-
tion with the subject was that the rage for large angular apertures had given
the impression in some quarters that good low-angled objectives could not be
made by English makers, and therefore foreign makers had stepped in and
produced them; whereas, if there were a demand for low angles, they
could be produced here with all the excellence which was usiially found in
English workmanship. He thought that the observations they had just
heard had a very useful tendency, and would be valuable to those who did
not make the microscope a mere toy.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the fol-
lowing objects were exhibited: —

Marine Algse — in fruit by Mr. T. Curties.

Polyommatus phlceas, male ... ... ... ,, Mr. Enock.

Allosopus calomelanos ... ... ... ... „ Mr. Golding.

Aphis Galls on leaf of hedge maple ... ... „ Mr. E. T. Lewis.

Spiral Vessels of Castor Oil Plant „ Mr. Martinelli.

Podura Scale — with 1-6 in. objective „ Mr. Swift.

Ova of Toad— injected „ Mr. Topping.

Anchors and Plates of Synapta „ Mr. Jas. Watkins.

Phtirius inguinalis — or crab louse ... ... „ Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 60 ; Visitors, 8 ; Total, 68.

* See also M.M.J. , for March 1, 1874, p. 114.

135

Further Note on the Development of Actinophrys sol.

By Mr. James Fullagar.

(Read January 28th, 1876.)

The recorded observations of the various changes of Actinophrys
sol., which occupied more than four months, are by no means the
whole that take place, for they have continued to exhibit, from
time to time, fresh phases in succession, and the last, but not least
important that has appeared, is the Amoeba villosa, which Dr.
Wallich described and illustrated in the " Annals of Natural
History," vol. xii., 1863, stating that from certain peculiarities
developed in it, he considered it to be of a much higher type, and
its general character such as to elevate the genus to which it
belongs considerably beyond the position it formerly occupied.

A number of Amoeba villosa have made their appearance in the
cell, varying in size from ygVs- *° To °^ an mcu> an^, at the same
time, there are some very small Actinophrys sol., only 2 0\ $ of an
inch in diameter.

Note on a Larval Cirripede.

By Henry Davis, F.R.M.S.,

Communicated by Thos. Curties, F.R.M.S.

{Read January 28th, 1876.)

Ever since those early days when the doctrine of evolution found
delusive illustration in a barnacle developing into a goose, the
Cirripedes have been the innocent cause of many blunders, and
the latest of these — although not the least — it is my privilege to
claim.

Last winter, while on a voyage to the Mauritius, a sea-fowl,
called by the sailors a Cape-hen (Procellaria gigantea), was shot
when we were about 800 miles N. W. of the Cape of Good Hope.

M

13G HENIiY DAVIS ON A LARVAL CIRRIPEDE.

The bird was well supplied with parasites (which. were mine by
prescriptive right), and cemented to one of its feathers was a
prettily marked chitinous shell that could or should only be one of
their eggs; True, a bivalve egg of a bird's parasite was unknown,
all such eggs bearing opercula, but some of the parasites found
with it were probably new ; then why not a new form of egg ?
—making a parallel case with the mollusca, the shells of some of
which, we well know, are operculated, while others are bivalved.
Having tried to hatch that egg myself, with the patience of an
old hen " setting" on a chalk nest egg — and with the same result,
I consigned it with the attached feather to a bottle of spirit, and,
recently opening the shell, found within it the swimming legs of
an undoubted Crustacean ; and so was led on, step by step, from
book to book, to identify my egg as an advanced larva (or pupa)
of the Cirripede — Lepas pectinata.

Now, it having been represented to me that the members of the
Quekett Club might be glad to examine the disjointed shell, and
that a few explanatory notes would not be unacceptable, I briefly
give an account of the larval pedunculated Cirripedes, as gathered
mainly from Dr. Darwin's great work, while Mr. dirties has kindly
undertaken to exhibit the specimens.

Dr. Darwin seems to have studied Lepas australis more than
any other form, and gives the life-history of that species in detail,
but, from what he says, there can be no doubt the observations
and statements apply equally to L. pectinata, the latter, however,
being, in all its stages, much smaller than L. australis.

The larva, immediately after its escape from the egg, is nearly
globular ; the carapace flattened in front, and it is provided with
two long horns, two short ones, three pairs of limbs, and a simple
heart-shaped eye. The long horns are supposed to cover the unde-
veloped antennaa, which play so important a part in the third stage
of the creature's existence, while the smaller pointed horns soon
develop into a pair of antennae for present use. After a few moults
of the carapace, in the manner of the entomostraca, with com-
paratively slight changes in form, the active larva reaches the
second stage. In this the shell is compressed laterally, and, it
resembles a cypris, or minute mussel ; it has still three pairs of
legs, but these are moved backward, and with the prolongation of
the body, foreshadow the final larval form. The smaller pair of
antenna? disappear, but a second simple eye is added.

HENRY DAVIS ON A LARVAL CIRRIPEDE. 137

Of the larva in its third stage (in which it is sometimes called
the "locomotive pupa"), Darwin gives a figure; and this, with
certain additions to the carapace, will answer for the specimen now
before you. Of the internal parts of the latter the only portions I
could mount were the natatory legs and caudal appendages ; the
rest, being soft and oily, were decomposed — no doubt in my vain
effort at incubation.

In PI. xiii., Fig. 1, one valve is removed, and the swimming legs
and appendages are seen at C and D. Just above the feet are
dimly indicated the immature cirri of the perfect barnacle ; at M
the mouth, and at N the supports of the internal eyes — now com-
pound. The remainder of the anterior inner part is occupied by
cement-secreting glands, the incipient muscles of the young
barnacle's foot, and, outside all, the prehensile antennae.

Hitherto we have seen the creature in a free state ; in the last
stages swimming on its arched back, or crawling with the aid of
its antennae ; it has now to settle down quietly and for the
remainder of its life. This it does by holding on to the selected
object by its antennae, and pouring over them, from special glands,
a liquid cement which permanently glues them down. After this
the animal sheds its larval legs, eyes, and carapace ; while the
straightening-out of the peduncular muscles, consequent on the
moult, draws the entire Cirripede from a position parallel to the
attached surface to one at right angles to it (see Fig. 2). If
this change of position were not effected the barnacle could only
use its cirri against the object to which it was fastened, and its
capture of food would be extremely limited.

Of the Cirripede in its perfected stage little need be said, we are
all familiar with its external form, its fleshy peduncle terminating
with calcareous valves enclosing the body and delicate casting-net;
but a mature specimen of a Lepas, with some of the valves
removed, is now before you under a low power, and this might
teach more than a volume of words.

I should add a line as to measurements. The egg and youngest
larva of L. australis are about y-goth °f an mcn ^0YiSi ^ne iarva m
last stage is nearly TVh of an inch, and the well- grown Cirripede
nearly two inches, including the peduncle. The larva of our Lepas
pectinata is about y-g-th of an inch long, and, had if, not been pre-
maturely cut off, might have grown fully three quarters of an inch.

The small amount of original matter I can offer on this animal

138 HENRY DAVIS ON A LARVAL CURRIPEDE.

is furnished by its carapace. Darwin speaks of it as being pro-
vided with two points at the posterior end, and with a pair of pro-
jections, like short horns, in front (which he thinks may be called
the ears), but he says nothing of the very noticeable corrugated
crest running over the back at the junction of the valves ; and,
failing any published figures of this larva, some doubt may be
attached to the specific name I have appended.

The external microscopic structure is very interesting, and has
been strangely neglected — only " marks and lines " are recorded —
but under a binocular microscope, with a quarter inch objective and
reflected light, we can see the surface covered with deep thin walls
or ridges, generally parallel but in parts tending to confluence ;
their outer edges are serrated, and the thin walls are strengthened
by a sort of buttresses, only seen in certain ligbts. Towards and
over the " ears" the ridges are so modified as to leave hexagonal
depressed spaces ; while in one spot, beneath which the enclosed
larva bears its eyes, the shell is left beautifully smooth and trans-
parent. This creature, then, with its " toughened glass " window,
is remarkably well protected ; — in storms or any danger he has only
to shut up his shells, hold on by his antenna?, and keep a good
look out.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE XIII (Upper Part).

Fig. 1. — Larva of Lepas australis (after Darwin).
Fig. 2. — 5 Larva of Lepas pectinata.

139

A Comparison of the Metamorphosis op the Crane Fly

and the Blow Fly.

By A. Hammond.

{Read January 28, 1876.)

I purpose this evening to draw a comparison between the pro-
cesses of metamorphosis as they occur in the Crane Fly and the
Blow Fly respectively. The anatomy of the larva of the former
insect has formed the title of some communications I have lately
made to " Science Gossip," and, in endeavouring to continue these
observations, by an examination of the pupa, I was influenced by
the persuasion that I should find a close parallel in the mode of its
development, to that followed in the latter, especially with regard
to the re-development of the thoracic segments from a series of
structures called by Dr. Weismann, " Imaginal Discs." In this
expectation I have, to a certain extent, been disappointed, inas-
much as though I recognise the structures, I am doubtful if they
represent, here at least, anything essentially exceptional in the
mode of development of the segments to which they belong. Still,
even if this doubt should be established, I regard it as none the
less interesting to note, how in insects which belong to the same
order, the perfect form should be reached through processes which
widely differ.

Before proceeding further, however, I wish to say that I come
before you more as a learner than as a teacher, and that the opinions
I may express, especially where they differ from those who have
preceded me, may be the result of imperfect information, and much
of what I may say may possibly be already very well known.

I will now give a short account of the anatomy of the larvae of
these two insects, so far as is necessary for our purpose. That of the
Crane Fly will be found detailed at length in the papers referred to.
In the preparation of these papers, I have been guided solely by such
light as Mr. Lowne's " Anatomy of the Blow Fly," and the some-

140 A. HAMMOND ON A COMPARISON OF THE METAMORPHOSIS

what general indications to be found in Shuckhard's translation
of " Burmeister" may have afforded me. This larva is a footless
maggot, measuring nearly an inch in length, and consisting, I
believe, of 17 segments, of which five constitute the head, three
the thorax, and nine the abdomen. The five segments, which
together constitute the head, are consolidated into a rigid, horny
case, of which the major portion, which I regard as the 5th
or optic segment, is withdrawn within the softer integument
of the succeeding thoracic ones. The four remaining segments,
viz., those bearing the antennae and the tropin, are external,
not beinsr included in the invagination referred to. The head
thus formed, when seen from below, is shaped somewhat like a
bishop's mitre, having a deep cleft clown the centre of the in-
ternal portion, through which the oesophagus, the dorsal vessel,
and the cephalic nerves pass ; it is occupied in great part
by the large muscles of the mandibles, the eyes being absent.
A system of longitudinal and transverse muscles clothes the whole
internal surface of the integument, with the exception of a narrow
strip in the central line of the dorsal and ventral surfaces, in the
former of which the dorsal vessel, and in the latter the nervous
cord lies. Respiration is conducted by means of two main trachea?,
opening near the anus. These extend the whole length of the
larva, but instead of terminating, as in the maggot of the Blow
Fly, in two anterior spiracles, they break up abruptly into a number
of branches, of which some enter the head, while others proceed
to the imaginal discs, and the muscles of this portion of the body.
The nervous system consists of a single nervous cord, with twelve
ganglia, two of which belong to the head, three to the thoracic,
and seven to the abdominal segments. Of the cephalic ganglia,
one lies above the oesophagus, and the other beneath it. Bur-
meister regards these as the cerebrum and cerebellum respectively.
From the former proceed the optic and antennal nerves, and from
the latter those of the trophi. The three next, or thoracic ganglia,
and the first abdominal, present in their close approximation, what
seems an approach to the condition manifested in the Blow Fly,
where the whole of the nervous system is collected in the anterior
segments. These ganglia, together with the remaining abdominal
ones, send out each two pairs of nerves, one from their superior
and one from their inferior surface.

I must now speak of those structures found in the adult larva,

OF THE CRANE FLY AND THE BLOW FLY. 141

to which the name of " Imaginal Discs" has been given, and
within which the limbs of the future fly are developed. It is im-
possible to doubt that these are the homologues of similar structures
found in the same situation in the Blow Fly, which have been re-
garded by Dr. Weismann, who first observed them, and also by Mr.
Lowne, as indicative of a special mode of development of the seg-
ments where they are found. That this mode of development pre-
vailed also in the Crane Fly, I was led to believe from the follow-
ing quotation from Dr. Weismann's memoir on the subject, which
appears in Mr. Lowne's book as follows, p. 7, viz., " I believe in
all those insects in which the anterior larval segments are unpro-
vided with legs, the head and thorax of the imago are entirely
re developed, while in those in which the larva is furnished with
legs, these parts depend for their formation upon the anterior
larval segments."

I have stated that the limbs of the insect are developed within
the discs ; it will be well, perhaps, to consider what these limbs
are. Mr. Lowne says, " Each segment in the lowest Articulata is
normally furnished with two pairs of lateral appendages, or rudi-
mentary limbs, one pair placed above the other, the superior being
dorsal, and the inferior ventral, at least such is their arrangement
in annelides. Both pairs are much modified in the higher forms,
and are often entirely suppressed." I believe I have recognised
eight pairs of discs in the Crane Fly, two pairs in the head, and
six in the thorax ; those in the head are the antennal and optic
discs, and are concerned in the formation of the cephalic ap-
pendages— viz., the antennas and the eyes; those in the thorax
are concerned in that of the superior and inferior thoracic appen-
dages— viz., the wings, legs, and halteres. Now, it is a curious
fact that, though in the imago these appendages are mostly well
represented by the limbs referred to, the upper prothoracic ones
seem to be wanting. On the contrary, in the pupa state, they are
as conspicuous by their presence as they are subsequently by their
absence ; the former being indicated by the existence of two
club-shaped processes on the dorsal region of the prothorax.
These processes are not peculiar to the insect in question —
they are very conspicuous in the pupa of the gnat, and I
believe I also recognise them in that of the Blow Fly, in two
button-like bosses in the same situation. A large trachea, con-
tinuous with the main trachea of the pupa, passes up the centre of

142 A. HAMMOND ON A COMPARISON OF THE METAMORrHOSIS

each of them, being, I believe, a continuation inwards of the
exterior integument, and both processes and tracheas are cast off
with the pupa skin on the emergence of the imago. Although,
therefore, an examination of the perfect insect would fail to supply
a raison d'etre for the existence of superior prothoracic discs, the
hiatus is well filled by a consideration of the intermediate pupal
condition ; and, in fact, I have both found these discs, and traced
their development into the appendages in question. A statement,
therefore, of the limbs of the imago, into the formation of which
the several thoracic discs enter, will, I should say, run thus : — Of
the prothorax, the upper pair of discs have their development
arrested — proceeding no further than the pupa stage, the lower
pair forming the anterior legs. Of the mesothorax, the upper pair
form the wings, and the lower the intermediate legs. Of the me-
tathorax, the upper pair form the halteres, and the lower the pos-
terior legs. Of these discs, the antennal and optic, and the three
inferior thoracic pairs are certainly connected by prominent
nervous cords with the brain and thoracic ganglia, the others —
viz., the superior thoracic — are, I think, probably so, though I have
not as yet traced the connection. As the nervous system partici-
pates but little in the otherwise general law of change, I believe
that these connecting nerves are identical with those which subse-
quently form the proper nerves of the limbs of the imago, and, if
so, their unions with the discs is much more intimate than that
which, if I rightly apprehend Mr. Loivne's meaning, occurs in the
Blow Fly, for he speaks repeatedly of the discs as being firmly
attached to the nerves and trachea? of the larva, as if the connec-
tion were merely one of attachment or support. In addition to
their connection with the nerves, the discs also appear to have
branches of the trachea? distributed to them, but here again I
regard the connection as a functional one, involving the necessary
supply of air to these parts. As far as my means of observation
will carry me, I cannot see any difference between the distribution
of some of the tracheal branches to these structures and that of
others to the various tissues over which they spread.

The optic and antennal discs are placed on either side of the
oesophagus, between it and the large muscles of the mandibles ;
while the thoracic discs are placed immediately beneath the
integument, between it and the subcutaneous muscular coat, the
inferior ones closely adjoining the ventral cord, and the superior
further removed towards the dorsal surface.

OF THE CRANE FLY AND THE BLOW FLY. 143

Mr. Lowne has described the discs of the Blow Fly as being
each enclosed in a capsule of structureless membrance, and E was
led at first to suppose that those of the Crane Fly were so like-
wise— indeed, I have so described them in my papers in " Science
Gossip." Subsequent examination, however, bas induced the
opinion that the supposed capsules are really nothing more than
infoldings of the newly forming pupa skin surrounding each disc ;
and that as the discs gradually acquire the form of pouches fitted
for tbe elaboration of their respective occupants, the sacs or cap-
sules thus surrounding them become continuous with them at the
point of insertion of the limb. This, of course, alters the whole
aspect in which these structures should be viewed. Instead of
being regarded as so many separate centres of growth, which by
their union form the bead and thorax of the fly, they must now be
looked upon as so many prolongations of the pupa integument
in an internal, and subsequently by invagination in an external
direction. In support of this the sacs, instead of being structure-
less, exhibit clear evidence of cellular origin, the same as the pupa
skin ; but further than this, I lately obtained a section of tbe leg
discs in situ in a plane perpendicular to the integument, which ex-
hibited the form and connection of the investing sacs.

The antennal and optic discs take the form of flattened cellular
expansions, within which sooner or later the commencing areola-
tion of the facets of the eye and the articulations of the antennae
become discernible. The leg discs present at first spiral folds, and
subsequently develop into long wrinkled pouches coiled round
within the sacs ; those of the superior prothoracic appendages are
small and of an irregular shape, those of the wings and halteres
are broad and flat, of similar outline, but differing in size, the
latter being considerably the smaller. The similarity of outline
is singularly confirmatory of the view that regards tbe latter
organs as mere modifications of the former.

An examination of the larva of the Blow Fly shews us a
creature presenting many points of resemblance to that I have just
described, and yet others of striking difference. The sixth
segment is here furnished with a pair of anterior spiracles, an
adjunct which is wholly wanting to the Crane Fly larva. The
nervous system is very peculiar, to use Mr. Lowne's words — "All
the nerve centres are concentrated in the anterior segments. They
consist of a pair of hemispherical ganglia above the oesophagus,
supra-oesophageal ; and a large flattened nerve centre, composed of

144 A. HAMMOND ON A COMPARISON OF TIIE METAMORPHOSIS

a series, probably of twelve pairs, of ganglia beneath the oeso-
phagus, sub-cesophageal." A system of muscular bands clothes
the inner surface of the integument as in the Crane Fly. Mr.
Lowne has described seven pairs of imaginal discs as follows,
viz., four pairs, the antennal and optic and the inferior pro-
thoracic and mesothoracic, all of which are attached through
the medium of short-nerve trunks to the nerve centres of the
larva ; and tbree otbers, viz., the superior mesothoracic and
the superior and inferior metathoracic, which are attached to the
lateral tracbeal vessels. It will be observed that the superior
prothoracic discs are not mentioned in this enumeration. It
is true that Mr. Lowne adverts to a horseshoe-shaped arch of
tissue attached to a pair of tracheal vessels in front of the supra-
cesophageal ganglia and above the antennal discs, which he be-
lieves may be the disc in question. I have unfortunately not
been able as yet to recognise this structure with certainty ; but
from the foregoing description and the accompanying plate of Mr.
Lowne, I venture to think that this is not exactly the place where
I should have expected to find the disc. It appears to me that the
right rule which should guide our search for it should be to con-
sider what is the proper limb or appendage into the formation of
which it enters. And here, again, we are confronted by those pro-
cesses on the prothorax of the pupa to which I have already called
attention in the Crane Fly. Two button-shaped bosses appear in
this situation in the Blow Fly pupa, upon which the scars
of the anterior thoracic spiracles are seated, and in the larva I
have found attached to the terminations of the main tracheae
minute cellular structures, which I believe to be the objects for
which we are in search. One curious and apparently anomalous
circumstance I must not omit to mention here, viz., that while in
the Crane Fly the three pairs of inferior thoracic or leg discs
appear ranged on either side of the nerve centres, to which
they are attached by thick nervous cords ; in the Blow Fly, ac-
cording to Mr. Lowne's statement, the inferior metathoracic
pair, representing the posterior legs, is detached from this con-
nection, and ranged together with the superior discs, viz., those
of the wing, the haltere, and what I believe to be the superior
prothoracic pupal appendage, along the course of the main trachea?,
to which they are also seemingly affixed. I have not been able
entirely to verify this statement, but I believe it to be true, inas-

OF THE CRANE FLY AND THE BLOW FLY. 145

much as I can discover only two pairs of thoracic discs attached to
the nerve centres and certainly three, if not four, attached to
the trachese ; and if so, it is a circumstance which appears to re-
quire some explanation : you will understand my meaning when
I say that these discs seem to have stepped out of their places to
consort with those with which they have no lawful business.

Thus much for the anatomical peculiarities of the parts con-
cerned in the metamorphosis of these two insects. I will now
give a comparison of the manner in which this change is re-
spectively brought about. Mr. Lowne says — " Every degree of
metamorphosis exists among insects, from that in which the larva
nymph and imago closely resemble each other, where the successive
changes are merely those of ordinary development, as in the cock-
roach; to that in which the change is so complete that it might
almost be doubted whether the larva and imago should be con-
sidered the same individual at all, so closely does the process
resemble an alternation of generations ;" and he adds, " This is the
case in the fly." I must confess I find considerable difficulty in
regarding the processes herein concerned as at all resembling the
production of a sexual zooid by gemmation from an a-sexual
larval one; but I quite concur in the estimate these words convey
as to the totality of the change involved. Mr. Lowne further
says — " All the tissues of the larva undergo degeneration, and the
imaginal tissues are re-developed from cells which originate from
the disintegrated parts of the larva under conditions similar to
those appertaining to the formation of the embryonic tissues from
the yolk." With the exception of the brain and nervous system,
the whole substance of the maggot is converted into a soft cellular
mass, deprived of every organ of sense or motion, and the chain of
being seems, indeed, -almost snapped. Not so, however, with the
Crane Fly. The intermediate cellular stage does not occur. The
larval tissues, itis true, waste wholly away, and are replaced by those
proper to the fly, but in a manner gradual and more consonant with
our ideas of continuity of existence. Before the assumption of the
pupa state the larval muscles of the thoracic segments have, to a
very great extent, been supplanted by the newly forming muscles of
the imago. The abdominal segments, on the contrary, present an
opposite phenomenon, for the larval muscles here persist in their
full integrity to a very late period of pupa life, Pong after the
metamorphosis of the thoracic segments is complete ; they then

146 A. HAMMOND ON A COMPARISON OF THE METAMORPHOSIS

quickly disappear, a few traces of them only remaining in the
newly emerged imago. There is, therefore, no such period of
almost total disorganization as occurs in the Blow Fly ; and the
pupa wriggles actively, if touched, during almost the whole of its
existence.

But in addition to this, there are other striking contrasts in the
manner of the development of the two insects. In both the
transformation takes place within a new cellular investment formed
by the deposition of new layers of cells within the old larval skin.
This forms the pupa skin, and upon it are marked out the position
of the organs about to be developed, and of those whose develop-
ment seems here to be arrested. Here, however, the parallel ends,
and diversity again shews itself. In the Crane Fly, the old larval
skin is discarded on the assumption of the pupa form. In the
Blow Fly it is retained, forming around the pupa a hard
horny protective covering, called the pupa case ; the enclosed
insect thus has two wrappings — the delicate pupa skin and the
hard pupa case. Now, why this difference ? I cannot pretend to
speak with certainty on the subject, but I submit that it appears to
be intimately connected with certain manifest differences in the
mode of the formation of the thoracic segments to which I have
already partly alluded. You will remember the expression of my
opinion that in contradistinction to Mr. Lowne's description of the
imaginal discs of the Blow Fly, I regard those of the Crane Fly
as mere invaginations of the newly forming pupa skin ; and, in
fact, as such 1 question whether they are rightly to be called discs
at all, in the sense in which Mr. Lowne uses the term. He
describes the discs as enveloped in separate capsules which they
eventually rupture by their rapid growth, and by their subsequent
coalescence form the thoracic portions of the pupa skin. With a
view to ascertain personally, if possible, the accuracy of this
description, I made an examination of such larvae and pupa3 as I
could then find. These were too few to enable me to form a very
decided opinion. I could not satisfy myself as to the rupture of
the capsules or the coalescence of the discs, but in confirmation of
Mr. Lowne's views it appears that the discs instead of being
situated immediately beneath the integument, as in the Crane Fly
larvae, occupy the perivisceral space between the oesophagus and
nerve centres, and the surrounding muscular tissues in process of
degeneration. Under these circumstances a little consideration

OF THE CRANE FLY AND THE BLOW FLY. 147

will, I think, make it evident that some such process as Mr. Lowne
has described is the only way of accounting for the continuity of
the pupa skin in these segments. From this, too, it results that
as the thoracic larval muscles degenerate outside of and around the
growing imaginal discs, and before their coalescence is complete,
the removal of the pupa case while the insect is in this condition
would leave it without any integument at all — at least in the
thoracic segments : hence the necessity for its retention.

The tendency of my observations is to disprove the distinctive
character of the development of the cephalic and thoracic segments
in the Crane Fly, but to retain it in the Blow Fly ; and, if this be
true, seeing that in either case the development originates in
structures which are distinctly homologous, the question arises
whether the two methods are separated by an impassable gulf, or
whether the study of other insects, by revealing the existence of
intermediate links between the form, disposition, and connections
of these structures in the one case and the other, may bridge over
the chasm which at present seems to separate the two methods, and
indicate a gradation of modes of development, as well as of
external form and internal structure.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES X. AND XL
Plate X.

Fig. 1. — Part of the anatomy of the larva of the Crane Fly : the insect ia
represented as pinned out for dissection, and the head and digestive
organs removed. In the centre is seen the nervous cord sur-
mounted by the optic and antennal imaginal discs. Below these,
in connection with the thoracic nerve centres, are seen the
inferior thoracic imaginal discs, viz., those of the legs ; these,
again, are flanked on either side by the corresponding superior
ones, viz., those of the prothoracic pupal appendages, the wings,
and the halteres. On the left hand of the figure is seen the sub-
cutaneous muscular coat, and on the right, one of the main tracheae,
with its branches.

Fig. 2. — The head of the larva from below shewing the ventral cleft
through which the oesophagus passes. The salivary duct is seen
as a ringed tube, and below it the cerebrum and cerebellum.

Fig. 3. — The superior prothoracic appendage of the pupa of the Crane
Fly, with the trachea passing up its centre.

Fig. 4. — One of the leg discs — early stage. <

Fig. 5. — The same subsequently ; capsule (?) removed.

148 A. HAMMOND ON A COMPARISON OF THE METAMORPHOSIS, &C.

Fig. 6. — Section of the same perpendicular to the integument, showing the
continuity of the capsule (?) with the newly forming pupa skin
beneath that of the larva.

Plate XI.

Fig. 7. — The pupa of the Crane Fly shewing the superior prothoracic
appendages projecting from the thorax. The antennae are seen
bent down in front on each side of the head, and below are the
outlines of the wings and legs.

Fig. 8. — The pupa of the Blow Fly, dorsal view shewing the superior
prothoracic appendages.

Fig. 9. — The pupa case of the Blow Fly.

Fig. 10. — The imaginal discs of the Blow Fly in connection with the nerve
centres and trachese. The greater part of this figure is adapted
from those in Mr. Lowne's monograph; it is introduced chiefly for
the purpose of illustrating my remarks on the position of the
superior prothoracic discs, which I submit are situated as repre-
sented at the anterior extremities of the tracheae, immediately
beneath the integument. The discs in the centre are the optic and
antennal, attached (?) to the nerve centres above, and those of the
anterior and intermediate legs below. The remaining discs
attached (?) to the trachese are those of the wings, halteres, and
posterior legs.

Figures 1, 7, and 9 are slightly magnified ; the remainder are drawn under
an inch objective.

149

On a New Aulacodiscus, from the West Coast of

Africa.

By Arthur Cottam, P.R.A.S.

(Read February 2oth, 1876.)

A.n extraordinary diatomaceous gathering has recently been
brought to England, from the West Coast of Africa, by Mr.
Martin, an Officer of H.M.S " Spiteful," made by bim when that
vessel was sent with the Expedition up the River Congo, at a place
called Banana Creek. The peculiarity of tins gathering is that it
consists of one species only, in countless tbousands, without any
admixture whatever either of other diatoms or of any foreign
matter ; and I believe he describes the quantity obtained as " about
a pint."

Tbe diatom so gathered is a species of Aulacodiscus — a genus,
no member of wbich is very common, and most are decidedly rare.

When it was first seen by our leading diatomists it was with one
consent dubbed a variety, and an exceedingly beautiful one, of that
rare form A. Kitioni. But in November last Mr. Kitton him-
self wrote to me to say that, having looked over his slides of
Aulacodisci he had found a specimen of A. Johnsonii, from Algoa
Bay guano, that was identical with the so-called variety of
A. Kittoni.

This letter excited my curiosity to see a specimen of A. John-
sonii from Algoa Bay guano, but they are very scarce; only the
first sample of the guano that was brought to England having
contained it, and only a small number were found in that. My
cousin, Mr. Arthur C. Cole, of Liverpool, very kindly lent me his
only specimen, and my good friend Mr. George Mansfield Browne,
also of Liverpool, most generously presented me with another ; and
it afterwards occurred to me that the late Dr. Grev;lle's collection
in the British Museum was sure to contain some. I therefore went

150 A. COTTAM ON A NEW AULACODISCUS,

to the Museum and examined carefully every specimen in Dr.
Greville's collection, both of A. Kittoni and A. Johnsonii — about
half-a-dozen of each.

It is the result of these enquiries that I propose to submit to
you this evening, in hopes tbat I shall be able to satisfy you that
the diatom in question is a new species distinct from either of those
to which it has been referred.

Both species, A. Kittoni and A. Johnsonii, were named by the
late Professor Walker- Arnott ; and as Br. Greville's collection
contains examples of each mounted by Dr. Arnott, I conclude that
I have examined typical specimens.

The accompanying figures 1 and 2, Plate 12, are a large speci-
men, and one of the smallest specimens I could find of the new
form. Figures 4 and 6 are varieties of A. Kittoni, the small one
being a recent specimen from New Zealand ; the large one a
specimen out of the so-called fossil deposit from Mexillones, in
Bolivia.

I will now quote Dr. Arnott's description of A. Kittoni : — " Disc
hyaline, with 3 to 8 submarginal crescent-looking processes, con-
nected by radiant rows of minute granules, with an umbilical rosette
of oblong cellules. Kecent, New Zealand and Monterey Bay ;
fossil Monterey Stone. An elegant species distinguished by its
somewhat mammiform processes, which, being directed outwards,
appear lunate. Granules punctiform, proceeding from umbilicus
to processes in pencil-like rays ; intervals between the processes
bisected by similar pencils but less conspicuous, and without
furrows ; the rest of the granules in oblique lines, as in A. Petersii."
This description is not to my mind very accurate ; the granules
certainly appear to run in places in oblique lines, and in others in
curves, and the lines and curves are decussating (which he does
not notice), but all are equally radiant from the centre to the
margin ; and all the lines of granules, except the two which run
on each side of the rays from the centre to the processes are
branched before they reach the margin. I believe the fact to be as
Mr. Hardman describes it in a letter I received from him yester-
day. He says — " The lines of granules I believe invariably
bifurcate ; indeed, they must of necessity do so if the space between
the granules be alike and the granules all of one size — which, I
think, you will find they are, except the granules of the ' primary
rays.' Although it may be said that granules run obliquely from

FROM THE WEST COAST OF AFRICA. 151

the primary ' rays,' it will be found that the same granules also
radiate from the centre to the margin, bi-furcating at different
distances, in accordance with the varying forms of the valves. . . .
The decussating aspect of the lines of granules depends in great
measure on the forms of the valves ; if the processes be on a raised
or mammate surface the lines will be more curved or arched than
when they rise from a flat surface, and in such case the decussation
is more striking to the eye." This arrangement of radiant, oblique,
and decussating lines of granules is common to A. Petersii,
A. Kittoni (though in some varieties very much more than others,
and most striking where the processes are most numerous),
A. Sollittianus, and in the new diatom from West Africa. The
chief distinction, as it appears to me, between undoubted specimens
of A. Kittoni and the new form is in the processes, which in the
first are (as Mr. Hardman describes them) like " eye-brows," and
the last are distinct " hoods."

I will now give Professor Walker-Arnott's description of A.
Johnsonii — "Disc pale with a circular perforation-like umbilicus,
and ci'owded radiating series of granules, becoming more numerous
as they proceed outward so as to appear forked ; processes within
the margin, roundish, small. Algoa Bay guano. The rays near
the margin become more numerous with smaller granules, so as to
look like stria? ; sometimes the processes appear within a faint
circle. A. Johnsonii somewhat resembles A. Kittoni, but is less
hyaline, with more conspicuous granules, and processes more dis-
tant from the margin." Figure 7 has been drawn from Mr. Cole's
specimen of this species.

All the specimens of A . Johnsonii from Algoa Bay guano are
small, none that I have seen are very much larger than the speci-
men figured. The valve appears to be without any raised portions,
for there is no appearance of oblique or decussating lines or curves,
and its distinct border nearly one-sixth of its whole diameter of
very small granules is a feature that distinguishes it from A.
Kittoni, as also does its umbilicus. The processes are covered by a
" hood," which is so hyaline that it is easily overlooked, and so
brittle that it is my impression that I have not seen a single speci-
men in which they were all perfect. At " a " in figure 7, I have
represented the appearance of a process that has bee/t broken off.
From his description Dr. Arnott seems to have misunderstood their
character, for he describes them as " roundish, small," and then

N

152 A. COTTAM ON A NEW AULACODISCUS,

adds — » Sometimes they appear within a faint circle." This des-
cription again is somewhat inaccurate, for the hood is not circular,
but like the thick end of a wedge with the corners rounded off, and
the point of the wedge, if the sides were produced, would be the
centre of the valve or very near it. Mr. Hardman seems to think
that the hoods may have been injured, some portion of them
destroyed by the strong boiling in acids which was requisite to
clean the Algoa Bay guano. And he informs me that he has
found two specimens from the Cambridge, Barbadoes deposit,
mounted some years ago, which are identical with the Algoa Bay
specimens; "but the processes are rather more developed, yet
much less so than the West Coast of Africa one."

The new African diatom appears, therefore, to agree with A.
Kittoni in the arrangement of its granulation, although the granules
- are smaller. It differs from it in generally having a small um-
bilicus, and in its processes, which instead of being mammiform,
have distinct circular hoods. It appears to me to differ from A.
Johnsonii in the arrangement and size of its granules (although
size is not of much value as a specific distinction), but especially
in the fact that A. Johnsonii has no raised portions under the pro-
cesses, and has granules of very different sizes on the same valve.
They agree in having an umbilicus, although its presence in the
new form is not invariable ; and in these too the form of the pro-
cesses is more alike, although more highly developed in the West
African form.

It appears to me that the West African diatom differs in some
respects so distinctly from both the species with which it has been
connected, that it may be considered a new species, and I propose
to call it Aulacodiscus Afncanus, by which name Mr. Martin, I
believe, wishes it to be known. I should describe it as follows : —

Aulacodiscus Africanus. Disc hyaline, with 8, 4, or 5 sub-
marginal processes, each covered with a highly developed circular
hood. Valve inflated under each process, in the centre usually a
small umbilicus surrounded by a rosette of oblong cellules. Granu-
lation minute, crowded, radiant, and equal in size all over the valve.
Diameter from -0046" to -0021". Becent, Banana Creek, on the
West Coast of Africa.

Figs. 3 and 5 on the accompanying plate have been drawn to
show the curious resemblance in that position of two forms that in
direct side view are very different ; fig. 3 being the same form as

FROM THE WEST COAST OF AFRICA.

153

fig. 2 ; and fig. 5 as fig. 4. The full front view of a complete
frustule of A. Africanus shown in fig. 8, is again unlike what would
be expected from the three-quarter view of it shown in fig. 3.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Aulacodi setts Africanus, side view, a large specimen.

2. Ditto „ a small specimen.

3. Ditto on its edge.
8. Ditto front view.

4. Atdacodiscus Kittoni (recent) New Zealand.

5. Ditto on its edge.

6. Ditto (Fossil) Mexillones deposit, Bolivia.

7. Aulaco discus Johnsonii. Algoa Bay Guano,
(a) Process broken off.

All the figures are drawn to a scale of 400 diameters.

154

On a New Method of Cutting Fkesh Frozen Tissues.
By E. Packenham Williams.

{Read February 25th, 1876.)

It is not my intention to occupy your time this evening with
any very lengthy communication. I have felt under obligation to
the members of the Club for the kind manner in which they
received my communication respecting the little machine which I
had the pleasure of introducing to their notice last year. That little
instrument has not succeeded, I suppose, because the instrument
makers thought that it could not be produced at a figure likely to
command a sale. There is a further disadvantage it labours under;
I find that the sharpening of the cutter is a serious obstacle
in the way even of those who may be considered as respectable
amateur mechanics. I may say, however, that I think I see my
way clear to provide a means — purely mechanical — to effect that
operation. For these reasons I have felt it to be somewhat
incumbent upon me to put into form, and place before the Club an
apparatus first suggested by the hearing of a paper read by Dr.
Urban Pritchard, before the Medical Microscopical Society last
November, " On a new Freezing Microtome." The extraordinary
simplicity of the method by which the tissue was, by one and the
same operation, frozen and attached to the cylinder on which it
remained whilst it was being cut, presented a very obvious ad-
vantage. The sections were, however, cut by hand, which some
say, so far from being an objection, is a positive advantage, as
enabling them to cut thinner sections, which, I need hardly say,
I fail to see. Surely if a section be thin enough only at the edye,
one sufficiently thin throughout its whole extent is infinitely better.
Therefore judging that it would meet with your approval, I went
to work and produced a form of apparatus which, in my humble
opinion, though only a modification of existing methods, is yet
sufficiently original to warrant me in describing it to you as an
eminently serviceable combination. In Dr. Pritchard's plan
the temperature of the cylinder is reduced by plunging it in a
mixture of ice and salt, from which it is removed when sufficiently

R. P. WILLIAMS ON CUTTING FRESH FI10ZEN TISSUES. 155

cold, and covered with felt to prevent the conduction of heat;
and the sections are, as I have said, cut by hand. In the form
of apparatus before you, the cylinder is fixed in a chamber sur-
rounded by the freezing mixture, and the sections are cut by a
machine which may or may not be a modification of the American
triangular frame instrument incidentally mentioned by Mr. E. T.
Newton, in his paper read before the Club last year. Never
having seen one of these instruments I made one, but soon found
the moving of the three screws to be an intolerable nuisance. I
then made another, in which I placed the razor exactly parallel to
the base of the triangle, and the setting for thickness I obtained
by means of one screw, that at the apex. The screws at the
angles of the base are set through, so as to clear the razor-blade
of the tissue, all except its cutting edge, when the setting
screw is set through as far as it will go. It will be remarked that
the value of the setting screw at the cutting edge of the razor is
considerably less than in its place at the apex. It is, in fact, in
direct proportion to the respective distances of the screw and the
cutting edge from the base line, that is to say, as the distance of
the setting screw from the base line is to the pitch value of that
screw, so is the distance of the razor edge from the base line, to
the interval through which it will have been moved by one turn of
the setting screw. In the instrument before you one turn of the
setting screw sets the razor edge for Ti^ of an inch. If, therefore,
the head of the setting screw be divided into 10, one of those
divisions will set for a section j^ols inch thick. It may be objected
that the cutting angle of the razor is continually being altered by
the setting of the screw, but when we remember that within
certain limits, where there is no facing plate or guide, the operator
cannot be sure at what angle he holds the razor with respect to
the tissue which is to be cut, or that he holds it twice at the
same angle, this objection will lose much of its force. There is,
moreover, a positive advantage when cutting extremely thin sec-
tions in holding the razor at a considerable angle. I think it is
not sufficiently borne in mind that the last operation of sharpening
the razor — taking off the feather edge — practically introduces
two new planes ; thus, if we exaggerate the section of a razor,*

* It will be obvious from an inspection of the figure £P1. xiv., fig. 3)
that the angles A, B, C, would have to be ground off before a fine setting
could be effected ; or, which would be equivalent, the back of the razor
raised, the edge being fixed, until the plane D C is parallel to F P.

156 K. P. WILLIAMS ON CUTTING FRESH FROZEN TISSUES.

you will see that the new surface is of prime importance, and
until it is brought parallel with the facing plate there must be a
positive displacement, without any cutting if the setting screw is
not advanced enough. I do not think that there is much more to
be said about the razor frame, except that by the movement of the
base screws and those at the razor edge, the blade can be brought
into parallelism with the facing plate over which it moves. Revert-
ing to the other part of the apparatus. It consists of a wooden
chamber with a thick bottom, to which is firmly screwed a pillar
with a spreading base, and curved sides so as to increase the
extent of surface in contact with the freezing mixture (ice and
salt). This cylinder projects above the facing plate, and the top
has a hole drilled and tapped in it to receive discs of any size ; this
arrangement allows the use of wax or cement for any substance
which may not require to be frozen, in which case you would
select a disc of convenient size ; hold it over the spirit lamp, and
cement your object upon it, adjusting it as occasion may require,
screw it into its place, and cut away. To the top of the chamber
is fitted a turned lid, with a projecting flange ; the lid is turned
out on the top to receive an 8 inch plate-glass disc, with a hole in
the centre, 1^ inch in diameter. A bead is left up around the
external edge, and a ring of ebonite is turned into the centre hole,
also projecting above the surface of the plate-glass ; the object of
this being to prevent the slipping of the razor frame off the plate
to the probable damage of the razor edge. I do not think I need
further commend this matter to your notice. I may, however, in
conclusion, say that I should feel happy indeed if anything I have
done should prove of any service whatever to microscopy, especially
in relation to that most useful, and, if I may be allowed to say,
most legitimate application of the instrument — the study of the
organic tissues.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. — Section of chamber, cylinder, &c. The chamber is filled with ice

and salt.
Fig. 2. — The triangular frame, S the setting screw, B B base screws, C C

razor edge screws, notched at the point, the notches corresponding .

to others in the razor edge.
Fig. 3. — Diagram of razor edge.

157

On a New Stage Arrangement for the Examination of
Objects by Reflected or Transmitted Light.

By N. E. Green, F.R.A.S.
(Bead February 25th, 1876 j.

This stage arrangement may be described in very few words. It
consists of a plate of brass, 3in. by 2, which lies on the stage of the
microscope. It has a large central bole to admit of free action in
the condenser attached to the sub-stage. At the upper and lower
sides of this hole there are two pieces of brass attached to the
plate, about f of an inch in height, having two springs on their
upper surfaces for holding the slide, which is thus placed in a
direction at right angles with the usual position ; a condenser of
short focus is placed at the side, and throws on the object an
intense spot of light from a Silber burner. This arrangement,
though exceedingly simple in itself, has resulted (and that almost
unexpectedly) in a great increase of power. The old plan had
been to produce the necessary elevation above the stage of the
microscope by means of a mahogany block, which only permitted
the passage of an exceedingly thin wedge of light ; just as much as
could be forced between the object glass and the object. By the
new arrangement not only is this secured, but all the lower half of
the condenser comes into use, throwing up its light from below
the slide, and yet in such an oblique direction that it does not
enter the object glass ; so that dark background is possible up to
a ^g. As a final result it may be stated that this illumination,
is in many respects equal, and in some superior, to that previously
obtained by the lime light.

With regard to the employment of transmitted light from the
reflector, tbe large hole in the brass plate permits the freest
action about the achromatic condenser, which is passed forward
by the rackwork of the substage, till it nearly touphes the under
portion of the slide. It is then possible to arrange both lights on

158 N. E. GREEN ON A NEW STAGE ARRANGEMENT.

the object, cutting off one or the other at pleasure by interposing a
piece of cardboard. Sti'ange indeed (to one unaccustomed to this
method of comparison) is the great alteration of appearance, as one
illumination is exchanged for the other. Delicate and beautiful
forms, which have just delighted the eye, and engaged the pencil,
brought into relief by the great obliquity of side-ray, vanish like a
dream, and are replaced by the old accustomed appearances with
transmitted light. So complete is the disappearance that we are
tempted to try an alteration of focus, hoping thus to recover
something of that which just previously had been so evident, but to
no purpose ; all effort is useless, till the transmitted ray is shut
off, and side-light again allowed to reproduce the lovely picture.
A few drawings of the surface markings of some of the Diatoniaceae
are exhibited in order that those accustomed to the usual appear-
ances may judge of the changes produced by thus varying the
method of illumination.

We exhibit this evening, by means of the new stage, a slide of Angu •
latum, under a J^ by Zeiss, and would direct attention to the pearly
gray tone of the background, from which the valve is projected with a
brilliance like that of silver ; the advantage in this case being a
deliciously clear definition, without any glare of light upon the eye.
The brilliancy of the picture is doubtless due, to a great extent,
to the distance at which these German lenses focus from the
object, thus admitting the passage of a greater amount of light.
The definition of this lens by Zeiss must speak for itself. Tri-
ceratium, under a JL with the lime-light, and a valve of Isthmia
are also exhibited as examples cf the results of side-illumination.

Plate xiii (lower half), illustrates this paper.

159

On Silicified Structure in Pyritized Wood.

By M. Hawkins Johnson, F.G.S.
(Read March 2ith, 1867.)

On the north coast of the Isle of Sheppey, when the tide is low,
a great quantity of fossil wood may be found, which is washed out
of the London Clay, of which the cliffs consist, by the action of
the waves. Lying on the shore the fragments appear, at first
sight, exactly like broken twigs and pieces of recent wood in a
state of decay, but their weight, their bronze tint, and their
glittering fracture soon dispel the illusion. They consist mainly of
iron pyrites, and are used at Queenborough in the manufacture of
sulphuric acid.

If a piece of one of these twigs be carefully ground to a smooth
surface, and then submitted to the action of strong nitric acid for
about an hour, the iron pyrites will be dissolved to a greater or
less depth, and the woody structure left standing in relief; that is
to say, the carbonaceous walls of the wood cells, which appear to
have been silicified, are not dissolved, while the pyritous infiltra-
tion which subsequently filled the pores of the structure has been
removed.

This structure is of so definite a character that it is impossible
to confound it with any accidental arrangement of particles of
sulphur, as was suggested by some, to account for the beautiful
forms revealed by similar treatment of the pyritous nodules in the
Chalk ; while, supposing the structure revealed by nitric acid in the
pyritous nodules from the Chalk, really to represent the original
organic structure of the thing fossilized, and to be due, as I
suppose, to the replacement of the carbon of that structure by
silicon, much more might we reasonably expect to find so highly
carbonaceous a structure as wood similarly preserved — which agrees
with the fact.

160 M. H. JOHNSON ON SILICIFIED STRUCTURE IN PYR1TIZED WOOD.

In silicified wood, using the term as it is generally understood,
the silicified woody structure, instead of being filled in with pyrites,
is filled in with silica. If a slice of such wood be taken and
stained with acetate of ros aniline, it will be found that it is the
coll wall, the representative of the wood itself, that takes the
colour, while the filling in remains uncoloured. In like manner
flints, stained in the same way, show the structure of the organism
coloured, while the filling in remains uncoloured, or compara-
tively so.

I offer these notes in the hope that they may help in some
measure to elucidate the subject of silicification.

161

PROCEEDINGS.
January 14th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting

The following objects were exhibited : —
Wing of Chrysolista Linneella
Scales of Carp...

Absorption spectra of Cantharides
Oolitic Limestone, Section ...
Podnra Scale, under gth objective ...
Section of Eush, stained

Mr. Enock.
Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Swift.
Mr. Topping.

Attendance — Members, 58 ; Visitors, 5 ; Total, 63.

January 28th, 1876.— Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following additions to the Library were announced: —
" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... ... from the Publisher

" Science Gossip"

" Popular Science Eeview" ...

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society"

„ „ Geological Association

" The American Naturalist"

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science"

>!
>»

„ the Society.

„ the Association
in exchange,
by purchase.

Mr. W. Bowcher, Dr. Thos. Cotton, Mr. G. Dilnott, Mr. John Faulkner,
and Mr. John Woollett, were balloted for, and duly elected members of the
Club.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. Fullagar in continuation of his paper
on Actinophrys.

The Secretary said that, knowing how much the members of the Club
were always interested in any new matters connected with microscopy, he
had asked Mr. Swift to allow him to exhibit and describe his latest produc-
tion, an extremely portable binocular microscope. At first sight it might be
thought to resemble a victim of a recent railway collision, but though a con-
fused mass as taken from the box, when properly adjusted and set up, it was
as pretty a little binocular as could be seen, and it was *iot only pretty but
also very useful. By turning the body a quarter round, it could be conve-

1G2

niently used as a monocular, as the secondary body was quite out of
the way, and the whole of the light was shut off from the slot that the
prism had previously occupied. The rackwork was of great length, so that
it would take in a 4 or even a 5 inch objective, the extremely thin stage was
an advantage in oblique illumination, and it was provided with a very con-
venient holder for the slides. Countersunk in the stage was a little rotating
cell, in which a selenite, or a slide of diatoms, could be placed and concen-
trically rotated. The box contained, in addition to the microscope, a variety
of apparatus, including one of Mr. Swift's achromatic condensers, and anew
pattern nose piece, with the arm curved. The polarizing apparatus was also
worthy of note, because the analyzing prism was placed ready in the tube
above the binocular prism, an arrangement which was of advantage in the
use of polarized light with the binocular.

The President thought the instrument and its arrangements were admi-
rable ; an important point was certainly that of placing the analyzing prism
immediately above the reflecting prism, so that it could be used binocularly ;
and another to which he also drew attention, was the method of focussing
the condenser by means of an inclined slot and pin.

A paper by Mr. Henry Davis, entitled " Notes on a Larval Cirripede,"
was read by Mr. Curties, who expressed his regret at the unavoidable
absence of the author. The paper was illustrated by diagrams, and by
specimens exhibited in the room.

The President said he need not say that any investigator who drew atten-
tion to larval forms, and prevented them from being referred to new genera,
did good service to the student. It was something new to him to hear of a
parasitic Cirripede.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Davis for his
paper, and to Mr. Curties for communicating it.

Mr. Hammond read a paper " On a Comparison between the Metamor.
phosis of the Crane Ply and the Blow Fly," the subject being illustrated by
a series of excellent coloured diagrams.

The President said he must confess that the subject was one which he had
by no means studied ; he could therefore only express his pleasure at the
amount of labour and delicacy which had been bestowed upon such investi-
gations as those, in going over the ground so well worked by Mr. Lowne
and others, not only confirming, but also, in some measure, going beyond
them.

Mr. T. C. White thought that the paper they had just heard with so much
pleasure, would reflect credit, not only upon Mr. Hammond, but also upon
the Club itself ; for it could not fail to be creditable to the Club to have
such a paper printed in its proceedings. He hoped that the impression pro-
duced by this paper would not be allowed to die away, for there was no
study more interesting, or more likely to be productive of good results, than
the study of larval forms and their development. He should like to ask Mr.
Hammond where and when these larvae were to be obtained ? He was
himself only a tyro in entomology, and therefore desired information, and
thought it quite possible that many of the younger members of the Club

163

might like to have this question answered, because if they were to study
these larvae, of course the first thing to be done in the matter, was to find
some to study. He was very glad to see that they had two papers on larval
forms of animal life that evening. The first paper had greatly interested
him, but he could not say very much about it, except that it was quite a
surprise to him to hear of a larval form being found on the feathers of a
sea bird. He had some opportunities of watching the development of
marine forms, and had on one occasion seen, in his aquarium, the ejection of
something from the open valve of a shell, and, upon closer examination, he
found that not only the ova, but also free swimming larva? of the barnacle
were being thrown out. He should advise anyone who wished to follow out
the study of these creatures, to separate the young from the parents as soon
as possible, as the latter had a way of eating them up whenever they had
the chance. He had found them hitherto to be very difficult to mount,
having tried spirit and water, glycerine and water, and nearly all the usual
preservative fluids, but without success — so that he should be very glad
indeed if anyone would tell him how it was possible to preserve them.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Hammond for
his paper.

Mr. Hammond having briefly acknowledged the vote of thanks, said, in
reply to Mr. White's question, that the larvae of the Crane Fly might be
found at any time during the five months previous to September, by digging
in the ground under the roots of the grass — in September the pupae might
be found in the same way.

Mr. White thought it might be interesting if Mr. Hammond could tell
them what was the best locality in which to search with success and safety,
for it occurred to him that possibly the owner of grass land might object to
several square yards being dug up in search of the larvae.

Mr. Hammond could not point to any particular locality as being better
than another, almost any turf or heath would do ; the larvae destroyed the
roots, and so injured the grass.

Mr. White thought that in that case the destruction of the grass was of
less importance, since in digging it up they would be merely forestalling the
larvae.

The meetings for the ensuing month, and the papers to be read at the
next Ordinary Meeting were then announced, and the proceedings termi-
nated with a conversazione at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Barnacles

by Mr. T. Curties.

Mr. Enock.
Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. J. Russell.

Water Spider — Argyroneta aquatica — male ...
Parasite of Dung-beetle
Section of Willow, showing dotted ducts
Lung of Boa Constrictor — injected ...
Schlerenchymatous cell from inner bark of Pi7oO jj^ gtjies-

carpus pennatifolius ... ... ... J

Viscera of Humble Bee * Mr. T.Terry.

Attendance— Members, 83 ; Visitors, 10 ; Total, 93.

164

February 11th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Palate of Doris, polarized
Hippobosca equina (the Forest Fly) ...
Moss from Hurstmonceaux, polarized
Aulacooliscus Petersii, seven rayed

„ Normanii, „

Pleurosigma angulatum, |th objective
Wing of Vanessa Io
Series of preparations illustrating the development")

of the Crane Fly j

Peristome of Moss

Fossil Tooth in coal-shale

Euglena viridis ...

Seeds of Eptilobium hirsutum ...

Astromma Aristotelis ...

Pleurosigma angulatum, |th objective

Attendance — Members, 44 ; Visitors, 4 ;

Mr. A. L. Corbett.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Glasspoole.
Mr. G. Green.

Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. Hammond.

Mr. G. Hind.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. F. Eeeve.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Swift.
Total, 48.

}

the Society,
the Society.

Mr. T.C.White.

the Editor.

February 25th, 1876.— T. Charters White, Esq., M.E.C.S., &c.
Vice-President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club wei-e announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip"

" Proceedings of the Royal Society "

" Proceedings of the Natural Society of Glasgow,"

three parts ...
"Course of Practical Instruction in Physiology,)

by Huxley and Martin ... ... ... j

" The Medical Examiner," weekly...
"The American Naturalist"

Also for the Album of the Club : —

Portraits of Mr. Fitch, Mr. Chas. Mills, and the late Dr. Joseph Toynbee
(the latter presented to the Club by Dr. M. C. Cooke).

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of
the Club: — Dr. W. R. Ballard, jun., Mr. John Godwin, Mr. W. R. May, Rev.
Thos. E. Meredyth, M.A., Mr. Henry H. Ongley, Mr. Ed. Smith, F.S.S., and
Mr. Geo. Wheeler.

Mr. R. P. Williams read a paper " On an Improved Freezing Microtome,''
which he illustrated by diagrams drawn upon the black board, and by the
exhibition of the apparatus described.

The Chairman thought the club was much indebted to Mr. Williams for his

in exchange.

165

very interesting paper, and that this new piece of apparatus would be in-
valuable to all who did not cut sections by hand. There could be no doubt
whatever as to the greater value of sections cut from fresh material in
comparison with those which had been kept for some time hardening, and
he thought that a fresh specimen of a morbid or animal tissue would un-
doubtedly be more likely to give accurate details to the observer than one
which had been for weeks hardening in chromic acid. Dr. Pritchard's
freezing microtome was certainly good ; but there were many persons who
could not cut sections by hand, and therefore required an assistance of this
kind, and of all that he had seen this one appeared to be decidedly the
simplest. For his own part he preferred to cut sections by hand, but he was
quite aware that many persons found it difficult to do so ; he was, however,
strongly in favour of the plan of freezing as a means of hardening fresh
specimens. It was very hard to have to wait three weeks for a morbid
specimen to harden before it could be cut, and at the end of that time to
find that it had undergone distortion ; for although some of the advocates of
re-agents would say there was no distortion, he knew from experience that
there were very often alterations on account of contraction, and he could
briug specimens cut both before and after hardening which would clearly
show that such was the case. He should like to ask Mr. Williams if he had
any experience in the use of ether spray for freezing, in the place of ice and
salt ? Some had recommended it, but it seemed to him to be an expensive
and somewhat disagreeable substitute.

Mr. Williams said of course there were many freezing mixtures, but he
did not think that there were any so effective or so cheap as ice and salt.

The Chairman announced that Mr. Williams had promised to give them a
demonstration on the use of the microtome at their Gossip night in March.
A vote of thanks to Mr. Williams for his paper was unanimously
carried.

Mr. A. Cottam read a paper " On Aulacodiscus Africanus, a new Diatom
from West Africa," illustrating the subject by a number of beautifully
executed drawings.

The Chairman said that as he had not gone very much into this subject he
could hardly express an opinion upon it, but he felt sure that all who had
heard the paper would join with him in giving a hearty vote of thanks to
Mr. Cottam for bringing the subject before them.

The thanks of the Club were voted to Mr. Cottam for his paper.
Mr. N. E. Green read a paper " On a New Stage Arrangement for Exa-
mining Objects by Reflected or Transmitted Light." The subject was illus-
trated by pencil drawings of the appearances described in the paper, and by
the exhibition of objects under microscopes in the room.

The Chairman asked for a vote of thanks to Mr. Green for his very
interesting paper, and also for his exhibition of the specimens. Some time
ago Mr. Green gave them a beautiful demonstration of the illumination of
objects by the lime light, and this would doubtless be remembered with
great pleasure by all who were then present. Before he sat down he wished
to advert for a moment to the noticeable absence of their President — for he

166

believed it was the first time he had been absent since his election. They
would all be deeply sorry to learn that he had been called upon to endure a
heavy domestic loss. He felt sure that though absent from them, their
President would be in their thoughts, and that they would sincerely sym-
pathise with him in the severe affliction which had befallen him.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. Green for his
paper.

Four gentlemen were then proposed for membership, announcements of
meetings, &c, for the ensuing month were made, and the proceedings
terminated with a conversazione, at which the following objects were
exhibited : —

" Chlamydomonas pulvisculus"

Melicerta tyro ...

Spawn of Anodon

Skin of Spotted Gunnel-Butterfish...

Panorpa communis

Antennas of Liparis dispar ...

Plewosigma angulatum, shown with ^in.~
objective, on elevated stage

Crater-like surface of Isthmia enervis,

Mr.

Badcock.

Mr.

C. W. Balls

Mr.

Cocks.

Mr.

Curties.

Mr.

Dunning.

Mr.

Enock.

^in.

Triceratium fimbriatum, with ^.in,
objective, uncovered, to show surface
markings

Young Spiders

A new beaded test object

Section of Proglottid of Tosnia grandis ..

Spicula of Glass-rope Sponge

Alvin ...

Pleurosigma angulatum (with ^in. objective)

Rotifers

Mr. N. E. Green.

Mr. Halley.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. P. H. Ward.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. T. H. Powell.
Mr. J. Swift.
Mr. Martinelli.

Attendance— Members, 89 ; Visitors, 14.— Total, 103.

March 10th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Foot of Hawk-fly

Leaf of Drosera rotundifolia

Nitopiliyllum laceratum

Aulacodiscus Peter sii...

Chrysaora

Tongue of Bee-fly

Silicified Wood, showing Coniferous strnc

ture, from Portland
Gill of Gold Fish, stained
Farrea fecunda
Trachyte, from the Rhine, polarized

}

Mr. C. G. Dunning.

Mr. Enock.

Mr. H. G. Glasspoole.

Mr. G. Green.

Mr. Ingpen.

Mr. S. Israel.

Mr. M. H. Johnson.

Mr. W. W. Jones.
Mr. B. W. Priest.
Mr. W. S. Smith.

167

Young of Anodon, polarized Mr. Spencer.

Podura scale, with J tk objective Mr. Swift.

Selected Polycystina ... ... ... ... Mr. Topping.

Spinal Cord of Pig, stained Mr. F. H. Ward.

Teeth of Tadpole Mr. T. C. White.

Demonstration of Section Chitting Mr. R. P. Williams.

Attendance — Members, 76; Visitors, 11. — Total, 87.

March 24th, 1876.— Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... ... ,, „

" Proceedings of the Royal Society... „ the Society.

" Proceedings of the Watford Natural History Society" „ „

" The American Naturalist" ... ... ... ... in exchange.

" Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1874 ... from the Institution.
"Tyndall's Notes on Electricity, &c. ... j Mr. Watkins.

" Baker on tke Microscope" ... ... ... )

Also Photographs (for the Album) of Mr. T. Curties, Mr. G. Gardner, Mr.
Long, and Mr. Ernest Hart (the latter presented by Dr. M. C. Cooke).

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The President said he should like to see Photographs come in a little
more quickly, and commended the matter to the notice of members.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected Members of
the Society .—Mr. A. Clarkson, Mr. G. D. Colsell, Mr. Edward M. Nelson,
and Mr. Chas. J. Wilson.

The President said he had an announcement to make which had long been
on his mind. They called themselves a Microscojncal Club, and yet they
had no microscope belonging to them as a Society. He thought this was a
deficiency which ought no longer to exist, for they ought certainly to be
able to place a first-class microscope at the disposal of the reader of a
paper, who might desire one for the purpose of demonstration. Hitherto
they had relied upon the kindness of friends to supply this deficiency, and
although they had always been supplied with the instruments they might
require, yet he thought the acquirement of a Club microscope was a subject
which ought to receive their attention. The Committee considered that
the time had come when the matter should be brought forward, and they
had passed two resolutions which he would lay before them. The first was
— " That it is desirable that the Club should possess a microscope," and the
second was, " That the President shall announce this from the chair, and
solicit subscriptions towards the same." He did not propose to have any
subscription list, nor to fix a maximum or minimum sum to be subscribed ;

O

1C8

he would rather say that they did not mind how much or how little the
amounts were ; but as they wanted a good instrument, they must be prepared
to go to the expense of one. The Treasurer would be happy to receive
subscriptions for the purpose, and he would only add that the sooner the
Society was in the possession of a good instrument the better.

The President was sorry to say that Mr. Bridgman's paper was unavoid-
ably postponed, but he believed that they should not be wanting in topics
to engage their attention, as several gentlemen present had interesting sub-
jects to bring before them. He would first call upon Mr. Green, who had
some supplementary remarks to make relative to the paper which he read at
the last meeting.

Mr. N. E. Green said he had brought his microscope with him, in order to
prove the statements he had made at the previous meeting, as to the value of
very oblique light in showing diatoms, and he thought it would be obvious
to all that the surface markings were shown in the most distinct and evident
manner by side light and opaque illumination. In Triceratium they were
accustomed to see, in the ordinary manner, a small bead at each angle of
the hexagons, which seemed generally like a bright spot, but the lime-light,
directed as he had already described, showed it to be a small crater. He
might also mention that a few evenings ago Mr. Cole was with him, and
after seeing the diatoms, under the new illumination, he exjjre&sed himself
to be greatly delighted. He could also speak very highly in praise of the new
1-25 in. by Zeiss, which he had found to work very well, and to focus most
comfortably. This should be a great convenience to those who desired to
work with high powers.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. Green for his
communication.

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson read a paper "On Silicified Structures in
Pyritized wood."

The President in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Johnson, was sure the
members must have felt much interest in the subject, which, it was evident,
had been treated in great part not as a matter of theory, but as one of
observation.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Johnson for
his paper.

Mr. Charles Stewart gave a highly interesting description of the Echino-
derms, than which he considered there were few more beautiful objects to
claim the attention of the microscopist. The class was a large one, and was
divided into several primary groups. First amongst these were those which
were supported on jointed stems, and being somewhat lily-like in appear-
ance, were known by the general name of the lily-stars. The next group
was very different, and comprised the snake-armed star fish, distinguished
by the great number of joints. The next were the common five-fingered
stars — the great hollow-armed, or true star fish. Then came a group which
was specially rich in objects for the microscopist — that of the Sea Urchins
or Sea Hedgehogs, and next to these, the Sea Cucumbers or Sea Gherkins.
Some of the specimens obtained from these groups were very beautiful, the

169

anchors and plates of Synapta and the spicnles of Holothuria, would ba
remembered amongst many others. Mr. Stewart then directed attention
more particularly to the Echini, of which he gave a general description,
figuring the typical forms — the teeth, alimentary canal, nervous system,
&c. — upon the black board. Attention was then called to the structure and
arrangement of the spines, the five rows of sucking feet or ambulacral
discs, and the still more remarkable pedicellariaa. In addition to the draw-
ings made by Mr. Stewart in the course of his remarks, the subject was
further illustrated by a most interesting collection of mounted specimens of
hard structures of the Echinoderms, exhibited under nine microscopes in
the room.

The President &aid he had listened to the address of Mr. Stewart with
the utmost interest, and had felt it to be most instructive. He was in the
Isle of Man some time ago, and went in a boat out to the island called the
Calf of Man. The weather was very calm, and he found upon the rocks a
large number of Echini within reach of his arm. They were upon a kind of
shelf, and he particularly noticed that each one had a hollow place scooped
out under it, which seemed, without doubt, as if it had been made by the
creature itself. The land about that part is mostly of volcanic origin, and
the rocks are exceedingly hard, so that it would seem difficult for these
creatures to excavate the hollows themselves ; but he should like to ask Mr.
Stewart if it were possible for them to do this, and also by what means it
was done.

Mr. Hainworth enquired how Mr. Stewart preserved Ecliini, and also
what was the best way in which to mount them, so as to exhibit them to
the best effect.

Mr. T. C. White said he had a specimen of Alcyonium, digitatum (exhibited
in the room), in the mouth of which he found some Echinus spines, and he
had often wondered whether the Alcyonium preyed upon the Echinus, or
vice versa. The spines were found in the mouths of these Polyps in several
other instances also.

Mr. Charles Stewart said, in answer to the President's question, that the
subject was one which had frequently received attention, for, in the case of
the common Echinus fEchinus lividusj, it was invariably found that these
depressions existed, and the way in which they were supposed to be formed
was by the constant sucking action of the ambulacral tubes. It had been
supposed by some, that the spines had something to do with the formation
of these hollows, but this was not at all borne out by examination, as not
even the smallest spines showed any appearance of being worn away. With
regard to preparation, the smaller star fish presented very little difficulty,
as they had no tendency to throw off their arms as the others did. The
best way was to put them upon a piece of glass, and spread them out with
a needle, then allow a little fresh water to run up to them, though not
enough to let them move about, this speedily killed them, and they could
then be turned over and spread out with a needle. If it was desired to
mount them transparently, they should be dropped into spirit, and then into
oil of cloves and balsam in the usual way. He thought that, in the cases

170

mentioned by Mr. White, the Alcyonium was not likely to have been in any
way the aggressor, but that the Echinus must have been crawling about,
and had some of its spines seized by the Alcyonium, or else, perhaps, they
had got stuck into it.

The cordial thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. Charles
Stewart for his very interesting communication.

The Secretary then said that on one of the tables, members would find
a new Microscope and Mounting Lamp, designed by Mr. Lane Sear, and
manufactured by the Silber Light Company.

The President announced that it had been decided by the Committee to
postpone the Soiree until October or November next.

Excursions for the ensuing month were then announced, but that for
April 8th to Barnes, was abandoned in consequence of the difficulties likely
to arise in the matter of conveyance to that place during the University
boat race. The next gossip night falling upon Good Friday, would also be
omitted.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the fol-
lowing objects were exhibited : —
Oridium monlioides . . .
Various Spongidw ],.,

Clubiona brevipes (showing muscles in situ)
Orbitolites complanatus
Various Diatoms shown with^in. objective")
as opaque objects ... ... )

Meyerina — a new sponge ...
Acrocladia trigonaria section of spine)
EcMnometra triangularia (section)
Collection of specimens of hard structures")
of Echinoderms (under 9 microscopes) )
Foraminif era from the Mediterranean
Section of Alcyonium digitatum. ..

Attendance — Members, 94 ; Visitors, 14 ; Total, 108.

}

by Mr. W. J.

Brown.

Mr.

Cole.

Mr.

Enock.

Mr.

J. W.

Goodinge.

Mr.

N. E.

Green.

Mr.

W. W. Eeeves.

Mr.

J. A.

Smith.

Mr.

Chas,

, Stewart.

Mr.

Watkins.

Mr.

T. C.

White.

171

On the Principles of Illumination in Connexion with

Polarization.

By W. K. Bridgman, L.D.S.

{Bead April 2Stk, 1876).
Plate xv.

Although it appears to be universally recognised that the illumi-
nation of an object under the microscope is of scarcely less importance
than the performance of the object-glass itself, it must be fully ad-
mitted that the perfection of the one has greatly outstripped that of
the other, leaving something more to be accomplished with the latter
in order to bring them both up to the same level.

It is commonly understood that an object is rendered visible by
the light reflected from its surface. This, however, is a misleading
statement, and requires explanation. Let a lamp or candle be held
in front of an oil-painting, and then let the eye be so placed as to
receive the light reflected from its surface, when it will be found that
nothing whatever of the detail of the picture will be visible, but that
only a confused glare, accompanied by an indistinct outline of the
source of the light, will present itself. If, however, the eye be now
brought to a point midway between the light and its reflected image,
all the previous glare will be absent, and at the same time the mi-
nutiae of the drawing and colour of the picture will have become
beautifully clear and distinct ; thus making it seem as if it were light
absorbed rather than reflected, which causes the object to be seen,
although the fact admits of a different interpretation.

Light is supposed to be derived from undulations or vibrations in
an "ether" which is believed to be ubicmitous, and to permeate,
more or .less, all objects in nature. These waves constituting light,
are propagated in all directions, and being given off laterally, tend
thus to effect its general diffusion. Now, it is these undulations or
vibrations, that are spread transversely to the line of the reflected
ray, which enter the eye and produce the phenomenon of vision ; or,
as it is expressed by Dr. Spottiswoode, " the vibratiqns producing
the sensation of light take place in planes perpendicular to the direc-

172 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON THE PRINCIPLES OF

tion of the ray."* Hence, in viewing the picture, instead of placing
the eye in the line of the reflected ray, let it be moved to a point
vertical to the spot upon which the incident rays fall, when the trans-
verse vibrations thrown up from the angle where the rays are bent,
reach the eye unaccompanied by any of the direct reflections, and
hence the freedom from " glare" or fog.

Now, if the preceding experiment be repeated more carefully with
an ordinary " graphoscope," it will be found also, that the richness
of colour and purity of the light will depend very greatly on the
angle at which the light shall be incident upon the surface. Select-
ing a piece of glowing scarlet, or of rich crimson, as being colours
most sensitive to the addition of white, let a small lamp or wax
candle be fixed upon a movable arm, pivotted to the centre directly
beneath the spot of incidence, and around which it may be moved in
the segment of a circle, and with the direct light properly screened
off, it will soon be jierceived by an experienced eye that there is one
particular position of the light at which the colour shows to the
greatest advantage. Let this angle be now measured, and it will be
found to be about fifty-six degrees, or the polarising angle for a
painted surface. On moving the light so as to enlarge the angle,
the colour will begin to fade for want of sufficient illumination, while,
on the other hand, if the light be brought nearer to the centre, it
will become brighter and more vivid, but then it will be at the ex-
pense of its purity, and appear as if seen through a silvery mist of
fog, owing to the direct reflections getting spread up into the field
of view. In the illumination of an opaque object under the micros-
cope, the same law necessarily holds good. For day-work it is best
to obtain the light from a white cloud opposite to the sun. If this
light be tested it will be seen to be wholly devoid of polarization ;
but let the analysing prism and selenite be directed either to the blue
sky, or in a direction across the suns rays, and the light will then
appear strongly polarized, and which scattered polarization affords
the worst possible kind of illumination for the microscope. It is
not the mere fact of using light already in a state of polarization
which has to be considered, but it is the act of polarization at the
time, which seems to develop some other correlative force concerned
in the result. It has been shown by Sir Win, Grove that a beam
of light produces heat, electricity, magnetism, chemical action, and

* " Nature Series, Polarization of Light," by W. Spottiswoode, LL.D.,

F.K.S., &c.

ILLUMINATION IN CONNEXION WITH POLARIZATION. 173

motion, and eacli one of these again reproduces all the others, so
that a light-ray is not an isolated force, but is one of an association
of forces, of which illumination is only one of the effects ; but of
this group, the first five out of the six are effective solely by virtue
of polar action, heat and light, in becoming polar ; electricity,
magnetism, and chemical action, in losing polarity and becoming
passive. It is thus the polarity induced by the impact of the ray
which excites, or confers upon the reflected or the refracted portion of
the ray, a condition enabling it to convey the impression of the object
to the eye, and the desideratum is to restrict the effect as much as
possible to this one action.

" If light reflected from the surface of almost any except metallic
bodies, be examined with a plate of Tourmaline, it will, in general,
be found to show traces of polarization. . . Every ray of ordinary
light incident at any angle upon a transparent plate, is partly reflected
and partly refracted : the reflected ray is partially polarized, and so
also is the refracted ray. . . . Eeflection is generally, perhaps al-
ways, accompanied by refraction." There is, however, one particular
angle at which polarization is at a maximum. This angle is not the
same for all substances, as it varies according to their refractive
power ; hence, for water it is 52° 45'; glass, 51° 35'; amber, 56°
35'; Iceland spar, 58° 23' ; and for the diamond, 68° 02'.

When light is incident at the polarising angle, the reflected and
the refracted rays make together a right angle, while the tangent of
the incident ray equals the refractive index of the substance em-
ployed, so that this tangent subtracted from 90° gives its angle of
polarization, and it has been assumed that the angle for amber, or
about fifty-six degrees, will be about the angle for the majority of
organic bodies viewed with the microscope.

In the illumination of an opaque object by means of a side lens,
or a metallic reflector, a very satisfactory light is generally ob-
tained almost as a matter of course ; this, however, is to be ac-
counted for by an approximation to the polarizing angle happening
to present itself as the most convenient position available. But should
the Lieberkuhn be substituted for the side illumination, the very
reverse of this becomes a natural consequence. The mass of direct
rays which are thrown down, drowning the object with vertical light
that obliterates all detail, is an abuse, and not its legitimate use, and
has done much to prevent the instrument from being appreciated
as it deserves. If it be arranged, as shown in Fig. 3, so as

174 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON THE PRINCIPLES OF

to direct the rays at the proper angle of incidence upon the object,
no better means of illumination can be desired either for effect or
for convenience.

In applying it, the lamp may be placed, as usual, on the left-hand
side of the instrument, and the mirror should be turned a little to
the right and the rays directed on to the outer edge of the Lieber-
kiihn on the same side as the mirror ; after which a very slight
movement of the mirror will suffice to bring the best part of the
flame on to the object. When rightly adjusted the light will be full
and clear, and perfectly free from haze or glare. An excellent test
for obtaining this is afforded by the underside of the leaf of the
Blumenbachii coronata, the delicate transparent hairs of which are
almost invisible under an imperfect illumination, but, under a proper
light, stand out distinct and fresh, like herbage after a shower of
rain.

To prepare a scale for obtaining this angle, in the absence of a
sector, the following plan will be found sufficiently accurate : —
Procure a large sheet of paper and fold it in two, so as to obtain
the base line a, A, b (Fig. 1) at one edge, and, perpendicular to it,
the median line A B. Then, with a pair of compasses opened to
8.y inches, draw the semi-circle c, d, e. Closing them to 3^- inches,
mark that distance on each side of d, and draw the lines C A, A I),
which will give C A B, B A D at the angle of 56° on each side of
the perpendicular A B. Repeating the same operation with the
compasses opened to 3| inches, will give E A B, B A F angles of
540o5\ the polarizing angle of glass. Let any small card or paper
now be placed, with a marked point to coincide with A upon this
diagram, and let the lines be continued on it to the point A, and it
will then serve as a guide for obtaining the angles with the instru-
ment. On placing the card upon the stage behind the object glass,
and with the median line behind the axis, the mirror or condensing
lens may then be easily placed in the proper position, as at Fig. 2,
and the light afterwards brought to its corresponding place, as there
shewn.

In viewing objects by transmitted light the same law equally
applies ; every cone of rays necessarily contains, at its axis, certain
portions that are either vertical, or so nearly so, as to suffer very
little refraction, and hence, are too direct to be other than detri-
mental to distinct vision. In practice, therefore, the central portion
should be " stopped out " by a suitably shaped diaphragm, and the

ILLUMINATION IN CONNEXION WITH POLARIZATION. 175

light be taken from that zone of the condenser which will afford rays
of the required degree of obliquity for each occasion ;* but it must be
remembered that with all transparent substances it is the refracted
(and not the reflected ray as for opaques)^ that is utilised, and hence
it is that a modification of arrangement becomes necessary.

For an opaque object the light is purest and best when taken direct
from its source and thrown down at the required angle by a metallic
reflector, without the intervention of any bullseyeor other condenser ;
but when the refracted ray is required, the reflected rays are dispensed
with, and may be sifted out to commence with. If the mirror were
of polished silver, or speculum metal, the light would be thrown
upwards undecomposed ; but with the silvered glass, a portion is first
reflected from its upper surface, after which the refracted portion is
sent up from the silvered under-surface ; now, as the reflected ray is
in the plane of the reflecting surface, and the refracted ray at right
angles to it it is obviously necessary that any subsequent reflections and
refractions as by the glass slip containing the object, should preserve
the same relative position of plane and refracting surface. It is,
therefore, best to place the light directly in front of the stage, and
at a distance suitable for admitting of the mirror being adjusted, so
as to receive its rays at an angle of about 5I|° (which may readily
be done by the help of the card scale placed across the setting of
the mirror) ; the refracted and the reflected rays will thus be
separated from each other by a distance proportionate to the thick-
ness of the silvered glass and the incident angle of the ray. A
second reflection and refraction then takes place at the under side of
the glass slip, and others successively from the object and from the
cover ; but each set of rays separated by the mirror will follow its
own course and behaviour, and, in all subsequent stages, producing
its own corresponding results.

By thus getting rid of direct reflected rays, we at once dispose of
the question of contracting diaphragms and other means of lessening

* Since this paper has been in progress, I have succeeded in adapting the
principle of the side reflector as a substage arrangement for transparent
objects, which possesses all the merits of the Brainhall mode of illumination
without any of its defects ; and combines also the additional advantage of
being applicable to general purposes (which the other is not) producing a
beautifully soft and clear light, with great perfection of definition. It is
so arranged that the angle of incidence may be regulated at will and set
at any degree of obliquity capable of producing from a darkground illumi-
nation to almost direct rays; whilst it admits of the lamp being placed in
front of the instrument, so as to be entirely out of the way of the hands
and face.

176 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON ILLUMINATION, &C.

quantity, as light in its proper state can hardly be too abundant ; for
it is only when contaminated with the unnecessary rays that it be-
comes distressing to the eyes. Then, as regards intensity, it must
be borne in mind that light, like its correlatives, varies inversely as
the square of the distance ; so that at two inches distance it becomes
four times less than at one inch, and at four inches, sixteen times,
and so on in like proportion. Hence, to increase or diminish intensity,
we have only to adjust the distance of the lamp accordingly, and we
may by these means dispense with ground or tinted glasses, both of
which materially interfere with delicate vision.

177

On a New Method of Mounting Microscopical Objects.

By Professor H. L. Smith, Hobart College, Geneva, N.Y.

Communicated by Mr. T. Curties.

{Read May 26, 1876.)

I have noticed so many enquiries lately as to the best mode of
mounting objects requiring a cell of moderate depth, and often the
use of a fluid, that I am induced to give a short description of my
own method, both for Diatomaceae and for Foraminifera. For the
latter I punch, out of a sheet of wax (dark-green or black), a disk
a trifle larger than the brass curtain-ring which is to constitute the
wall of the cell. This disk is pressed by one edge to the centre of
a glass slide, and slowly warmed till it melts — if well done no
bubble of air is enclosed under it, and the whole cools with a
smooth, somewhat dead surface. The ring is then pressed into this,
and centred by the turn-table, and then again pressed fully home,
showing the brass, when looked at from the under side ; and the
whole finished with the usual " Brunswick black " outside, and also
the ring inside. To attach the Foraminifera, or other objects, a
minute drop of turpentine is applied to the wax, and in a minute
or so, before it is quite dry (and we may proceed leisurely), the
object is placed on the softened wax ; when thoroughly dry, it will
be found so strongly attached that a violent blow or a fall will not
dislodge it. Of course, if the object is very large the turpentine
may have a little of the Brunswick black, or some size dissolved in
it. The improvement over the glistening gum attachment for
minute objects is very manifest — indeed no signs of the cementing
material show if the turpentine is judiciously used. While all this
is being done, the Brunswick black on the brass ring will have set
sufficiently to fasten the cover, which should be of such a size as to
rest, not on the top of the ring, but to slip just within, so that its
surface will be flush with the top of the ring. Wlfen the cover is

178 PROFESSOR H. L. SMITH ON A NEW METHOD OF

pressed home, the whole may at once, without any danger of its

"running in," be finished with the black varnish. Nothing can

exceed the soft and delicate appearance of these wax backgrounds,

nor can a cell be built up in any manner more readily. I use the

sheets prepared for wax flowers, and of course colours may be

selected to suit the object. The disks are punched by a solid

plunger, which must frequently be cleaned by punching disks from a

thick card either oiled or prepared with a little turpentine. Care

will enable one to prepare these rapidly. The thin cells for large

Diatoms, &c, to be mounted dry, I make as follows : — The wax

disk — in this case say bright red — is put under another press, and

the centre punched out, leaving a ring of wax. With my own

press I do this readily, and I will try to describe, as well as I can

without a figure, the operation. Concentric with the hole that

receives the plunger to force out the centre of the wax disk is a

larger hole (the same size as the wax disk) in a brass plate, the

plate being a trifle thicker than the wax disk ; this plate is, say two

inches long, and can be turned aside from over the hole in the bed

plate of the press, on a screw, or pin, inserted near one end.

Above this brass plate is another turning on the same pin, but

having a hole only just the size of the solid plunger. The operation

is as follows : The lower brass plate is brought into place, its hole

concentric with the hole in the bed plate (this is determined by a

limiting pin inserted in the bed plate) ; the wax disk, wetted in the

mouth, is now dropped in, and the upper plate swung round over it,

the hole in the latter of course coming into place against the

limiting pin so as to receive the plunger. When the plunger is

forced down, a ring of wax is left on the bed plate, and on swinging

round the lower brass plate this ring drops out free. The only

precaution is to keep the wax from sticking to the edges of the

plunger and of the die (simple wetting will answer admirably, and

will enable one to make these rings very nicely); if water is used, the

steel plunger must afterwards be dried and oiled. Suppose now the

rings made. We place one on the centre of a slide, putting upon it

a piece of oiled paper (so dry as not to leave marks on the slide) ;

press the wax forcibly on to the glass, and burnish it with the nail,

or an ivory handle, not so hard, however, as to press it out of shape.

The object is now put in the cell (or, if Diatoms, mounted on the

cover), and the cover applied— it should be the same size as the ring,

and may be held in place by one of the ordinary spring clips ; next,

MOUNTING MICROSCOriCAL OBJECTS. 179

by means of a pin's head (the pin mounted in a handle), or by a
wire used as a soldering tool, by heating in the flame of a lamp, and
which is applied on the top of the cover at the margin ; the wax is
melted (only under the margin of the cover, however), thus fastening
the cover securely — the different colour of the melted and attached
wax shows when this is completely done. The whole may now
receive immediately a finish of any of the ordinary varnishes, and
with no fears of running in. If the wax ring is neatly made, and
soldered to the cover (if I may be allowed the expression), a minute
ring of it— red, or blue, or white — may remain as a finish, or the
whole may be covered with the black varnish. I find the coloured
wax works somewhat better in punching than the bleached or white.
For mountingForaminifera the wax bottom cell cannot be surpassed ;
indeed, no one who bas used it will return to paper or any other
substitute.

180

Ok a New Process of Histological Staining.

By Frances Elizabeth Hoggan, M.D.

{Read May 26th, 1876.)

A description of the following histological process has already
been given in a paper which I read before the British Medical Asso-
ciation last year, at its meeting in Edinburgh. Although that paper
has been in the hands of the editor of the Journal for the last nine
months, it has not yet been published, but inadequate, and, in some
cases erroneous, accounts of my process, have been largely circulated,
especially in the continental scientific journals. Enquiries are still
often made of me respecting it, and I have, therefore, considered it
advisable to give, as shortly as possible, the details of this very
simple and effective process to your Society, whose members will, I
doubt not, put it to every variety of test.

The tissues to be stained are principally mtmbranes or soft sec-
tions, which may be either fresh, frozen, hardened in alcohol, or
hardened by the picric acid and gum process, but such hardening
agents as the chloride of gold or any chromate whatsoever, are in-
admissible.

The colouring agents required are : a 1 or 2 °/0 solution of per-
chloride of iron in distilled water or alcohol (tincture of steel) ; 2,
a solution of similar strength of pyrogallic acid in water or alcohol,
the latter fluid being preferable in both cases.

The section or membrane to be stained is first treated for one or
two minutes with alcohol ; the iron solution is filtered upon it,
allowed to remain for a couple of minutes, and then poured off. The
pyrogallic acid solution is then filtered in a similar way upon it, and
in the course of a minute or two, the desired depth of staining hav-
ing been obtained, the tissue is washed and may be mounted, in the
usual manner, either in glycerine, balsam, or varnish.

The nuclei and nucleoli will be found coloured black, and the cell
substance will also be coloured more or less, according to the age

F. E. HOGGAN ON HISTOLOGICAL STAINING. 181

and other conditions of the cell. A bluish tint may be given to
them by washing the section with an alkaline water ; the household
water of London, containing lime, is suitable for this kind of tinting.

This process is especially useful for photographic purposes, and
to those who can only work with the microscope in artificial light,
the definition being very clear and distinct. It is probably the best
process for staining silvered preparations, as it has no effect on the
black lines, while it makes the nuclei very distinct.

I have advised that the solution be filtered upon the preparation.
This, although unnecessary with clean fresh solutions, obviates any
chance of foreign matter becoming deposited on the preparation. It
is easily effected by taking a piece of blotting paper about two inches
square, folding it twice, and pouring into one of the cavities thus
formed about a teaspoonful of either solution, or more, according to
the size or number of the materials to be stained.

The whole process is speedy, simple and permanent. The stain-
ing may be accomplished in five minutes, and the staining materials
can be bought at any country druggist's shop. The filtering paper
should be held with forceps to avoid staining the fingers, as the stain
is difficult of removal except with the binoxalate of potash.

182

On Tubicolarta Najas.

By James Fullagar, Hon. Assistant Secretary of the East Kent

Natural History Society.

(Read June 23rd, 1876.)
> Plates xvi, xvii, xviii.

I have lately been making some observations upon a Rotifer, named
(in " Pritchard's Infusoria") Tubicolarta Rajas, and figured there as
inhabiting a transparent tube, into which at times the creature re-
treats. That which I have had under consideration certainly has a
transparent tube, as the animal can be distinctly seen through it, but
at the same time it is surrounded with brownish-coloured filaments
which appear to grow out of and around it, and attached to which
also are various diatoms and desmids, together with portions of
decayed vegetable matter.

On one or two occasions Colonel Horsley exhibited specimens of
this rotifer, as a very pretty object, at the Canterbury meetings,
deeming it quite equal in beauty to Melicerta ringens. Though it
had no beautiful and curiously-formed case like Melicerta, nor had it
the pellet-making machine, yet it was a very interesting object under
the microscope. I obtained of Colonel Horsley a number of these
rotifers, found in some water he had taken some months back from
a dyke at Chartham, and which had been kept in a small aquarium.
I had them under my notice for a month, during which time I made
the following observations on their development from the ova. I
had often been puzzled when I had seen the eggs of these and like
creatures hanging loosely on the outside of their bodies, and have
wondered in what way they were developed ; I have now been able to
witness this, and some other peculiarities in their economy. At Fig. 1
is a sketch of the IVajas when it is placed so that the ciliated lobes
are equally expanded, and in a perfectly uniform position ; they then
present a very beautiful appearance, the cilia passing like an endless
band round the extended disks. By the action of these cilia, of
which there is a double row, a current of water is made to flow to-
wards the mouth in the direction indicated by the arrows, bringing

J. FULLAGAR ON TUBICOLARIA NAJAS. 1>S3

with it the particles of food on which the animal feeds ; the food
thus introduced into the mouth (Fig. 1 a), which is also lined with
long cilia, is thereby conveyed down to the grinding apparatus termed
the gizzard or jaws (Fig. 1 b), where it undergoes mastication, and
then passes into the stomach, where it is subjected to the process of
digestion (Fig. 1 c), and then proceeds to what is termed the lower
stomach (Fig. 1 d), where it is retained for some time in order to
perfect the process of digestion, and to extract that which is essen-
tial for the nutriment of the creature. The effete matter left is
thrown out by a curious motion of the intestine (Fig. 1 e), up which
it travels, and is discharged at f. The intestine, with the lower
stomach when empty, is seen to be thickly lined with vibratile cilia.
The ovum of T. Najas is formed in the upj^er portion of the body
(Fig. 2 g), gradually growing there until it has attained the full size ;
it then occupies about two-thirds of the body, and is of a dark-brown
colour. It progresses thus far within the body. The ovum being
now ready for expulsion, is slowly forced down to the lower part of
the body, the stomachs being drawn upwards, and on one side, in
order to make y ay for it. Yielding to the pressure produced by the
successive contractions of the body, the ovum passes down to, and
out through the oviduct (Fig. 2 h), and is lodged within the gela-
tinous substance with which the animal is surrounded (Fig. li).
When once the egg has begun to move downwards from its original
position, it occupies not more than two minutes before it is fully
expelled from the body. It then presents the form shown at Fig. 3 k,
is of a brownish colour, and reticulated, as though covered with a
network consisting of oval-shaped meshes. It gradually becomes
less opaque, and in about four days after extrusion the first trace of
life becomes visible, presenting itself in a few freely-moving cilia at
two points, one corresponding to the future head (Fig. 4/), the other
near the centre of the ovum. Shortly after, at the latter place, the
central parts of the dental apparatus or gizzard are seen in motion
at intervals (Fig. 4 m). The cilia at the head continue to increase
in activity, and the whole contents of the egg are seen to twist to
and fro, as the time of development draws near, but no definite form
of the future animal can be detected. Two dark spots now make
their appearance (Fig. 4 n), but what they are I have not been able
to make out. In two instances I had watched the progress of the
eggs almost up to the time at which the development should take
place, when 1 was obliged to leave them, and on both occasions,

181 J. FULLAGAR ON TUBIC'OLARIA NAJAS.

when I returned, that which I had been anxiously looking for, had
taken place during my absence, and neither egg nor young animal
was to be seen. This somewhat puzzled me, as I expected at least
to see an empty and deserted shell, but nothing of the kind was to
be found. The egg continues to hold its form, as shown at Fig. 3,
to the last, when the motion within increases in violence, evidently
the creature is struggling to escape from its prison ; I now expected
to see the egg open and the animal escape, leaving the empty shell
behind, but this was not the case, for after some more violent turn-
ings and twistings the whole egg itself elongated, and took the form
of Fig. 5 ; thus, the outer case of the egg now became the outer
skin of the animal, and for about the space of ten minutes continued
to turn and twist in all directions, sometimes elongating itself to
twice the length of the original egg shape, and then again contract-
ing, but still remaining in the place it had occupied, as shown at
Fig. 1 i ; at the end of about ten minutes it suddenly evolved a cir-
clet of cilia (Fig. 5 o), and quickly assumed the form of Fig. 6 ; it
then immediately commenced to move up towards the head of the
parent, and on coming in contact with its cilia (Fig. 1 p), it sheered
off into the water, and swam quickly away, as though rejoicing in
the new life just acquired ; and thus for a time it roams about at
large. This continues for a short period, when it chooses a spot and
settles down, fixing itself by its posterior end to some weed (Fig. 7),
with one circlet of cilia in rapid motion on the margin of its head,
the head being raised on a sort of neck. At this stage the internal
arrangement of the stomachs, &c, are seen to be very similar to
those of the adults (Fig. 7 r). In the course of two days the wreath
of cilia appears to be divided, occupying two projections on the head,
and having then the appearance of two rotating wheels, very much
resembling those of Rotifer vulgaris; this continues for a time, when
it is gradually changed to the form shown in Fig. 8, and the two
lobes become further expanded ; thus the gradual growth goes on
until the full form of the adult is attained. At times the young
creature closes itself up in the form of Fig. 9, and now the gela-
tinous tube begins to form (Fig. 8 s.) It is not clear to me where
that comes from, but 1 think it probable that it is thrown out from
the body, thus forming the tube into which the Najas retires sud-
denly when alarmed ; and this it frequently does without in any
way interfering with the eggs, though the Najas goes down to, and
even passes the eggs when it retires, and sometimes two and three

J. FULLAGAR ON TUBICOLARIA NAJAS. 185

eggs are to be seen in various stages of development at the same
time, yet the movement of the Najas is not obstructed by the eggs,
nor are the eggs interfered with by the contracting or expanding of
the animal.

I have remarked that there is a double row of cilia ; this is rather
difficult to make out, but I have at times been able to do so, and I
see that a correspondent to " Science Gossip," in describing Melt-
certa ringens mentions the same fact. The motion of the cilia on
the outer edge of the disk appears to go in the direction indicated by
the arrows (Fig. 8t), while the inner current appears to move in the
opposite direction (as at u.) Fig. 10 is a sketch of the jaws or
gizzard, the dotted lines show them open, the dark lines shut.

I have previously mentioned that the mouth was lined with cilia ;
this, in some instances, was very clearly seen, that is, when the
Rotifer was more transparent than at other times, which is the case now
and then, and also when the animal was bent from the observer.
In one particular position the mouth is then very prominent, and
the cilia are observed to be very long, and to project some distance
from it. At the same time small particles, of what I should
suppose to be rejected matter not fit for food, are seen thrown
out with some degree of force ; and it is a peculiar trait in the
character of Najas that it is enabled, by the action of the cilia, to
draw particles towards the mouth with some degree of rapidity, and,
at the same time, and by the same agency, to repel and cast off
whatever the animal may find unsuited to its wants.

Description or Plates XVI, XVII, XVIII.

Fig. 1. — a, mouth ; b, gizzard ; c, stomach : d, lower stomach ; e, intestine ;
/, vent ; i, position of egg after extrusion.

Fig. 2. — g, formation of egg in the body ; h, oviduct.

Fig, 3. — Egg after extrusion.

Fig. 4. — Egg four days after extrusion ; 7, first appearance of cilia, and
at m, where also the jaws appear; n, two spots.

Fig. 5. — Elongation of egg ; o, wreath of cilia.

Fig. 6. — The form taken on escaping from the parent tube.

Fig. 7. — When first fixed ; r, stomachs seen.

Fig. 8. — Further development of the ciliated lobes; t, outer current of
cilia ; u, inner ditto ; s, commencement of gelatinous tube.

Fig. 9 — Young, closed.

Fig. 10. — Jaws of T. Najas.

1S6

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS,

Delivered at the Annual Meeting, July 28th, 1876,
By JOHN MATTHEWS, M.D., F.E.M.8.

Gentlemen, — Various circumstances have concurred to make me
delay the writing of the following paper until it was no longer pru-
dent to do so, if I meant to fulfil with any degree of propriety the
duty which devolves on your President of offering you an annual
address. Amongst these, and almost the chief, was the difficulty of
the choice of a subject ; not, indeed, because of the paucity of topics,
but quite the reverse. I had to find one of special, yet of such suf-
ficient general interest as in some degree to secure me the indulgence
of my audience, notwithstanding the possible shortcomings of its
treatment. It was while thus hesitating that my kind friend on the
right suggested to me the discussion which I will now endeavour
faintly to outline to you. He has also assisted me materially by some
most valuable hints and thoughts which I now thankfully acknow-
ledge, and a few of which he may possibly recognise in his " ipsis-
sima verba." I shall take for my motto a sentence from Bacon, as
you will presently see that it bears with peculiar significance on my
subject.

" He that is wise, let him pursue some desire or other ; for he
that doth not affect some one thing in chief, unto him all things are
distasteful and tedious."

It seems but a very short time since I stood before you addressing
myself to the same duty, and yet it is a whole year which has rushed
over us with ruthless speed — a year crowded with events, political,
social, and scientific, of the most stirring import. To the young,
inexperienced, and enthusiastic, this rapid march of events, being a
state of things into which he was born, seems the most natural pos-
sible ; one, too, with which he can deal at his leisure. In the pride
of his expected wealth of days he thinks that there is time enough
before him for the solution of all the delicate and difficult problems
of politics, of sociology, or of science. He either does not consider,

THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 187

or else he forgets, that he is but a unit in the great army of workers,
and ignores the lament of the philosopher " that Art is long, and
broad, and deep ; and time, opportunity, and our little hour, brief and
uncertain." And thus if he be untrained, as well as enthusiastic, he
inevitably drifts into the fatal error of underrating or neglecting the
labours of others, and attempting on his own part too much for one man.
As he advances in life he is gradually and reluctantly forced to the
admission that even his time will not suffice, and that he has not at
his disposal so much working power as he at the outset supposed,
and so he is compelled slowly, perhaps even unconsciously, to narrow
the sphere of his labours, until at length, in his dearly-bought ex-
perience, he recognizes the absolute necessity as well as the wisdom
of devoting himself to one branch of science alone. And well is it
for him if he learn duly what is taught by that experience, even al-
though the great drawback of its lessons may be that they are learned
too late. The life wherein they would have been of use, may be
lived out whilst we are learning them. Coleridge has said the same
thing somewhat more poetically — " Human experience, like the stern
lights of a ship at sea, too often illuminates only the path we have
passed over." He might have added — " And yet may serve as a
beacon to others that follow." The lament of the sage may thus be
confirmed by the experience of a single life. I therefore hold myself
justified in asserting that one of the surest effects (I fear it my seem
paradoxical to say causes) of a judicious scientific training is the
early recognition of this necessity of the division of labour. The
concentration of energy and intellect upon one subject is far more
certain, or at least likely, to lead to valuable results than that
diffuseness of pursuit which is tempted from the determined path
by every flower at its side. And such a vigorous pursuit is not long
without its compensations, either direct or indirect, dry and fruitless
though it may at times appear to be. Neither must we forget that
the more the individual worker is compelled to narrow the sphere of
his activity, so much the more will his intellectual desires induce
him not to sever his connexion with the subject in its entirety. How
shall he go forth stout and cheerful to his toilsome work — how feel
confident that what has given him so much labour will not moulder
uselessly away, but remain a thing of lasting value, unless he keep
alive within himself the conviction that he also has added a frag-
ment to the stupendous whole of science, which is to make the
reasonless forces of nature subservient to the moral purposes of

Q

188 the president's address.

humanity? But for all this it is not possible to touch one of the
sciences alone — they are links of a chain ; touch one, you disturb
or implicate more — perhaps all — though that which you touch
may appear at the outset to be no nearer than the ends of a chain so
far removed that they cannot be seen. Your pursuit may thus be
attended with unexpected results — the very flowers of science, and
its fruits too. The general tendency of the judicious division of
scientific labour in these days is the creation of a body of persons
whom we agree to call experts, and who are those amongst us that
are supposed to have devoted themselves so much to a single branch
of science or of art as to be distinguished by a knowledge of it, pre-
sumably superior to that of other men. Yet, even with such men,
the word knowledge is but a relative term. Here I may, perhaps,
be permitted to quote a most eloquent passage from the " Disserta-
tions " of Sir W. Hamilton.

" The highest reach of human science is the scientific recognition of
human ignorance —

' Qui nescit ignorare — nescit scire. ' *

There are two sorts of ignorance. We philosophize to escape ignorance,
and the consummation of our philosophy is ignorance ; we start from the
one, we repose in the other ; they are the goals from which and to which we
tend, and the pursuit of knowledge is but a course between two ignorances,
as human life is itself only a travelling from grave to grave. This 'learned
ignorance ' is the rational conviction by the human mind of its inability to
transcend certain limits ; it is the knowledge of ourselves — the science of
man .... In fact, the recognition of human ignorance is not only
the one highest, but the one true knowledge ; and its first fruit, as has been
said is humility. Simple nescience is not proud ; consummated science is

positively humble But as our knowledge stands to ignorance,

so stands it also to doubt. Doubt is the beginning and the end of our efforts
to know ; for as it is true — ' Alte dubitat, qui altius credit;' + so it is like-
wise true. ' Quo mayis qucrrimus eo mayis dubitamus. ' " %

But, gentlemen, as regards ourselves, we have been " wise in our
generation," for we have long since selected our special branch of
enquiry or research, and have amply vindicated our title to be deemed
special workers. Nevertheless, it cannot be denied that the question
of specialism may wear other aspects, as well as present some dis-
advantages— notably in my own profession — much to be deprecated.
On the 13th of this month, Mr. Gladstone, in his address to the
students of the London Hospital, on the occasion of the delivery of

* The man who feels not conscious of his own comparative ignorance has
not yet learnt how to possess knowledge aright.

j- The man who doubts much, is he who believes more.

X The further we carry our inquiries, the more room shall we find for
doubt and hesitation.

THE l'RESJDENT'8 ADDRESS. 18(J

the prizes adjudged in its Medical College, deprecated, in the most
eloquent terms, certain (notable) forms of specialism in professions,
as well as divisions of labour in trades, setting forth his reasons as
follows : —

But there was another topic present to the minds of those whom he was
addressing connected with the medical profession, which was the activity of
speculative thought. That activity had undoubtedly reached a point in this
age which they were not aware of in former times. In this activity of specu-
lative thought, with all the hopes and with all the efforts it might tend to
excite, he could not help seeing that an opportunity was given to the medical
profession to exercise increased influence, and assume a greater share in the
leadership of thought at large. He would give his reason for this. If he
were asked what was the besetting danger of this age in the region of
thought, he should venture to answer it was thought which was known pro-
fessionally by the name of " specialism," which generally, in the world of
industrial production, was called the " division of labour." These were
excellent things, and we would not get rid of them if we could ; but, at the
same time, few of the goods which came to us in this world came unmixed
with some drawback or besetting hazard, and the besetting hazard in the
division of labour in the industrial world, and in the description of thought he
had mentioned, was that it might tend to disproportionate development in the
faculties of the mind, and consequently to a diminution, and not an increase
of its aggregate power. With regard to the division of labour, there was no
doubt of this at all. Unless there were counterpoise and a diligent use of
the general means of improvement which the present age supplied — unless
a man pursued more than a special branch of labour, he was in danger of
becoming a stunted and deformed human being (hear, hear). Limited con-
templation tended to diminish the -general aptitude and ability and the com-
mand of resource which was so valuable to all persons in all the positions
of life.

Yet I think you may notice that his observations refer more to
specialty of thought than of pursuit or research.

Be that as it may, however, it cannot be said of our Society that
we are mere specialists, for this evening are here assembled mathe-
maticians, physicists, chemists, and zoologists, the teacher of natural
science, and the physician, the technologist and the amateur who
finds in scientific pursuits relaxation from other occupation. And
what is our bond, if I may so call it, of association ? We are called
a Microscopical Club, but what does that title mean to us ? Is
microscopy an art or is it a science ? How shall we who desire very
honourably and properly to be classed as experts, describe our occu-
pation ? A question which may not at first sight be very easy to
answer. My attention shall therefore be directed to the search for a

100

THE rKESIDEXT S ADDRESS.

reply to this most interesting question. Now, in all enquiries of this
— or, indeed, of any kind — it is best to start from the basis of defi-
nite ideas. In this case, therefore, I will begin by attempting, mind,
I only say attempting, a parallel of Art and of Science, by way of
contrast, in some axioms, which I will presently place before you.
Let me premise, however, that by the word Science, I mean chiefly,
if not wholly, Physical Science, and that in the sense of informa-
tion, as " ascertained truth," or, " as having to do with doctrines."
The word " Art " is used in the sense of " practical knowledge and
applied power." Moreover, it must always be remembered that Art,
even of the lowest and most inarticulate kind, is always tending
towards a scientific form, and Science — if it deserve the name — is
never absolutely barren, but bears fruit in some form of human
action — becomes an Art. The two run into each other. The follow-
ing are the axioms : —

ART.

1. Knows little of its birth.

2. Invents.

3. Uses the imperative.

4. Teaches us to do.

5. The methods of Art are tentative
and constructive.

6. Has rules.

V. Is mostly unconscious of mental
process.

8. Does something and could do it
again.

9. Apprehends.

10. Can be transmitted, but is often
life rented, and may die with its
possessor.

11. Is often Science materialized,
and unconsciously applied.

12. Makes knowledge a means.

13. Asks how.

14. Sees.

15. Uses one eye.

SCIENCE.

When recorded, recognizes its birth
— can register it — and has re-
corded much of its after history.

Discovers.

Uses the indicative.

Teaches us to know.

The methods of Science are induc-
tive and deductive.

Has laws.

Is conscious of it.

Says something and could say it

again.
Comprehends.

Can also be transmitted, but is al-
ways transmissible.

May be Art spiritualized.

Makes it an end.

Enquires why.

Looks.

Uses the other.

But wisdom uses both, and is stereoscopic, discerning solidity as well
as surface, and seeing on both sides — its vision being the anum
quid of two images. Bacon calls Science and Art a pair of
C\ clops.

THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 101

I have selected these aphorisms from a larger number which have
occurred to me from time to time in my reading,* because they seemed
the most easily applicable to the solution of my question, as well as
the most terse. But I must admit that they are by no means ex-
haustive, and that the subject merits, and indeed admits of a more,
extensive treatment. But then this Address would have been pro-
longed far beyond its proper limits, and would possibly have taxed
your patience unduly. Moreover I ought, perhaps, to have con-
sidered these axioms seriatim in reference to their help in assign-
ing its due place to Microscopy ; but then, again, this Address would
certainly have swollen into a volume. I have therefore confined
myself to a few illustrations (or applications), leaving the rest to be
filled up by my hearers at their leisure, if the subject really interest
them. There can be but little doubt that most of, if not all, the
sciences began their existence as arts. Thus one of the best of
modern treatises on surgery has been entitled by its author " The
Science and Art of Surgery," by John Eric Erichsen. But surely
the words " Science and Art " should have been transposed, since
the word " Surgery " means hand-work, and thus was at first an
Art or Handicraft, whatever has been its subsequent developement
into a science. It may serve as an evidence of the light in which
microscopy was regarded by the late Mrs. Somerville, when we find
that her very last scientific treatise was thus entitled " On Molecular
and Microscopic Science.'''' Clearly, then, microscopy seemed some-
thing more than an art to such a master-mind as hers. The Art of
Microscopy began, I take leave to assert, with the discovery of
Glass, so that its birth is hidden in the midst of ages. Layard
found a lens amongst the ruins of Nineveh. I am of opinion that
it was scarcely possible to manipulate glass, which is essentially, even
in its oldest forms, a transparent or translucent body, without recog-
nising its refractive powers. f The science of Microscopy certainly

* J. S. Mill, Dr. J. Brown, Belmholtz, and others.

f We may here notice some facts connected with glass, which shew that
the ancients were on the verge of making one or two very important dis-
coveries in physical science. They were acquainted with the power of
transparent spherical bodies to produce heal by the transmission of light,
though not with the manner in which that heat was generated bj the con-
centration of the solar rays. Pliny mentions the fact tbat hoHow glass balls
filled with water would, when held opposite to tbe sun, "grow hot enough
to burn any cloth they touched;" but the turn of his expression evidently
leads to the conclusion that he believed the heat to become accumulated in
the glass itself, not merely to be transmitted through it. Seneca speaks of
similar glass balls vihich magnified minute objects to the view. Kay, he had

102 THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS.

began when men having observed the phenomena of refraction, per-
haps even for the first time in a dew-drop on a rose-leaf, and next
in the tear of glass so closely resembling it, had so far reasoned on
their cause as to reproduce and vary their effects by variation of
shape, and thus to extend their applications. It is evident then that
the present art of Microscopy is the result of a wonderful series of
inventions from its birth. But the Science dates from the period
when the Lens ceased to be a mere toy, as it probably was at first ;
and having been constructed by definite rules and applied to definite
purposes, enabled men to make the wonderful discoveries which have
well-nigh ceased to astonish us in these days, on account of our
familarity with them, and our conviction that the applications of scien-
tific principles, as well as their extensions, are practically illimitable.
And yet some are despondent enough to affirm that Scientific
Microscopy is " played out." But I am very far from sharing this
opinion ; on the contrary, I firmly believe that a new era of discovery
has dawned upon us, and that it has been inaugurated by the inven-
tion of new and effectual methods of producing what is technically
called " the Differentiation of Tissues," by single and double stain-
ing, by the Polariscope ; as also in the case of the fluids, as well as
in that of the chemical elements and compounds, by the use of the
Spectroscope. Nor must the defining powers of rays of greatly in-
tensified oblique light on surfaces be omitted.

It will readily be seen, by these few and cursory remarks, how far
the phrases Art and Science are mutually interchangeable as respects
Microscopy. The plain fact is that the scientific results have been so
mixed up from the beginning with the development of the instru-
ment by which they were effected, that it is diffiult, nay, well nigh
impossible, at this period to separate them. Another point of view
from which to regard the argument is the axiom that Art " sees" —
Science "looks." Now " Seeing" is a state passive and receptive,
" looking" is a voluntary act, it is " the man within coming to the
window." Seeing is registrative only ; Looking is actively and
thoughtfully meditative. Gentlemen, I have noted those amongst us
in this Society, who have passed with infinite credit to themselves

nearly stumbled on a more remarkable discovery, the composition of light,
for he mentions the possibility of producing an artificial rain-bow, by the
use of an angular glass rod. At a far earlier period Aristophanes speaks of
the iiaXug " a transparent substance used to light fires with "—usually
translated glass. The passage is too long to quote, but " it is curious, as it
shews a perfect acquaintance with the use of the burning glass." (" Dyer's
Pompeii," p. 563.)

THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 193

and interest to us, from the one condition, from the one state, of
passivity, into a most honourable activity, which has not been without
its fruits — the boundary — the neutral ground, I may call it, being so
narrow, that the space between was easily, perhaps unconsciously,
overpassed. Another of the axioms to which I wish particularly to
call your attention is that which affirms that "Art apprehends" —
" Science comprehends." Let me fairly state my meaning, thus —
the word " apprehend," by its etymology, seems to express that
kind of grasp of a subject which is more mechanical than mental,
i.e., manipulative — a grasp by the hand (a thief is " apprehended,")
and yet it cannot be so wholly. Now to " comprehend," equally by
its etymology, means to grasp mentally — and after all has been said,
the two are really convertible — interchangeable terms. And so, I
argue, is Microscopy regarded either as an Art or a Science. I do
not believe that it is possible for a man to possess and exercise
the Art of Microscopy in any intelligent degree, without also rising
into a more intelligent appreciation of its scientific relations than
that which at first animated him. The Science thus again has fairly
grown out of the Art. But, alas ! it must be admitted, that the
converse is not always equally true, since it must be confessed that
the Microscope is not used witli sufficient skill by those in whose
researches it is all-important — I mean by the members of my own
profession. I really think that these gentlemen ought to become
members of the Quekett Club ; for if- — pray remember I only say if- —
our Club possessed no other function than that of fostering —
may I say teaching — the Art of Microscopy, it has discharged
itself of that duty well, to my happy knowledge ! Plainly, we
may thus neglect Art in seeking to master Science. " Truly
there is a Science of Art, and there is an Art of Science, the
Art of Discovery — as by a wonderful instinct, enlarging human
knowledge. Some of the highest exercises of the human spirit
have been here. All primary discoverers are artists in the
sciences they work in. Newton's guess that the diamond was
inflammable, and many other which must occur to you, was of the
true artsman kind — he did it by a sort of hunting sense — knowing
somewhat and venturing more — coming events forecasting their
shadows — but shadows which the wise alone can interpret."

There is thus a neutral ground between the Art of Microscopy
and its Science — a place, as in the Stereoscope, where the two images
are mentally or visually superimposed or concurrent. My conten-
tion then is, that this is the point of view from which we may, and

104 THE PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

indeed ought, to regard Microscopy, neither as merely an Art nor
as wholly a Science, yet a happy compound of both — just as you
would regard an object seen by the binocular microscope. As re-
gards its future and place, it is clear, I think, that a middle course
is possible, and that it may thus be defined in terms which have been
suggested to me by our Secretary. " It should be clearly under-
stood that a Microscopical Society's principal aim should be to take
into consideration the wants of the various branches of Science with
regard to minute research. Its members should aim to be experts,
ready to assist in any delicate work that may be required ; to devise
new instruments and methods of manipulation, and to improve old ones.
This would be the Art portion of the work ; and it is evident that
all branches of science are interested in its development and improve-
ment. With regard to the Science portion, such a Society has a
claim upon all researches into which the use of the microscope, or of
special processes connected with it, enter ; such researches eventually
taking their proper place in relation to Natural Science generally.
For instance, the paper on Cavities in Crystals, recently read before
the Royal Microscopical Society, is primarily a mici-oscopical one,
but will eventually find a place both in Geology and Chemistry."

Gentlemen, I am afraid that your patience must now be well nigh
exhausted. I will therefore conclude with what is a most sincere
expression of gratitude. I have now had the great honour of pre-
siding over this Club for two long and yet short years. I found it
prosperous, and I am thankful to be able to say that I leave it not
less so. I am therefore encouraged to think that my shortcomings
of which — and I speak most honestly — I am but too conscious
have not impeded its progress. I have to acknowledge with hearty
thanks the genuine courtesy and kindness with which I have ever
been met both in my official and in my private capacity ; and most
of all do I rejoice in the harmony which prevails amongst us. I
leave this chair with a large amount of undefined regret, certainly,
but that consists entirely in the consciousness that I intended to do
so much, but have really done so little. I do not know that it is
possible for my successor to compensate for all this, but of this I
feel sure, that if it be possible, he is just the man to do it, but I
cannot speak of him as he deserves in his presence.

Gentlemen, I now bid you officially farewell, but am happy to be
able to assure you of my unabated interest in this Club, with all of
its, to me, most happy associations.

195

P U 0 C E E D I N G S .

ArRiL 28th, 1876.— Ordinary Meeting.

Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The President said that he wished to call attention to the announcement;
made at the last meeting respecting the proposed purchase of a microscope
for the use of the Club, as no doubt there were many members who being
then absent were not aware of what was contemplated. There was a pro-
posal then made that a good microscope should be purchased for the Club,
but that as its funds were not sufficient to bear the expense, subscriptions
from members who were willing to contribute were invited towards this very
desirable object. It was stated that although they were a Microscopical
Club they did not, as a club, possess any instrument of their own ; and it
was thought that this ought not to be. The Treasurer would be very happy
to receive subscriptions for this purpose.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.
"Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... „ ,,

" The Popular Science Review " ... ... ,, „

" Proceedings of the Royal Society" ... the Society.

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Associa-~"|

tion"

" Annual Report of the Geologists' Asso- j
ciation" ...

" Annual Report of the Brighton and ) ' .

, TT- , r, • , « f the Society.

Sussex Natural History .Society )

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical -> .

„ . by purchase.

Science" $

A Photograph of the late Mr. Robert -> „ ,, _. , . ,
_ 7 ., C from Mrs. Hardwicke.

Hardwicke ... ... ... )

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

Mr. William E. Home and Mr. William Stopher were balloted for and duly
elected members of the Club.

An abstract of a paper by Mr. W. K. Eridgman " On the Principles of
Illumination in connection with Polarization" was read by the Secretary.

Mr. B. T. Lowne said that in listening to the paper it occurred to him
that there were two or three very important points with regard to the illu-
mination of objects, which it would be very well to bear in mind. He did
not say that an angle of 56° was not a good one at which to let the light

the Association.

196

fall upon an object — probably it was, but he was not prepared to say it was
the best under all circumstances. He pointed out that when a ray of light
fell upon a surface of glass obliquely, a part of the light was reflected, and
if the eye were directed along the line of the reflected ray towards the
point of incidence, an image of the reflected body would be seen, not at this
point, bat apparently as much behind the reflecting surface as the reflected
body was in front of it. And if two divergent rays were reflected, it was
important to remember that their relation was not altered, but that they
would go on their reflected course as divergent rays still. And then, again,
it should be remembered that it was an axiom in optics that all rays which
proceeded from a point came back again to a point in the eye. When the
eye was looking in the position drawn on the board, so as to receive the re-
flected ray, the portion of the surface which reflected it was absolutely
invisible so far as the reflected light was concerned ; but then not all the
light would fall at that particular angle, some of it would spread out and
become diffused light upon the surface, and it was by this alone that
the surface could be perceived. The amount of light which was reflected
bore a proportion to that which was diffused, according to the angle at which
it fell, and the nature of the surface on which it fell. But the light which
became polarized was light which was directly reflected, and which, there-
fore, could not give an image of the surface of the object on which it fell,
teo that although he did not say this was not a good angle, he did not think
it was the only good angle for illumination. With regard to objects which
were not opaque, they could only be seen by light which was bent out of
its course in passing through them; and if an object having the same re-
fractive index as balsam were put into balsam, it would become at once in-
visible, for if the light passed through the object in a single bundle of rays
the same as it entered, it would not be possible to see the object. To be
seen it must emit rays from every one of its points, ar.d in viewing objects
through the microscope only the bundle of reflected or refracted rays
which went through the objective enabled the object to be seen, and no
others were of any use whatever in rendering it visible, no matter what the
angle might be at which they originally fell upon it.

Mr. Ingpen said he did not know whether he had done the paper any in-
justice by not reading the whole of it, but there could be no doubt — looking
at the diagrams alone — that what he had stated was the tangible idea of the
piper, namely, that the light should fall upon the plane of the object at the
polarizing angle. The coutention was that the angle of polarization was the
angle at which an object should be illuminated, but the author did not say it
was the angle at which an opaque object should be examined. Of course it
was clear that they could in any case only view an object by the rays re-
flected from the surface in every direction. The contention appeared to him
to be that the direction of the rays of light reflected on or through the
object should bo always at the medium polarizing angle from the vertical
at which it was viewed.

The President thought that until they had the whole of the paper before
them they could hardly discuss it further. He had great pleasure in pro-
posing a vote of thanks to the author of the paper.

197

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to Mr. Bridgman for
his paper.

Seven gentlemen were proposed for membership, and the certificates in
favour of them were ordered to be suspended until the next meeting.

Meetings and excursions for the ensuing month were then announced, and
the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Living objects (not identified)
Aulacodiscus superbus
Zoea of Crab
Anatomy of the Spider
Sphosraphides of Echinocactus
Spawn of Snails
Leaf of Sphagnum ...
Navicula rhombuides ...
Aulocodiscus Brownii
Ovarian Spicules of Geodia ...
Trombidium ...
Section of Sciatic Nerve
Head of Sheep Tick ...

by Mr. Badcock.
Mr. Cottam.
Mr. Dunning.
Mr. Fitch.
Mr. Halley.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. Nelson.
Mr. Powell.
Mr. Priest.
Mr. J. A. Smith.
Mr. Ward.
Mr. Watkins.

Attendance — Members, 84; Visitors, 15. — Total, 99.

May 12th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Skin of Air-Bladder of Fish, used for ^

making Isinglass, from Bombay ... )

Polysiphonia, in fruit
Larva of Eristalis
Nitrate of Potash
Transverse Section of Tooth of Cape ^

Ant-eater ... ... ... ... )

Aulacodiscus Petersii...

Frond of Platycerum alcicorne

Leaf of Primrose

Various Test-objects, and series of High- "^

power Objectives ... ... ... J

Wood Sections, cut and mounted by the -*

late W. J. Wellsman j

Section of Tooth of Dendrodus
Polycistina (dark ground) £ obj.
Trienophora nodulata — Tapeworm of Pike ^

and various parasites ... ... )

Section of Corn from Toe (human) ...
Eggs of Planorbis

Attendance — Members, 60 ; Visitors,

Mr. A. L. Corbett.

Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. C. P. Dunning.
Mr. F. H. P. Hind.

Mr. W. Moginie.

Mr. E. M. Nelson.
Mr. B. W. Priest.
Mr. F. Reeve.
Herr W. Siebert, of
Wetzlar.

Mr. Sigsworth.

Mr. J. Slade.
Mr. Swift.

Mr. J. G. Tatem.

Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.
11.— Total 71.

198

ORDINARY MEETING.

May 26th, 1876.— T. Charters White, Esq., M.R.C.S.,
Vice-President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club were announced, and thanks voted
to the donors.

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ... „ „

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 168 ... „ the Society.

" The Medical Examiner" (weekly)... „ the Editor.

" Third Report of the Medical Microscopical Society" ,, the Society.

Three Slides Prof. E. L. Smith.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected Members of
the Club : — Mr. Joseph Blundell, Mr. John Wm, Brigstock, Mr. Chas. Emery,
Mr. James P. Powell, Mr. Thos. Shepheard, Mr. Edward Simpson, and Mr.
Chas. W. Southwell.

A paper " On a New Method of Mounting," by Prof. H. L. Smith, of
Hobart College, New York, was read by Mr. T. Curties.

The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Prof. Smith, for his commu-
nication, and for the kind way in which he had sent them the slides; their
thanks were also due to Mr. Curties for reading them the paper. He had
himself been in the habit of mounting in wax for some time past, for small
objects which did not need any great depth, and it would be remembered
that he had, some years ago, recommended a mixture of wax and Canada
balsam for the purpose. He thought it was very handy to know of this
plan of Prof. Smith's, for it frequently happened that a person had not a
cell ready of the proper depth required for moirnting ; he doubted, however,
whether these cells would be permanent for fluids.

Mr. Hainworth enquired whether such cells would be safe when exposed
to the small amount of heat given off by the lamp when placed near to them
for purposes of observation, also whether they would bear the ordinary risks
of carriage without becoming displaced.

The Chairman thought there would not be much danger of softening with
the ordinary amount of heat, but it would really be a matter of little moment
if it did slightly soften. He should be afraid that with a large mass of wax
displacement might occur, but he fancied this might be got rid of by using
some hardening material, as an addition to the wax.

Mr. Curties said that the cells had every appearance of extreme hardness,
and with regard to their fitness for travelling, he could only say that those
he had brought to the meeting had just come across the Atlantic, and though
they were not very veil packed, all had arrived in good condition.

Mr. J. E. Ingpen described a very fine microscope, by Amici, which had
been brought for exhibition to the meeting by Mr. Cm-ties.

The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Curties and to Mr. Ingpen,

109

and remarked that no doubt this microscope was a very perfect thing in its
way. and made a great sensation when it was first brought out, but for his
own part he could conceive of nothing more painful than to use it if one
had a stiff neck — perhaps, however, their ancestors were not subject to
stiff necks.

A paper by Dr. Frances Elizabeth Hoggan, " On a New Method of Stain-
ing Histological Specimens," was read by the Secretary.

The Chairman said that he believed this was the first occasion on which
they had had a paper written by a lady, and their thanks were due to Dr.
Hoggan for her short and carefully written communication. He had seen
the specimens which had been alluded to, and thought that this method of
staining gave the sections such a clear, definite outline, that it had a great
advantage over the blue or yellow stains often used ; and it had the further
advantage that the materials could be purchased at any druggist's. He
thought, however, that there were other things which would stain as well, and
he should not like, therefore, to recommend that this new method should be
adopted to the exclusion of the others.

Mr. Chas. Stewart, in reply to a question from the Chairman, said that,
having had the opportunity of seeing the specimens, he thought they showed
the features fairly well, but he did not see that there were better results
obtained than with silver. There might be an advantage in the case of some
special tissues, but he did not see himself that there was any special advan-
tage in those which had been exhibited.

The Chairman enquired if Mr. Stewart thought there was any danger of
the staining undergoing a change after a little time.

Mr. C. Stewart said he had never heard of the method before, and it was
so difficult to prophecy in such cases, that he should rather not speculate
upon any probable future chemical decompositions which might take place.

Mr. Newton said he had only just had the opportunity of seeing the
specimens, and could therefore not say much about them. There was one
point which he thought should be borne in mind, and that was that they
never could tell what staining methods would do until they tried them. He
did not think, so far as his observation went, that this method was better
than the others, but he thought they ought to feel very much obliged to Dr.
Hoggan for communicating the process, because as they never knew when
a method would fail them, they should put this one upon their lists, and no
doubt they would find some instances in which it might be of great service.

Mr. Ingpen said there was a little hint about mounting, communicated
orally, which he though worth mentioning. One or two of these specimens
were mounted in glycerine, without any preparation at all. Dr. George
Hoggan simply pressed the cover down with a clip, dropped a little warm
sealing-wax upon it, and ran a hot wire round the edge to smooth it, finish,
ing it off with some solution of wax in spirits of wine. Another of
these preparations was also mounted in glycerine in the same way, but merely
confined by copal varnish. Dr. Hoggan said that copal varnish would resist
glycerine, and this, he thought, was a hint worth remembering.

The Chairman thought the idea with regard to the sealing-wax varnish,

200

was a very good one. Shell-lac — the basis of sealing-wax — was not acted
upon by glycerine in any proportion, and would keep it in, provided that
they kept the edges clean ; and they might then paint it round with ordinary
liquid glue, or a mixture of gold-size and napthaline varnish made with
indiarubber.

The thanks of the meeting were then unanimously voted to Dr. Frances
Hoggan for her communication.

Excursions and meetings for the ensuing month were then announced,
and the proceedings terminated with a converzatione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Thistle bug — Jfonanthua Cardui ... ... ... by Mr. F. Enock.

Lips and teeth of Blow-fly

Omentum of Eat — stained by Dr. Frances Hoggan's }
process ... ... ... ... )

Aulacodiscus Johnsonii

Fungus in Hydrate of Silica (species of Penicilium)

Bradford Coal

Cornea of Pig stained with chloride of gold

Laomedea

Mr. Fitch.

Dr. Hoggan.

Mr. Moginie.
Mr. W.W. Beeves.
Mr. Slade.
Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 79 ; Visitors, 14; Total, 93.

June 9th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Heterotoma spissicornis (Scissor bug)
Mouth and antenna; of Volucella pellucens
Selected Diatoms from California, )
Triceratum sept-angulatum J

Petal of Geranium ...
Balani (alive)

Section of Battan cane, stained
Sections of Ruscus aculeatus
Section of Diorite from Batho, Edinburgh
Podura scale (l-6th objective)
Young Medusa (alive)

Mr. F. Enock.

Mr. H. E. Freeman.

Mr. G. Green.

Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. Martinelli.

Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. Slade.
Mr. W. S. Smith.
Mr. M. Swift.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance— Members, 59; Visitor, 1; Total, 60.

201

ORDINARY MEETING,

June 23rd, 1876.— Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... ... from the Publisher.

" Proceedings of the Royal Society," No. 169 ... „ the Society.

" Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' Society " „ „

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Association " ... „ the Association.

" Proceedings of the Watford Natural History I , , o . ,

Society" t 7'

" The Popular Science Monthly,'' 2 Nos. (American) „ Mr John Michels.

" The American Naturalist " ... ... ... in exchange.

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly) ... ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ... ,, ,,

A Slide of Aulacodiscus SoUttianus ... ... „ Mr. Curties.

A Slide of Arenurus caudatus ... ... ... „ Mr. Fitch.

Photographs of Dr. Ramsbotham, Mr. Thos. Rogers, and Mr. J. A. Smith
were presented for the Album of the Club.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of
the Club : — Mr. Addis, Mr. Chas. Allison, Mr. Jas. Bowles, Mr. Wm. S. How,
Mr. T. R. Johnson, Mr. Thos. E. Jones, Mr. Chas. J. Kindon, Mr. H. S.
Lerson, Mr. Rd. G. Pearcy, Mr. John T. Redmayne, Mr. Henry J. Roper,
and Mr. Jas. W. Wills.

The President said he had to make an announcement relating to their
official arrangements for the coming year. Having been their President for
two years, the time had come for him to retire, and the Committee had
nominated Mr. Henry Lee as his successor. The four gentlemen who filled
the office of Vice-Presidents also retired in accordance with the rules, and
the Committee had nominated, as their successors, Dr. Matthews, Mr. Hailes,
Mr. Waller, and Mr. T. C. White ; they had also nominated, as Treasurer,
Mr. Gay ; as Hon. Secretary, Mr. Ingpen, and as Hon. Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence, Dr. M. C. Cooke. There were four vacancies upon
the Committee, consequent upon the retirement of Messrs. Hailes, Hind,
Waller and Williams ; and whilst it was within the power of any member of
the Club to substitute other names upon the balloting papers in lieu of those
nominated by the Committee, for the offices of President, Vice-Presi-
dents and Secretaries, it was especially their duty to nominate gentlemen
to fill the vacancies upon the Committee. He therefore had to ask them to
do this, and he should be happy to receive the names submitted to him.

The following nominations were then made : —

Mr. Goodinge, proposed by Mr. Waller, and seconded by Mr. Freeman.

Mr. Cottam „ Mr. Smith ,, Mr. Hainworth.

202

Mr. Andrews „ Mr. Richards „ Mr. Topping.

Mr. Priest „ Mr. T. C. White „ Mr. Marks.

Mr. Parsons „ Mr. Marks ,, Mr. Dunning.

Mr. Dunning „ Mr. J. A. Smith „ Mr T.C.White.

The President announced that Mr. Hainworth had been appointed Auditor
on behalf of the Committee, and requested the members to select another
gentleman to act with him in that capacity, on behalf of the Club.

Mr. Dobson was then proposed by Mr. Guimaraens, seconded by Mr. Brown,
and duly elected.

A paper by the Rev. J. Bramhall, " On a New Oblique Illuminator," was
read by the Secretary, who afterwards further explained the principles upon
which the instrument was constructed, and the method of using it, by means
of diagrams drawn upon the black board.

Mr. Curties, in reply to a question from the President, stated that he had
not employed this illuminator by lamp-light, but by sun-light he had ob-
tained results which were very satisfactory.

The President enquired whether dark-ground illumination could be got by
it with high powers ?

Mr. Ingpen said he had obtained a black ground with a i in. by lamp-
light.

The President thought the effect must resemble very much that of an
Amici lenticular prism ; he was, however, of opinion that one great difficulty
existed in all these methods of illumination from beneath, namely, that in
most cases the objects examined had markings below as well as above, and
a false impression often arose from seeing the one through the other ; so
that nothing would give them a perfect idea of the real surface but good
opaque illumination. He was quite sure that terrible confusion arose in
consequence of the two sets of markings being seen at the same time.
This new mode of illumination, however, was likely to be very useful in
many cases, and one of its merits certainly was its simplicity.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Bramhall for his communication, was unanimously
passed.

A paper by Mr. Fullagar on TubicolariaNajas,wsiS read by the Secretary.
It was illustrated by some very beautifully executed drawings, which were
handed round for the inspection of the members.

The President thought this a most admirable and suggestive paper. He
was not aware of any other case in which an ovum had developed in the
manner described. The acuteness of observation displayed, and the delicacy
of the drawings, were, to his mind, beyond all praise.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Fullagar, for his paper, was unanimously passed.
Mr. Badcock said he had found this object at Walthamstow, in a pond where
Conochilus was also found ; it could be obtained there by dredging up some
moss from the bottom of the pond.

Mr. Ingpen said that Mr. Fullagar gave his attention to these animals

in the intervals of business, and kept them under view for long periods of

time ; observations conducted in this way could hardly fail to be of great use.

Mr. Fitch said that, at the suggestion of the President, he had introduced

203

to their notice that evening an object which was of some interest, but as
this was the first time he had ventnred to address them at a meeting, he
wished to express his regret that his deafness prevented him from taking
any active part in their discussions. In his researches in ponds, he was
sorry to say he had not been so fortunate as some of his brethren, he could
not get polyzoa, nor was he very much more fortunate amongst rotifers.
He went some time ago to try and get some objects of this class, but without
success, and he came back much disappointed However, when he got home,
he found, amongst some other things, a little red mite, which proved to be
very rare. It was a species of Arenurus (A. caudatus), and it seemed de-
sirable to introduce it to their notice that evening. It very much resembled
Arenurus viridis, only instead of being green it was red. He had brought
it with him for exhibition, and, as there was not a specimen of Arenurus in
the Cabinet of the Club, he had also brought a slide for their acceptance.

The President expressed the thanks of the meeting to Mr. Fitch for his
communication, and observed that though it was not given to mortal man to
command success, it was to deserve it.

Announcements of the meetings and excursions for the ensuing month,
and also of the excursionists' annual dinner, were then made, and the pro-
ceedings terminated with a converzatione, at which the following objects were
exhibited : —

Alcyonella fungosa ... ... ... ... ... by Mr. Badcock.

Mr. W. J. Brown.

Aulacodiscas Sollittianus ...

Trombxdium ...

Arenurus caudatus ...

Ciliary action in Mussel |

Oolitic Limestone I

Section of Pearl from River Tay ...

Fungus — Trichia varia

Fenestrated Membrane of Human Omentum

Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Fitch.

Mi-. Martinclli.

Mr. Mogenie.
Mr. W. W. Reeves.
Mr. F. H. Ward.

Attendance — Members, 65 ; Visitors, 6; Total, 71.

July 14th, 187G. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Chelura terebrans, the boring crustacean

Hilara cilipes (Merry Dancer Fly, male)

Larva of Plilwothrips statices ...

Mouth and Antenna? of Cltrysops cwcutiens ...

Alisnia pla>tta<ju (Water Plantain) transverse section

Section of Granite from Guernsey

Young Asterias ...

Mr. Dunning.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Fitch.

Mr. Freeman.
Mr. Priest.

Mr. W. S. Smith.

Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 50 j Visitors, 4 ; Total, 54.

ll

204

ANNUAL MEETING.— July 28th, 1876.
Dr. J. Matthews, F.R.M.S., President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The President then formally declared it to be the annual meeting, and
proceeded to the election of officers for the ensuing year. Mr. Reeves was
appointed scrutineer on behalf of the Committee, and Mr. Topping on
behalf of the Members.

The Secretary read the Annual Report of the Committee, and also the
Treasurer's Annual Statement of Accounts.

The following resolution was moved by the President, seconded by Dr.
Gray, and carried unanimously, " That the reports which have just been
read be received and adopted, and that they be printed and circulated in the
usual way."

The President said he had next a very pleasing duty to perform in mak-
ing the awards of the Committee from the munificent donation of Mr. Frank
Crisp. They would no doubt remember that when this fund was first placed
at their disposal, the Committee gave their careful attention to the best
means of applying it, so as to further the object for which it had been given,
and that they had drawn up a series of rules for their gnidance in the
matter. In accordance with the spirit of these rules, the Committee, whilst
carefully avoiding anything like the stimulation of any special work which
might be the means of drawing members away from their own more useful
studies, or of creating a spirit of rivalry, had been watching silently the
work which had been going on in the club and had found it to be satisfac-
tory. But whilst many had been doing good work, there were some who
had been more prominently distinguished than others, and the Committee
had selected three members as being specially deserving of honourable dis-
tinction, namely, Mr. Cole, Mr. Hammond, and Mr. R. P. Williams. The
paper of Mr. Cole " On Spltcerularia Boynbi," was not perhaps a matter of
original research ; but to examine and to verify, if possible, the work of
those who have gone before, was work of the highest value, and a man who
could do this was capable of embarking in original research. The pains-
taking paper of Mr. Hammond, " On a comparison between the Metamor-
phoses of the Crane-fly and the Blow-fly," was one which entitled the
author to special distinction. Few persons knew how arduous a thing it
was to engage in constant and continuous observation of living objects, and
the labour and painstaking of Mr. Hammond in this respect were beyond
all praise. Then, again, as Microscopists, they were not all gifted in the
same way — some were skilful manipulators, others were glad to avail them-
selves of mechanical aids, and to these last the section-cutting machine was
an important and valuable addition ; its parts might have been known before,
but it was in the combination of these parts, and in the perfection of the
way in which it was done, that the merit of Mr. Williams was displayed.

205

He had, therefore, very great pleasure, in the name of the Committee of the
(Juekett Microscopical Club, in presenting to those gentlemen the articles
which they had selected, the cost of which had been defrayed from the sum
placed at their disposal through the munificence of Mr. Crisp.

The President then formally presented to Mr. Cole two objectives, by Mr.
Swift ; to Mr. Hammond, a selection of books on Entomology ; and to Mr. R.
P. Williams, a lantern for the exhibition and class demonstration of micros-
copical preiiarations.

The President then read the Annual Address, which was listened to with
the greatest interest, and concluded amidst prolonged applause.

Dr. Gray had much pleasure in proposing a vote of thanks to the Presi-
dent, for his admirable address, and moved that it be printed and circulated
with the report in the usual way.

Dr. Foulerton seconded the proposal, and expressed his sense of the value
of the President's remarks, and the pleasure with which he felt they would
be read by the members generally.

The motion having been put to the meeting by the Secretary, was carried
unanimously.

The Scrutineers having examined the papers, handed in the result to the
President, who declared the following gentlemen to be elected as Officers
and Committee for the ensuing year : — As President — Mr. Henry Lee, F.L.S.
F.G.S., &c; as Vice-Presidents— Mr. H. F. Hailes, Dr. Matthews, F.R. M.S.,
Mr. J. G. Waller, Mr. T. C. White, M.R.C.S., &c. ; as Members of the Com-
mittee in the place of the four retiring members — Mr. F. W. Andrew, Mr.
A. Cottam, F.R.A.S., Mr. C. G. Dunning, Mr. J. W. Goodinge, F.R.G.S., &c.

Mr. Henry Lee said he rose to make a few remarks. A pleasing duty had
been assigned to him. It was always a satisfaction to good men to give
thanks for good service, and it was with much pleasure that he availed
himself of the opportunity of moving a vote of thanks to the Officers of the
Clnb for their services during the past year. He need not say much as to
the way in which their President had performed his duties — of that they were
all well aware. For himself he could only say that when first he saw Dr.
Matthews he felt at once that he should like to make him a friend, and he
now desired in the name of the Club to thank him for the able manner in
which he had fulfilled the duties of his office, and also for his very able
address, which contained much that was worthy of the careful considera-
tion of them all. In a humourous and effective speech, Mr. Lee then pro-
ceeded to refer to the respective services rendered to the Club by their
Treasurer, Secretary, Foreign Secretary, Librarian, Curators and Reporter,
and included their names in the terms of the resolution which he had risen
to move.

The resolution having been duly seconded, and put to the meeting, was
carried by acclamation.

The President, in the name of the Officers of the Club, returned thanks to
Mr. Lee, and to the Members for the way in which the vote of thanks had
been proposed and carried, and added his own testimony as to the efficient
manner in which the work had been carried on.

200

A vote of thanks to the Auditors was then moved by Mr. Curties, seconded
by Mr. Moginie, and carried unanimously.

The President moved a vote of thanks, on behalf of the Club, to the donors
of the numerous serial publications 'which had been contributed during the
past year, and which he regarded as of great value, not simply from a money
view, but because it placed these useful productions within their easy reach,
and because it showed an amount of sympathy with them in their work
which they could not fail to appreciate. The vote was unanimously carried.
A vote of thanks to the Scrutineers was moved by Mr. Waller, seconded
by Mr. Sigsworth, and carried unanimously.

The President said that one other duty devolved upon him, and upon the
members. They enjoyed the great privilege of meeting in that noble hall,
and by the great courtesy and kindness of the Council of University College,
it was placed at their service free of expense for rental. It was obvious
that this saved them a considerable sum, but far more than this they appre-
ciated the liberal spirit in which this great advantage was afforded, as a mark
of true sympathy with their work, and with the general progress of scien-
tific research. He therefore called upon the meeting to show its sense of
the value of this privilege, by passing a hearty vote of thanks to the Council
of the College for past favours, and also for the permission again accorded
to them of holding their meetings there during the ensuing year.
The motion was then put to the meeting, and carried by acclamation.
The President said it now only remained for him to introduce to them his
successor, and, vacating the chair, he formally installed the newly-elected
President —

Mr. Henry Lee, who, on taking the chair, was received with great applause,
said he could not allow that occasion to pass without saying a few words of
thanks to Dr. Matthews, and to the members, for the kind welcome which
they had given him on the occasion of taking his seat amongst them for the
first time as their President. He accepted the position with a profound
sense of the responsibility attached to it, and this caused him to ask
for time for consideration before he acceded to their invitation, and in
doing so he highly appreciated the honour which had been conferred
upon him. He accepted the position without any desire or intention to
signalize his period of office by the introduction of any startling changes or
innovations, but, on the contrary, with a firm and earnest desire to support
the intentions of the Club's original founders, and to emulate the worthy
example of his predecessors. He looked upon the Club as consisting of a
number of men brought together from sympathy with a common object, to
pursue that object in a spirit of social intercourse, to enjoy the society of
those who had similar tastes, and to carry out their object together, as com-
panions in social life as well as fellow -workers. Nor must they forget that
thev were a body of workers, and whilst it was their pride and privilege to
consider their Society always as a club, it was also ever to be borne in mind
that it was a club of workers ; therefore though it would be always his en-
deavour to encourage and to preserve the social spirit amongst them, he
should especially feel that his best energies should be brought to bear upon

207

the still more important encouragement of good and useful work. It did
not, however, become him, as one putting the armour on, to boast as one who
was putting it off, but he looked to the future to show them that as he should
ever be desirous of promoting their welfare as the friend of all true advance-
ment amongst them, so they would never find him to be a partizan of any
clique or section. Those amongst them who knew what his work had been
for nearly seven years as president of the Croydon Microscopical Club
knew how, during the whole of that period, there had not been one single
disagreement or unpleasantness in that Club ; and in his association with
the Quekett Club, he looked forward without any doubts to a period of equal
harmony, and hoped for much of that pleasant intercourse of which they
had been so feelingly reminded on that occasion. Those of the members
who knew how hard he worked some years ago to bring about a reciprocity
of good feeling with the Eoyal Microscopical Society, when the first cool-
ness arose between that Society and the Quekett Club, well know how strong
was his desire to break down all jealousies, and to see the harmony exist
between them and other kindred Societies, which tended so much to the
happiness and benefit of all.

The business of the Ordinary Meeting was then proceeded with.

The following Donations to the Club were announced : —

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... ... from the Publisher.

" The Popular Science Review " ... ... ... „ „

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... ... ,, ,,

" Proceedings of the Natural History Society of) ,V a . ,

> „ tne Society.

Glasgow ... ... ... ... )

"The Medical Examiner " (weekly) „ the Publisher.

Six Slides of Wood Sections ... ... ... ,, Mr. Sigsworth.

19 „ various objects ( „ Mr. W. K. Bridg-

J | man.

" The American Naturalist " ... ... ... in exchange.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science " by purchase.

Photographs of Mr. J. Davis and Mr. R. P. Williams were also presented
for the Album.

The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.

Mr. Henry Barnard and Mr. Edward Halford were balloted for, and duly
elected Members of the Club.

The Secretary exhibited and described a new form of quadruple nose-
piece, made by Mr. Swift.

Mr. Curties said he should be glad to hear Mr. Ingpen's objections to the
use of nose-pieces.

Mr. Ingpen said he considered nose-pieces the opticians' best friends, and
thought that there were probably more objectives damaged by them than
by any other cause. He also thought that the use of nose-pieces and all
similar apparatus tended greatly to encourage an amount of f ussiness which
was against good steady quiet work. It was generally the tyro who got
hold of these things, and the exhibition of objects under the rapid changes
of power and illumination had often the character of a pantomime trick.

208

IMr. Curties said that the greatest objection to this class of nose-piece
was its weight ; but he understood from Mr. Ingpen that in the form he had
described, the weight was much lessened.

Mr. Hainworth thought the objection was not so much against the weight
of the nose-piece itself, as the weight of the objectives which it carried.

Mr. Ingpen said of course if there were heavy objectives screwed into it,
the weight would take the centering out of any slow motion.

Dr. Matthews thought the chief value of such a piece of apparatus was
to use it first as a finder, with as low a power as possible, and then to pass
on to higher ones — in such cases its use was invaluable.

Mr. Hainworth considered that it was also of great use in comparing two
objectives by different makers.

Announcements of meetings and excursions were then made, and the
proceedings terminated with a converzatione, at which the following objects
were exhibited : —

Transverse section of Yew ... ... ... by Mr. A. H. Halley.

Sp hoerosira volvox (alive) ... ... ... ,, Mr. Martinelli.

Attendance — Members, 71 ; Visitors, 8. — Total, 79.

August 11th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Bowerbankia and Campanularia, from Ilfra- ~) „ „ „ ~ ,

1 [ Mr. W. G. Cocks,

combe (alive) ... ... ... ■■■ )

Stylops Spencii (male) emerging from the ~)

body of a wild bee ... ... ... )

Vertical section of Rhinoceros Horn (polar- ~) , , . _ „ ,,

^ S- Mr. A. H. Halley.

ized) ... ... ... ... ... )

Flints containing pyritized structures ... Mr. M. H. Johnson.

Sections of Norway Birch, Betula alba ... Mr. Sigsworth.

Sertularia Bryonia ... ... ... ... Mr. S. Turner.

Attendance — Members, 34 j Visitors, 6. — Total, 40.

209

On a New Anti-vibration Turntray.

By W. K. Bridgman, L.D.S.

(Read September 22nd, 1876.)

Plate XIX. (Upper Part).

The immense superiority in the performance of an object-glass
under the entire absence of tremor is such as to render its practical
attainment a very great desideratum. That this was fully recog-
nised by the late Andrew Boss is sufficiently evidenced by his
endeavouring to obtain immunity from it by supporting the feet of
his instrument upon a combination of felt pads and springs, which,
however, was abandoned as insufficient, simply because it was incorrect
in principle. It is a law in nature, that working power is not derived
from any one force alone, but it is the swn of the difference between
tiro opposing forces, the preponderance of either constituting the
amount of the potentiality in store. Hence, if a board be supported
upon four bent springs, one at each corner, as shown in section at
Fig. 1, these, when weighted, will tend to become straightened, and
thus shift their points of contact with the support, the friction of
which would cause vibration, which would be communicated to the
board ; but if these four springs be made to rest upon four other
similar springs in an inverted position — as in Fig. 2 — so as to oppose
two forces in contrary directions, all vibration imparted to the lower
springs will be taken up and neutralised or destroyed by the upper
ones, and leave the top board comparatively at rest.

Now, as vulcanised india-rubber is often an efficient substitute for
steel springs, it has been had recourse to in the present instance
with a fair amount of success. Two boards about three-eighths of an
inch thick, and sixteen inches long by ten inches wide, are notcl ed
at the corners — as shown in Fig. 3, a a — so as to admit of a small
sewing-machine thick india-rubber ring being stretched over them,
as seen in Fig. 4. The boards are then stretched apart, and four
other rings are compressed in edgeways"," as at b. There will then be
the tension of the one set of rings opposed to the expansion of the

s

210 W. K. BRIDGMAN OX A NEW ANTI-VIBRATION TURNTRAY.

others, and the vibrations of the one will be counteracted by the
other. To obtain greater stiffness, four other pairs of rings — one
within the other, forming a cross and expanding in opposite directions
— are inserted midway at the ends and sides, as at c, c. ; while to
prevent flexure and warping, four pieces of thin board are glued
across the inner sides so as to fit alternately without touching — as
shown in Fig. 4 — an edge view of the two when put together, 1 and
1 being on one board and 2 and 2 on the other.

Although this arrangement has been found perfectly successful
against the upward tremor arising from street traffic and the passing
of vehicles, it is not proof against the swinging motion of an elastic
floor, without having a corresponding arrangement applied to the
edges in addition. To accomplish this, it only requires to have a
ledge attached to the two sides of the lower board, rising up to the
level of the upper surface, and having indentations to receive the
compressed rings b, b. Fig. 5, which prevent the boards touching
each other. In order to avoid the corner rings being too much
stretched when not in use, it is desirable to have the boards kept
together by a hook and pin at the four points, two of which are seen
at e, e., Fig. 84, but which must be turned quite clear of the upper
board when being used. By covering the lower side with thick
baize or cloth, it will be found to slide freely on a polished table
without scratching, and by supporting both light and instrument, the
whole may be passed from one observer to another as a "turntray,"
without having to rise from the seat, which is a great comfort to all
concerned.

Description of Plate XIX. (Upper Part).

Fig. 1. Section of board on four springs as not checking vibration.
„ 2. Ditto, showing Fig. 1 inverted upon a second similar set of springs

so that the vibrations of one are counteracted by the elasticity of

the other.
„ 3. Inside arrangement of two boards separated by india-rubber rin°-s.
„ 4. Side view of Fig. 3, when the two boards are put together.
„ 5. Front view, showing the tension rings upon the corners, and the side

springs to counteract lateral motion.

211

On Empusa Musce.

By T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., &c.

{Read October 27th, 1676.)

About this time of the year the observer may notice flies, appar-
ently alive, attached to the walls, doors, or window-panes, and upon
attempting to capture them he will be astonished at the carelessness
as to the result displayed by the intended victim, but his astonish-
ment is not the less great when, upon examination, he finds the fly
dead and dry, with every abdominal ring distended, and stretched
apart, from its neighbour, yet simulating in its dead body every atti-
tude of its living state. Such a fly is the subject of an interesting
disease, which I have endeavoured to illustrate this evening by a
slide under my microscope. My bibliographical knowledge is not
extensive, but a careful search through several volumes of the Micro-
scopical Journals has served to show me that this subject has not
been brought under the notice of microscopists since the year 1857,
when it was noticed in a review of a paper by Cohn, in the fifth
volume of the " Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science." As 20
years have elapsed since the publication of that review, I may be
permitted, for the benefit of our younger members, to call their atten-
tion to one or two facts in reference to this diseased condition of the
House Fly, that may afford some interest to them, should they feel
disposed to carry on observations for themselves.

It appears that the disease was first observed by De Geer, in
1782, and was also noticed by the acute naturalist and poet, Goethe ;
and accurate observations were made on it in 1827, by Nees von
Essenbach ; but in 1835, from the careful investigations of M.
Dumeril, he was enabled to pronounce it a true fungus, allied to the
" muscardine" infesting the silkworm. In 1841 Mr Berkeley
determined the mould to be Sjporendonema nmscoe, but Cohn named
it Empusa muscce.

The characteristic appearance of a fly affected with this disease is
best detected when the fly, in its last moments, settles on a window; it

212 T. CHARTERS WHITE ON EMITS A VLVSCJE.

then may be recognised by a zone of white deposit surrounding the
fly like a halo — the fly maintains its living attitude, and will be
found attached solely by the lips of its proboscis. Its legs are not
crossed under it as is the case with all dead insects, but distended,
as in the live state. Examining the fly now externally, you will find
the hairs covered with minute white globules. These are the spores
of the fungus, and are scattered also round the fly for some
distance, in a very curious manner ; in some cases almost as if they
had been squirted out of regular points of the body. The abdo-
minal rings are separated by about their own breadth from each other,
while they seem bursting from over-distension. The thorax and head
do not seem so much affected as the abdomen. On opening the fly
in a little glycerine and water, the cause of this over-distension is
soon discovered by the appearance of a dense mass of mycelium
threads, that emerge as soon as an opening is made in the abdomen.
It is not an easy thing to make a tidy dissection of a fly in this
state, for it becomes so dry and brittle under the influence of this
disease, that it breaks up on the slightest force being applied. A
small portion that I was enabled to procure I have stained with
carmine, and placed under my microscope for inspection this evening.

With these few particulars relative to the external appearances
presented in these diseases, it will, perhaps, be as "well to enquire
into the origin of it, and here in the absence of all particulars
relative to the life history of the fungus, we are placed face to face
with a difficulty that needs to be overcome by further investigation.
We are aware that fungoid diseases manifestly affect many insects,
as instanced in the muscardine, so fatal to silkworms. The Botrytis
bassiana, principally concerned in the production of this disease, is
supposed to enter through the breathing pores, the sporules being
drawn into the tracheal tubes of the silkworm, where they develop
so rapidly that the tubes become blocked up ; now, in the fly, the
tracheal tubes seem remarkably free, and the disease seems to attack
only the soft tissues, which have become entirely consumed by the
growth of the fungus.

Dr. Carpenter mentions the fact that it is not at all uncommon in
the West Indies to see a species of PoJistes (the representative of
the wasp in our own country) flying about with fungoid plants of
their own length projecting from some part of their body, their roots
having a firm hold of the soft structures within ; and in his work,
" The Microscope and its Revelations," he mentions several other

T. CHARTERS WHITE ON EMPUSA MU8C2E, 213

instances of vegetable fungi investing insects, but lie does not
attempt to account for its origin.

The disease manifests itself first in the fly being stupid and
" groggy," sluggish in its movements, and pertinacious in its visits to
one spot. If at this time the fly be examined, a great number of
minute free-cells may be detected, in what answers the purpose o
blood in these creatures, and the fly settles down to its last resting
place, which is generally some warm spot indoors. I have never yet
found many out of doors. Under the influence of warmth, and pro-
bably the moisture derived from the soft tissues of the body, the
fungus grows apace, till it consumes, not only the life of the fly, but
all its tissues, excepting the tracheal system and the chitinous parts.
It is not every fly that perishes this way, but only some, and that
would seem to argue the existence of a predisposition to this disease.
It seems to affect the housefly, " Musca domestical and not the
blow fly, " Musca vomitoria." It does not appear from the few
observations that I have been able to make, that the disease is conta-
gious, as I have confined healthy specimens of the house fly with
plenty of fresh air, with some of the dead flies covered with the
spores of Empusa musca?, and although they have died from the
confinement, they have not had a particle of the fungus within their
bodies, so that we have yet to know more of the life history of this
Empusa, and, as at this season of the year many infected flies can
be obtained, I thought it might be of service if I called attention
to the subject this evening for a few niinutes, as an accompaniment
to my slide.

2U

On a New Universal Eeflecting Illuminator.
By W. K. Bridgman, L.D.S.

(Read October 27th, 1876.)
Plate XIX. (Lower Part).

Having for several years past been endeavouring to obtain a con-
trolling command over the obliquity of an illuminating pencil of
light by means of a metallic speculum, placed between the condenser
and the object, I was altogether unsuccessful until the advent of the
" Bramhall " reflector, which, by suggesting the substitution of a
small bull's-eye lens in the place of the ordinary hemispherical
condenser, gave a new turn to the direction of the investigation,
which has resulted in a complete success.

The Bramhall arrangement consists of a reflecting surface placed
beneath and within a very short distance of the object ; whilst the
light, being thrown down as for an opaque substance, first passes
through the glass slip, and is then reflected upwards, so as to
produce a transparent illumination of great obliquity. There are,
however, several very important drawbacks in addition to the diffi-
culty of adjustment, and the very limited range of action, which
restricts its use to a comparatively small class of objects, and of these,
to only a small proportion of such as are mounted in the ordinary
way ; yet, all who have once seen the marvellous sharpness and
force with which the most difficult diatom tests can be displayed,
must be quite ready to admit the principle to be very far in advance
of all other modes of illumination, making it highly desirable that it
should form the basis of some other special arrangement, that would
not only be equally effective, but be easily managed, and free from its
other objections, at the same time extending alike superiority of effect
to all other classes of objects, and equally applicable under all
the common conditions of ordinary mountings — properties that are
now claimed for the present arrangement.

In the illumination of a transparent object there are two considera-
tions requiring attention ; first of all, the light should be composed

W. K. BRIDGJIAN ON A NEW REFLECTING ILLUMINATOR. 215

of certain definite parts of the spectrum, and consist of rays
approaching somewhat to parallelism, or be in one plane, and not
convergent upon the object from all points of a circle ; next, it is in-
dispensable that the light should impinge upon the object at that
particular angle which serves best to bring out its minutest detail
with the greatest sharpness.

With perfectly transparent material, such as the siliceous frustule
of a diatom, it is only at some particular angle, to be found by
experience and patience, that the so-called markings are displayed.
Now, with a flint-glass prism, light undergoes total reflection from
its interior at an angle of 41° 48", and, therefore, with the flint
frustule of the diatom, its net-like structure causes it to present
surfaces at the angle producing this total reflection, and hence,
where the light is stopped, the lines, bars, or dots appear dark, or
as shadows by contrast with those parts through which the light i*s
transmitted. When the light is, however, merely refracted unequally
by inequality of thickness, or by varied direction of surface, the lines,
dots, or shadows are only faint or dark in proportion to the amount
of refraction produced, but not sharp and deep like those arising
from total reflection ; and hence arises the extreme nicety of adjust-
ment necessary to " hit off" the exact position of the frustule and
the precise direction of the light required to obtain the greatest
effect. From this will be understood the necessity of stopping
out all cross rays, or rays coming in opposite directions, and which
principle applies equally to every description of transparent
material.

With the prism, or with the concave mirror, we can obtain a
degree of obliquity only up to a certain point, when it becomes
restricted by the thickness of the stage ; but if we direct a cone of
rays from a small condensing lens, placed in the position shown at
L, in Fig. 1, so as to throw its focus beyond the centre and to the
point A, and then interpose a small metallic speculum S vertical to
the plane of the stage, the intercepted portion of the light will
hence be reflected back to a focus at B — a point in front of the
reflector equidistant with the point A beyond it, and it will thus be
made to reach the object irrespective of any amount of st&ge-thick-
ness. It will now be seen by the different positions of the reflector
S' S" 8'", in Fig. 2, that to obtain light at any particular angle
from its greatest possible obliquity down to direct rays, it will only
require a very slight alteration in the position and the angle of the

216 W. K. BKIDGMAN OX A NEW

reflector, and needing little or no interference with either the lens or
the lamp, while the latter may be placed at its ordinary level, and in
front of the instrument, and thus be altogether out of the way of
the hands and face.

In reducing these views to a practical form, the following arrange-
ment has been found to answer the purpose very efficiently. In my
own instrument, to which it has been adapted, the stage is rectangular,
and the frame (F), figs. 4 and 5, slides in beneath it. To the under
side of this frame the brass plate (C) is firmly screwed at right
angles and parallel with its length, and upon this, which is an inch
and a half square and a quarter of an inch thick, the reflector-
carrier (Fig. 6) is held by the bar and spring (I and H), allowing
it to be moved about by the finger and thumb applied at the ends of
the tube (J), as shown in Fig. 4 ; after which, and when adjusted,
it may be fixed by the tightening screw (K), so as to be immovable
from its position.

Now if the cone of rays be made to fall upon the centre of the
speculum, it will be reflected in a converging circle still ; but let it
be directed upon the lower edge instead, and it will then become bi-
sected, and only a plano-convex section will pass upwards, so that by
this means we shall get rid of a large proportion of the conflicting
rays. Then, again, if a horizontal shutter or diaphragm (D) be placed in
front of the speculum, as in Fig. 3, the opposite convex portion of
the cone will likewise be got rid of, and we shall then retain only a
narrow strip or ribbon of light converging in a fan -shape almost in
the same plane, which, for an illuminating pencil, will be a verynear
approach to perfection. But as some objects absorb a much larger
proportion of light than others, the shutter or diaphragm requires to
be made adjustable for distance from the speculum, in order to regu-
late the consequent width of the slit admitting the light, and there-
fore it has, as the simplest means of effecting that object, been made
to turn upon a pivot, as at (C), Fig. 3, and which is worked by the
milled head, (N), Figs. 4, 5, and 6.

In order, also, to facilitate the adjustment of the speculum for its
angular position, it has been attached by a hinge at its back (Fig. 3),
and through the intervention of the tail-piece, (P), and the bent lever
acting thereon, it admits of being regulated by the screw and milled
head, (M), and which serves, in addition, to regulate the light during
observation.

In commencing to observe a lined or dotted object requiring

UNIVERSAL REFLECTING ILLUMINATOR. 217

extreme obliquity of the light, let the reflector be placed as far back
as possible, or from an inch to an inch and a quarter or more,
according to the power to be used, so as to produce a dark-ground
illumination, (to effect this every different object-glass will require a
different angle, according to its angular aperture and its working
distance from the object,) and when this has been obtained, let the
speculum be gradually advanced until the markings become suffi-
ciently distinct, when the light may be finally adjusted for intensity,
&c. Should the preparation, however, be one only requiring a
moderate degree of obliquity, such as, for instance, injections, or
parts of insects, or similar objects, let the frame (F) be drawn
forward, until the slit shall be nearly in a line with the optical axis,
when the reflector may be inclined, as in Fig. 3, and then be moved
back until a satisfactory effect shall have been produced. It may be
observed that, with preparations that are translucent rather than
transparent, the light may be thrown at such an angle as to be re-
flected down upon the object from the under side of the glass cover,
and thus, by the combination of transmitted and reflected rays,
render its detail remarkably clear and distinct. The bull's-eye lens,
which is an inch and a half in diameter, and about two inches focus,
requires to be attached below the stage in a corresponding position
to that which it usually occupies above, only, in this case, each joint
needs to have a tightening screw to prevent its settling down by its
own weight.

There are some objects, however, that are best seen under an
illumination intermediate between a dark ground and a bright field,
and which will be easily found by advancing or receding the re-
flector. With the low powers and with daylight the concave mirror
may be used by placing it centrally and inclining the reflector in a
slight degree forwards, and moving it until the whole of the field
shall have become illuminated. Where stereoscopic effect is desired,
it will be found to be very materially affected by the inclination of
the light, and when this has been arranged at its best, it will be
found to contrast highly favourably against the ordinary modes of
illumination.

If the reflector be made of very white silver, or speculum metal,
it will afford a light of extreme brilliancy ; but this dazzling white-
ness is highly objectionable for two very important reasons ; in the
first place, under it, objects are not seen best, and next, it is
extremely trying and injurious to the eyesight. The tint of the

218 W. K. KHIDGMAN ON A NEW

light is of much greater consequence than is commonly supposed,
both as regards the distinctness with which minute detail can be
made out, and also for the comfort and safety of the observer. It
is well known that the yellow light of an inferior flame is very
fatiguing, and hence it is often corrected by blue glass ; but
although right in principle, it is mostly a failure through being over-
done with the blue, producing the cold indistinctness of moonlight,
but which lias also against it other serious objections. Under the
actinism of the blue ray seeds germinate in a much shorter time
than their natural period ; but they speedily die a premature death
from being unable to grow under its effects. Plants similarly
circumstanced produce neither leaves nor flowers, for want of the
yellow or luminous rays which effect the elimination of their sap.
The chemical action is unbalanced, and is all one way — that is, it is
unipolar, and the chemical life of the plant differs but little from the
chemical life of the eye, and hence, under bright blue glass spectacles,
the frequent cases of inflammation are readily accounted for. But
whilst the blue rays are thus detrimental from their powerful
chemical effects, the next colour in the spectrum — the yellow — is
equally remarkable for their absence, and it is this absence which
allows the photographer to manipulate his chemicals, unaffected,
under its influence. Now if we arrange a micropolariscope and a
revolving selenite so that we can get a succession of tints from the
green to the yellow, we shall find that as the blue rays of the green
decrease in quantity, and are ultimately lost in the yellow, there
is one particular point at which neither the green nor the yellow is
clearly appreciable, but that a soft neutral tint only appears, and any
delicate test being submitted to this light, it will be found to be
clearly discernible without effort and without glare. By this admix
ture of the two opposite conditions, the actinic and luminous rays,
we produce a perfectly balanced light, which is in every way all that
can be desired.

If pure gold be alloyed with about a fifth part of its weight of
silver, it then forms the green gold of the jeweller, but if to some of
the silver of commerce be added a small proportion of gold, it will
form a tolerably hard alloy, capable of taking a high polish, and
giving a beautifully soft and mellow light of the desired quality.

Arr-ENDix. — As it is an essential point to have a well-defining
polish upon the speculum, it may not be out of place to offer a sug-
gestion as to how this can most readily be obtained. My experience

UNIVERSAL REFLECTING ILLUMINATOR. 2 1 '.»

was gained nearly half a century back in polishing the specula
for a Newtonian telescope ; but I am not aware that any better
method has since been devised, and, therefore, as this has fully
answered the purpose, is very simple and easily put in practice, it
may be followed with advantage. Having obtained the silver plate,
and had it soft-soldered to a brass back and cut to the size, let a
piece of sealing-wax or a small block of thick plate glass be attached
to its back as a handle and to prevent flexure. Now procure a common
writing-slate with a flat and smooth surface, and grind the silver
with water until all scratches have disappeared, and a level face has
been produced. If the surface be now well burnished with a straight
burnisher it will add greatly to the brilliancy and durability of the
polish. Next, take two pieces of thick plate glass, not less than
three or four inches square, and upon the surface of one melt
some pieces of clean pitch until soft enough to be spread evenly
with a hot knife to about the thickness of a sixpence. Let the
surface of the other glass be smeared with soap and water, and then
pressed upon the soft pitch until the latter shall have acquired a
flat and highly polished surface, when it may be slid off, and the
pitch left to harden .

Obtain at the chemist's a pennyworth of " precipitated car-
bonate of iron" (the softest and finest "rouge" possible), and
mix with a few drops of water to the consistence of cream, and
let the metal be lightly worked with this over all parts of the
pitch in small circles, carefully avoiding all dirt or grit until the
polish, commencing in the centre, shall have spread to the edges,
and having a deep and brilliant lustre that will reflect objects with
the utmost sharpness of definition. Any future " refreshing" will
be best done with the tip of the finger, slightly breathed upon and
then dipped in the dry powder, and, very gently, with a small circular
motion, the whole surface gone over by degrees. from one side to the
other.

Description of Plate XIX. (Lower Part). v

Fig. 1. A side view of lamp, lens, and reflector, deflecting the light from
A to B.

,, 2. Indicates the different positions of reflector required for obtaining
different angles of illumination.

220 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON A NEW REFLECTING ILLUMINATOR.

Fig. 3. Vertical section of reflector, with its directing tailpiece (P) for
altering its angle, and its movable shutter or diaphragm (D) for
regulating the quantity of light and restricting the admitted
portion to a vertical section through the diameter of the cone of
rays.

„ 4. Inside view of arrangement for carrying the reflector and its dia-
phragm. (F) and (G), a frame of brass attached to the instrument,
and upon which Fig. 6 is held by the bar (I) and spring (H), and
adjustable by the finger and thumb applied to the tube (J).

„ 5. Outside view of Fig. 6 in position upon the frame and set fast upon
(G) by the screw (K).

,, 6. The speculum carrier, (S), speculum, (D), diaphragm or shutter
attached to the bent arm, (E), and adjusted by the screw, (X) ;
(M), milled head to the screw and bent lever acting upon the
reflector, (S).

221

On the Relation of Sph^erosira volvox to Volvox

globator.

By W. H. Gilburt.

{Read October 27th, 1876.)

Plate XX.

The relationship of many of the lower forms of minute life, both
among plants and animals, is a fact which year by year is becoming
more and more apparent, so that many which were once considered
good species are now regarded as but stages in the life-history of
other and more or less different forms.

Such, without doubt, proves to be the case with the two
organisms, the names of which head this paper.

It appears that Ehrenberg was the first to observe Sphcerosira
volvox, and by him it was classed as a distinct species from the
better known Volvox glob a tor. As such it was regarded till 1852,
when Mr. Busk cast some doubt upon it, and suggested that it was
but a stage in the development of the commoner form, his reason
being that in water containing Volvox globator no Sphcerosira was
at first to be found ; yet after a few days they were there in abun-
dance. He likewise carefully examined and described the doubtful
species, but of the connection of the two forms nothing further
appears to have been ascertained up to the present.

Fortunately we are now able to carry our knowledge one step
further at least, and to show that what has hitherto rested upon
supposition was really in accordance with fact.

On Saturday, the 21st inst., I obtained some water from a pond
in Epping Forest, near Walthamstow, containing Volvox globator
in great numbers. On first looking at them, nothing particular was
observed, save that many were decaying, and were occupied by one
or more rotifers and their eggs. Making a more careful examina-
tion, I found that in some of the vigorous and more active ones, a
difference between the macro-gonidia existed — some of them being
smaller in size, lighter in colour, and the disposition of their gonidia
less regular (Fig. la). Using a higher power, the difference

222 W. H. GILBURT ON THE RELATION OF SPH^ROSIRA VOLVOX, &C.

became more marked, and under a power of 350 diameters those
which departed from the supposed normal character appeared as in
Fig. 2, viz., a sphere as an ordinary Vol vox, but that some of the
gonidia were missing, and their places occupied by compound bodies,
as at Fig. 2b — in this and every other respect agreeing with the
figures of Sphcerosira as given both by Ehrenberg and Busk.

Submitting them to pressure so as to rupture the cell wall, I
found that the compound bodies referred to escaped; and then
appeared as at Figs. 3 and 4— Fig. 3 being a front view and 4 one
in profile, as seen under a power of 600 diameters. They are
discoid in form, and composed of about thirty cells, flask-shaped —
as Fig. 5 — having a nucleus, being attached to each other by the
smaller end, and furnished with abundant vibratile cilia, which can
be seen in both aspects as figured. The action of the cilia imparts
a slow, revolving, wheel-like motion to the group, but with very little
progression. This motion can sometimes be seen while they are still
within the containing sphere. In a single Sphcerosira as many as
55 of these compound bodies have been found.

One most remarkable feature is, that while the Volvox globator
may contain from two to seven macro-gonidia, yet in only two
instances have I found more than one Sphcerosira among them ;
though a very large number have been examined for this special
purpose.

Another circumstance to be taken notice of is, that where a
Sphasrosira is found, although the appearance of the other macro-
gonida is of the normal character outwardly, yet still a difference
exists; for attached to the interior of the cell-wall are certain bodies,
represented in Figs. 6 and 7 — Fig. 6 showing one in situ, and Fig.
7 one under pressure, and magnified 600 diameters. They appear
to consist of a roughly spherical mass of protoplasm, pale-green in
colour, but unevenly tinted, with darker spots, having well-marked
nuclei or vacuoles. These seem to me to be very unusual in
character, and, taken with the Spha'rosira which we have found
occupying the same mother-cell, appear to suggest a relationship
between them — possibly sexual.

Note. — Since reading the foregoing paper at the October meeting
I have found the compound bodies free in the water. They have
then a vigorous oscillating motion, turning so as to show in profile
at each limit of its swing.

223

On " The Blyborough Tick."
(Argas Fischerii).

By C. F. George, M.E.O.S.

Communicated by Mr. T. Curties.

{Read November 24th, 1876.)

Plates XXL, XXII.

The Village Church of Blyborough, which is situated about three
miles from my residence, requiring extensive repairs, it was con-
sidered necessary to pull down the greater part of the building, and
when removing the roof, a large number of creatures were disturbed,
which were at first taken to be bugs. By accident I heard of this
circumstance, and it at once occurred to me that these supposed bugs
might possibly be Argas reflexus. As I had a great desire to add
this Arachnid to my collection of microscopic objects, I obtained a
few specimens, which, on examination, proved indeed to belong to
the genus Argas, but differed exceedingly from the descriptions of
Argas reflexus that I had met with.

I therefore sent a living specimen to Mr. Fullagar, of Canter-
bury, who exhibited it on Sept. 6th, to the East Kent Natural
History Society, where the creature was considered to be a young
Argas reflexus ; its difference of size, colour, and shape were
thought to be explained by its being young ; growth was considered
to be sufficient to change these particulars.

Mr. Fullagar kindly sent me two specimens of Argas reflexus
from Canterbury Cathedral ; these were the first I had seen, and a
very casual examination sufficed to convince me that they were
different varieties. My friend Mr. Curties took a -mounted speci-
men to the British Museum : a similar specimen was found there,
unnamed, said to be from the bat, and Mr. F. Smith considered
Argas reflexus to be the Argas of the pigeon, and the Argas now
under consideration to be the Argas of the bat.

'224: C. F. GEORGE ON THE BLYBOROUGH TICK.

He also states that Walckenaer describes one as nearly as possible
like that in question, under the name of Argas Fischerii. Un-
fortunately, I have at present no means of consulting that work.

In Cuvier's " Arachnidae," published in 1833, with supplementary
additions by Griffiths and Pigeon, it states that Argas Perricus,
described by travellers, under the name of the venomous bug of
Miana, has been, as well as other Ixodes, the object of a curious
notice by M. Fischer, and also gives a drawing of Argas pipistrella,
somewhat resembling the Arachnid now under consideration, but
varying in important particulars.

If it should prove that this Argas has not previously been de-
scribed, and is not Argas Fischerii, I should propose for it the name
of Argas pulchella, as it forms a very beautiful object for the lower
powers of the microscope, alive or dead — dry, or in balsam.

It is almost circular in figure, having a slight projection anteriorly ;
it varies greatly in size, fine specimens measuring about three-twelfths
of an inch in diameter. The upper surface is somewhat convex,
and the edges slightly turn upwards ; it is much darker in colour
in the centre than at the edges, which are of a rich cinnamon.
Under the microscope, and by transmitted light, the abdomen is seen
to be filled with ceeca, elegantly arranged, and separated from each
other by circular cells, which, from their transparency, contrast
beautifully with the dark contents of the caeca.

When the animal is alive, a sort of peristaltic motion may be
observed, occurring irregularly in various parts of the caeca ; the
action reminds one somewhat of the way in which the contractile
vesicles of the Infusoria disappear.

The legs are eight in number, each terminated with a double claw,
at the base of which is a pad, and it is very curious to watch the
manner of using the claws and pad. If the creature is laid on its
back, and a piece of thin glass placed on it, with sufficient pressure
to prevent progression, but slight enough to allow it to make efforts
to walk, it will be seen that the claws are widely separated, and the
pad fits tightly on the glass, just as an india-rubber ball would do if
pressed upon, the pad then slips on the glass, and when the leg has
reached its limit of extension, the claws are suddenly brought to-
gether, forceps like, the pad in consequence becomes globular, and
is thus released from the glass. I have watched the process for a
considerable time, it is always repeated in the same fashion, and this
seems to me to explain the manner in which some insects, with pads

C. F. GEORGE ON THE BLYBOROUGH TICK. 225

and claws, walk so well on perpendicular glass surfaces. The
rostrum is inferior, and concealed beneath the projection of the
anterior part of the body. The labium is slightly conical and
barbed, the barbs having the appearance of scales attached by their
anterior edge. The mandibles have the last joint short and denti-
culate,^ mlxodes. The " Micrographic Dictionary" says that Argas
belongs to the family Gamasea, but the mandibles in Gamasea are
beautifully chelate, like the claws of a lobster. The palpi, however,
differ from those of Ixodes, and I therefore think that Argas ought
to be considered to be a distinct family of the order Argas, rather
than a genus of the family Gamasea or Ixodea. The spiracles are
two in number, situated between the third and fourth legs.

The roof of the church was constructed about 300 years ago ; it
is of the style called Tudor, and formed chiefly of oak and elm,
both English woods ; it had, however, been patched in one or two
places with pine. A good many bats were disturbed from their
hiding places, making it much more probable that they introduced
the Arachnid than that it came with the small quantity of pine
entering into its formation. It would be very interesting to examine
all old roofs that may chance to be taken to pieces, especially those
of churches, and much valuable information might thus be collected.

Since writing the foregoing, I have (through the kindness of G.
A. Luard, Esq., of Blyborough Hall) had the opportunity of seeing
the " Apteres" of Walckenaer and Paul Gervais, where I found a
very excellent drawing of both upper and under surfaces of Argas
Fischerii, which quite convinces me that it is the Arachnid I have
been describing — but all that is said of it in the letterpress is that
the figures are copied from " Savigny's Egyptian Arachnida," PI. ix.,
fig. 6.

Description of Plates XXI., XXII.

Plate XXI. — Fig. 1. Argas Fischerii, upper side X 15, from a drawing by

Mr. T. Ball.
Fig. 2. Palpi of do.
Fig. 3. Claws of second leg.

V

Plate XXII. — Fig. 1. Argas Fischerii, upper side, from a drawing by Mr.
J. Fullagar (from a living specimen).
Fig. 2. Diagram of the Caeca.

226

On Microscopy in the United States of America.

By Henry Crouch, F.R.M.S.

[Bead December 22nd, 1876.)

It has been suggested to me by our Secretary that some account
of the microscopes exhibited at the Centennial Exhibition lately
held in Philadelphia, and also of the present condition of microscopy
in the United States, would be of interest to our members ; and
although feeling rather diffident in offering my opinions upon the
subject, from the fact of my being an exhibitor, perhaps I may be
excused for doing so, in default of any remarks being offered by
others better qualified, or having a more extended experience.

I propose, therefore, first to notice the instruments exhibited by
makers of the different countries represented — premising that some
-well-known and respected makers, both American and European, were
unfortunately absent — and then to ask your attention to any novelties in
detail or construction that occur to me as worthy of remark, taking
them in accordance with the respective value and importance of the
various exhibits. The countries represented were England, America,
France, Germany, and lastly Japan. With respect to those
exhibited by English manufacturers, it will not be necessary for me
to describe instruments so well known to you as those manufactured
by Messrs. Beck, Dallmeyer, Ross, and myself, comprising the
English exhibitors. It will be sufficient to observe that Messrs.
Ross and Co. exhibited some twenty, Messrs. Beck about twelve,
Messrs Dallmeyer two, and myself sixteen ; including, with one
exception, every form of stand manufactured in this country, and
together being more than twice the number exhibited by all other
countries included.

The American makers represented were Messrs. Zentmayer,
J. "W. Queen and Co., the Bausch and Lomb Optical Co. (with
whom is associated Mr. Gundlach), and Mr. Wm. Wales, who
exhibited a few objectives only. Messrs. Zentmayer exhibited some
nine microscopes, Messrs. Queen and Co about six, and the Bausch

H. CROUCH ON MICROSCOPY IN THE UNITED STATES. 227

and Lomb Optical Co. three or four, the latter having but just
commenced the manufacture of this instrument.

Amongst the French exhibitors were Messrs. Nachet and Sons,
who exhibited some five or six instruments. Those remaining need
scarcely be specified individually, the microscopes shown being of
that inferior class usually supplied to their unfortunate victims by
those whom I may, perhaps, be permitted to term " Shopticians,"
and which, I am afraid, more often create a prejudice against, than
a taste for, the prosecution of microscopic investigation.

The only microscopes of German manufacture that came under my
notice were those shown by Ploessel, who exhibited a few on the
ordinary Continental model.

While examining the wonderful exhibit made by Japan, I was
fortunate enough to stumble over a microscope of veritable Japanese
manufacture, which, however, had been damaged in transit. As a
specimen of workmanship it could not be said to compare favourably
with those shown elsewhere. This might possibly be due to the
fact that the maker was especially unlucky in the pattern before
him ; evidently one of the most coarsely made and finished instru-
ments of London manufacture. The optical portion of the instru-
ment was, as could only be expected, of the most rudimentary
character. An attempt had been made to imitate the construction
of the eyepieces, and the objectives were roughly made single
lenses. The maker, however, had very wisely only provided the
fittings for the polariscope, the Nicol prisms being evidently too
much for him.

After a careful examination, however, of the admirable educa-
tional system, some of the results of which were exhibited by the
Japanese Government, there cannot be much doubt that the
microscopes next placed on exhibition by Japan will be less open to
criticism.

The point, however, which occurs to me as being of the most im-
portance to note, is the direction in which the construction of the
microscope is developing ; whether, as we are sometimes told, very
dogmatically, English microscopes are a mistake, binoculars being
an especial delusion, and the Continental model that which is even-
tually to carry all before it. Well, comparing the respective
exhibits, it is somewhat comforting to those who, like myself, have
consistently held that the Jackson model and its developments
are those which give the best results "all round," to find that the

228 H. CROUCH ON MICROSCOPY IN THE UNITED STATES.

English and American makers — who, I presume, like other manu-
facturers, make and sell what they find to be most in demand — have
almost entirely adopted this form for all instruments to which
accessory apparatus is required to be applied.

It is essential that this distinction should be noted, because, if
you enquire of the enthusiastic supporter of the Continental model,
you will find that he rarely, if ever — for his particular class of
work — requires more than the most elementary form of stand, and he
often knows absolutely nothing about the proper illumination of an
object, the amount of dogmatism displayed being, as usual, in exact
proportion to the observer's ignorance of the subject. He knows that
to see something of a transparent object he must make use of the
mirror, and that it is of advantage to apply a condenser when
examining an opaque object. The polariscope is looked upon as
altogether beneath notice, being only fit for the amusement of
children. Dark ground illumination ! Well, it does not do to
profess absolute ignorance, but if you hand our observer a Wenham's
paraboloid, and ask him to apply it, his helplessness is at once
apparent.

Possibly you may think this an exaggeration, but I can only
assure you that such cases have come under my notice again and ■
again, one of the latest instances being that of an eminent German
microscopist, who assisted in examining the microscopes on exhibi-
tion at Philadelphia, and who from the first loudly proclaimed the
uselessness of binoculars, and the absurdities of English microscopes
in general, but whom we afterwards found out had never used one,
and who also had never heard of dark ground illumination. As the
result, however, of his experience there, his views were considerably
modified.

In comparing stands of American and English manufacture, there
are one or two points of difference in general construction that are
worth attention, the most noticeable, perhaps, being that in the
American patterns the " limb" is generally supported upon a
single pillar ; whereas the English makers, with one exception, find
the double uprights or pillars more often preferred. The stages of
the American instruments are generally made of glass, and without
concentric rotation or mechanical adjustments ; whereas, as you are
aware, the majority of English microscopes are now made with
rotating stages, and a large proportion are also provided with
.nechanical adjustments. American makers have also generally

H. (KOUCH ON MICROSCOrY IN THE UNITED STATES. 229

adopted a mirror stem, hinged, so as to give a lateral movement to
the entire fittings of the mirror, thus providing an extremely con-
venient method of obtaining an exceedingly oblique illuminating
pencil.

Mr. Zentmayer and Mr. Gundlach also exhibited a substage
arrangement, which was mounted in such a manner as to give a
lateral movement to the entire substage and mirror, the advantage
claimed being, that as the axis upon which it swings is so placed as
to be as nearly as possible level with the upper surface of the slide
upon which the object under examination is mounted, better results
are obtained where an oblique illumination is required with an
achromatic condenser. Messrs. Ross and Mr. Zentmayer both ex-
hibited portable microscopes of extremely ingenious construction,
but needing diagrams to render them intelligible. I may, perhaps,
here be permitted to state that my own centering adjustments, with
which my best stands ave now provided, were claimed by two
American manufacturers, but in both cases the claim was proved to
be without foundation.

The accessory apparatus exhibited being of the usual character,
and presenting nothing calling for especial remark, it is not neces-
sary for me to occupy your time by giving any detailed account of it.
I had, however, the pleasure of receiving many valuable hints
respecting the improvement and modification of some of the
accessories from Dr. Woodward of Washington, Dr. J. G. Hunt
and Mr. Holman of Philadelphia, Dr. Ward of Troy, and other
microscopists, which, when I have had an opportunity of carrying
out, I hope to submit to your further notice.

With respect to the objectives exhibited, I cannot but feel that I
am here approaching a rather delicate topic, as, if manufacturers of
microscopes are a little weak upon any subject, it is upon the point
of the immense superiority of objectives of their own production
over those supplied by their competitors ; and I am sure, therefore,
that you will agree with me in referring those requiring further in-
formation to the published reports of the judges.

Mr. Walmsley, of the firm of J. W. Queen and Cb. ; Dr.
Beattie, of Baltimore, and Mr. Edmund Wheeler, of London, were,
I believe, the only exhibitors of prepared specimens for the micro-
scope. The latter gentleman exhibited an excellent series, including
some very fine transparent injections. Mr. Walmsley and Dr.
Beattie both submitted some very excellent specimens of the doul.de

230 H. CROUCH ON MICROSCOPY IN THE UNITED STATES.

staining of vegetable tissues, a subject to wbich considerable atten-
tion has been devoted in the United States. I have the pleasure of
submitting to your notice some very beautiful preparations of this
description, mounted, and kindly presented to me by Dr. Hunt, of
Philadelphia, which will be found to illustrate vegetable structure in
a remarkable manner. As examples of mounting they are unsur-
passed.

In a country possessing such enormous deposits of Diatomaceous
earth, it is only natural that considerable attention should be
devoted to the collection and preparation of these — to many — fascin-
ating structures. Pond life, however, is a subject with which, to
my surprise, I found very few microscopists whom I met in America
at all acquainted, Volvox globator being an unfamiliar object to the
majority. I cannot help thinking this is due, not to a deficiency of
material, but to want of training in collecting, such as that afforded
by the excursions of our Club.

Micro-photography, no doubt owing to the influence exerted by
the example of Dr. Woodward, is much more extensively employed
than at home, and there can be but little doubt has had considerable
influence upon the construction of American objectives, especially in
the increase of the angle of aperture of the higher powers.
Whether this is an unalloyed advantage is, I think, legitimately
open to discussion. With the opportunities I have had during the
past six months, I Avill only say, for myself, that I think there are
other and important directions in which the energies of those
engaged in the manufacture of objectives can be more profitably
employed.

In conclusion, I think we scarcely realise how closely and with
what interest everything relating to the advancement of microscopic
science occurring here is followed by our American cousins having
similar tastes with our own. From the fact of my visit taking place
in the summer and autumn seasons, during the greater part of which
time the societies generally are not in session, I had but few oppor-
tunities of attending meetings, but I had the pleasure of meeting
in course of my stay a large number of the working microscopists
from all parts of the Union, and I must say I was surprised to find
so thorough an acquaintance with all that is passing amongst us. I
also wish to take this opportunity of tendering my hearty thanks for
the boundless hospitality displayed, and tbe anxiety shown to render
everything as agreeable as possible, in whatever direction one might

H. CROUCH ON MICROSCOPY IN THE UNITED STATES. 231

happen to travel. To Dr. David Hunt and Professor Sharpless, of
Boston (President and one of the Vice-Presidents of the Boston
Microscopical Society) my warmest acknowledgments are due, and
should any microscopist desire to enjoy an especially good time, I
should strongly recommend him to spend his vacation, if possible,
in the United States.

232

PROCEEDINGS.

August 11th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Marine Polyzoa, &c., from Ilfracornbe
Stylops Spencii, male, emerging from the

body of a wild bee
Vertical Section of Rhinoceros Horn
Flints containing Pyritised Structure
Sections of Norway Birch (Betula alba)
Sertularia bryonia

}

Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. F. Enoch.

Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. M. H. Johnson.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. S.Turner.

Attendance — Members, 34 ; Visitors, 6.

from the Publisher.

» fi

„ Society.

„ Publisher,
in exchange,
by purchase,
for the album.

August 25th, 1876 — Ordinary Meeting.
Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were not read, the minute book
not being available.

The following donations were announced : —
" Monthly Microscopical Journal "
"Science Gossip"

" Proceedings of the Royal Society "
"American Journal of Microscopy"
"American Naturalist"...
" Darwin's Insectivorous Plants "
Photograph of Mr. A. Cottam
The thanks of the meeting were voted to the donors.
The usual ballot for new members was postponed by reason of the certi-
ficates being in the minute book.

The Secretary read an additional note to Mr. Bridgman's paper, " On the
Principles of Illumination," and stated that the author had partially re-
written that paper for publication, omitting some of the theoretical matter,
and adding further details of the mode of working.

The President having invited discussion, Dr. Matthews said that he had
tried the apparatus in question, and that it appeared to him to be very
similar in principle to his own illuminator, which reflected rays at any
desired angle, and was perfectly under control. He considered that too
great obliquity of the rays was an evil, as one shadow was cast over and
interfered with another. He also considered that Mr. Bramhall's illuminator
had been anticipated by the well known Amici prism with the flat surface
silvered.

233

Mr. Ingpen exhibited and described a very beautif nl reflecting microscope
by Amici, which had been lent by Mr. Curties for that purpose. It
outwardly resembled one he had the pleasure of describing at a former
meeting, but was totally different in its principle, which was the same as
that of the Newtonian telescojoe ; the object being reflected by a small
diagonal plane mirror into a concave speculum forming an image which
was viewed by an eyepiece in the usual manner. These microscopes, or, as
they were then called, engiscopes, were made at a time when it was
doubtful whether achromatics could be improved. The definition of the
instrument exhibited was extremely good, the workmanship of the stand
excellent, and the ingenuity displayed in the various pieces of apparatus
attached to it was very great. This instrument was made by -Amici for the
late Dr. Roget, and was employed by him in his well-known researches.
Its date was probably about 1830.

In answer to a question by Dr. Matthews, Mr. Ingpen said he considered
that the loss of light in such an instrument would probably be about 30 per
cent.

The President announced that the Committee had nominated Mr. F.
Kitton, of Norwich, for election as an honorary member of the Club.

The usual Notices of meetings, &c, were then announced, and the pro-
ceedings terminated in the usual manner.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Bramble Spider (Neriene rubella) ... Mr. F. Enock.

Skin of Eel ... ... ... ... Mr. A. H. Halley.

Attendance — Members, 45 ; Visitors, 2.

September 8th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —
Spirobis

Argulus foliaceus
Young Prawn (polarised)
Seeds of Eccremacarpus . . .
Pedicellaria of Echinus lividus ...
Polynema ovidorum
Tongue of Pleuribranch
Hippuric Acid ..

Diatoms f rom Cherryfield, Maine, U.S.
Organic Structure of Flint
Fredericella sultana, &c.
Section of Geodia
Stained section of Chrondodendroji tomen

tosum
Section of Lachrymal Gland of Turtle
Young Talitrus (alive) ...

Attendance — Members, 46 ;

Mr. Badcock.
Mr. Bishop.
Mr. W. G. Cocks.
Mr. A. L. Corbett.
Mr. Cm-ties.
Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. F. H. P. Hind.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. M. H. Johnson.
Mr. E. Simpson.
Mr. Slade.

Mr. H. Stiles.

Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.

Visitors, 12.

234

September 22nd, 1876. — Ordinary Meeting.
Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the meetings held in July and August were read and
confirmed.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of
the Club:— Mr. Arthur C. Cole, Mr. W. H. Martin, and Mr. M. H. Stiles.

Mr. F. Kitton was also balloted for, and duly elected an honorary
member of the Club.

The President called attention to some slight alterations to be made in
the order of proceedings at their ordinary meetings, by which the whole of
the business would be finished before the papers were read

The following donations to the Club were announced: —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... „ „

" Proceedings of the Belfast Natural His-") ,, 0 . ,

° „ \ » the Society.

tory Society ... ... )

"Proceedings of the Leeds Naturalists'") ,, „. ,

Club" ... ... ... )

" The American Naturalist" ... ... in exchange.

" The Medical Examiner" ... ... from the Editor.

Also three slides, from the Dundee Naturalists' Society ; and four from

Mr. A. H. Halley.
Photographs of Messrs Beulah, Bridgman, Hailes, and R. T. Lewis
were presented to the Club album.
The thanks of the Club were unanimously voted to the donors.
The Secretary called attention to the circumstance of some slides having
been presented to the Club from the Dundee Naturalists' Society. This
Society had been recently established, and, as in many other instances, he
had been written to to supply any information, or to give any hints which
might be of use to the promoters in starting the new Society. He had
readily responded to the request, and now that the Society was in working
order, the Club would be gratified to find that, as a mark of appreciation and
good feeling, these slides had been sent, accompanied by a quantity of
Isthmia enervis for distribution amongst the members ; and an offer was also
made to collect for the Club any material which the neighbourhood of
Dundee might afford, and which might be of interest. He felt sure they
would be very pleased to recognise these marks of cordiality upon the part
of kindred societies to whom they were in this degree related.

A paper by Mr. Bridgman, " On an Improved Anti-vibration Turntray,"
was read by the Secretary, and diagrams in illustration were exhibited.
The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Bridgman for his paper.
The pi'oceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Acari of Bat ... ... ... ... by Mr. Cocks.

Palate of Massa papiUosa ... ... Mr. dirties.

235

Proboscis of Peacock Butterfly ...

Wings of Moth — Argynesthia gadartella

Fredericella sultana

Wing of Red Underwing

Foraminifera ...

Stomach of Grasshopper

Sponge Spicules

Stephanoceros.

Wing of Butterfly

Horn of Asiatic Rhinoceros

Attendance — Members, 76 ;

...by Mr. C. G. Dunning.

Mr. Enock.

Mr. Hainworth.

Mr. Halley.

Mr. Hammond.

Mr. Moginie.

Mr. Priest.

Mr. Simpson.

Mr. F.H.Ward.

Mr. T. C. White.
Visitors, 8.

October 13th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Tiresens serra ...

Tetranocera reticulata (Marsh Fly)
Double-stained Section of Pelargonium ...
Young Actinia...

Leg and Scales of Red Underwing (Cato-^)
cula nupta)... ... ... )

Black Marble from Gal way ... ")

Chert from Ventnor ... ... )

Polycystina (" Challenger," 4,475 fathoms)..

Section of Tilia parvifolia

Section of Populus nigra

Scales of Swiss Lepisma from Engadine . .

Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.

W. G. Cocks.

F. Enock.

W. H. Gilburt.

G. Green.

Mr. A. H. Halley.

Mr. M. H. Johnson.

Mr. W. W. Reeves.
Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. W. E. Tinney.
Mr. F. H. Ward.
Attendance — Members, 71; Visitors, 11.

October 27th, 1876. — Ordinary Meeting.

Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of

the Club:— Mr. W. H. Gilburt, Mr. D. Howard, Mr. W. G. Morris, and Mr.

R. Roper.

The following donations to the Club were announced : — '

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip "

" Popular Science Review "

Two Nos. of " The American Naturalist" ... in exchange.

Two Nos. of "Proceedings of the Royal") ,. , , „ . .
~ . , ,, > from the Society.

Society" ... ... ... J J

" Proceedings of the Geologists' Associa.

»

tion

'}

the Association.

236

" Proceedings of the Watford Natural")

History Society ''
" Proceedings of the West London Scien

> from the Society.
History Society" ... ... )

}

the Association,
tific Association "

" The Medical Examiner" (weekly) ... „ the Editor.

" Quarterly Journal of Microscopical")

Science " (2 vols, and numbers to com- [• ,, Mr. T. C. White.

plete the series in the library)... j

" The Dawn of Life " (Dawson) .. . ... „ Mr. B. W. Priest.

Four parts of " Diatomaceen Kunde," by~) , , . , •

1 ' Jy by subscription.

Adolph Schmidt ... ... ) J

Four Slides — Sections of Wood, &c, from") r „ t» ■

v from Mr. Bevmgton.

Swiss Lake Dwellings ... )

Thirty-one Slides — being the Educational") ,T p ■,

Series of Physiological Specimens )

Six Slides — Insect Preparations... ... „ Mr. Israel.

Photographs of Messrs Hammond, Nelson, Priest, and Tinney were
also presented for the album ; and a quantity of Pollen of Cedar of
Lebanon was sent for distribution by Mr. Priest. "
The President called special attention to the valuable donation sent by
Mr. Cole.
A vote of thanks to the various donors was carried unanimously.
Mr. T. C. White read a paper upon the Fly Fungus (Empusa muscat), in
which he described its appearance and peculiarities, and illustrated the
subject by a specimen exhibited under the microscope.

Mr. W. W. Eeeves suggested that Mr. White might have carried the
subject further with greater advantage, for if they wished to follow up the
growth of this fungus they must not be content merely to watch it as
found upon dead flies, this being only half its history. Let them drop the
fly into water, and then see what would take place. In a short time they
would see the fungus grow out and develop in a very beautiful manner. It
never fully developed upon a window pane for want of sufficient moisture,
but if this were supplied much more could be seen of its history. Very
little was known about it, but if any one wanted to become better acquainted
with it, by placing a fly thus attacked in a little water its further growth
might be readily studied. Like many of this class of fungi it assumed
different forms under different circumstances. It might be that the fly got
into a diseased state, and settled upon the moist window pane — for it was
only to be observed in damp weather. In the fifth volume of the " Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science," p. 154, some account of it would be found ;
and in vol. 3, p. 55, of the early Transactions of the Microscopical Society,
it was described and figured by Mr. Cornelius Varley. Mr. Eeeves added
that the f ungas was not confined to the house-fly — it was found also on the
blow-fly and several other insects.

A vote of thanks to Mr. White was duly carried.

237

Mr. Bridgman made some further observations upon his contrivance
described at the previous meeting for reducing tremor, by means of an
anti-vibration tray for the microscope table, and exhibited diagrams in
illustration of additional improvements to the apparatus. He also read a
paper " On a New Universal Reflecting Illuminator," diagrams of which were
also referred to in illustration.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Bridgman for his paper.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt read a paper " On the Relation between Volvox
globator and Spltcerosira volvox" the subject being illustrated by diagrams,
and by the exhibition of the objects under the microscope.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. Gilburt for his com-
munication.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the
following objects were exhibited : —

Nemesia, &c. ... ... ... ... by Mr. Andrew.

•a')

Navicula cuspidata (with new illuminator)

Odontophore of Ovulum apertum

Section of Wood of Cactus

Culex (Mosquito)

Volvox globator, containing Splicer osir a
volvox

Bonnemaesonii asparagoides

Coralline (Polar)

Cristatella mucedo

" Orbicules Siliceux " of Brongniart

Palate of Whelk

Under side of leaf of Rhododendron')
Nuttalli ... ... ... )

Spiral Vessels of Castor Oil Plant

Tracheae of Centipede ...

Sections of Honduras "Chew Stick"

Navicula cuspidata (with Bramhall illu-
minator)

Entomostraca ...

Sections of Charred Oak from Lake dwell
ings at Robenhausen ...

Empusa muscce

Mr. Bridgman.
Mr. Curties.
Mr. Dunning.
Mr. Enock.

Mr. Gilburt.

Mr. Glasspoole.
Mr. G. Green.
Mr. Hain worth.
Mr. M. H. Johnson.
Mr. Le Pelley.

Mr. R. T. Lewis.

Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. B. W. Priest.

Mr. Roper.

Mr. E. Simpson.
Mr. Ward.

Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 82 ; Visitors, 6.

November 10th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Brine Shrimp (Artemia salina) ...
Singular distension of Sucking Stomachy
of Blow Fly j

Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. F. Fitch.

•238

Lips of Wood Wasp (rVspa sylvatica) *i

Mouth of Sand Wa3p (Amniophila viati: i J

Section of Hainan Scalp

2sose of Rat (injected) ...

Halichondria panicea and other Sponges"

(stained)
Basalt, from Melbourne...
Spiral Vessels of Castor-oil Plant
Ova of Oimex...
Stauroneis Phcenicenteron
Section of Uni-locnlar Ovary of Meadow")

Orchis ... ... ... )

Papa of I dis

Section of Basalt

Collection of Polyzoa and Sponges

Fossil Bone from Coal ...

Section of Flint

Mr. H. E. Freeman.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. J. Hunter.

Mr. M. H.Johnson.

Mr. Martinelli.
Dr. Matthews.
Mr. H. J. Eoper.

Mr. Sigsworth.

Mr. J. Spencer.
Mr. W. S. Smith.
Mr. Swain.
Mr. S. Turner.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 59 ; Visitors, 8.

November 24th. 1876. — Ordinary Meeting.

Hexry Lee. Esq.. F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced, and the thanks of
the meeting were voted to the respected donors : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publishers.
" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ,, „

" Proceedings of the Royal Society" (So. 173)
"The Medical Examiner" (weekly)
" Memoirs of the Literary and Philoso-")
phical Society of Manchester;"' and
also Catalogue of Books and Vol. xv.
of the Proceedings

-

the Society.
the Editor.

the Society.

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical")
Science "... ... ... )

by purchase.

from Mr. Enock.
„ Mr. Hailes.

Twelve Slides of Insect Preparations
Five Slides of Diatoms...
Photographs of the late Dr. Harvey Betts, the late Mr. A. R. Betts,
Dr. M. C. Cooke, and Mr. F. H. Ward were presented to the album
(the first two being the gift of Mr. Sydney Turner).
The President announced that it had been decided by the Committee to
hold the Soiree of the Club in April next ; also that the Committee had
voted from £20 to £25 for the purchase of books for the library — particu-
larly "The Annals of Natural History," which would make a valuable
addition to their collection of works of reference.

239

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and dnly elected members of
the Clnb : — Mr. W. G. Atkins and Mr. Francis Despointes.

Mr. T. Curties read a paper by Mr. C. F. George, " On a species of A
found at Blyborough in Lincolnshire." The subject was illustrated by a
number of drawings, and by mounted preparations, exhibited under the
microscope.

Votes of thanks to the writer and the reader of the paper were unani-
mously carried.

Mr. Chas. Stewart gave a highly interesting lecture upon the " Histology
of Skin." Commencing with the development of the simple cell, and the
growth and structure of the outer layer or dermal membrane of Sponges,
he proceeded to notice the covering and appendages of Zoophytes and the
various Echinoderms, and to compare these with the structureless membrane
of the parasitic worms. The shells and skins of the Mollusca were next re-
ferred to, and the peculiar structure of the skin of the Cuttle fish was
minutely described, and the distribution and action of the curious pigment
cells by means of which these creatures could change their colours were
pointed out. Passing thence to the consideration of the skins of Verte-
brates, the skin and scales of fish next received attention; and the Cycloid,
Tenoid, and Ganoid varieties, as well as the peculiar skins of the Dog fish,
were figured and explained. The skins of reptiles were next adverted to,
and the remarkable development of the epidermis in the case of Turtles and
Alligators was pointed out. The skins of birds and the marvellous
structure of feathers next claimed attention, and some time was devoted to
the illustration of the beautiful arrangement of the barbs, barbules, and
barbicelles. The remainder of the lecture related to the structure and
functions of the skins of mammalia, in the course of which the positions of
the sudoriparous glands and other appendages were well shown. Mr. Stewart
illustrated his remarks throughout; by drawings made upon the black board
with coloured chalks, which, together with his lucid method of description,
rendered the subject of unusual interest to his audience, whose appreciation
was expressed by very hearty applause.

The President proposed a cordial vote of thanks to Mr. Stewart, which
was carried by acclamation.

The proceedings then terminated with a conversazione, at which the
following objects were exhibited: —

Beetle (?) ... ... ... ... by Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Section of Human Skin ... ")

Sponge gemmules ... ... )

Acarus sacchari

Aulacodiscus Kittoni (8 rays)

The " Blyborough Tick "

Eyes of Cattle Fly

Isthniia enercis

Scale of Pike ...

Ruscus aculeatus

Three Sections of Gutta Percha Tree

Mr. W. J. Brown. v

Mr. F. Coles.
Mr. Cottam.
Mr. Curties.
Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt,
Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.

240

Iodo-snlphate of Quinine
Stephanoceros ...
Diatoms from Toome Bridge
Section of Human Skin

Isthmia enervis

by Mr. T. H. Powell.
Mr. J. Eussell.
Mr. M. H. Stiles.
Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 81 ; Visitors, 14.

December 8th, 1876. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —
Sori of Fern ...
Tardigrada, &c.

Month and Tongue of Saw-fly . . .
Reproductive Organs of Fantail-fly
Growing Point of Pelargonium inquinans...
Iodo-sulphate of Quinine
Nose, Cheek, and Upper Lip of Kitten")

(injected) ... ... ... )

Flints, naturally injected with air and")

oxide of iron ... ... )

Hymenophyllum

Spirogyra nitide in conjugation ...

Glossijphoiiia biloculata

Attendance — Members, 74; Vis

Mr. F. W. Andrew.
Mr. Brady.
Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. F. Fitch.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. A. H. Halley.

Mr. Hunter.

Mr. M.H. Johnson.

Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. E. M. Nelson.
Mr. T. C. White.
itors, 8.

December 22nd, 1876. — Ordinary Meeting.

Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected members of

the Club :— Mr. John J. Hunter, Mr. J. G. Morris, Mr. C. P. Ogilvie, and Mr.

Geo. Perry.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ,, „

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society " ... „

" Proceedings of the Botanical Society of)

Edinburgh" ... ... i "

" Medical Examiner " (weekly) ... ... „

" Rutherford's Outlines of Practical His-")

tology" ... ... ... )

An Album of Micro-Photographs of Dia- ) ,, T -r, -.

° r i » Mr. J. Redmayne.

tomacece ... ,.. ... J

The thanks of the Club wore unanimously voted to the donors.

the Society.

»
the Editor.
Mr. T. C. White.

241

The President read a letter from the Croydon Microscopical Society,
thanking the members of the Quekett Club for the assistance given on the
occasion of their recent soiree.

Mr. Henry Cronch read a paper on "Microscopy in the United States of
America," and also placed npon the table for inspection some beautiful
specimens of double stained vegetable tissues prepared by Dr. Hunt, of
Philadelphia.

The President expressed his high appreciation of the value of these
inter-communications, which he thought could not fail to be of great use.
With regard to the microscope from Japan, which had been mentioned in
the paper, he was very glad to find that an interest in such things was being
excited amongst that remarkable people. He hoped that at the next Soiree
of the Club the Japanese Ambassador would be present, in which case he
felt sure a deep interest would be shown in the great number of instru-
ments and objects that would be brought under his notice.

At the invitation of the President, Mr. Hickie made some remarks
(which were of a somewhat disparaging character) upon American
objectives.

Dr. Matthews followed with some instances of the neglect of some of our
ordinary appliances by Continental observers.

Dr. Foulerton said that in America hardly any town was found without a
society similar to their own; showing how much interest was taken in
scientific study. In San Francisco — which was pretty far west — there was
a very excellent Microscopical Society, and some very competent observers
belonging to it.

Mr. Ingpen referred to the beautiful double-stained vegetable preparations
of Dr. J. G. Hunt, which Mr. Crouch had exhibited. The process of bleach-
ing by chlorinated soda, though published several years since, did not seem to
have attracted much attention till recently. Mr. Crouch had informed him
that Dr. Hunt might perhaps be induced to send them a paper upon the
subject.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt called attention to a specimen of Juncus communis,
exhibited by himself, and prepared by Dr. Beattie's process, which had been
described in " Science Gossip " of August last. The double staining was
with magenta and purple.

Mr. Crouch said he hoped it would be thoroughly understood that in his
remarks upon the productions of the American opticians, he spoke not as a
maker but entirely as an individual observer. So far as he had an opportu-
nity of forming an opinion he thought that Mr. Tolles and other American
opticians turned out some work that was very good, and differed from
others only in some few peculiarities. His impression was that Mr. Tolles
pushed the angle of aperture too far, and, in many instances, to the
positive detriment of his glasses. He had, however, seen some of this
maker's objectives, which he had not seen equalled elsewhere. With regard
to the microscope s of the better class, he believed that those produced in
America were in every respect as good as those of English make ; but the
prices were far higher.

U

242

The President, in moving a vote of thanks to Mr. Crouch for his inter-
esting pajner, expressed the desire, in the name of the Club, that he would
convey to Dr. Hunt their high appreciation of his beautiful specimens ; and
also ask him for the favour of any communication which he might be
disposed to make as to the details of his process.

Mr. Crouch thought he might promise on Dr. Hunt's behalf that some
such communication should be sent to the Club.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Crouch was unanimously carried.
The President said he would only add further that they should be most
happy to return the hospitality which had been described by Mr. Crouch,
should any American microscopists visit the Quekett Club.

Mr. T. Charters White gave a description of a specimen of Sabella,
exhibited by him in the room. On being taken hold of in the Aquarium
these creatures were found to wriggle out of their tubes and go free.
They then appeared to go about tail first, and were apparently furnished
with two eye spots near the tail. The body consisted of several rounded
segments, and at the head were from three to five compound tentacles,
and if by accident one of these got broken off, it swam about by itself as
if it were an independent creature. Mr. White illustrated his remarks by
drawings upon the black board.

The proceedings then terminated by a conversazione, at which the
following objects were exhibited : —

Sugar Mites ... ... ... ...by Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Section of Cherry Stone ... ... Mr. F. Coles.

Geranium acanthionatum (from Gal way Bay) Mr. A. L. Corbett.
Wings of Butterflies ... ... ... Mr. T. Curties.

Coccoonof Larva of Vapourer Moth ... Mr. F. Enock.

Section of Bush — Juncus communis') , , ._. „, .

(double stained) ... ... )

Tremolite ... ... ... ... Mr. A. H. Halley.

Human Ovary, showing remains of a") M T H t

Corpus Luteum ... ... )

Section of Toe of New-born Infant, show-") ,,

ing first growth of nail, sweat glands, &c ./
Palate of Italiatus tuber culata ... ... Mr. Le Pelley.

Leaf of Goniophlebium sepultum ... Mr. B. T. Lewis.

Sponge — Grantia, ciliata (Bamsgate) ... Mr. B. W. Priest.

Acari from Sugar

Alveolina — Limestone (Herault, France)

Section of Hair of Elephant

Young Sabelloe sp (?), alive

Mr. Sigsworth.
Mr. J. Spencer.
Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, G5 ; Visitors, 7.

243

On a New Form of Section-Cutting Machine.
By Henry F. Hailes.

(Read Jan. 26th, 1877. )

Plate XXIII.

I wish to bring before the members of the Quekett Club a machine
for cutting microscopic sections, which I have devised, and which, I
think, may be of some interest to them.

For some time past I have been very dissatisfied with the sections
that I have had occasion to cut. This was probably in a great
measure due to my own want of skill, but still it appeared to me
that any mechanical contrivance for this purpose must be very im-
perfect if it did not, to a considerable extent, compensate for any
want of skill in the operator.

Not being able to meet with any machine that in my opinion ful-
filled the requirements of the case (most of the recent improvements
having been made in the shape of " freezing microtomes," for cutting
anatomical and other soft sections), I set to work to see if I could
contrive some sort of machine that would enable me to cut sections
of various materials with ease and precision.

My first attempt was with a rotary knife. This was mounted
upon a spindle in the same way as a circular saw, and run upon dead
centres. It was furnished with a bed, and with an adjustible fence,
much after the fashion of an ordinary saw. It worked very well —
but, in the first place, I found that, independently of its being very
troublesome and expensive to make, it was necessary to construct
another special machine, in order to grind and keep in proper order
the edge of the circular knife.

In the next place, I found that it required a very considerable
jjower in order to drive it at a suitable speed, and it could therefore
only be run in a heavy lathe or its equivalent. As heavy machinery
and microscopic work seemed to me to be rather incompatible, I
gave up my efforts in this direction, and turned my attention to the
so-called " Topping machine," in order to see if I could modify it

x

244 HENRY F. HAILES ON A NEW FORM

so as to make it more suitable to my purposes. I should not have
referred to the circular knife at all, but that I thought my experience
might be of some use to any one who might be disposed to try what
can be done in that direction.

In all machines made upon the " Topping " model, it is usual to
drive the material intended to be cut into a tube, from the top, or
otherwise to wedge it firmly into the tube ; then, by means of a
screw or wedge, to drive it out again from the bottom. The result
of this arrangement is, that the material at first undergoes some
amount of compression, and then when this compression overcomes
the resistance offered at the top of the tube, the material comes up
with a jump, and you are thus unable to cut sections with any
degree of precision ; and after cutting some twenty or thirty slices,
you may, perhaps, with good luck succeed in finding half-a-dozen
thin enough to mount.

The machine which I have the honour to bring before you to-
night, obviates this defect entirely, and at the same time secures
some other minor advantages.

I will proceed to describe it with reference to Plate xxiii. in which
Fig. 1 is a plan view, and Fig. 2 a side view of my machine, as
arranged for sawing bone and other hard sections. Fig. 3 is a plan
view, and Fig. 4 a longitudinal vertical section of the machine, as
arranged for cutting wood or softer sections. Figs. 5 and 6 are plan
and side views of the moveable block and pins, used in cutting hard
sections, shown detached. A is a short tube, of about an inch and a
quarter in diameter, furnished with flanges, B and B1, one at each
end. The upper one of these flanges serves as a cutting-bed or table.
Inside the tube A, slides freely a second tube C, in which is placed
the material intended to be cut. This tube C is furnished with two
clamping screws, c c, which pass through a slot formed in the outer
tube A, and are tapped into a block screwed on the side of the inner
tube, C. Inside the inner tube C, and at its lower end, is screwed a
nut or boss, D, and through this nut is passed the micrometer screw,
E, provided with a milled head, e, and a divided collar, f. This
screw is carefully shouldered into a cock or bracket, F, firmly screwed
to the lower flange, B1. In order to hold the machine securely to the
table, it is screwed by its upper flange to a transverse bar of wood,
G, which is clamped to the table by the fixed clamp, H.

The material to be cut may be packed in any convenient manner
into the inner tube C, and is secured by the clamping screws, c c.

OF SECTION-CUTTING MACHINE. 24.r)

It will now be clearly seen that, on turning the micrometer screw
E, the inner tube C will be steadily advanced upwards, carrying with
it the material to be cut without any compression, and consequently
witbout any jerking, and sections may be readily cut with a chisel
or with a razor in the ordinary manner. With the machine now
before you, I have cut with ease and precision sections of fresh-
growing wood, -j-fg-o °f an mcn m thickness.

The upper flange of the machine, which serves as a cutting-bed,
is provided with two strips of hardened steel. These form a very
convenient surface over which the chisel or razor may be passed
when cutting wood or softer sections, but they also serve another
very important purpose — At the back of the cutting-bed, B, I secure,
by means of a spring and screw, and steady-pins, a metal block, b1.
This block carries two hard steel rods, b2 b2, which, when in place,
lie immediately over the two steel bars, bz (see Figs. 1 and 2), just
referred to. Now, by passing the blade of a fine saw between the
movable steel rods, b2 b2, and the fixed bars, b b, on the cutting bed,
sections of bone or other material too hard to be cut with a knife or
razor may be sawn off, as thin as the nature of the material will
admit, and often sufficiently thin to be at once mounted. The rods,
b2 and bars b, being of hardened steel, receive no injury from the
teeth of the saw.

I think it will be obvious that a machine of this kind would be
useless unless carefully and accurately made, and consequently it
will be rather an expensive machine as compared with others of the
same class. However, I have had a couple made (besides this one
of my own), and I have placed them in the hands of Mr. Baker, of
244, High Holborn, and I have no doubt, with the resources at his
command, he will be able to supply any one who may wish for it
with a machine at as reasonable a price as is consistent with
efficiency.

246

On Black Moulds.
By M. C. Cooke, M.A., LL.D., A.L.S.

(Read February 23rd, 1877.)

Plates XXIV. to XXVII.

There is one difficulty to be encountered by those who persistently
devote themselves to the study of any special subject, that, when
they rise to read a paper, it is at once concluded that they are at
the " same old game," and that, consequently, nothing new or
interesting can be anticipated. I have hesitated myself for a long-
time, and resisted all efforts to induce me to present my unpopular
and rather mouldy subject before the Club, lest by iteration I should
weary the members of a subject, difficult in itself, limited in its
students, and unpopular in its general character. After a long
silence, however, I now feel that amongst the varied subjects which
are brought before the Club the time has arrived when a Fungolo-
gical subject may be introduced with advantage, and the promise of
two years' standing may be redeemed.

As to the subject itself, I was for some time in doubt what
portion of the vast range of Mycology would best meet the require-
ments of the Club. At first I proposed to illustrate the Potato
disease ; but this was soon abandoned, on the ground that so much
had been written upon it during the past year or two, that if the
general student were not really tired of it, at least sufficient had
been done to make him acquainted with all he desired to know, as
necessarily I must have repeated a great deal which had been
written, and was at the ready command of all who felt any interest
in the matter.

When it is remembered that there are not less than twenty
thousand good species of Fungi known and described, it will be
admitted that a general gossip over the whole, with a sort of run-
ning commentary on their nature, uses, classification, and structure,
would occupy a long evening, and leave no satisfactory impression at
its close, since all this has been compressed into a volume which any

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 247

may peruse,* and the paper could only have been a skeleton of the
book.

In order to interest, and, perhaps, to some extent, instruct the un-
initiated of the Club in a few of the mysteries of Fungology, I have
selected some examples from one of the six orders under which the
whole Fungi are classified ; and this order is termed Hy\>lwmycetes,
or " Thread Moulds," because the threads of which each individual
is comj^osed is the most prominent feature of the Fungus.

Most microscopists have some knowledge of the general features
of such common moulds as Penicillin in and Aspergillus, in which
there are delicate branching threads forming a kind of root-fibrils,
and from these arise, rather more rigid and robust, erect threads,
which form a kind of stem ; and sometimes this stem becomes
divided into branches, the sides or tips of which are garnished with
little spha?rical or elongated spores, which are in reality the fruit.
In such a form as this we have the type of a " mould," a micro-
scopic tree or shrub, with root, stem, branches, and fruit, but with-
out either flower or leaves. It is such a type which prevails in the
Hyphomycetes, sometimes varied in one direction, sometimes in
another, but in all this variety there is unity, a unity of design
carried through a variety of patterns ; so that in obtaining a know-
ledge of a few of the forms in the order, we obtain a general clue to the
characteristics of the whole order, and, with the exception, perhaps,
of a few somewhat anomalous or intermediate forms, become
enabled at once to determine whether an unknown fungus, for the
first time under examination, belongs to this section or another,
which is so much knowledge acquired that may prove useful in future
microscopical studies.

On the margin of this investigation, and before I proceed further
with the details, it may be well to address a few words to the
subject of the relative value and importance of physiological investi-
gations, and classificatory studies.

In all branches of Natural History there are workers of two
kinds : those who investigate the structure, physiology, origin, and
development of a few forms, and endeavour to comprehend the
whole mystery of their existence, and relationship to other mani-
festations of vital force, and those who devote themselves almost
entirely to the study of the various forms in any one or more

* Fungi, their Nature, Uses, &c, International Scientific Library, pub-
lished by H. Kiug & Co.

248 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

groups, their relationship to each other, and their systematic and
orderly arrangement, their affinities and their differences, and their
geographical distribution. It is not uncommon to find those of the
first group, the biologists, or physiologists, claiming a higher posi-
tion for themselves than they accord to students of the other class,
and even sneering at them as mere species-makers, or compilers of
catalogues. This is not only unjust, but untrue ; both are equally
useful and equally essential, and should not be the subject of com-
parison. The work of the former is a great help to the latter,
whilst without classification there could be no science. Each has
his own work to do as helper to the other. If I may judge from
my own experience, it is often the case that the individual has little
power to control the direction of his studies after he has once
started on his course. My own predilections would be in favour of
more exclusively physiological investigations, but finding no sys-
tematic arrangement of the British Fungi in existence ten years
ago, as the basis of operations, I set myself at first to what I con-
ceived the most essential work, and issued the " Handbook." Then,
I thought, surely it would be permitted me to pursue some course of
investigation ; but, on the contrary, the publication of the book
increased the number and interest of the workers, and gave such an
impetus to British Mycology, that at once I became drawn into and
involved in a maze of correspondence, not only in the British
Islands, but over Europe and America, with regard to the species
contained in this book, and the two thousand soon became three
thousand ; so that in self-preservation and in self-defence I was
driven to the study of allied species in other countries, and now I
am so committed, by the study of certain groups of which I have
consequently acquired a large experience, that 1 have no alternative
but onwards, or to relinquish the study altogether. The power of
circumstances over individuals in directing the course of their literary
or scientific career must greatly counteract and overcome individual
inclinations, however much we may flatter ourselves upon our own
free agency. There is still another reason why I am precluded from
absolute physiological studies. Having espoused what might be
termed strong conservative views on mycological matters, I feel it
my duty to science to resist, not only by words, but by work, the
innovations of a modern school of Radicalism which threatened to
sweep away all old landmarks, and, by wholesale manufacture of
new genera and species on illogical, shifting, and unstable bases, to

M. 0. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 249

bring science, in so far as Mycology is concerned, into contempt.
Not being able, under these circumstances, to submit to you an
absolutely physiological communication, and being prevented by a
regard for your patience from inflicting upon you one that is
entirely systematic, you will probably be disposed to accept as a
compromise something intermediate between the two, although it
might prove unworthy of either.

The division of Hyphomycetes selected for this occasion are known
as the Dematiei, or black moulds. The chief distinction lies in the
dark colour of the threads, and the black, sooty, or dull -coloured
patches in which they are collected. Nearly seven years ago I had
the honour of reading a paper to the Club " On Microscopic
Moulds," which was published in No. 11 of the" Quekett Journal,"
with illustrative figures, to which I shall have occasion to allude.
In that paper I gave a kind of running commentary upon all the
moulds, and pointed out the distinctions between them. It will not
be necessary to cover this ground again, but refer members to the
Journal in question for such points as may be omitted here. The
figures given of Mucedines, and of Black Mould, will enable com-
parisons to be instituted, and a general idea obtained of the dis-
tinguishing features of the two orders or divisions.

Although it may impart somewhat of a repulsive formality, in the
estimation of some, to this communication, there will manifestly be
an educational advantage to be derived from adopting a sort of
scientific order and arrangement in the sequence of the species to be
alluded to. In pursuance of this plan, I will first remind you of a
simple form of black mould which is by no means uncommon in this
country, but is often found mixed up with other species. This
consists of a simple, rigid, erect stem, or thread, so dark as almost
to obliterate all appearance of septa ; at the apex is borne a single,
dark, nearly globose spore, without any transverse division. This is
termed Monotospora, and it may well be accepted as a simple
typical form of a black mould. There is the dark carbonised stem,
with branching brown root-like filaments at the base, and a single
spore growing at the summit. At first the tips of these threads
are colourless, the upper joint swells, and gradually increases until
it becomes pear-shaped, and then globose. It acquires colour, the
outer membrane thickens, the spore is divided from the thread by a
septum, and at length falls away. Technically and rigidly the
genus is confined to those species which have globose, or somewhat

250 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

globose, or pear-shaped spores, without a septum. Either the
forms with septate spores which have been included within the
genus must be transferred to 1 1 clminthosporium, or the limits of the
genus must be enlarged, and all species of Helminthos porium with
obovate or pyriform spores must be transferred to it ; such, for
instance, as Helminthosporium obovatum, and, perhaps, H. turbinatum.
Here is one of the difficulties with which the student has to contend.
No one has concentrated himself to the work of pruning and
arranging the whole group in the form of a monograph ; hence the
different genera are but too often isolated, and do not in their
characters bear a proper relationship to each other. They are a
family without cohesion. Sometimes we encounter two or three
genera which do not differ materially, if at all, from each other ;
and in some other genera we find one author holding broad views,
and another very narrow views, as to its limits. This undoubtedly
is a source of difficulty to the student, whilst at the same time it
serves to indicate a field of legitimate work, and may serve ' as an
incentive to master the difficulties of the situation.

Some of the species of Helminthosporium differ very little, if at
all, from the strict interpretation of Monotospora, until we reach
the spore. Here there is, and should still continue to be, a clearly
denned distinction. One of the most interesting and beautiful
species of Helminthosporium is one figured by Corda in his " Pracht-
flora " as Helminthosporium Stemphylioides. When in Scotland to
attend the Fungus show at Perth, I remained a few hours at
Edinburgh, and then, whilst passing through the Botanic Gardens,
picked up two little pieces of stick which I saw were inhabited by a
black mould. On one of these was the present species, not before
recorded in Britain ; on the other the somewhat rare H. Rousselia -
num, with the curious Sporochis/na mirabile. Soon after reaching
home Mr. Phillips, of Shrewsbury, wrote informing me that he also
had found H. Stemphylioides. This species is so characteristic that
no other is likely to be confounded with it. The threads are
slender, short, and collected in bundles ; the spores are very large,
egg-shaped, uncoloured at each end, but with a broad band of
brown about the centre. In fact, it is not a good type of Helmin-
thosporium, being much more like a species of J\/yst?-osporiu?n, and
when the monograph of the Dematiei is written will probably be
transferred to that genus.

It would be impossible for me to refer in detail to the different

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 251

species of Helminthosporium, or even to those found in Britain.
This genus is the great glory and pride of those Mycologists who
devote themselves to the Black Moulds, and, if it were only for
their encouragement, I could have wished to have lingered over it
more than I can permit myself to do. There are several good
types of spore-form to be found in this genus, which might be indi-
cated as suggestive of a grouping for the purposes of study. For
instance, there is the fusiform type, illustrated by H. fusiforme, H.
apiculatum, H. velutinum, H. gongotrichnm, and others. There is
also the follieulate type, as exhibited by II. folliculatum, H. scole-
coides, and H. rhopaloides. There is also the type of spore very
much elongated, whilst the thread is reduced to a minimum, as in
H. Tilioe and H. Smithii, and the pyriform type, as in H. turbin-
atum, H. altum, H. obovatum, &c. I might also enumerate the
clavate type, as in H. macrocarpum, H. appendicu latum, &c, and
the triseptate type, as H. Rousselianum, H. subulatum, and several
foreign species.

This grouping, which is merely suggestive, and not the result of
any matured consideration, will serve to show the great variety
which exists in the form of the spore in this large genus, and it is
this feature which perhaps would alone recommend them to micro-
scopists outside the special circle of Fungologists. No finer spores
can be found than those of Helminthosporium Smithii* which occurs
on twigs of holly, lying on the ground under hollybushes. A
different kind, but still very interesting clavate or follieulate spores,
occur on H. folliculatum, which is not at all uncommon on old
cabbage stalks, cast aside to rot in the rubbish corner of a kitchen
garden ; whilst //. macrocarpum, with its large coarse opaque
threads, and club-shaped spores, will undoubtedly be found on chips
and sticks lying on the ground, with perhaps one or other of the
fusiform spored species.

Many years ago, when Schweinitz was in North America, he
found a black mould on the leaves of Carices, which had some re-
semblance to Hvlminthosporium, but, instead of the prominent, erect
threads which are common to that genus, it had creeping flocci, and
long erect spores. To this fungus he gave the generic name of
Clasterisporium. It was for a long time doubted in Europe whether
Schweinitz was justified in constituting a single aberrant form into
a new genus, and hence Clasterisporium came to be scarcely recog-
* " Quekett Journal," No. 11, plate 7.

252 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

nised. Recently having seen specimens of Kchweinitz's fungus, I
became satisfied that it was a good genus, although a supposed new
species which has been affiliated by an American botanist does not
belong to the same genus. From India came a second species,
which fully confirmed the judgment of Schweinitz, and not long
since Mr. Griffiths Morris, of Hereford, found a third species, the
finest and most imposing of all. In this latter the spores are very
much like those of Helminthosporium Smithii, but instead of being
simply borae on short erect threads, they are seated upon creeping
threads, as in the American and Indian species. There is evidently
an analogy between these three species and some of the long spored
species of Sporidesmium, but there is really no affinity. The Clas-
t< risporium might be characterised as a kind of Helminthosporium,
with creeping threads, but as the threads in Helminthosporium
should be erect, this is one justification of a distinct genus.

There is yet another interesting genus of these fungi having close
relationship with the preceding, but differing in the character of the
threads, as well as a feature in spore production. This is Clado-
trichum. The black velvety patches of this mould on sticks and
twigs are just like those of Helminthosporium, but the threads, when
seen under the microscope, will be found to be swollen at the tips,
which assume the form of cups, or goblets ; whereas, these threads
are also gouty, and swollen several times throughout their length so
as to present a very singular appearance. A fine species of this
genus was figured by Corda in his " Prachtflora." There is an
additional distinction in this genus, and in Dendri/phium, that the
spores are produced end to end in a kind of chain at the tips of the
threads and their branches. It is by no means an easy feat to
accomplish to be able to see under the microscope spores so
attached. The attachment is so slight that the spores separate on
the least movement, and often only the basal spore can be seen
fixed to the thread. When the spores are not fully matured they
adhere more tenaciously, and then the structure may be seen indi-
cated in the juvenile spores. In all the species of Cladotrichvm
which I have seen, although the threads are rigid the membrane of
the spore is delicate, and, in drying, the extremities are liable to
collapse.

Dendryphium is also a genus very similar to Helminthosporium,
but less robust, the patches are not dense and velvety, but thinly
scattered, and the spores, instead of being produced singly, are in

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 253

chains. There arc points of affinity in which these two genera
approach so closely, as for instance in Dendryphium laxum, and Hel-
minthosporum rhopaloides, that it is difficult to indicate any manifest
difference except in the mode of spore production. It may generally
be predicated that the threads of Helminthosporium are unbranched,
or nearly so, and that the threads in Dendryphium are more or less
branched in the upper portion. This may seem, at first, to be a
slight difference, but it gives a peculiar character to each, which
cannot but impress itself forcibly upon the mind whenever the two
are compared under the microscope. In the general features of
these two genera they are allied to Helminthosporium, but in spore
production they link that genus to Cladosporinm. If it were per-
mitted me to pause and speculate, it would form a good topic for
reflection how, in each genus, one species had tendencies in one
direction and others in another, how form approximated to form,
and how here, as well as in every other portion of inexhaustible
Nature we encounter continuous chains of being, linked and bound
one to the other, touching everywhere, and, amidst endless variety,
united into one harmonious whole.

A very natural group of Black Moulds are those of which Clados-
porinm, may be taken as the type. These moulds differ from the
preceding in one important feature, the flocci are not rigid and opaque
or semi-opaque, there is no evident external coating, and when dry
the cells collapse freely, which indicates a much more delicate cell-
wall than prevails in the Helminthosporium type. There are four
genera, to which I would direct your attention for a few moments, in
this group. First of all there are those which have been classed
with Helminthosporium as aberrant forms, such as the one found by
Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on leaves of Lychnis, and by them
called Helminthosporium echiuulalum. Not long since my friend Mr.
Phillips, of Shrewsbury, sent me a mould on the leaves of Star of
Bethlehem, and this I at first referred to Berkeley's species, but on a
subsequent and more minute examination I find it to be identical
with a specimen I possess from the late Dr. Klotsch, marked Hete-
rosporium ornithogali, Kl. MSS. The threads are long, flexuous,
with thin walls, pale-brown, much divided, sometimes branched, with
spores of most irregular size and form, some are elliptical and simple,
others uniseptate and longer, others are again much more elongated
and cylindrical, with two, three, or more septa, so that the longest
are about five times the length of the shortest, and externally faintly

254 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

granulated. There are intimations that these spores are produced at
the tips of the threads, and concatenate. Such features are also
possessed by the fungus described by Berkeley and Broome, except
that there are clear specific differences in the more distinctly echi-
nulate spores, as well as in some other features which need not be
enumerated here. Manifestly these moulds do not belong to Hel-
minthosporium, but to Heterosporium, a name very characteristic on
account of the diversity of their spores. Henceforth then we may
regard as British species Heterosporium ornithogali, K.I., on Star of
Bethlehem, Heterosporium echinulatum (B. & Br.), on leaves of
Lychnis, and Heterosporium variabile, C, on leaves of spinach,
from Forden, first described in Grevillea as Helminthosporium
variabile, and afterwards on authority of Mr. Berkeley, accepted as
a variety of his species, but which differs considerably in habit, as
well as in microscopical features. There are probably other species
of Helminthosporium, as well as of Cladosporium, which, upon ex-
amination, may be found to belong to this genus, whilst the species
named by Klotsch Heterosporium maculatum, is only a Cladosporium.
These are rather more technical details than I proposed entering
upon, but they seem to be essential in order to clear up some doubts?
errors, and misconceptions.

Another of this group of genera consists of the well-known, and
widely-distributed genus, Cladosporium. Perhaps one of the most
cosmopolitan of Fungi is Cladosporium herbarum, which seems to
occur all the world over, and certainly with us it is the commonest
of all moulds. As to its relationship with any species of Sphceria,
as its conidia, that is a question upon which I do not purpose to
enter at all, nor the relationship which any other of the moulds
under present consideration bear to other fungi. That is a wide and
complex question Avhich would occupy all the time which a paper of
this kind can claim at your hands, in order to deal with satisfactorily.
We must, therefore, dismiss from our minds for the purposes of this
communication all doubts as to the autonomy of the several species.

Cladosporium occurs on all kinds of vegetable substances during
decay. There are flocci, which are often short, septate, coloured,
with thin cell-walls, in many instances fasciculate, bearing at their tips
chains of spores, or rather one, two, or three sporeS, attached in a
chain. These spores are at first without septa, but soon have a
septum across the centre ; occasionally there is an additional septum,
but in no instance of a veritable Cladosporium does the epispore

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 255

appear to be rough, nor are there such wide divergences in the mag-
nitude of the spores as in Heterosporium. Undoubtedly, as far as
the limits of species are concerned, the whole genus is in utter con-
fusion, and there is good work for some one to investigate all the
supposed species of Cladosporium, and embody the results in a mono-
graph. Perhaps in the production of the Handbook, the error was
rather in too great a reduction of the number of species.

One species of Cladosporium, with its variety, which were included
in the Handbook under the name of Cladospoi ium dendriticum, I
am now disposed to follow the example of continental authors, and
recognise as the type of a genus as Fusicludium. Nearly all con-
tinental Botanists accept this genus, and I do not see that any good
purpose is served by remaining singular, with no other reason than
that of eccentricity. The features relied upon chiefly are the simple
spores, which never become septate, and the reduced threads. This
will form the third genus in the group with collapsible threads and
spores. The fourth has been accepted since the publication of the
Handbook.*

Cercospora certainly is allied to the foregoing three genera, but dif-
fers very widely in the character of the fruit. It is a comparatively new
genus, and its species have been multiplied right and left until the
distinctions have become so refined that it is very difficult to discover
them. In fact, I very much doubt if the whole of the twenty or
thirty species could not well be comprised within some three or four
species. Many of these moulds are parasitic on the leaves of living
plants, occurring on spots which have been damaged, or on leaves
which have begun to fade. The mould is very minute and delicate,
the threads very short, being reduced to one or two cells, but the
spores are very long, slender, and thread-like, either containing a
row of nuclei, or divided by septa into numerous cells. Only one or
two of the supposed species have yet been found in Britain, of which
Cercospora reseda was detected by myself in Jersey. Many others
probably occur in this country.

Any one who has examined with care a specimen of one of
the common species, or varieties, of Cladosporium, will not
fail to have noticed certain peculiar bodies mixed up with the
threads which appear to have no decided relationship with them.
These bodies are of the form of spores, more or less irregular

* It is difficult to see in ScoMcotrichum any other than a mixture of
species of Cladosporium and I'usicladdum.

256 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

in shape, proportionately broad, and divided longitudinally
and transversely by numerous septa. These are the spores of some
species of Macrosporium, which hitherto have been maintained as a
distinct and veritable genus, closely related to Cladosporium, but
virtually distinct. Since the appearance of Tulasne's great work,
this opinion has been greatly modified, and some authors contend
that the spores of Macrosporium are but a more complex form of
fruit of the Cladosporium, or that they are a condition of some
ascigerous fungus, of which Gladosporium is but another manifesta-
tion. On this point I shall not now venture to express a decided
opinion, as our design is rather to recognise the various forms than
to determine their functions. There are several genera, or supposed
genera, with spores of the Macrosporioid type. That is, large,
irregular spores, with septa in both directions, dividing the spore
into numerous cells. In Macrosporium itself there are threads of a
flaccid nature, resembling those of the species of Cladosporium, but
not so highly developed, in fact, sometimes scarcely developed at all
beyond a short basal stem. The spores appear to be sometimes
terminal and sometimes basal, but the spores always appear more
prominently than the threads. It is difficult to meet with a speci-
men of the ordinary forms of Cladosporium in which spores of
Macrosporium are not mixed up. h\ some forms of Macrosporium
there is but little or no evidence of the presence of Cladosporium.
It is difficult to fix the limits which may fairly be considered as
constituting a species in this genus, the spores are so variable in
size and form in the same specimen, but, in a few cases the distinc-
tion is so marked that there remains very little ground for doubt.
Recently the Rev. J. E. Vize has sent me a Macrosporium which he
calls M. nubile, with very large and characteristic spores, just such
as would please the ordinary mieroscopist and afford an additional
object for his cabinet. The species are common enough on dead
leaves and stems of herbaceous plants. The leaves of cabbage,
both in this country and the United (States, yield a species with very
long spores ; it has been called Macrosporium Brassicce here, and
M. circinans there, but evidently there is no difference between
them. It was long since intimated by my friend the Rev. M. J.
Berkeley that there is no essential difference ^between the genus
Macrosporium of Fries, and Septosporium of Corda, whilst Mytros-
porium and Stemphylium are so closely related that it is very diffi-
cult to draw the line between them. In quite another order of

M. C COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 257

Fungi we have the genus Sporidesmium, to which some of the so-
called species of Stemphylium belong. It might prove a puzzling
occupation, and in some sense a suggestive one, to compare together
the structure of all the genera of black moulds with these peculiar
compound spores.

In the Handbook, unfortunately, by some error which I cannot
now account for, the figure 248, supposed to represent Mystrospo-
rinm belongs to a distinct genus, that of Blastotrichum.

In Septosporium, if the original features of the genus are main-
tained, there should be threads resembling a Helminthosporium, with
septate spores attached to a short pedicel, and usually generated at
the base of the threads. It bears about the same relation to Hel-
minthosporiam which Macrosporium does to Cladnsporium. Two or
three species have been found in this country, and I have described
a very distinct one from the United States, in which the typical
character is maintained, and in these instances there is a good cha-
racter to separate them from the genus Macrosporium.

As far as I can offer any one feature to distinguish the three
British genera so closely allied, I should suggest that the spores of
Mystrosporium are terminal, those of Septosporium basal, and those
of Macrosporium are scattered. Moreover the spores of Mystro-
sporium and Septosporium are dark and opaque, whilst those of
Macrosporium are translucent.

It is by no means satisfactory to define the limits of any one
genus by a single character. This is a great mistake, into which
young and inexperienced naturalists are apt to fall. It is by general
resemblances into which all features of the individual enter that
affinities are to be determined. By a comparison of all the salient
features, judgment must be pronounced in favour of the greatest
amount of agreement. A sound classification must be natural, and
not artificial. It seems strange that there should be any necessity
for urging this truism, which has long since been accepted, and yet
all our modern " improvements" in classification show a tendency,
not to advance, but to retrograde into an artificial system which our
forefathers discarded as insufficient.

Succeeding the Macrosporiuid group, it may be well to allude to a
group of peculiar interest to those of our younger microscopical
friends who are in search of curious or pretty objects This is the
group with Helicoid spores, and here, I fear, that I must again
trouble you with a few technical observations in order to clear the

258 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

way. Mycologists need not be informed that Helicoma and
Helicocoryne are two genera constructed by Corda,* that Helico-
sporium and Helicotrichnm were two genera for which Neesf is
responsible, and that Helicomyces is accorded to Link.| These five
genera have all Helicoid spores, that is, elongated spores which are
coiled round like the spire of a snail shell. In order to avoid con-
fusion, it is well to fix some definite character to each of these
genera. Undoubtedly Helicotrichnm is essentially the same as
Helicosporium, and Helicocoryne is so much like Helicoma, that I
fail to detect any difference. We have thus reduced the genera to
three, but as Helicomyces has no threads, and consists only of
spores, which are parasitic on other moulds, it does not belong to
our subject, but, on the contrary, to the Torulacei. In the " Hand-
book" this genus should occupy the place of Helicosporium, which
was erroneously inserted in Torulacei, instead of Dematiei. The
two genera now left for illustration are Helicoma and Helicosporivm.
In Helicoma the spores are irregular in thickness, being attenuated
at the base usually, but always coarser than in Helicosporium,
distinctly multiseptate, mostly lateral ; and the threads are much
more robust. In Helicosporium the flocci are delicate, but rigid,
and the spores filiform, of equal length throughout, and generally
terminal, with indistinct septa. As far as hitherto ascertained two
species of each genus are British, i.e., Helicoma Mulleri, Ca., with
Helicoma viride (under Helicocoryne in the Handbook), and the
two species of Helicosporium, long since recorded.

Externally, there is no feature by which these genera could be
distinguished from other of the black moulds. They form dirty,
greenish, or blackish patches on wood and bark, and are as much
like a Torula or Helminthosporium, as anything else, except perhaps
that the stratum is thinner, and not so decided. Helicotrichnm is,
undoubtedly rare, not only in Britain, but also on the Continent.
Of the two species, Helicosporium vegetum is the most delicate, with
very slender, simple threads, and small hyaline spores, whereas, in
Helicosporium pulvinatum, or what seems to me to be that species —

* Helicoma, Corda (1837), Icon., i., p. 15.

Helicocoryne, Corda (1854), Icon., vi., p. 9.
f Helicosporium, Nees (1816), Syst., p. (i8.

Helicotrichnm, Nees (1818), Nova. Act. Leop., ix., p. 246.
% Helicomyces, Link. (1809), lierl. Mag., iii., p. 21.

Helicotrichnm, Nees = Hcdicosporium , Ntes.

Helicocoryne, Corda = Helicoma, Corda.

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 259

the threads are stouter and branched, and the spores are larger, or at
least form a larger coil.

A curious circumstance may be mentioned in connection with
Helicoma, to which Mr. C. B. Plowright, of King's Lynn, has
directed my attention.. He has found growing upon sawdust a
Heliconia which differs somewhat from //. Mvlleri, in having rather
larger spores, and in the threads being accompanied by other, appar-
ently barren threads, which are more slender, and with longer joints.
In company with this Helicoma, and intimately associated with it, he
found a species of Sphceria with sporidia nearly of the same size and
form as those of the Helicoma, but straight, and not helicoid. It is
a most interesting Sphceria, and seems to be quite distinct from any
species previously described. What are the relationships which
subsist between these two very widely distinct fungi is a very
natural question ? Some there are who would cut the gordian knot
at once, and declare upon circumstantial evidence that the Helicoma
is but the conidia of the Sphceria. It is true that circumstances
seem to favour such an assumption, but, after all, more definite and
decided evidence must be afforded before we can accept such an
assumption as an established fact. Too many such assumptions are
already passing current as facts, and what we require is investigators
who will endeavour to trace out patiently the relationships which
subsist between these associated forms. If the black mould should
be termed the conidia, then the question arises, what is the role of
these conidia ? What functious do they perform in relation to the
Sj)ha>ria, with which they are associated ? Are they a depraved
condition, or are they simply a second form of fruit ? If the conidia
spores germinate under favourable conditions, will they ever produce
a Sph&ria, or, on the other hand, will the Sphceria degenerate into
a black mould ? Calling them by a name, whether " conidia," or
" stylospores," is only removing the difficulty a step further, but not
solving it. It might prove stronger evidence if the same black mould
always accompanied the same Sphceria, but such is not the case.
Monotospora will at one time be found with one Sphwria, at another
time with another, or even with an Hysterium. A species of
Helminthosporium will accompany one Sphceria to-day and another
to-morrow. In fact, we possess numerous instances of this idiosyn-
crasy which debars me from accepting as fact deductions from mere
association. After all, the circumstance of their occurring together
may be accidental, and until we know the reason why they are

Y

260 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

together, and the undoubted influence which one exerts upon the
other, it is far more philosophical to be sceptical, than to accept
assumptions as fact. If it cannot be shown that the presumed
conidia of any one of the Dematiei affect the life history of any one
species of Sphceria, or that there is any closer functional relationship
than mere association, it is only raising a monument to our own
ignorance, to apply to them the name of Conidia, when we do not
know ourselves what we mean by the term so recklessly employed.

There is a small but very important group of the Dematiei, in
which the spores, instead of being produced singly, or in chains, at
the tips of the threads, or their branches, or from their sides, are
generated in clusters forming, more or less, globose heads, either at
the apices of the threads or their branches. These moulds are re-
presented by two or three genera in Britain, of which Sporocybe is
one.

Some difference of opinion seems to prevail between mycologists
as to the recognised limits of this genus, which must be noticed
here, lest the conclusion be arrived at that I am ignorant of the fact.
Sporocybe, as accepted by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley* and myself, f has
simple threads, terminated by a globose head of spores. Others con-
tend that the stem may be either simple, or compacted of several
threads together into a common stem. This is such a manifest and
distinct difference, that I am surprised to find continental mycolo-
gists, always mad for new genera, supporting the anomaly for a
single day. To have confounded Sporocybe with Periconia, and
mixed the two together, rests, however, on their responsibility and
not on ours, although, undoubtedly, when first established it in-
cluded the two forms.!

During the winter months almost any small portion of the stem
of herbaceous plants, such as the nettle, found lying in a damp
situation, will be seen to be covered with delicate black hairs, almost
invisible to the naked eye, but visible under an ordinary pocket
lens. This is Sporocybe byssoides, so common and so widely diffused
that it can scarcely escape notice. In this mould the threads are
rigid, erect, and without branches, the tips are thickened into ahead
and upon this are borne the globose dark coloured spores, which

* Berkeley's Outlines of Fungology, p. 343.

t Cooke's Handbook of British Fungi, p. 566.

X Fries (1825), Sys. Orb. Vet , p. 170 ; Corda Icones, iv., p. 29, " Stipes
simplex erectus, floccif ormis, septatas ;" also Corda Ic, v., p 15 Berk
Outl., p. 343. Cooke. Hdbk., p. 566.

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 261

entirely cover the swollen tip, and form a round capital um. The
mass of threads do not form such a dense black stratum as is
common in Hebninthosporium, but only in sufficient number to cause
the affected portion of the thread to appear a little darker to the un-
aided eye. The stems and leaves of grass are less commonly
inhabited by a smaller species. The threads in all the species are
not unbranched, for in Sporocybe alternata they have alternate
branches, and in a smaller species, both found on paper and mill-
board, they are much branched in an irregular manner. The last
named is Sporocybe minima* which causes sooty patches on damp
paper, and has very small globose spores.

Damp paper and millboard will also furnish another mould, which
would appear to the naked eye as the same ; but which will be found
on examination to offer a distinct mode of formation of the capitate
head. This is termed Stachybotrys atra. An examination of the
tips of the threads will show that they are there compounded of a
number of lobes, each of which is terminated by a spore. This is the
main distinction between the two genera. Perhaps, as a rule, the
spores are proportionately longer in Stachybotrys than Sporocybe. It
is somewhat curious that so many of the species in these-two genera
should be found growing on clamp paper.

More rarely examples are to be found of a mould, with the spores
clustered together so as to form a distinct head, although by no means
a compact one, belonging to the genus Acrothecium. As far as I
am aware only two species have been found in this country, and those
very rarely. The threads are erect, stiff and unbranched, and the
large septate spores are arranged in a radiating manner about the
tips. In some respects it agrees with Helminthosporium, except that
the septate spores are aggregated at the tips of the threads.

Here might be noticed a curious mould which hardly accords with
any of the artificial divisions adopted for the purposes of this
communication, in which the spores are compound, or formed of
three or four arms united at the centre in a triradiate manner. This
is Triposporium, a figure of which was given in the preceding com-
munication published in the Journal of the Club. The genus
Camptoum must also be included here.

It was doubtless an error to include amongst the Dematiei the
genus CEdocephalum, which was so placed in the Handbook, on
authority of previous authors. At that time I had seen no speci-

* Grevillea, vol. v., pp.

262

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

am now strong in

the belief that it

mens ; but having done so, I
belongs to the Mucedines.

Having now traversed the whole of the ground over which I
purpose to pass upon the present occasion, it becomes advisable to
gather together the fragments into as compact a form as possible ;
and this can best be done by arranging the groups in a tabular form,
so that the student may see at a glance the relations which they
bear to each other, and be enabled to place an unknown mould in its
proper place. Advisedly all those having a compound stem have
been excluded, in order to bring within reasonable limits a rather
large Order.

Threads simple.
Spores not collected into a distinct head —

A., globose or obovate .

B. elongated, straight.

(a.) Threads rigid or dark coloured.

Monotospora.

1. Erect, not capitate.
Spores single

„ concatenate
,, triradiate .

2. Erect, apex swollen.

„ „ cup shaped

3. Creeping

(/3.) Threads flaccid, usually pale.

1. Spores concatenate.

„ simple

„ uniseptate .

„ variable

2. Spores single.

„ bacillary .

C. multicellular.

4. Threads rigid or dark coloured.

Spores basal
2. Threads flaccid.

Spores terminal
„ scattered .

D. helicoid.

Threads rigid or dark coloured.
Spores terminal
lateral

Helminthosporium.

Dendryphium.

Triposporium.

Cladotriclmm.
Clasterisporium.

Fusicladium.

Cladosporium.

Heterosporium.

)7

Cercospora.

Septosporium.

Mystrosporium.
Macrosporium.

Helicosporium.
Helicoma.

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 263

Spores collected in a terminal head —

A. Threads capitate.

Apices simple . . . Sporocybe.
,, lobate . . . Stachybotrys.

B. Threads not capitate.

Spores simple . . . Camptoum.
„ septate . . . Acrothecium.

It might have been interesting to have pointed out how some of
the moulds under notice possess analogies in other Orders, as, for
instance, in the Coniomycetes, where there are no threads. It will
be sufficient to suggest Triposporium elegans and Asterosporium
Hoffmanni, Helicosporium vegetum and Helicomyces roseus, Septo-
sporium atrum and Sporidesmium polymorphism, Macrosporium echin-
ellum with Stigmella Montellica, Mystrospormm Spraguei with
Sporidesmium of the antiquum type, and Clasterisporium with
Sporidesmium of the insidiosum type. These, however, are analogies,
and not affinities.

This communication must not be closed without a few practical
observations, with the view of assisting those members who may be
desirous of pursuing this branch of investigation.

The Black Moulds, or Dematiei are a very natural and well-
defined group of Hyphomycetal Fungi. It is by no means difficult
to find them, and when found a little care will soon enable the
student to place them in their proper genera. Undoubtedly autumn
and spring are the best of seasons to search for them, but no time
is wholly barren. The places are variable, and experience will in
such matters prove the best guide. It is useless looking for them
except upon decaying vegetable substances, such as old rails, felled
trees, chips lying on the ground, rotting twigs, and such materials,
which have for some time been at rest, and in a moist condition.
An old hedge, a thick old hedge of the antique type, with a mass of
half decayed twigs, leaves, and grass, collected about the base of the
hedge plants, is a good locality. With a crooked stick many a
profitable half hour may be spent at such a spot. The rotting
twigs should be scratched out from around the bottoms of the
stems of the black thorn, hedge maple, hawthorn, and such plants
of which the hedge may be composed, and every stick looked over
and thrown aside if useless. If black, sooty, or velvety patches
are found, these will probably be caused by a black mould, and in

264 31. C. COOKE OS BLACK MOUL--.

such case? each twig niust he wrapped by itself in a piece of paper
and consigned to tl. - alma. Sometimes the patches are dense,
and so black that the naked ere at once detects them ; in others,
the threads are so scattered that a lens will hare to be used. When
a delicate specimen, with erect, black threads, is found to wl
5S a "ainlv prove fatal, it is always desirable to be | r -

1 with a small box or two in which to place them. In default
of this, a pin thru-" through the twig, and this fast ::ed into the
hat-crown, as an entom log st would impale a butterfly, will be found

. od plan for carrying home the specimen uninjured.

Such delicate black moulds are to be found on the dead stems of
i - - tnd -"_er her" e plants, on dead clematis, honey-

suckl . :id ivy. and. if carried home carefully, may be transported
many miles, with the - - still clustered at the a; 3 :' the
threads : but to ensure this they must be treated as a delicate
insect would be treated, and kept from contact with other substances,
and not violently shaken. In a wood, where the brush is cut down
every few years, little chips and twigs will be found on the ground,

grass and leaves on which black moulds are
flourishing. The old stumps - . _ill have little twigs and chips
entangled about the base, which the wind has been powerless to
drift about, and 1 - . are to be examined : but. after all,

commend me to the thick old hedge. A friend of mine had an iron
fork or rake, with two bent prongs, constructed to be carried in the
pocket, and used i draw out the rubbish amongst thorns and
brambles in a dense hedge, and this fork has brought out many good
things. It is just such a spot on which I found Cladotnchum
vn j. WL.-rrver there are old rails or palings, the more

dilapidated the better, in a damp sheltered situation, large black
patches of mould are almost eerta i I • found, and even a piece of
old sacking. I ft * rot in a ditch, - -• 1 without an

inspection. Above all things, a good wood-yard is a perfect para-

- : 1 a mye legist. A good practical mycologist of my
acquaintance once found in a single excursion in a wood-yard the
unprecedented number of upwards of seventy sj - : Fungi, but
such success rarely falls to the lot of any one individual. The
rubbish corner in a large garden, where all sweepings, cuttings,
trimr^ _-. .' ge staJke -ins, and asparagus stems

are cast to rot - hunting ground, and even a stack of

faggot wood is not to be despised, when it can be found. It is

M. C. COOKE OS BLACK MOULDS.

usual to repair hedges by thrusting in cut branches of hawthorn,
sloe, maple, and other plants to fill np the gaps made by predatory
bovs. These branches m : grow, and the ends which are thr\. -"
into the ground, not only help to fix them, but also to keep them
moist, and help to develope the black moulds. Such a 6] t shon
be examined. The~e hints « . h m rer, probably be suffiek f I
indicate the kind of pi - st favourable in which - G black
moulds, and how to carry them home. The next point is how I
examine them when we get them there. I always prefer, in the
first instance, to attach date and localities to the spoil of the day,
before examination, which provides for another hunt if any sr :
proves unusually productive, and localises a good thing, the
precise spot for which might be forgotten if not done at once. I: -
always useful to add. whenever it is post - - . the name :

the stick. : a if on which the mould occurs, whether sloe or

maple, holly or hawthorn, nettle or thistle.

Having1 prepared for examination, it maybe prem - that in
case of Moulds no previous soaking or damping is desirable,
although this is essential for the Aseom; I - fungi. It - -
method always to look at a specimen firsl '■-■■[ ket lens, then
with a two-inch objective, and lastly with a quarter-inch. For the
latter, of course, some preparation is necessary, and to accomp.:-
this it mav be well to detail my own method. In ore- ri - .in,
first of all, the true character of the mould, a preliminary a-

I n is made by taking off a small quantity of ti :ld on I

point of a sharp knife, and transferring it to a _ bsg abide. A very
minute drop of water first placed in the centre of the slide is suffi-
cient to cause the mould to leave the knife and adhere to the slide,
but not sufficient to spread over it, and cause the spores to leave
their attachment to th thi -. It is essential to ascertain
how the B] : - are attached to the threads, whether singly or m
clusters, whether terminal or lateral ; and inasmuch as the i
of moisture is sufficient to cause them at once : I ak from ther
supports, the examination can only be performed bef: : : mould
is moistened. In order to do this the mica scope sfa aid be placed
erect, the small fragment of mould on the slide covered with thin
glass, and then submitted to the quarter inch objective, dry. It
will t>e conceded at once that a most imperfect fiew will thus be
obtained of the mould, but by the exercise of care and patience it
will not be impossible to make out all essential particulars as to

266 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

mode of attachment. Moulds are so microscopical in their details
that a less power than 320 diameters will hardly give a satisfactory
result. I have tried several methods to ohtain readily, as an
opaque ohject, a good view of a small fragment of mould by a
one-third or one-fourth objective. By having an objective con-
structed, specially for the purpose, with the metal reduced to a
minimum, so that the point should be as small and obstruct light as
little as possible, I hoped to have been able to direct sufficient light
upon the mould to view it as an opacpie object, at least with suffi-
cient distinctness to recognise the great features of growing habit ;
but all these efforts have resulted in a practical failure, and I have
been compelled to revert to the old imperfect method.

Having satisfied myself with the preliminary observation, a little
spirits of wine is placed at the edge of the covering glass, and
allowed to enter by capillary attraction, and invest the whole of the
mould. Of course the spores will at once all leave their attach-
ment, but with the knowledge obtained at the preliminary examina-
tion, it will not be difficult now to determine both the genus and
species of the mould under examination. For what reason use
spirits of wine ? it may be asked. The answer is that unless
alcohol, or benzine, or ether, are employed, small bubbles of air will
cling persistently about the mould, and no effort will remove them.
The threads appear to resist pertinaciously water and glycerine, and
determine to float upon them. Thus far, then, we are enabled to
examine a mould ; but it may be thought advisable, imperfect as
such an object must be when immersed in any fluid, from the
speedy displacement of the spores, to have it permanently mounted
for future reference and comparison. Such a mounted object will
always show the character of the threads, and the size and septa-
tion of the spores, and being already mounted to hand, a new mould
may at once be compared, whilst under examination, with the spores
and threads of twenty or fifty other species, within a few minutes ;
whereas, if every one had to be examined anew, a great waste of time
and labour, to say nothing of reducing the specimens by a recur-
rence of examinations, would take place. I can, therefore, strongly
recommend permanent mountings as tests, or types, for comparison,
and I count my own collection of such objects by thousands. They
are not attractive, perhaps, not always pretty, not well displayed, not
available for a public soiree or a private tea party, but they are
practically invaluable for scientific work, and by their aid a most

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 267

important element is obtained, at least to a scientific man, who
finds that life is all too short, a great economy of time.

The method which I have pursued for permanent mounting has
been a rough and ready one, just sufficient to obtain the objects in
view, and nothing more. I remove a small fragment of the mould,
or other object, on the point of a dissecting knife, place it in the
centre of a slip of glass, add a small drop of spirits of wine just
enough to saturate the mould, separate the threads with a needle, if
necessary, and then, as all the superfluous spirit will have evaporated,
drop a small drop of pure glycerine on the object. A square glass
cover (I always use 5-eighths) is placed on the object, and pressed
down. If a proper sized drop of glycerine has been estimated, this
will just spread out to the edge of the cover ; if too much, it will
flow out at the edges, and may be wiped away with a camel hair
pencil ; if too little, then more can be insinuated at the edges until
the whole is filled. A brass clip then holds the object in its place.
The edges of the thin glass must next be cemented to the slide.
This I accomplish by the use of gum dammar dissolved in benzole,
luting the edges with a small brush. The clip is kept in its place
for 24 hours or more, until the dammar is sufficiently dry to permit
of its removal, but before the slide is laid down it is indispensable
that a label should be attached, with the name of the object, the
source whence obtained, and all other information necessary to
secure its ultimate utility and authenticity to its fullest extent.

As to the glycerine and the dammar, are these the best substances
for the purpose ? From present experience I should say that they
are. With glycerine I have found no shrinking and no alteration in
size or colour of the sporidia over a period of several years ; I have
suffered no inconvenience from the growth of parasitic moulds upon
the preparation ; I have noticed no instances of the spores themselves
commencing to germinate after having been mounted, and if the
mounting has been properly performed, and ordinary care observed
to keep the slides flat, and prevent unfair usage, no leakage, or at
most not more than one per cent, which might be attributed probably
to some slight imperfection in the mounting.

The advantages possessed also by the gum dammar dissolved in
benzole, are now so widely and generally estimated, that it is scarcely
necessary to enumerate them. It may be observed, however, that
in using it as a cement where glycerine is employed, there is a very
great advantage in the readiness with which the dammar adheres to

268 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

the glass independently, or in defiance of the little glycerine which
will always hang about the covering glass or the slide. This is
worthy of consideration, since, in most instances, cements will roll
up and retreat before the slightest smear of glycerine, and their
success depends so largely on the practically rare condition of the
glass being chemically clean.

The mechanical details being now disposed of, some suggestions
as to the application of the objects obtained for the purposes of sys-
tematic study may not be out of place. Your work does not end
with fifty new objects mounted, catalogued, and placed in the cabinet.
Thus far it has been mechanical ; one man may pride himself on
being a better mechanic than another, but still only a mechanic, he
has made his tools, he has prepared his materials, but until he brings
these under the control of his intellect, they remain as unused tools,
as unemployed material.

No longer a boy, but with a quarter of a century of experience at
close microscopical work, I may be permitted a little of the garrulity
of age, and to assume the privilege of advising younger men. Forty
years ago I purchased my first microscope as a scientific toy, with
my boyish coppers. Had it continued a mere toy it would have been
thrown aside long ago. This leads me to a subject which has more
than once been urged in this place, and must, at the risk of repetition,
be urged again. What are we doing with the marvellous instru-
ment which has been placed in our hands, for the instruction of our-
selves and the progress of the age in which we live ?

To answer this question, each for himself, leads us to the reflec-
tion what are the uses of the microscope, and we find practically that
they are two, that of a toy and of a tool. A child is pleased with
a watch; he hears it tick, and, in his estimation, that is the perfec-
tion of a watch, he will amuse his fellows with it, and the faster the
hands will go round the better he likes it, but above all its
manifestation of power will delight him, there is a mystery which
he cannot comprehend involved in the constant tick, tick, tick ! The
matured child has no less respect for the watch, but for a different
reason — to him it is no longer a toy, but an instrument, a servant, a
power, a tool. By means of it his business affairs are regulated, his
minutes economised, and its tick serves him in counting the pulsa-
tions of the sick and dying, and may aid in countless ways for
human good.

Is there no analogy between the watch and other scientific instru-

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 269

merits — between the watch and the microscope ? Without personal
insinuation, may I not affirm that in the hands of hundreds the
microscope fulfills no higher purpose than the watch in the hands of
a child? Its marvels, its mysteries, fill with astonishment and
delight. There is the tick, and nothing more. Setting aside all pro-
fessional men who employ the microscope of a necessity in their
profession, what proportion of the rest ever go beyond the age of
childhood, the era of toys ? Because it is popular, because it fur-
nishes employment for leisure hours, because it is an amusement
amongst friends, or because some one else has purchased a micro-
scope, are amongst the reasons why many a one commences, and its
continuance is too often in the same spirit. Let us look amongst
ourselves, and enquire what are ive all doing with the microscope —
what work do we get out of it ? — and if compelled to the confession
that we get none, then it is only a toy.

A person, for instance, has a microscope — he is fond of it — uses
it every evening after the toils of the day are over — can manipulate
it well — has a happy knack of controlling the light. He has also a
collection of objects, all of which he examines with pleasure, adding
to them occasionally, either by his own industry or the kindness of
a friend. In his family circle such an one is exemplary. His objects
are exhibited and explained to his family and his acquaintances, and
many an impromptu lecture is elicited on the marvels of minute life.
He goes out on Saturday with the excursion, and brings home
Volvox or Stephanoceros, or a red Hydrachne or Hydra viridis, and
thus year after year he pursues the same quiet course, trying to see
the Volvox roll over and over to the best advantage. Or it may be
that he is possessed of a more energetic temperament, and must
endeavour to mount thinner and cleaner sections of wood or muscular
fibre than any one else, or he will spend evening after evening in the
vain endeavour to mount something, which the experienced mounter
will sell him for a shilling, and much better done, simply because it
is a specialty. And thus, over the whole range of microscopical
research, he will flutter like a butterfly over a garden of roses,
alighting here and there, but finding no rest. I would not condemn
such a man, if what he is doing seems to be right in his own eyes,
but a friendly hint may be of avail, if it only induces him to ask of
himself the question, Am I using the microscope as a toy, or am I
flattering myself with the delusion that I am using it as an instru-
ment for the advancement of Science?

270 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

Turn aside with me if you please, to watch a strange-looking man
always found lurking about streamlets, ditches, ponds, puddles, and
such watery localities ; ever and anon stooping and dipping, and
then retiring with plenty of small spoil corked up in small bottles,
to amuse himself with them at his leisure. This man, although
alone on the marsh, or moor, enjoys his excursion ; there is a plea-
sure and interest in it which the casual excursionist cannot compre-
hend. And why ? You may be sure that the secret is in the man ;
he is steadily pursuing some one object, he has a fundamental
motive, his energies are being controlled and directed in some given
direction, and hence knowing what he requires, and where to seek it,
he pursues his excursion, as he follows his business, with method,
and consequently with success. Follow him to his home, and his
microscope ; you will not find him encumbered with a large and com-
plicated instrument, but with a small and simple one, just suited to
the work it has to perform, his cabinet of objects simply reflects the
image ofhishobby. Perhaps there are no " young oysters," " elytra
of golden beetle," "Topping's hair of Indian bat," "proboscis of
blow-fly," " scales from a butterfly's wing," or " section of bull-
rush," but there are many of the one special subject of his study.
Consult his library, it is not a large one, but contains all he require s,
just because he circumscribes his studies. Talk to him, he is not
devoid of general information on general microscopical subjects, but,
if by chance you should advert to the one special object of his study,
then will you discover yourself not in the presence of a student, but
of a master, and whilst you feel compelled to bow with respect
before one who at once establishes his supremacy by learning to do
one thing well, you cannot but remember that it was just such con-
centration which enabled John Ralfs to produce his British Des-
midiaj, John Denny, his volume of Anopleura, William Smith his
British Diatomaceas, George Johnson his British Zoophytes, and
last, not least, our late venerable friend, Dr. Bowerbank, his British
Spongiadse, and would enable others to achieve a similar success in
other directions.

The arguments in favour of special studies, of the habit of con-
centration in study are strongly on the side of the student. A
smaller library will be required, and the best books in a special
subject might be purchased for the same cost as a number of general
ones, a thorough mastery may readily be obtained as the result of a
constant experience with the same class of organisms, co-operation

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 271

of others will follow the knowledge that a special field of work has
been entered upon. Satisfaction will result from the self-conscious-
ness that sound and nut superficial knowledge is being acquired.
Respect for his work's sake, and deference to his opinion, are sure
rewards to be anticipated, and ultimately, not only must such an one
be in a position to contribute to the advancement of science, to
become an honour to the club of which he is a member, but every-
where to meet with the encouragement which the best and highest
authorities of the age will freely extend to an honest and thorough
worker in any definite department.

Returning from this digression to the mode by which the col-
lected specimens of black moulds are to be turned to advantage, I
would suggest that a casual glance through a number of these will
at once suggest their points of agreement and divergence, and hence
the bases of their systematic classification. All are possessed of
threads, and naked spores, but these differ, and their differences
assist in the grouping together of allied forms into genera. Some
threads have their spores borne at the base, others at the apices,
others at the sides. Some have simple spores, others multiseptate.
Then by a comparison of the figures and descriptions in the Hand-
book of British Fungi, a knowledge may be obtained of the charac-
teristics of the principal genera. Next, the differences which sub-
sist between very similar forms, those which are termed specific
differences, and so commencing by giving a recognised name to dis-
tinguish one from another. Having thus laid the foundation for
work, each or any of the individual forms may form the subject of
investigation. For instance, how does it grow, what the conditions
of its life, through what stages do the spores pass, how do they
germinate, how does the plant reproduce itself, how may it be cul-
tivated, what is its relationship to other forms — all these are direc-
tions in which investigation may legitimately proceed, and as little
or nothing is known, is sure to produce results which others will be
glad to learn. That which is applicable to these organisms, is also
applicable to very many others. It matters little whether we call
them white moulds, black moulds, Desmids, Conferva?, Acari,
Podurae — a similar course is available for all.

There is one other point to which no allusion has yet been made,
viz., the drawing and measurement of microscopical objects. Trust-
worthy drawings made to a definite scale, are always valuable, and
will be when names of genera and species become anticpaated, and

272 M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS.

systems of classification are all modified and changed, if not passed
away. Although claiming no special superiority for the method so
extensively adopted by myself, I will briefly describe it. All draw-
ings are made to an uniform scale, by means of a Nachet camera.
This peculiar form has the advantage of being used with the micro-
scope oblique. It is permanently attached to the eyepiece, and when
any object is presented on the field which it is considered advisable
to draw, it needs only to turn down the camera and draw it without
moving object, microscope, or light, in the slightest. A tripod col-
lector's microscope always stands at the same angle, and the image
drawn on the table beneath is always precisely of the same scale, so
that this scale once accurately determined is always the same. All
measurements can be made from the drawings, with the previously
constructed scale, and this uniformity is practically so useful that the
eye becomes accustomed to appreciate the dimensions, and can esti-
mate within -g-o^o-th of a millemetre, without using the scale. As
this method has been adopted by several microscopists, from my
example, with satisfaction to themselves, I may fairly assume that it
is one which, for simplicity and practical utility, commends itself to
the notice of members of the Club. As a matter of detail, it may
be mentioned that copies of the Nachet camera have been manufac-
tured by Mr. Swift.

And now, gentlemen, permit me to thank you for the patience with
which you have listened to the details of a subject foreign to your own
pursuits, and to express a hope that the illustrations and the argu-
ments adduced from them may attain their desired effect. That some
one or two may be led to see the error of their ways, and be con-
verted to this doctrine of the Conservatism of Force. That, setting
before themselves a definite and decided career, which shall be alike
honourable to themselves, useful to others, and of advantage to
Science, they may, by persevering endeavour, become Master in some
one of the workshops of Science, and not as heretofore only illus-
trations of the homely proverb, " Jack of all trades, and master
of none."

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXIV. TO XXVII.

Fig.

1. Monotospora sphserocephala, B. ^ Br., from Britain.

2. Helinintkosporiimi stemphylioides, Corda, from Edinburgh.

3. ,, rhopaloideB, Fres., from Forden.

4. „ fusiforme, Corda, from Forden.

M. C. COOKE ON BLACK MOULDS. 273

Fig.

5. Dendryphiurn ramosum, Cooke, from Britain.

6. Triposporium fructigenum, Rabh., from Germany.

7. Cladotrichum uniseptatum, Cooke, from Dartford.

8. Clasterisporium caricinum, Schwz., from United States.

9. ,, maculatnm, Cooke, from India.

10. ,, vermiculatum, Cooke, from Hereford.

11. Fusicladium pyrorum, Lib., from Britain.

12. Cladosporium profusum, Rabh., from Germany.

13. Heterosporium ornithogali, Elotsch., from Shrewsbury.

14. Cercospora resedae, Fckl., from Jersey.

15. Heterosporium variabile, Cooke, from Forden.

16. Septosporium velutinum, Cooke, from United States.

17. Mystrosporium Spraguei, B Sf Curt., from United States.

18. ,, aterrimum, B Sf Curt., from United States.

19. Septosporium maculatum, Cooke, from United States.

20. Macrosporium nobile, Yize, from Forden.

21. „ Brassicae, Berk., from Britain.

22. „ Scolopendri, Cooke, from Britain.

23. Helicosporium vegetum, Nees, from Britain.

24. „ Ellisii, Cooke, from United States.

25. Helicoma Mulleri, Corda, from Britain.

26. ,, Curtisii, Berk., from United States.

27. Sporocybe byssoides, Fries, from Britain.

28. Stachybotrys lobulata, Berk., from Britain.

29. Sporocybe minima, Cooke, from Nottingham.

30. Acrothecium obovatum, Cooke, from United States.

31. Camptoum curvatum, Link., from Britain

All the figures drawn to an uniform scale of 500 diameters, except the
additional portions of figs. 2, 28, & 30, which are further enlarged.

274

Ox the Absence of Stomata ix Certain Ferxs.

By W. H. Gilsert.
{Read March 23rd, 1877.)

The group of Ferns referred to in this paper are those commonly
known as the filmy ferns, comprising the three genera — Hymeno-
phyllvm, Trichomanes, and Todt<: — a group containing forms,
perhaps the most delicate in appearance, structure, and constitution
of the whole family.

These ferns are assumed to possess stomata in common with all
plants (save Fungi and Lichens) living under sub-aerial conditions,
at least I have found nothing to the contrary in any of the
authorities consulted, among which have heen most of the best and
latest ; in fact, the teaching of the English Text-hooks may be
summed up in this — "That all plants have stomata except such as
are wholly cellular, and those whose leaves- are wholly submerged :"
the first exception referring to Fungi and Lichens, the second to
those plants whose leaves are developed and always remain under
water, Saeh, however, goes a little further, and says, when speak-
ing of Mosses, " their leaves are composed of a single layer of
cells, and are, therefore, of necessity without stomata." He also,
in an earlier part of his work, when treating of the Hymenophyllacea,
states that the lamina of their fronds is composed of a single layer
of cells, making no remark however, concerning stomata, possibly
assuming that, as in S^laginella,vr\n\e absent for the same reason as
in Mosses from the lamina, they would be found along the midrib
and venation.

In examining these ferns two methods have been employed — first,
by decoloring and staining to view them as transparent objects, and
thus, to make out their structure, so far as cell-walls and vessels are
concerned, undisturbed ; the other, by examining their surfaces, and
making sections of every part and in all directions while in a fresh
and natural condition.

W. H. GILBCIIT OX ABSENCE OF BTOMATA IX CERTAIN FERNS. 275

The following are the species which have been examined : —
Hymenophyllum Asplenoides.
„ hirsutum.

,, flabellatum.

Trichomanes radicans.
„ alatum.

„ tenerum.

„ Membranacevm.

Todea peUucida.
„ superba.
„ Fraseri.
„ Hymenophylloides.

Leaves of all kinds are generally understood to possess a cuticle
which is continuous over all their parts. This encloses the several
layers of parenchyma and the vascular system. The cells of this
cuticle are usually thick-walled and colourless, taking no part in the
plant's economy, simply preserving a suitable hygrometric condition
within the substance of the leaf by preventing too rapid evaporation,
communication with the atmosphere being kept up by means of the
stomata and inter-cellular spaces ; the first of which are always situate
in the cuticle, being formed by a modification of some of its cells.

Xow the first fact to be noticed in the structure of these ferns is
that they have no cuticle ; neither on the lamina of the frond, the
venation, or the stipes, and that in all three genera, the outermost
cells are the active ones, and no inter-cellular spaces are to be found.

As already stated. Sach refers to the fact that in Hymenophyllum
the lamina of the frond is composed of a single layer of cells ; this
also proves to be the case in three of the species of Trichomanes
which have come under my notice, being tabular in form, becoming
longer and altered in outline over the venation, and looking in
section verv like a strinsr of beads.

In Trichomaius membranac-um. however, we have a somewhat
more complicated structure. The cells in this species are more or
less cylindrical, being flattened where they join each c>ther. The
frond consists of from one to three layers of cells, or from two to
four, the number depending apparently upon the amount of vigour
at the time of development, the larger and more vigorous looking
fronds possessing the greater number. The venation in the fronds of
this fern is linear and radial from their base, and the thinnot part
(or where one or two cells only in thickiRS>. ;<s the case may bej is

z

276 W. H. GILBURT ON ABSENCE OF STOMATA IN CERTAIN FERNS.

always midway between the veins, the greater number being those
immediately surrounding them.

In Todea we have again another variety of structure, there being
one layer of cells at the margin, increasing to two immediately, and
then to three as we get farther towards the veins. The intermediate
layers of cells are much larger, and are roughly hexagonal in out-
line, when the frond is viewed by transmitted light.

The superior and inferior layers of cells in both Todea and
Trichomanes membranaceum are very largely supplied with
chlorophyll, while the intermediate layer contains little, if any ;
showing that, at least far the largest share of work, in the elabora-
tion of the crude sap of the plant is performed by these exterior
thin-walled cells.

There is one feature worth noticing in Todea pellucida, i.e., in
those parts where the three layers of cells exist, the superior and
inferior ones take on the irregular wavy outline of the ordinary
cuticle cell, though having no other character in common. Here it
would appear that we have indications of an approach to the more
highly developed and differentiated fronds of other ferns.

In the stipes of these species there is also a variation from what
we generally find in the same parts of other ferns. Commencing
from the outside we find a single layer of chlorophyll-containing
thin-walled cells. Next in order we have a layer of close-fitting,
greatly elongated cells, very small in diameter, and with walls
much thickened, but apparently without markings. These cells, as
we work towards the middle of the sections, gradually increase in
diameter, and decrease in thickness and length, till we come to the
woody bundle which occupies the centre.

All the cells are cylindrical in form, the ends being usually set
together at nearly right angles to their greatest length, and all
except the outer layer, at this time of year, are filled with starch,
and in none but the outer thin-walled layer have I found a trace of
chlorophyll. This arrangement holds good as the stipes passes into
the midrib and throughout its ramifications.

Thus from a consideration of the structure of these Ferns we may
fairly conclude ; there is no place for stomata in their tissues, and no
purpose they could serve in the economy of the plant.

Note. — Since reading the above, my attention has been called to a mono-
graph on the Hymenophyllacem, published at Prague in 1843, by Prof. Dr.
Karl B. Pn sf , in which he refers to the absence of stomata in this genus.

in the case of Todea, however, I have not been able up to the present
time to find any note of their absence having been before observed.

■n\

A Contribution to the Life-History of Botrylloides.

By T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., &o.

(Read April 27th, 1877.)

Plate XXVIII. — Lower Part.

To treat of the Natural History of the whole of that division of
the Mollusca known as the Tunicata, with the fullness its interesting
character deserves, would be impossible in the limits of a short
paper, or within the time allotted to me ; but the members of this
Club, who are doubtless well informed of the characteristics of this
class, will perhaps allow me to call their attention for a few moments
to some particular observations I have been enabled to make, and
which I beg to offer as a contribution to the life-history of one
species, viz., Botrylloides.

It was in the early part of the year 1876, that I discovered in my
aquarium a patch of Botryllus on some Ulva latissima, and wishing
to examine it more conveniently, I brought the Ulva close to the
front glass, and allowed it to remain there. After a few weeks I
observed that one corner of this patch had become attached to the
glass, and my interest was the more increased, since the fact of the
possession of locomotive powers in this class of the Mollusca had
not been noted by previous observers, except in their young and
larval condition, and I watched more closely than before to determine
if it really moved, or if it increased by subsequent development, and
could so reach the glass, and to my gratification I found that, while
it came more on to the glass, it retained its original size, an obser-
vation which, after some two months, was confirmed by the patch
having transferred itself entirely to the glass front of the aquarium,
where I hoped to be able to investigate its mode of progression as
well as the general economy of its life-history ; but owing to the
thickness of the glass, the imperfect illumination of the object, and
the want of transparency of the gelatinous mass in which the
zooids were imbedded, very little could be made out in its then con-
dition, but the following observations were readily noted : — The mass

278 T. C. WHITE Off THE LIFE-HISTORY OF BOTRYLLOIDES.

or patch was of irregular shape, about the dimensions of a florin
(Fig. 1), having its borders marked by numerous capes, headlands,
and bays, while scattered throughout its substance were freely dis-
tributed a great number of granular bodies, that under the low
magnifying power of a pocket lens, appeared like calcareous spicula,
aggregated into little groups. The Tunicata were disposed irregu-
larly throughout the coasts of this patch, and not in accordance with
the stellar arrangement generally figured in Botryllus, but in small
knots of from four to six zooids, sometimes a zooid would occur
singly ; from the numerous headlands springing from the borders of
this patch, pseudopodic processes could be observed stretching out
like the tent ropes of a marquee, but these were not fixed perma-
nently, but would be found altered from hour to hour, and from day
to day.

Long and patiently I looked at my specimen, trying by every con-
trivance suggested to my mind, to bring my microscope to bear on
my colony, that I might learn more of its internal economy, and
that I might study some of the secrets of its reproduction and de-
velopment, but without avail. The most I could see was the con-
traction ever and anon of the branchial sacs of the enclosed Tuni-
cata. Meanwhile my patch, without increasing in size, was slowly
moving up the front of the aquarium, whether by means of its
amseboid pseudopodia, or by any other means, I could not discover,
but it nevertheless had moved a distance of nine inches. It had now
been about four months performing this journey, when a thinning
took place in the centre of the patch, which thinning increased daily
till the patch became an open ring, and this ring then became
narrower, at the same time that it extended itself to about three
inches in diameter, the tent ropes still forming a marked feature both
within and without the ring. Now sometimes a single Tunicata
would be seen at the end of one of these pseudopodic processes, and
I would look forward to an approaching opportunity of isolating it
for microscopical examination, but only to find that after a few hours
it would be drawn back again into the general mass. At length the
ring began to break up into detached portions (Fig. 2), and I was
then enabled to take one of these islands (Fig. 3 J, and make a care-
ful microscopical investigation into what I had patiently waited for
months to ascertain — viz., by what method of locomotion this mass
was able to transport itself from the bottom of my tank to the top.
The first observations I was fortunate enough to make, related to

T. C. WHITE ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF BOTRYLLOIDES. 279

the character of the granular bodies distributed throughout the
sarcode of the investing tunic. In looking at them with a pocket
lens only, they appeared sometimes in small groups, and at other
times dispersed and scarcely perceptible. But under the microscope
I could easily distinguish a rolling movement in them ; they were
fusiform in shape, and granular in structure, and were placed upon
the exterior of the sarcode, as they could be seen projecting from the
surface, when the edge of the mass was in focus. What their office
may be, I cannot pretend to determine, as they are apparently un-
connected with even a fibre of the body, but they have the power, or
the sarcode that bears them possesses the power, of bringing them
together in groups, when they look like spicula with a pocket lens,
and again of scattering them abroad over the mass so widely that
two will scarcely be touching.

While making drawings with the camera lucida of these bodies,
and the character of the sarcode, an interesting fact was presented
to my notice. Having traced round the border of the small patch
under observation, when I had reached my starting point, I found
that the border was projecting in one part, beyond my tracing, and
more than that, its character was altered, an oblique light revealed
the presence of very transparent vesiculae of an uniform size, and so
clear that by a full illumination they were invisible, rolling very
slowly and gradually from out the side of the patch, with a move-
ment so barely perceptible, that it was only by repeatedly drawing
its outline on paper that I could estimate its advance. This, then,
evidently was its mode of locomotion, and the sarcode mass was
endowed with amseboid properties. After a while the fusiform
granules before alluded to became rolled over this projection, and it
bore the same appearance as the rest of the patch, while new pro-
jections were forming in other directions.

The general appearance of the patch would not lead to the infer-
ence of its being highly organised, but from faint areolar markings
visible in its internal structure, one might conclude that it was made
up of similar vesicular, as referred to above ; but great difficulty is
experienced in gaining a clear insight into its internal characters by
the immense number of diatoms with their brown endrochrome
adhering all over the surface, which effectually obscure the view.

I feel it is not necessary before the members of tins Club to enter
into an anatomical description of these Tunicata, because all those
familiar with the admirable details embodied in Dr. Carpenter's

280 T. C. WHITE ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF BOTRYLLOIDE8.

work on the Microscope, must be sufficiently acquainted already with
that subject, and therefore you will perceive that in the observations
I have laid before you this evening, I have for the present limited
them to a few, and apparently, meagre details, bearing upon what I
have personally seen ; but it is my intention, if I can get materials
sent me, to continue my observations, with a view to laying another
short paper before you, when I can do so with profit to you ; but in
the meantime I would urge upon all, who may have the opportunity,
to follow out these investigations for themselves, as I can promise
them a rare harvest of interest in doing so, for whether as pretty and
attractive objects for the microscope, or from a point of deeper
interest, viz., the close relationship that exists between this class in
its larval condition with the vertebrata, the Tvnicata will amply
repay the time and attention expended on their study. Then again
they are the hosts of many interesting and peculiar-looking crusta-
cean parasites, who take up their abode within the mantle or sac of
some of the ordinary Ascidians, and which would well repay the
collection and mounting. Then the test or mantle contains many
forms of spicula not unlike those of the Gorgonia, which may be
studied. I have placed under my microscope, this evening, a slide
illustrating the character of these spicula, but while such objects as
these may be of special interest to the collector of microscope speci-
mens, I would say do not be content with the acquisition of these
but pass on to the far more interesting study of the life-history of
this class, and if only one or two meagre and disjointed observations
can be made, yet, if truly made, and accuracy be sought for for itself
alone, when these isolated contributions are put together they
will help to make at last one harmonious whole. With these last
words I ask your acceptance of this short communication, as one
such contribution to the life-history of the Tunicata.

281

PROFESSOR GUISEPPE DE NOTARIS.

Guiseppe De Notaris was born on the 5th of April, 1805, at Milan, of a
noble but impoverished Italian family. He became a student of medicine
in the University of Padua, where he obtained his degree in 1830, and
practised for a short time in the hospitals at Milan. But his bent towards
botanical studies had displayed itself even when a student, and in 1 832 he
received his first appointment as Assistant-Professor of Natural History to
the Lyceum of St. Alexander in that city. After receiving several minor
appointments, he was, in 1839, located at Genoa as Professor of Botany to
the University ; and in that town he resided for thirty-four years. During
the whole of this time, while receiving honourable distinctions from almost
every scientific society in Europe (culminating in the foreign membership
of the Linnean Society of London in 1872), he obtained but little recogni-
tion from his own Government, and was in constant pecuniary straits which
were perpetually interfering with the publication of his valuable botanical
works. Indeed, at one time, but for the encoui-agement and assistance of a
private friend, he would have abandoned a scientific career in despair. In
1867 he was offered, but declined, the chair of botany in the University of
Turin; but in 1872 accepted the same post in the University of Rome.
There he died on the 22nd of January, of the present year, at the age
of 72.

De Notaris's publications extend over almost every department of
Botany ; and it is only possible to refer to the most important, all of
which belong to Cryptogamy. In Bryology, his first work (and the earliest
of all his publications) was his " Synopsis Muscorum Mediolauensium,"
published in 1834. This was followed the next year by his " Pugillus
Muscorum Italiee novorum vel minus cogintorum," and, in 1837, by his
" Specimen de Tortulis Italicis,'' a most important work in establishing the
principles of bryological laxonomy. In 1838 he published his " Sylloge
Muscorum Italiae ;'' and in 1859 his great work " Musci Italici," which
would long before have seen the light but for his want of means. His
" Epilogo della Briologia Italiana," published, to its immortal honour, at the
expense of the University of Genoa, received from the Academy of
Sciences at Paris the great distinction of the Desmazieres prize. His
work may be said to have introduced a radical reform into the study of
cryptogamy, as may be seen by comparing the first and second editions of
Schimper's great work, " Briologia Europaea." De Notaris's bryological
labours closed with his " Musci Napoani."

In Hepaticology we find his earliest work, "Primitise Hepaticologicae
Italianse," containing descriptions of ninety -two species. In 1853 he pub-
lished "Appunti per un nuovo Censimento delle Epatiche Italiane;" and

282 PROFESSOR GUISEPPE DE NOTARIS.

very recently contributed to the " Nnovo Giornale Botanico Italiano," an
account of Beccari'a Hepaticae from New Guinea.

In Mycetology, De Notaris published, in 1839, '■ Micromicetes Italici
novi vel minus cogniti." Subsequently we find monographs of the Italian
" Excipulse," and " Spheriacese ;" a revision of the " Discomycetes " and of
the " Pyrenomycetes," besides numerous other lesser publications.

In Lichenology he was not idle. His " Framenti Lichenografici " first
called the attention of botanists to the spores of lichens as furnishing
characters for their classification. Other publications related to the Par-
meliacece, to Sticta, to Peltigera, to Abrothallus, and to Stereopeltis.

In Algology his series of publications commences with his "Algologise
maris lignstici specimen," containing descriptions of 125 species, many of
them new. This was followed by his " Nuovi Materiali per l'Algologia
del mar Rosso." In 1861 he published critical notes on the genera
Hot mo siphon and Nostoc, and in 1867 his " Elementi per lo Studio della
Desmidiaceaa Italiche."

[Abstracted from a biographical notice — " Guiseppe de Notaris, sua vita
e sue opere," in the " Opinione " of Rome.]

Professor de Notaris was the first elected of the Foreign Honorary
members of the Quekett Microscopical Club in October, 1867.

The following are the principal of Professor de Notaris's writings : —

Synopsis Muscorum Mediolanensium.

Musci Mediolanenses collecti et editi ... ... ... 1834

Mantissa Muscorum ad Floram Pedemontanam ... ... 1835

Pugillus Muscorum Halite novorum vel minus Cognitorum.

Specimen de Tortulis Italicis.

Sylloge Muscorum Italioe ... ... ... ... ... 1838

Musci Italici ... ... ... ... ... ... 1859

Cronaca della Briologia Italiana ... ... ... 1864- 1867

Epilogo della Briologia Italiana.

Musci Napoani, in Acad. Sci., Turin.

PrimiticB Hepaticologicee Italicae ... ... ... ... 1830

Appunti per un nuovo Censimento della Epatiche Italiane ... 1853

Scapanie e Jubulee Italiche ... ... ... ... 1863

Jungermannicanarum Americanarum ... ... ... 1854

Della Sarcoscyphus in Comm. Critt. Ital. ... ... ... 1861

Epatiche raccolte Beccari.

Micromicetes Italici Nuovi ... ... ... ... 1839

Sulla tribu dei Pyrenomiceti.

Monografia delle Excipule.

Prime linea Pirenomiceti isterinei.

Schema di Classificatione d Sferiacei Ital.

Proposte di Alcune Rettificazioni dei Discomiceti.

Frammenti Micologioi.

Nuove reclute per la Pirenomicetologia Italica.

Sferiacei Italici.

Frammenti Lichenografica.

PROFESSOR GUISETPE DE NOTARI8.

283

Nuovi caratteri di alcuni generi della tribu d. Parmeliaceae.

Osservazioni sul genera e Sticta

Osservazioni sulle tribu delle Peltigero

Abrothallus novum lichenum genus

Sulla Stereopeltis

Caratteri dell Opegrapha poetarum...

Historia Fucorum maris ligQstici.

Algologia? maris ligustici specimen.

Nuovi materiali per l'Algologia del Mar Rosso.

Hormosipbon e Nostoc

Elementi per lo studio della Desmidiacee Italicbe

Florula Caprarie...

Repertoriuni floras ligasticae

Isias novum Orchidearum genus.

Agrostograpbyae aegyptiacaa fragmenta.

1850
1850
1845
1861
1861

1861
1867
1839
1843

284

PROCEEDINGS.

January 12th, 1877. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —

Mildew (Penicillium glcmcum) ... ... Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Spicales of Gorgonia massribulata, arranged Mr. Curties.

Podura scales, with i objective and dark") ,r „

J t Mr. Dunning,

ground ... ... ... ... )

Cordylura Spinimana ... ... ... Mr. Enock.

Leaf of Fuchsia, stained ... ... Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Wing of Hornet, polarized ... ... Mr. A. H. Halley.

Lobe of ear of White Rat, injected ... Mr. Hunter.

Desmacidon cegagropila... ... ... Mr. M. H. Johnson.

Hippophw rhamnoides ... ... ... Mr. Le Pelley.

Polycystina, selected ... ... ... Mr. Moginie.

Sections of House-fly ... ... ...~) ,r _ m „

, , . , ™ . . > Mr. E. T. Newton.

Abdominal Viscera of Ant ... ...)

Temtu,laria,&o., alive ... ... ... Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 72 ; Visitors, 8.

January 26th, 1877.- -Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations to the Club were announced, and the thanks of
the meeting were voted to the donors : —

"The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publishers.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ,, ,,

" The Popular Science Review ... ... ,, „

"Proceedings of the Royal Society" ... from the Society.

"Proceedings of the Geologists' Association" ,, the Association.

" The American Naturalist " ... ... „ in exchange.

"The American Journal of Microscopy" ... „ in exchange.

"The Medical Examiner" (weekly) ... „ the Editor.

" How to Choose a Microscope " ... „ the Publisher.

"The Analyst" ... ... ... „ the Publisher.

" Monograph of British Annelids" (by subO ,, t, a . .

° f > ), the Ray Society,

scription) ... ... ... J

"Annals of the Belgian Microscopical | .. „ . ,

Society" ... ... ... ) " e ° e ^

285

"Schmidt's Atlas of the Diatomaceae" (2| , ,

parts) ... ... ... ...)

" Where there's a Will there's a Way " ... from Mr. T. C. White.
2 Slides of Sections of Eucalyptus globulus „

5 Slides of Sponges ... ... ... „ Mr. Priest.

A letter received from the Belgian Microscopical Society, expressing a
wish to establish friendly relations and exchanges of proceedings, &c, was
read to the meeting.

Mr. T. C. White made some remarks upon some slides of Eucalyptus
globulus, which he had presented to the meeting. The stem of this plant was
round, but the pith square. This point was further illustrated by sketches
on the black board, showing that the young end of the stem had also a
square form.

Mr. H. F. Hailes exhibited and described a new form of section cutting
machine, which he had devised to meet all general requirements. Sectional
drawings were made upon the board in illustration of the working arrange-
ments of the apparatus.

The President complimented Mr. Hailes upon the result of his ingenuity,
and considered this to be the steadiest and best section cutting machine he
had yet seen.

Mr. B. T. Lowne said that all who were in the habit of cutting sections
must be aware that there was great difficulty in doing so when they had
soft substances to deal with, and especially when these were at all elastic.
He had always found great difficulty in making thin sections of nerve
tissue, unless it were hardened, which might be done by chromic acid, but
which sometimes made it too hard, and in most cases might be thought to
alter the natural ajjpearances. He had also always found a difficulty in
making such sections all equally good and of the same thickness. He had
sometimes had to make a number of sections of spinal cord, and it was
important to his enquiry to use the whole of them, and to have them
numbered in consecutive order ; but he found it very difficult to do this,
though it would have been easy with such a machine as that introduced by
Mr. Haile3. Such an instrument must be highly useful, and he should
certainly recommend it.

Mr. Ingpen said that most of their number who saw this new machine
would at once appreciate its beauty and utility. Its principle was in some
respects the same as that devised by Dr. Hoggan, who fastened hard tissues
to a table moving backwards and forwards in a dove-tailed groove, with a
contrivance for preventing the saw from diverging either way, while soft
tissues were forced through a square box. That was a very expensive
machine if well made. There were one or two points in its construction of
which Mr. Hailes had made legitimate use, and the machine before them
was one which he felt sure would be found extremely useful for the purpose
for which it was intended.

Mr. Hailes quite agreed with Mr. Lowne's remarks as to soft sections,
but he thought that was little more than a question of packing. The
machine was not, however, specially made for soft substances, but rather,

286

as he had stated, " for general purposes." Mr. Williams's machine, he
considered, was almost perfect for soft substances. He thought himself
perfectly justified in adopting some of Dr. Hoggan's ideas, and improving
upon them, for Dr. Hoggan came there and threw down the challenge to
any one to improve upon his model if he could. Dr. Hoggan's machine
was necessarily expensive, from the way in which it was required to be
made, bat his own was quite of simple construction, in being made of tubes
sliding into one another, and such tubes could be got ready-made anywhere.
Dr. Hoggan's machine had the same defect as most others — that of packing
the substances tightly into a tube, and then forcing them forward by jerks.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited to the meeting an ingenious contrivance by Mr.
Swift for giving a final and perfect correction to the centering of an objec-
tive. It was a small adapter screwed into the body of the microscope, into
which the objective was screwed as into the ordinary nose-piece. This
little apparatus had two small screws, giving a lateral motion in two
directions, by means of which perfect centricity might be attained. All
persons who used high powers must have been troubled by the difficulties
they met with in getting accurate adjustments, and this little piece of
mechanism supplied them with what they needed — means of final adjust-
ment of the optic axis.

Mr. B. T. Lowne addressed the meeting " On the Application of the
Microscope to Physical and Physiological Research." He said he was
sorry to come before them in one sense as a defaulter, for he had intended
to exhibit a piece of apparatus which he had adapted to his microscope, and
which, to a certain extent, might be said to mark an epoch in Microscopic
Science. Unfortunately, however, in packing it up to bring it to the
meeting, he happened to break it ; but although unable to show it on that
occasion, he hoped to do so at the Soiree, together with some other things
of much interest. The microscope was, as they were all well aware, an
instrument admirably adapted for measuring minute objects and minute
spaces, but it had only quite recently been used to measure minute varia-
tions of force. In the application to which he had referred it was used to
measure very small quantities of electrical force. The apparatus was made
by Lippmann in Germany, and although it had been in use there for four or
five years, it was quite unknown to English Physicists, until it was brought
under their notice by means of the Loan Collection of Scientific Instruments
at South Kensington. It was called an electrometer, and its most delicate
portion consisted of a glass tube drawn out to an extremely small capillary
tubular point at one end, the bore of which should not exceed the jlj, in.,
and if it were as small as the 3jS, it would be better still, and it was this
small extremity which he had the misfortune to break before coming to the
meeting. Mr. Lowne then, by means of a diagram drawn upon the black
board, described the apparatus as consisting of the glass tube (described
above), A, the tapering extremity of which passed into a vessel (B), and the
other end was attached to a metal vessel (C) by means of a piece of india-
rubber tubing (D). The tube (A) was then filled with mercury, which could
be forced up the taper end, or allowed to run back by turning the screw (E)

287

as required; a pressure of 151b. being sufficient to force it out about |in.
This apparatus was put under the microscope with a lin. objective focussed

E

upon the capillary tube, and a micrometer scale in the eye-piece ; the air
was then forced out of the tube, and then the mercury was allowed to run
back till it coincided with the zero point on the scale. It was then ready
for use, and when the terminal wires (a & a') were put into contact with
anything electrical, the mercury was displaced, and the amount of dis-
placement was read off upon the micrometer scale. The motion of the
mercury in the tube was very rapid, it just darted forward and returned to
its original position, but that was quite sufficient to enable the observer to
note the exact position to which it reached along the scale. The equiva-
lents of the markings on the scale could be determined by placing a
galvanometer in the circuit (F), and comparing its indications with those of
the mercury, and the amount of pressure could be readily ascertained by a
barometer tube. The troubles attending the use of an extremely delicate
galvanometer (such as alone would be of any value in measuring very small
currents) were well known to all who were in the habit of using such
instruments, one of the greatest being the length of time required to get a
proper indication in consequence of the time occupied by the needle in
swinging to and fro before coming to rest; but the little instrument he had
described instantly indicated the amount of electrical force and with a
degree of precision which could not fail to be appreciated by all whose
investigations required such aid. Another application of the microscope
was to make it indicate the energy of the action of light of various degrees
upon the retina. He had made this the subject of a communication to the
Royal Society,* and would endeavour briefly to convey the substance of it to
the meeting. He took some engravings and put them under the microscope,
and magnified the lines, and then carefully measured the relation between
the light and shade, and afterwards compared them with the appearance of
the same lines at a distance, and with various shaded surfaces and the

* See Proceedings Royal Society, 1877.

288

shades cast by lamps. It was obvious that the sensation of brilliancy
varied according to the proportion of white to black, and that it was
capable of being expressed arithmetically. It was also evident that a half
illuminated surface did not give anything like the same degree of sensa-
tion. The theory was that as when gravity acted on a pendulum, the force
required to swing it was in proportion to the square root of the gravity ; so
it was quite likely that light imparted a certain amount of motion to the
retina, by the energy passing from the particles of ether to the particles of
the retina, and that the periodic times of those vibrations or swings would
vary in proportion to the square root of the intensity of the light. These
appeared to be very likely analogies, and it might be looked upon as a very
pretty physiological theory, and one which had been arrived at by the use
of the microscope. He thought they were getting on in the use they made
of their instrument, and he looked forward to a time when it would become
an important help both to the chemist and the physicist as well as to the
physiologist.

Dr. Matthews proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Lowne for his address, to
which he felt sure all had listened with intense interest. He thought there
was one omission, and should be very glad if Mr. Lowne would supply it, by
stating what was the form of force employed ?

Mr. Palmer did not observe any means of regulating or correcting for
temperature.

Mr. Lowne said he did not indicate the nature of the force, or go into
that question further, because he was rather afraid of becoming, like his
tubes, a " long bore." The force had nothing to do with the heating of the
fluid, and no current whatever passed through it. The only correction
necessary to be applied was that ordinarily applied to the barometer, and
this was so small as to be hardly worth mentioning.

The President then proposed votes of thanks to Mr. T. C. White, Mr.
Hailes, Mr. Lowne, and Mr. Ingpen for their communications.

Votes of thanks were unanimously carried.

The President said he had been requested to announce that the Soiree of
the Greenwich Microscopical Society would be held on the 14th of February,
at which the co-operation of members of the Quekett Microscopical Club
was invited. At their next meeting Dr. M. C. Cooke would give them a
lecture on " Black Moulds."

The Secretary said that having had a good many complaints as to the
papers and meetings not being properly announced, he wished to state that
as they frequently could not get promises of papers or their titles until the
last moment, it was not always possible to announce them beforehand ; but
if given to him not later than the preceding " Gossip night," the announce-
ments would always appear in the "Echo " of the Monday before the ordinary
meeting, in the diary of the " Echo " the day before the meeting, and in the
eight Journals, which regularly inserted notices of scientific meetings for
the week, viz., " The Academy," " The Athenaeum," " The British Medical
Journal," " Iron," " The Lancet," " The Medical Times and Gazette,"
" Nature," and " The Pharmaceutical Journal."

289

The proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Stomata of Aucuba
Spinnarets of Spider ...
Wood Spicier (Clubiona amarantha), male...
Longitudinal Section of Stem of Pelargonium
Head of Gnat ...
Toe of White Rat, injected
Transverse Section of Foot of New-born ~)
Infant ... ... •■• -J

Hoof of Zebra

Astromma Aristotelis

Ptilota elegans...

Lagence

Rare Fungi — 1. Myxotrichum carnii

2. ,, cervinum .

3. Syzygites megalocarpus
Spinal Cord of Sheep ...
Marine Entornostraca ...

Attendance — Members, 78 ; Visitors, 7.

Mr. F. W. Andrew.
Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. A. H. Halley.
Mr. J. Hunter.

Mr. J. J. Hunter.

Mr. Le Pelley.
Mr. W. Moginie.
Mr. E. M. Nelson.
Mr. B. W. Priest.

Mr. W. W. Reeves.

Mr. F. H. Ward.

Mr. T. C. White.

-Total, 85.

Ffbruary 9th, 1877. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Seed of Maize... ... ... ... Mr.

Drumstick hairs from throat of Snapdragon Mr.

Diatoms from Santa Monica ... ... Mr.

Organs of Mouth of Dragon-fly... ... Mr.

Hairs of Sea-monse in situ ... ... Mr.

Tick of Red Deer (Lepatoena cervi) ... Mr.

Cirri of I arnacle, polarised ... ... Mr.

Section of Rat's tongue, showing papilla, &c. Mr.

Structure of Ivy leaf ... ... Mr.

Crystal of Calcite ~) ]\j;r
ri . j. T , (-polarized
„ Carbonate ot Lead ) l

Venation in the Endopleura of Haricot Bean Mr.

Doleiite from Limestone, with Foraminifera Mr.

Section of Eucalyptus globulus ... ... Mr,

New Centering Nosepiece ... ... Mr.

Papilla? of Mucous Membrane of mouth)

double stained ... ...j

Dental Exostosis, polarized

F. W. Andrew.
T. H. Buffham.
A. L. Corbett.
F. Enock.

F. Fitch.
H. E. Freeman.
A. H. Halley.
J. J. Hunter.
Ingpen.

M. Hawkins
Johnson.

Martinelli.

G. J. Smith.
M. H. Stiles.

Swift.

Mr. F. H. Ward.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 74 ; Visitors, 5.

290

February 23rd, 1877. — Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, Presi-
dent, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following donations to the Club were announced, and the thanks of
the meeting were voted to the donors : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publishers.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... „ „

"Proceedings of the'Royal Society" ... ,, the Society.

" The American Naturalist " ... ... in exchange.

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly) ... from the Editor.

"Annual Report of the Geologists' Associa-) ,, , ...

„ )■ „ the Association,

tion ... ... ... ...)

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and elected members of the
Club : — Mr. Edward Crofton, Mr. James Death, jun., Mr. W. A. Delferier,
and Mr. J. M. C. Johnston.

The President announced that the Soiree of the Club would take place on
April 13th, also that communications had been received from the Tower
Hill Microscopical Society, and the South London Entomological Society,
requesting the co-operation of the members of the Q. M. C, on the occasions
of their forthcoming Soirees.

Mr. Ingpen said it would be remembered that at then- last meeting he ex-
hibited and described a new nosepiece, devised by Mr. Swift, for the exact
centering of objectives upon the achromatic condenser. He wished now to
add, that in addition to the apparatus itself, Mr. Swift proposed to draw a
cross upon the front surface of the condenser, to indicate its exact centre.
This would not spoil the condenser in the slightest degree, but would enable
the optic axis to be most accurately found.

Dr. M. C. Cooke read a paper on " Black Moulds," which he illustrated by
a number of diagrams, and a large collection of coloured drawings. Speci-
mens of four of the Typical Genera, of the order Dematici, were exhibited
under the microscope, by Mr. Peeves, in further illustration of the paper.

The President proposed a vote of thanks to Dr. Cooke for his paper,
which he considered of great value, not only on account of its having been
read, but as forming a part of their transactions, to be read at their leisure
in their Journal.

Announcements of meetings for the ensuing month were then made, and
the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which the following
objects were exhibited : —

Beaded ridges on pollen of Lilium Auratum Mr. T. H. Buffham.

Volvox globator and Conochilus volvox Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Leaf of Deutzia gracilis ... ... Mr. A. L. Corbett.

Amphitetras antediluviana ... ... Mr. Cottam.

Microgaster glomeratus ... ... Mr. F. Enock.

Leaf of Pelargonium ... ... Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Spicules of Oorgonia pluxaurella ... Mr. A. H. Halley.

Auditory Meatus of Child ... ... Mr. J. J. Hunter.

291

Tail of White Eat

Fossil bone from Coal Shale

Collection of Aulacodisci

Fungi (in illustration of Dr. Cooke's paper)

Pleurosigma quadratum

Section of Jasper

Herapathite

Mr. Moginie.
Mr. E. M. Nelson.
Mr. Powell.
Mr. W. W. Reeves.
Mr. H. J. Roper.
Mr. W. S. Smith.
Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 92 ; Visitors, 6. — Total, 98.

March 9th. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited: —

Spicules of Sponge (CUona celata)

Lophopus crystallinus

Scorpion fly, Panorpa communis...

Leaf of ivy, stained

Male organs of Notonecta

Skin of Sole ... ,,,

Apex of ventricle of Heart, injected

Tongue of young rabbit, injected

Granite from Norway

Planorbis corneus, embryos in egg

Fossil Fish bone

Transverse section of tibia of a large ant
( Camponotus)

Soundings (Arabian Gulf, 930 Fathoms)

Caudal bronchial plate of pupa of Agrion
puella

Granite, Mourne Mountain, Ireland

Section of Forest Marble from Melksham. . .

Podura scale, with l-12th inch immersion..

Polycystina (selected by Mr. Topping)

Attendance — Members, 67 ; Visitors,

Mr,

F. Coles.

Mr.

C. G. Dunning.

Mr.

F. Enock.

Mr.

W. H. Gilburt.

Mr.

H. G. Glasspoole,

Mr.

A. H. Halley.

Mr.

J. J. Hunter.

Mr.

W. W. Jones.

Mr.

W. Moginie.

Mr.

E. T. Newton.

:'}

Mr.

B.

w.

Priest.

Mr.

J.

c.

Sigswoi

■th.

Mr.

G.

J.

Smith.

Mr.

W

. L

. Smith.

Mr,

, J.

Swift.

Mr.

)rs,

T.
10

c.

White.

March 23rd, 1877.— Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., Vice-
President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following donations were announced : —

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... from the Publisher.

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal „ „

"Proceedings of the West London Natural)
History Society " ... ... ■■■) "

" The American Naturalist" ... ... in exchange.

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly) ... from the Editor.

"Reports of the Proceedings of the Belgian") ., a • .

> ,j tiie feociety*

Microscopical Society" ... ...)

Photographs for the Album by Mr. G. C. Drew and Mr. J. D. Hilton.

2 A

the Society.

292

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to the donors.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly elected, members of
the Club :— Mr. J. H. Keene, Mr. H. T. Kluht, and Mr. F. K. Morrell.

Four gentlemen were nominated for election at the ensuing meeting.

The Chairman announced that the Annual Soiree of the New Cross
Microscopical Society would take place on April 10th, and asked for the
co-operation of such members of the Quekett Microscopical Club as could
make it convenient to attend.

The Chairman read the following communication from the Rev. J. Bram-
hall, on the subject of the " Blyborough Tick:" — "I was much interested
in Mr. George's paper and illustrations of the ' Blyborough Tick,' and have
no doubt about its connection with the Bat. In 1875 I found, in a seat in
my church, one of these creatures in company with two genuine Bat bugs.
Another tick was brought to me, having been taken from the shawl of a
lady who sat in the same seat ; indeed, this led to my examination of the
Beat, which for some time had been constantly covered with the excrements
of bats. In order to put an end to this nuisance, our churchwardens took
up a portion of the lead on the roof above the seat, and, in a very small
space, took out from between the lead and boards of roof no less than 287
bats of various kinds — large, small, and eared, I believe. Unfortunately I
was from home at the time, and all the ' vermin ' were destroyed — a fact
which greatly vexed me when I heard of it, as no doubt I should have
obtained a large quantity of both ticks and bugs. The shape of the
creature, together with the markings, and form, and locality of the
spiracles, make me sure it is the same as those found by Mr. George at
Blyborough. I marked mine ' Ixodes of Bat,' but shall alter it to Argas
Fischerii, as that seems to be its true appellation. Some years ago a
friend gave me a small ' parasite of bat,' which I take to be a young Argas.
I believe he took it off the bat. It has only six legs, and the shape of the
body is rather different to the adult insect. I expect the fourth pair of legs
would be produced from the shoulders, and so fill up the circularity of the
body. This one is mounted, after soaking in turpentine only, and shows
the caeca perfectly. I rather spoiled those I found by too much liq. pot.,
as all the contents of the body are gone ; still, it is a beautifully marked
skin, and shows the spiracles. The flea of the bat is worth mounting, and
Bo is the bug, which is a delicate form of our detested enemy the B. flat.
I can see very little difference between the pigeon bug and the B. flat,
though I am told there is a difference. What is the best work on
Ticks ?"

Dr. M. C. Cooke said it might be worth mentioning in connection with
the remarks in the letter as to the nnmber of legs, that most of the
creatures of that family had six legs in the early stages of their lives, but
that after the second moult they had eight legs. Enquiry was made as to
some work of reference on the subject of Ticks. He did not think there
was anything better than Koch's " Deutschlands Crustaceen." There was
also a very good work in French — Walckenacr's " Apteres " — one of the
" Suites de Buffon."

293

Mr. W. H. Gilburt read a paper " On the Absence of Stomata from
Certain Ferns."

The Chairman said he had seen some of the specimens prepared by Mr.
Gilburt, and they certainly appeared to bear out all that he had stated ;
but he should like to call attention to them again, because this plan of
differentiation by diverse staining did wonders in enabling the structure of
vegetable tissues to be made out in a manner which no other process would
do. In the present case, however, the elimination of all colour had done
more even than staining. It would be remembered that some very beautiful
specimens were lately exhibited in that room which had been brought by
Mr. Crouch from America, and prepared by Dr. Hunt.

Mr. Ingpen said that Mr. Gilburt had brought with him some specimens
of these preparations for exhibition under his microscope.

The Secretary called the attention of members to the arrangements in
progress for their forthcoming Soiree, which he was very anxious should be
made a great success. They would have placed at their disposal the usual
amount of accommodation, with the addition of the South Library. Mr.
Charles E. White would take the names of any members present who would
exhibit objects, and he should himself be very glad to receive communica-
tions or suggestions from any persons as to the arrangements, and also
anything that could be suggested in the way of additional attractions.

Mr. T. 0. White communicated to the meeting the results of observations
upon a curious organ found attached to a species of Marine Cyclops. He
said that doubtless many of the members might remember that upon
several evenings he had exhibited an Entomostracan, having a brown ring-
like appendage attached to the under surface of its body at the juncture of
the sixth and seventh rings. He had never seen any similar organ in any
of the Entomostraca, either freshwater or marine, that had come under his
notice in something like twenty years' experience; neither was it figured
in Baird's " Entomostraca." He had submitted it to several members and
to a few naturalists outside the Club, but could get no light thrown on its
nature and office. He had found a great number of Entomostraca in his
marine aquarium, and believed them to be a species of Canthocamptus, the
majority having this organ attached. When first seen the appendage was
slightly brown in colour, having no visible contents, but lately the ring-like
tube was filled for about four-fifths of its extent by a substance that was of
a granular character. He therefore placed it under a £ objective, and by
pressure ruptured it, when spermatozoa flowed from it and filled the field
with their active movements, proving, without doubt, that it was a sperma-
tophore. The exhibition of this organ having excited much curiosity and
discussion at the previous conversational evenings, he thought that having
determined its nature he needed no apology for bringing it forward as a
casual communication that evening.*

The Chairman was sure that the members must have felt greatly
interested by the communication which Mr. White had made ; for his own

* See plate xxviii., upper part.

294

part he could not sufficiently commend the perseverence which had led to
the discovery of the nature of these organs.

Votes of thanks to Mr. Gilburt and Mr. T. C. White for their communica-
tions were unanimously passed.

Announcements of meetings, &c, for the ensuing month were then
made, and the meeting terminated with a conversazione, at which the
following objects were exhibited ; —

Cocoa-nut ... ... ... ... Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Sand Wasp ... ... ... ... Mr. A. L. Corbett.

Synapta sargiensus ... ... ... Mr. T. Curtiea.

Gill of Herring ... ... ... Mr. C. G. Dunning.

Spinnerets of Spider ... ... ... Mr. F. Enock.

Frond of Hymenophyllum hirsutum ... Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Ova of Horse Fly ... ... ... Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Optic Nerve, &c. ... ... ... Mr. J. J. Hunter.

Leaf of Pomaderris apetala ... ... Mr. R. T. Lewis.

Stomata of Holly ... ... ... Mr. Martinelli.

Selected Diatoms from Santa Monica ... Mr. Moginie.
Lichmophora flabellata, in its natural mode") M w w -p

of growth, and Hydrosera Triquetra ...)
Villi of Intestine of Mouse ... ... Mr. E. Richards.

Pleurosigmaformoswn (shown under Swift's") ^ j . „ .,,
cheap J-in.)... ... ... ...)

Nachet's Camera Lucida adapted to the") tut 1 q ■**
English Microscope ... ... ...)

Periwinkles hatching ... ... ... Mr. T. C. White.

Parasite of Tropic Bird (?) ... ... Mr. J. Woollett.

Attendance — Members, 76; Visitors, 10. — Total, 86.

Conversazione.

By permission of the Council of University College, a Conversazione was
held in the Museum, and the East and South Libraries, on Friday, the 13th
of April. About 1,050 ladies and gentlemen were present. 120 microscopes
were brought by the members of the Club, and 60 by members of the
South London, the Croydon, the Sydenham, the Greenwich, and the New
Cross Societies. The leading London Opticians also kindly lent their
assistance, as on former occasions.

The following is a list of the objects exhibited by our members and those
of the above-named Societies, so far as could be obtained from the table
tickets, many of which, however, were not returned to the Stewards, or
were left unfilled : —
Sections of Whalebone ... ... ... Mr. W. Addis.

Eye of Lace-wing Fly ... ... ~\

Conochilus volvox j Mr. J. Alstone.

295

Dwellings

}

Parasite of Salmon

Sponge Spicules, &c.

Foot of Fly

Scales of Pieris Alexis

Micro-photographs of Diatoms, &c.

Relics of the Ancient Swiss Lake

at Robenhausen
Section of tongue of Puppy ...
Heliopelta
Hydra v ulgaris
Hydra v ulgaris
Campanularia volubilis
Palate of Whelk ...
Volvox globator, &c.
Rastelia lacerata ...
Antenna? of Gad-fly
Spicules of Synapta
Section of Syenite
Foraminifera
Cristatella mucedo ...
Fredricella sultana
Carchesitim polypinum
Volvox globator
Spinal cord of Cat (stained)
Section of tongue of Rabbit
Section of Betel Nut

„ ,, Upas Tree

,, ,, Shell of Calabar Bean
Arcyria ferruginea, a New British Fungus
Foot of Dytiscus
Polycystina, &c.

Stictodiscus sp. ? a new Diatom from Haiti
Section of eye of Moth
Petal of Corea

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium, &c.
Leaf of Rhododendron Madeni, &c.
Head of Wood Gnat
Ting is car dui
Vegetable Ivory
Feather of Guinea-fowl, &c...
Bones from Mouth of Star-fish
Polycystina
Lophopus crystallinus
Head of Hunting Spider
Crystalline Silver
Spiral fibre and sphceraphides in Rhubarb stem

Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Mr. J. Atkinson.
Mr. H. A. Auld.
Mr. J. Bayne.

Mr. W. A. Bevington.

Mr. G. Bird.

Mr. W. Bishop.
Mr. C. E. Blomfield.
Mr. H. Brady.
Mr. A. Brett.
Mr. J. W. Brigstock.

Mr. G. Browne.

Mr. W. Bugby.
Mr. R. Catchpole.
Mr. A. Clarkson.

Mr. W. G. Cocks.

Mr. A. C. Cole.

Mr. F. Coles.!
Dr. M. C. Cooke.

Mr. A. L. Corbett.

Mr. A. Cottam.
Mr. J. H. Crossland.
Mr. P. Crowley.
Mr. T. Curties.
Mr. E. Dadswell.
Mr. G. Dannatt.
Mr. T. W. Dannatt.

Mr. A. Dean.

Mr. F. Doeg.

Mr. C. G. Dunning.
Mr. F. Fitch.
Rev. T. W. Freckelton.
Mr. H. E. Freeman.

296

Daphnia

Colorado Beetle

Sori of Elk-Horn Fern

Arachnoidiscus on Coralline, &c.

Dichroic Liquids, &c.

Hydra viridis

Coniatus tamarissi ...

Fruit of Br yum niurale

„ „ Bartramia pomiformis

,, ,, Grimmia apocarpa
Section of Rush (double stained)
Leaf of Fuchsia (stained)
Collection of Marine Algae ...
Fern Album

Section of Eucalyptus globulus, &o.
Stylops Spencii
Section Brain of Cat
Sarcoptes scabii, &c.
Iodo- sulphate of Quinine, &c.
Mignonette

Polycystina (arranged)
Hydra vulgaris
Sheep Tick

Tongue of Nassa reticulata ...
Skin of Sole
Scale of Pike

Foraminif era from London Clay
Leaf of Rhododendron
Corethra plumicornis
Tongue of Chiton emarginatus
Sunstone from Norway
Coniatus tamarissi
Skin of Sole
Gnat in Spider's web
Gall bladder of Eel
Intestine of Rabbit, &c.,&c...
Eozoon Canadense
Cyclosis in nacharis, &c.
Hair-bulbs in skin of Horse
Leaf of Symphytum officinalis
Foraminif era from Sponge sand
Sclerenchyma of Peach
Canthocamptus minutus
Egg of Culex pipiens, &c.
Flints naturally injected by air and by

of iron
Anatomy of Green-bottle Fly

}

}

Mr. C. J. Fricker.
Mr. G. H. Fryer.

Mr. G. Gardiner.
Mr. F. W. Gay.

Mr. E. George.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Mr. H. G. Glasspoole.

Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

I Mr. C. A. Gould.

Mr. H. R. Gregory.
Mr. W. Gregory.
Mr. A. de S. Guimaraens.
Mr. J. H. Hadland.

Mr. H. F. Hailes.

| Mr. A. H. Halley.

Mr. A. Hammond.
Mr. G. Hardess.

] Mr. J. D. Hardy.

Mr. W. S. Harvey.
Mr. F. W. Hembry.
Mr. A. M. Hicks.
Mr. G. Hind.

}

oxide ")

Mr. W. S. How.
Mr. D. Howard.

Mr. W. H. B. Hunt,
Mr. J. E. Ingpen.
Mr. W. Ingrams.
Mr. B. D. Jackson.

Mr. J. S. Johnson.

Mr. M. Hawkins Johnson
Mr. E. F. Jones.

297

Toe and Claw of young Rabbit injected
Selected Diatoms ...
Cemiostoma stitella
Lithocolletis cramorella
Section of " Chew stick"

,, „ Liver of Hedgehog
Scales of Eel
Section of Whalebone
CuticleofJ.it/ssitHi
Coralline from South Australia
Fantail Fly (Dolichopus)
Antennae of Orgyia autiqua, &c.
Leaves and Hairs of Pomaderris apetata

„ ,, Goniophlebium sepultum

Vallisnaria spiralis
Leaf of Deutzia
Wing of Erycina Julia
Palates of Periwinkles
Young Hippocampus
Spicules of Holothuria cucumaria
Head of Silk- worm Moth-
Stomata of Mexican Aloe
Ruscus aculeatus
Tail of Butter-Fish...
Stone of Egyptian Pyramid...
Section of Dolerite, Polarized

„ „ Jasper, Polarized, &c, &c...
Head of Male Musquito
Stephanoceros Eichornii
Melicerta ringens, &c.
Young oysters, &c.
Diatomaceae

Head of Squamosis...

Young Sea anemone

Retina of Lobster

Part of eye of Rat

Ova of Toad, injected

Conochilus volvox, &c.

Spores of Equisetum

Chryosora fvomHydratuba ...

Section of Cane

Quill of Porcupine, &c.

Tongue and Lancets of Gad-fly
Gizzard of Dytiscus rnarginalis, &c

Section of Eye of Cockchafer, &c.

Feather of Humming-bird ...

Native Copper, &c.

}
)

1

}

Mr. W. W. Jones.
Mr. E. Kiddle.

Mr. C. J. Kindon.

Mr. F. J. Kitsell.

Mr. H. M. Klaassen.
Mr. H. Lee, junr.

Mr. J. R. Leifchild.

Mr. R. T. Lewis.

Mr. J. Locke.
Mr. T. M. Loftus.

Mr. H. Long.
Mr. E. Lovett.
Mr. C Manners.
Mr. W. K. Marriott.

Mr. A. Martinelli.
The President.

Dr. Matthews.

Mr. K. McKean.
Mr. J. W. Meacher.

Mr. J. Menzies.
Mr. G. A. Messenger.
Mr. A. Milledge.
Mr. J. Nelson.
Mr. E. T. Newton.

Mr. C. N. Peal.

Mr. G. Pearce.
Mr. T. H. Powell.
Mr. B. W. Priest.

Mr. T. Purdue, junr.

Mr. G. E. Quick.
Mr. W. G. Ranger.

Mr. F. Reeve.

298

}

Skin of Trunk-fish (Japan) showing scales in
situ

Platino-cyanide of Magnesium, &c. ...

Section of Human Kidney, &c.

Raphides of Echinocactus-visnaga

Section of Stag's Horn, &c.

Section tail of white Rat ... ... ~)

Salicine, &c. ... ... ... J

Volvox globator

Stephanoceros Eichomii ... ... ")

Melicerta ringeus, &c. ... ... j

Brown Stentor, &c.

Specimens of Liassic and Oolitic Fossils ;~)
Recent Shells and Minerals, Decomposed >
Glass, &c. ... ... ... j

Graphoscope and Photographs

Plant Bug

Viscid Lines of Spider's Web

Tongue of Rhingia

Toe of White Rat

Challenger Soundings, 390 fathoms, &c.

Section of leaf of Psamma arenaria ...

Odontophore of Octopus
„ „ Nassa

» » Cyclostoma ...

Head of Tcenia

Cystercercus cellulosa

Polytrema rubra

Cinibar ore witb native Crystals, &c. ...

Cuxhaven Diatomaceae

Feet of House-fly, &c.

Hunting spider (alive) showing the eyes

Tongue of Honey-bee

Spores of Fern

Cinchonidine

Scales of Fern

Monogram of selected Diatoms

Gutter Life

Section, shell of Hen's Egg ...

Stephanoceros Eichomii

Mosses, Algae, &c.

Wing of Chrysochita Lincella

Larva of Day Fly

Viscera of Wasp, showing ovaries, sting

poison-bag, &c.
Lipeurus (pai'asite of goose)
Exotic Fern, &c. ...

•}

Mr. W. W. Reeves.

Mr. W. W. Reid.
Mr. E. Richards.
Mr. T. Rogers.
Mr. C. S. Rolfe.

Mr. J. Rowlett.
Mr. W. Rushton.

Mr. Jas. Russell.
Mr. Jos. Russell.

Mr. T. D. Russell.

Mr. H. Lee Rutter.
Mr. G. W. Saul.

Mr. R. Sedgwick.

Mr. H. L. Sequeira.
Mr. J. C. Sigs worth.

Mr. J. Slade.

Mr. W. Smart.
Mr. A. Smith.

Mr. James Smith

Mr. J. A. Smith.

Mr. R. A. Smith.
Mr. W. B. Smith.

Mr. W. S. Smith.
Mr. J. H. Steward.
Mr. J. H. C. Steward.
Mr. C. W. Stidstone.
Dr. H. J. Strong.
Mr. D. J. Stuart.
Mr. E. B. Sturge.
Mr. A. D. Taylor.
Dr. F. Taylor.

Mr. T. Terry.

Mr. W. A. Tinney.
Mr. J. Thompson.

299

Small Intestine of Turkey ... ... ... Mr. W. Trickett.

Section of Clematis, double stained, &c. ... Mr. H. Turner.

Sertularia, &c, polarized ... ... ... Mr. S. Turner.

Section of Pepper stem ... ... ... Mr. J. F. Underwood.

Marine Polyzoa ... ... ... ... Mr. J. S. Walker.

Rotifera ... ... ... ... Mr. J. W. Walker.

Heridion circular e ... ... ~)

Achnanthes brevipes j" Mr. J. G. Waller.

Sections of Charred Oak and Wooden Pile^)

from Lake dwellings of Robenhausen j Mr* F' H" Ward<

Circulation of blood in Tail of Gold Fish ... Mr. A. Warner.

Wing of White Plume Moth ... ... Mr. Warrinton.

Catkin of Populus niger ... ... ... Mr. J. Watkins.

Circulation of blood in Tail of Gold Fish ... Mr. T. E. Way.

Drawings of Microscopical objects ... Mr. Tuffin West.

Melicerta and lorticella ... ... ... Mr. W. West.

Tongue of Wasp

Mr. T. C. White

}

Pyenogonum (a marine crustacean) . . .

Drum of ear of Frog ... ... ... Mr. J. Woollett.

Gutter Life (Euglena viridis), &c. ... ... Mr. J. W. Worster.

Among the large number of excellent professional exhibits, the following
were particularly noticed : —

Mr. Bailey. — Microscope, with Bolid Tripod Stand, &c. New Folding
Microscope, with large stage. Eock Sections, &c.

Mr. Baker. — A number of Binocular Microscopes showing living objects
i.e., Lophopus, Cristatella, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and other specimens of
" Pond Life."

Messrs. R. and J. Beck — Various stained vegetable preparations, and
crystals of pure " Dental Gold," under numerous forms of Microscopes,
including their new " Economic " Microscope.

Mr. Browning. — Automatic Spectroscope, with dispersion of 24 prisms,
showing spectrum of gold. Various forms of Stephenson's binocular
microscope, &c, &c.

Mr. Collins. — Microscopes newly planned, having the Harley arrange-
ments on the Jackson model.

Mr. Crouch. — >,'ew series -of first and second-class Microscopes — new £,
3, and ^L objectives — new Centering Stage and Nose-piece.

Mr. Enock. — A collection of insects, mounted without pressure, showing
internal structure, &c

Messrs. Horne and Thornthwaite. — Microscopes, Table Polariscope,
Model of the Eve, Sections of Crystals, showing uni-axial and bi-axial sys-
tems, specimens of unaunealed glass, &c.

Messrs. Jas. How and Co. (by Mr. G.J. Smith). — Popular Binocular and
Students' Microscopes. Sections of Rocks — Igneous, Sedimentary and
Metamorphic, &c.

Mr. Hunter. — Four Microscopes, under which were exhibited a large
collection of Histological and Miscellaneous Objects.

300

Mr. G. H. King. — Several fresh-water aquaria, with Japanese gold-fish,
and other interesting objects.

Mr. Moginie. — Large Microscopes — Portable Travelling Microscopes —
Portable Lamps — Revolving Stereoscope, with 36 glass stereographs of
British, Continental, and American Scenery.

Messrs. Murray and Heath. — Microscopes — New Medical Microscope —
Patent adjusting Graphoscope — Sea-side Microscope — Paper Transparencies,
&c, &c.

Messrs. Powell andLEALAND. — Cyclosis in VaUisnaria under l-16th inch
Immersion Objective. C onochilus volvox.

Messrs. Ross and Co. — Microscopes on the Ross and Jackson Models ; also a
complete set of Microscopical Apparatus.

Mr. .Steward — Large Microscope — Botanical Microscope — Case showing
Microscope with very complete set of apparatus and object Cabinet — New
and simple form of Botanical Microscope, &c.

Mr. Swift. — Microscopes — New Travelling Microscope — New Adjusting
Nose-piece, for centering the Objective to the Achromatic Condenser, &c, &c.

Mr. Edwd. Simpson, President of the Sydenham Microscopical Society,
delivered a very interesting lecture called " Sketches of Pond Life," and
illustrated by a large number of drawings, in the Mathematical Theatre.

Mr. G. J. Smith (James How & Co.) exhibited at intervals, during the
evening, by means of the oxy-hydrogen apparatus, in one of the dark rooms,
Views of Scottish Scenery, Statuary, Photomicrography, Experiments with
Polarized Light, &c.

A band, under the leadership of Mr. R. W. Barratt, performed a selection
of operatic and other music, during the evening, in the Flaxman Hall.

April 27th. — Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The President expressed the great regret which he felt at his unavoidable
absence from their last meeting ; he need not mention that illness was the
cause, this being known generally amongst them. But it was to him a
matter of great desire to be present at all the meetings, and he could
assure them that nothing but illness or very important engagements would
ever keep him from the chair.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and unanimously elected,
members of the Club : — Mr. George Draper, Mr. Henry Gilbertson, Mr. A.
C. Pearcy, and Mr. George Thorpe.

The President said they had received notice of the establishment of the
Borough of Hackney Natural History Club, which had started with 47
members, and under favourable prospects. He need not assure them that
the sympathies of the Quekett Club would always be extended to this
kindred society, and that their best wishes would be offered for its success.
He had also received an invitation to join the Watford Natural History

301

Society on the 5th of May, on which date they had arranged for a field
meeting.

The following donations to the Clab were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal " ... from the Publisher.
" Science Gossip " ... ... ... „ „

*' The Popular Science Keview"... ... „ „

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical") , purchase.

Science" ... ... ... ...)

" Lines of Animal Life" ... ... „ Mr. Higgins.

Parts of " Grevillea," from the commence-") ,, p , ,

ment ... ... ... ...)

" Proceedings of the Eoyal Society " ... „ the Society.
" Proceedings of the Belgian Microscopical ) ,, „ . ,

Society" j" ^ 7"

" Proceedings of the Natural History Society ) ,, ,, . .

of Glasgow" ... ... ••)

Photograph for the Album ... ... „ Mr. John Locke.

6 Slides — Injected and Stained Sections ... ,, Mr. A. C. Cole.

1 Slide — Spicules of an Ascidian ... „ Mr. T. C. White.

" Micrographia Acarinse," 9 vols. ...) i u

° r > by purchase.

Walckenaer's " Apteres " ... ...J

The thanks of the Club were voted to the donors.

The President called especial attention to the very valuable works men-
tioned at the end of the list of donations as having been added to the
library. They had been purchased from Dr. M. C. Cooke, who had been
kind enough to offer the Club the refusal of them, and they would be
found as works of reference to be of great value, and such, indeed, as any
scientific society in London would be proud to own.

The Secretary stated that he had heard from Mr. Bridgman, of Norwich,
who said that he had at last succeeded in getting a tinted glass of the kind
he had been so long desiring. He hoped they should soon have a paper
upon the subject, which would be sure to be interesting, as Mr. Bridgman
was well known to be extremely critical upon such matters.

The Secretary gave a short account of two of the Field Excursions of the
Club from notes contributed by a member of the Excursion Committee.
The excursion on March 24th was to Barnes ; the weather was showery,
numerous objects were found. That on April 7th was to Snaresbrook ; the
weather was very fine, and the excursion was highly successful. Twenty
members went, and they got a great number of very beautiful objects, in-
cluding Stephanoceros, Melicerta, &c, and the ponds were reported to be in
good condition. He hoped in future to be able to give a report of each
excursion, which would certainly increase the interest of the members in
them, and perhaps induce more persons to take part in them.

Mr. T. C. White read a paper " On some Personal Observations on
Botryllus," illustrating the subject by drawings.

The President expressed the pleasure he had felt in listening to Mr.
White's paper, and said it appeared to him that the fact which had been

302

mentioned as to the movements of BotryUus was quite new. He had seen
a good deal of this organism, but had never himself noticed the movement,
and it was a most interesting observation. He hoped that the subject
would be followed up, especially as there was no great difficulty in pro-
curing specimens — BotryUus being one of the organisms most freely
developed in all Marine Aquaria. He should, on his part, be happy to do
what he could to assist Mr. White in procuring whatever specimens he
required.

Mr. Charles Stewart said he had listened with great pleasure to Mr.
White's very interesting communication, more especially so as through Mr.
White's kindness he had been afforded an opportunity of seeing for himself
what had been described. One could not watch all the changes which took
place in the whole creature, but in a small fragment he could see well the
process of motion, as it was carried on by means of the pseudopodia. He
hoped that Mr. White would follow up the observations he had so success-
fully commenced. With regard to mounting these organisms, the spicula
parts made very pretty objects, and by taking the creature from the salt
water and plunging it into methylated spirit, it would be killed immediately
with all its little mouths open, and would become sufficiently hardened by
the spirit to enable sections to be cut. Such sections should not be made
thin; they would be much better if made thick and mounted in cells.
Horizontal sections made in this way, and mounted so as to place the
sectional portion towards the observer, were very interesting objects.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Mr. White for his communi-
cation.

Announcements of excursions and meetings for the ensuing month were
then made, and the proceedings terminated with a conversazione, at which
the following objects were exhibited : —

Young Hippocampi, in four stages of de-| ,, , ~ p ii-
velopment ... ... ... ...)

Salicine ... ... ... ... Mr. A. L. Corbett.

Professor Abbe's diffraction plate ... Mr. H. J. Crouch.

Jaw of Rat ... ... ... ... Mr. C. G. Dunning.

Tenthredo variata ... ... ... Mr. F. Enock.

Frond of Asplenium bulbiferum ... ... Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Fused Santonine ... ... ... Mr. H. R. Gregory.

Intestine of Rat ... ... ... Mr. J. J. Hunter.

Navicula Jamaicensis ... ... ... Mr. H. J. Roper.

Sting and Poison Bag of Bee ... ... Mr. J. A. Smith.

Spicules from Mantle of Ascidian ... Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 85 ; Visitors, 8. — Total, 93.

May 11th, 1877. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Stylops Spencii (Parasite of Wild Bee) ... Mr. F. Knock.
Megalotrocha velata ... ... ... Mr. W. Gilbertson.

303

Leaf of Deutzia gracilis, stained

Nose of child, stained ...

L ieh mophorcL Jiabellata . . .

Pollen of Arum

Stomata of Hyacinth . . .

Longitudinal Section of Ant

Spiracles of Dytiscus marginalis

Ovarium of Spongilla lacustris, with sp

cules in situ...
Cellepora, alive

Attendance

Mr. W. H. Gilburt,
Mr. J. J. Hunter.
Mr. Ingpen.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. E. T. Newton.
Mr. R. G. Pearcy.

Mr. W. W. Reeves.

... Mr. T. C. White.
Members, 57.

804

On the Staining of Vegetable Tissues.
By W. H. Gilburt.

(Read May 25th, 1877.J

Histological study, whether animal or vegetable, is largely de-
pendent for success upon the methods employed in the preparation
of the subject under examination.

Animal histology has now, for some time, occupied the attention,
and claimed the interest, of a great number of Microscopists ; doubt-
less, owing to the improved modes of preparation which have been
introduced into that department of research ; especially the various
processes of staining and injection.

Vegetable histology, on the other hand, has, in England, been
almost neglected, possibly owing to the want of methods which could
differentiate the vegetable tissues, as perfectly as those employed
upon animal tissues.

The want, however, is now in a fair way of removal, and conse-
quently we may hope that the subject will attract more students than
it has hitherto.

To certain American Microscopists, belongs the honour (so far as I
know) of first devising the means for bleaching, and staining, parts
of plants, so as to render them transparent.

The first notice we have of the subject in any English publication,
is in " Science Gossip," for January, 1875, by Dr. G. D. Beatty, of
Baltimore. Two other papers by this author appeared in the
same magazine, one in April, 1875, the other in May, 1876 ; the
last one giving the results of his experience up to that date.

In the latter paper, which is by far the most complete, directions
are given for decolouring and staining leaves and sections in various
media, but chiefly in aniline colours.

Another paper on this subject appeared in the " Monthly Micros-
copical Journal," for January, 1876, by Mr. M. H. Stiles, his method
differing slightly from that of Dr. Beatty ; the bleaching fluid being
different, and the strength of the staining fluids reversed.

Now, by following Dr. Beatty 's process closely, we shall obtain

W. H. GILBURT ON THE STAINING OF VEGETABLE TISSUES. 305

some very interesting slides for the microscope ; but this is not
enough for those who seek improved methods of preparation, in
order to facilitate their studies. This being my feeling, I have
during the past year endeavoured, by somewhat modifying the
process, to render it more valuable ; and with some success, so far as
leaves and petals are concerned, the part of the subject to which I
have given the greatest attention. Not that the modification effected
is very great, but in this, as in many other things, a slight alteration
may make a considerable difference in the result.

In employing these methods, let it not be supposed that there are
many difficulties to be overcome, or great manipulative skill required ;
on the contrary, although the instructions, when read, appear compli-
cated, yet when once they have been worked through, nothing can
well be easier, or, when mastered, prove more helpful, or give a
greater interest in the study of vegetable histology. By their use
we can obtain an insight into structure, such as can be had by no
other means.

The staining fluids which I have used with success have been
alcoholic solutions of blue and magenta anilines.

The magenta solution is made by dissolving a quarter of a grain
of the crystals in one ounce of alcohol.

The blue by dissolving one-sixth of a grain of the crystals in one

ounce of alcohol, to which has been added, two drops of nitric acid.

Both solutions should be filtered when first made.

I have tried two or three makes of blue, but find none so good as

that recommended by Dr. Beatty, viz., Nicholson's soluble blue pure.

Finding- it difficult to procure these aniline colours in crystals,

I at first used Judson's dyes, and found them answer very well,

especially for stem sections. Good solutions of these will be made

by adding half a drachm of the dye as sold, to one ounce of alcohol,

and to the blue two drops of nitric acid, as in the other solution.

If Judson's dyes are used, the blue solution will occasionally
require filtering.

In order to prepare tissues for staining, it is first necessary to
bleach them. This may be effected in the case of soft green stems,
in alcohol ; the use of which, where it will discharge the natural
colour, considerably abridges the process. It also has this further
advantage — by its use most of the cell contents are preserved, such
as starch, chlorophyll granules, &c, and the nucleus, where it exists,
can be seen after staining.

806 W. H. GILBERT OX THE STAINING OF VEGETABLE TI88UKS.

If the stem is at all brown, a solution (recommended by Mr.
Stiles, and whieli I have proved), of chloride ol lime, may be used.
A quarter oi an ounce of chloride is put into a pint of water and
well shaken, this is to stand till quite bright, pour off the fluid,
which is then ready for use. For stems this solution generally
answers, but it is not near strong enough for leaves : as not only do
they require bleaching, but all the cell-contents dissolved and re-
moved, in order to render them transparent : and as the solution
about to be described answers equally well for stems as leaves, and
acts more rapidly, it will perhaps be convenient to use only the
following solution of chlorinated soda, directions for the preparation
of which were given by Dr. A. Milne Edwards, in the " American
Naturalist," for May. 1869.* I have prepared it as follows : —

T j one pint of water add two ounces of fresh chloride of lime, shake
or stir it well two or three times, then allow it to stand till the lime
has settled. Prepare meanwhile, a saturated solution of carbonate
of soda — common washing soda. Now pour off the clear super-
natant fluid from the chloride of lime, and add to it. by degrees, the
soda solution, when a precipitate of carbonate of lime will be thrown
down ; continue to add the soda solution till no further precipitate is
formed. Decant and filter the clear solution, which must be kept in
a well-stoppered bottle, and in the dark, otherwise it speedily becomes
useless.

Those who do not care to take the small amount of trouble re-
quired to prepare their own bleaching fluid, can purchase it at most
manufacturing chemists, but it will not be so strong, and it will be
at twelve times the cost.

In the staining of sections of stems, petioles. £c, let me again
recommend in all possible cases, the use of alcohol for bleaching, for
the reasons already given.

B etions bleached in the chlorinated soda, must, when white, be
washed in clean water for twenty -four hours, changing the water four
or five times, and adding to the last but one a few drops of nitric
acid, at the rate of eight or ten drops to the half-pint, the last wash-
ing being in clean water.

From water transfer them to alcohol, in which they must remain
for an hour or more.

B .-etions may be stained in two colours with advantage. This
may be done in two ways — either by alternate or single immersion.
* See also Monthly Microscopical Journal, Vol. I (1S69), p. 361.

W. H. GILBCKT ON THE STAINING OF VEGETABLE TISSUES.

For the first, transfer the section from alcohol to ma.eenta dye, in
which let it remain for about twenty minutes, then soak in alcohol
till the colour is removed from the parenchyma : next place it for
about one minute in the blue dye, shake it in alcohol for a few-
seconds, then in absolute alcohol for a few seconds ; from th:- . -
move to oil of cloves, in which allow it to remain till quite clear ;
after which place it in clean oil of cloves for about ten minutes. It
is now ready for mounting in balsam, the best form of which to use
is balsam in benzole.

Dr. Beattv recommends the use of benzole after the oil of cloves,
in order to hasten the drying of the slide ; but this most certainly
injures all soft tissue, and therefore I have not used it : but instead
have adopted the following plan : —

Removing the object from the oil of cloves, and draining away as
much as possible, I place it on a glass slip, and covering it with a
small quantity of balsam, allow it to stand for a short time pro-
tected from the dust. The effect is this — the balsam being denser
than the oil which occupies the cells, endosmose is at once set up,
and a large proportion of the oil is given out by the tissue, the
balsam taking its place. By tilting the slip, this mixture of oil and
balsam very readily runs off. Then drop on carefully at one side of
the object some fresh balsam, put on the covering-glass and leave to
dry. Do not apply heat.

For staining by single immersion, to twelve drops of the blue dye
add seven of the magenta, and thoroughly mix. Into this purple colour
place your section for about one minute, remove to alcohol ; shake
well for a few seconds, then proceed as by former method.

It matters not which process is employed, the result is always the
same ; and we must conclude that true selection takes place.

The disposition of the colours is invariably this — the magenta
goes to the woody fibre, vessels, and bast tissue ; the blue to the
parenchyma, cambium layer, and medullary rays : the pith and
suberous layer of the bark being usually neutral.

In other words, according to the generally received doctrine con-
cerning the circulation of the sap, those parts which are concerned
in the distribution and appropriation of the elaborated sap, take
blue, the remainder consisting of mature material, taking magenta.

In very young stems, the pith also, without doubt, takes an active
part in the plant's economy ; consequently it then stains blue ; and
from this we have all gradations, till just that portion next the

2 B

308 W. H. GILBURT ON THE STAINING OF VEGETABLE TISSUES.

medullary sheath is tinted with the colour, and eventually, when the
pith practically becomes inactive, it is neutral, refusing all colour,
or taking both.

These facts stand good in all cases, whether the section is bleached
in alcohol or in the soda solution, or stained when fresh cut, without
any preparation whatever. Neither does it matter how the colours
are presented, whether magenta first, or the reverse, by single or
alternate immersion.

In preparing leaves for staining, the bleaching process must be
carried farther than with sections ; as before stated, not only must
the colour be discharged, but all the cell-contents removed ; there-
fore they must be left in the soda solution till quite translucent.
The time occupied in the process varies according to the texture of
the leaf, from a few hours to a week or more. When very delicate
leaves are to be bleached, it will be well to dilute the bleaching fluid
with one third its bulk of water, otherwise disintegration may set in
before the process is complete. Leaves, if large, should be cut into
pieces, rather larger than required for mounting.

The process for washing is just the same as that given for sec-
tions ; after which they must be placed in alcohol.

In staining leaves the question naturally arises, which of the two
colours given is the best to use ? The answer must entirely depend
upon the purpose for which the preparation is required. If it is
desired to exhibit the structure of the lamina, then blue should be
used, because, if the colour be good, it marks out the cell-walls far
more distinctly than magenta ; and, moreover, the latter colour, if
occupying the whole field of the microscope, would be most injurious
to the sight, if worked with for long. There is also the difficulty
of fixing magenta, unless it is passed through benzole instead of oil
of cloves. This of course may be done, but it always produces a
more or less injurious effect upon the tissue.

In using the blue dye, no definite time can be given for immer-
sion, it altogether depending upon the density or permeability of the
tissue. Dr. Beatty recommends that two solutions should be pre-
pared— a quarter and a half-grain solution, and that the leaf should
be transferred to the stronger if not stained sufficiently in the weaker
one in half-an-hour. To this, however, there is the objection, that
sometimes far too much colour will be taken up in parts, which must
then be washed out, leaving generally a very mottled appearance,
while, if the solution I have used be adopted, the object may remain

W. H. GILBURT ON THE STAINING OP VEGETABLE TISSUES. 309

in it for twelve hours without requiring the removal of any colour.
Experience also shows, that, as a rule, far better results are obtained
by the use of dyes of small intensity, although more time may be
required.

I would therefore advise the use of the solution as given in the
earlier part of this paper. The object should be left in it till equally
stained, then remove from the dye into alcohol, and brush the sur-
faces with a camel-liaii' pencil ; next, place it in absolute alcohol for
a few minutes, from thence into oil of cloves till quite clear, then
into clean oil of cloves for ten or fifteen minutes, or until ready for
mounting ; for which use balsam in benzole as for sections.

Preparations stained in the blue may be left in oil of cloves for a
week or more without injury. When mounting, in order to facilitate
drying, adopt the plan given for sections.

Magenta dye may be used in the study of the vascular system of
leaves, as here its fugitive character is of great value, for by its use
vessels may be stained, and the parenchyma left colourless. For in-
stance take a young leaf or frond which has been prepared for staining,
and let it be in the magenta for an hour or two, transfer it to alcohol,
and the colour is very quickly discharged, but, upon examination,
it will be found that the spiral and other vessels are beautifully
stained.

Again, it may be desirable to stain the immature fructification of
a fern, so as to leave all else colourless. This may readily be done
by placing the preparation in magenta for about ten minutes, then
washing in alcohol till colour is removed from the lamina, it will then
be found that the sporangia are delicately stained, and the spores of
a deeper tint.

This method is also applicable to ovaries, the readiness with which
this colour is given up by the tissues enabling us to use it so as to
leave the ovules stained, while the wall of the ovary is colourless.

These are only given as examples ; other instances will suggest
themselves where this colour and method will be of value.

Dr. Beatty, in his paper, advises the use of mature leaves, not the
very young, nor the old. Now it will be at once apparent, that a
large amount of interest attaches to the development of tissues and
organs, and that this can only be studied while the leaf or organ is
in a very young state. A considerable difficulty was at first expe-
rienced in fixing the colour in very young tissue, the ordinary method
of washing, &c, discharging the colour almost immediately. This

310 W. H. G1LBURT ON THE STAINING OF VEGETABLE TISSUES.

at last I found could be overcome by taking the stained specimen
from the dye with the forceps, and holding it for a second or two in
absolute alcohol, and then putting it direct into the oil of cloves.
Nearly all the colour was thus fixed, and in such a preparation the
development of stomata, &c, could be distinctly traced.

In ferns, also, by the use of the three methods here given, a series
of preparations may be made, which shall exhibit the development
of the fructification from the first differentiation of the cell onward
to the ripe sori.

In the double staining of leaves there is no advantage, seeing that
we can differentiate every part with a single colour, and the attempt
to stain in two colours, while occupying more time, adds nothing to
the beauty or value of the preparation.

Having thus given in detail the processes employed, let me hope
that many of our members will take up the subject of Vegetable
Histology ; and, in the use of the methods, secure pleasure and
profit to themselves, and add at least some small amount to the
sum of knowledge.

P.S. — Since reading the above I have found that a paper on this
subject was published prior to the one first emoted. This was
written by Dr. C. Johnston, of Baltimore, and published in the
Monthly Microscopical Journal, Vol xi. (1874), p. 184.

W.H.G.

311

The Ordinary Condenser Improved, or " Circular"
Illumination Superseded.

By W. K. Bridgman, L.D.S.
(Bead May 25, 1877.)

During the working out of the mechanical arrangements for the
" reflecting illuminator," it was very soon discovered that no incon-
siderable portion of the superiority of its illuminating effects was
derived from conditions equally applicable to almost every other
form of condenser ; and which could be adapted to most, if not all,
of those already existing, so as to give to the majority of objects,
commonly seen with the medium and lower powers, but more
especially such as were dependent on stereoscopic effect and the
total absence of haze or glare, a clearness and distinctness of detail
very far in advance of what is obtained in the ordinary way.

With the highest powers it is well known that almost every-
thing depends on the illumination ; this being the chief diffi-
culty, as the very slightest variation may either make, or wholly
mar, the effects. In proportion, however, as we descend in the
scale, so does this great nicety of adjustment seem to be less needed ;
and with a very large proportion of observers, so long as there is
light enough, and that not too overpowering, little further is heeded.
But let an equal amount of attention be paid to the illumination for
the lower powers as for the higher, and the result will be found
amply to compensate for any extra trouble it may involve.

Let some well-outlined object be placed under one of the medium
powers, and be illumined with direct light, or light thrown up
centrally with the optical axis, and it will go in and out of focus
with a hazy outline expanding equally in all directions.

But let the mirror be turned to one side so as to throw the light
obliquely across the object, and the outline will then expand only on
one side, and that in the opposite direction to the course of the
illumination.

2 B

312 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON THE

Now, if the illumination of the ohjeet and the seeing it with the
object-glass and eyepiece were separate and independent actions,
such an effect would not be produced ; but the object would remain
stationary under both conditions. The true state of the case is that
the illuminating rays, impinging upon the object, pass through the
body of the instrument in one continuous or unbroken line, project-
ing forward the image of the object until it reaches the eye ; hence,
whatever degree of obliquity is given to the illuminating rays, it
must of necessity affect the results given by the object-glass, and
thus, whether the plane or the concave mirror be used, the effects
will differ in proportion.

In the experiment with the painting seen in the graphoscope, it
was shown that when the illuminating ray, reflected from the surface,
entered the eye, nothing could be seen but the glare of the light
itself, the detail of the picture being totally invisible. This same
law, necessarily, applies equally to the direct ray reflected by the
mirror up through the centre of the optical system. The central
portion of every lens, presenting more or less surface at right angles
to the course of the ray, suffers this to pass without refraction, or
bending out of its course, and hence it carries with it only the glare
of the light as it did in the graphoscope. This effect, however,
decreases of course in proportion as the zonal ring, admitting the
rays, recedes from the centre, the refraction being greatest at the
exterior margin.

It was also explained that it is not the direct or reflected ray
which the eye takes cognizance of as rendering an object visible, but
that it is the transverse vibrations given off laterally which
enter the eye and produce the sensation of vision. Now, in
accordance w'th this law, rays of light may be reflected or refracted
from objects at too small an angle for any of these lateral vibra-
tions to reach the eye, and consequently the objects will be invisible.
The extent of this angle is a disputed point, but it is supposed to
be about equal to a half-wave length ; but what more immediately
concerns us in the present case is that in proportion as the angle
approaches to 180°, or to a straight line, the more of these lateral
vibrations enter the eye, giving the greatest possible distinctness to
the object : hence in this lies the chief reason of wide-angled object
glasses having more light and giving greater distinctness of vision,
although it must necessarily be at the expense of " deptli of focus "
or penetration.

ORDINARY CONDENSER IMPROVED, &C. 313

In the application of these facts in connection with the illumin-
ating pencil, it will readily be understood that while the marginal
rays are forming an image of the object, the central rays pass
through, and, entering the eye, tend to obscure the image by the
glare and overpowering effect which they produce. It will now be
most unmistakably clear that it is the central, or "glare" rays,
which have to be stopped out, not the marginal rays which
give the image ; hence it will be equally obvious that the
shutting out of these rays by diminishing the aperture through
which the light is admitted, either to or from the lens of
the condenser, is altogether ivrong in principle, and diametrically
opposite to the course which both theory and practice suggest ;
consequently all such ingenious contrivances, like the " iris " or
" contracting diaphragm," are misplaced ingenuity, from seeking a
remedy in the wrong direction.

A consideration of the preceding facts long ago drew my atten-
tion to the possibility of obtaining a more successful arrangement,
and after a fair trial of all the various condensers, from the elaborate
" Gillett " down to the ordinary " kettledrum," and in combination
with all kinds of stops or diaphragms, I was ultimately led to the
conviction that the form represented in Fig. 1 (and which was

Fig. 1.

described in the M.M. Journal at the time*) gave by very far better
results than I had been able to obtain by any other means. The
middle projection effectually cut off the central rays, while the
indentation in the line admitting more light than the opposite side
was intended to compensate for the loss by the reflections in the
prism, &c.

This arrangement continued in use until rjuite recently, when, in
manipulating with the Reflecting Illuminator, it was then discovered

* Vol. ix. (1873), p. 57.

114

W. K. BRIDGMAN ON THE

that by cutting off the opposite portion of the cone of rays, and
taking a parallel strip transversely between the centre and the cir-
cumference, a still better result was obtained ; and this being applied
to the hemispherical condenser, it was found to be equally as effective
in refraction as by reflection, and the result of experience has since
been to indicate the form and dimensions shown in Fig. 2 as afford-
ing the most satisfactory effects.

Fig. 2.

This diaphragm should be placed directly beneath the lens as in
Fig. 3* — the curved line forming the upper edge of the slit is neces-

Fig. 3.

sary to compensate for the unequal surface or curvature of the lens
above it. It should be so proportioned that when seen from above
in the direction of the ray, the two sides of the light should be as
nearly parallel as possible. The slit represents in the original a
position of about one-sixteenth of an inch above the centre and a
width of between two and three-sixteenths at its widest part. It
should be arranged transversely, or parallel with the direction of the

* Fig. 3. Vertical section of Condenser— A the diaphragm or stop, B the
hemispherical condensing lens, C two thicknesses of tinted glass placed
vertically to the cone of rays, D.

ORDINARY CONDENSER IMPROVED, &C. 315

tubes and eyepieces, and on the upper half of the stage opening, so
that the light may illuminate both tubes equally.

In its fixings it will require only the ordinary up and down rack-
work, and a means of centreing, or a movement of about half-an-
inch or less, so as to carry the slit backwards and forwards vertically
when the instrument is inclined for use. This movement, should
there be no rectangular sub-stage, may be readily effected from a
centre, or turning on a pivot, the distance to be traversed being so
small that a radial direction will scarcely at all interfere with its
performance.

In using, the lamp is best placed in front, a little to the right.
After placing an object on the stage and getting an approximate
focus, the prism should be drawn out and the light well centred to
the field ; then replace the prism and, if rightly set, both fields will
be equally bright. Next, search for the best part of the flame and
adjust the condenser to its position, moving it outwards or inwards
until the best effects are obtained. A very little practice, with
careful attention, will soon render its use familiar and certain. It
will, of course, be important to see that the mirror is perfectly
central with the axis, and at such a distance as may be suitable to
the intensity desired.

In the present instance, the lens is about one inch in diameter ;
but it has also been tried, with equally good results, with lenses
about one-third the size — the proportions of the slit remaining the
same.

In using a lens, in conjunction with a polarising prism, this
opening will not afford sufficient light for the purpose, and it has
been found desirable to extend the aperture to something more than
the half-circle, as in Fig. 4. An angle of about 145° has been ob-

Fig. 4.

tained (by using a collapsing and expanding contrivance) as the
most efficient angle, and giving an equal amount of light from the

316 W. K. BRIDGMAN ON THE

margin to that which has been stopped out in the centre, rendering
objects beautifully stereoscopic and clear.

The next consideration is as to the quality of the light. The
dazzling and detail-obliterating glare of the sun's noonday rays is
■well known to be exceedingly trying as well as injurious to the eye-
sight, and the concentrated rays from a lamp or even of daylight is
only a question of degree as to its inapplicability to distinct vision,
as well as to the safety of the eyesight. It has frequently been
remarked that visitors, on first looking into an instrument, have
exclaimed, " Oh, what a brilliant light ! it dazzles the eye so that I
can see nothing else yet" and which is unfortunately but too
commonly true to the letter. Instead of the light being made sub-
ordinate to the object, it is too often the chief thing which arrests
the attention. An artist, painting a picture, takes care to subdue
his background and make it the means of leading the eye towards
his principal object, and the same ought to be done in the micro-
scope. The brightness and the tint of the field should be unobtru-
sive, and serve to throw the object into distinctness, and cause the
eye to be immediately attracted to it, leaving the light itself to make
its presence known by feeling rather than by appealing to the eye.

With the reflecting illuminator the silvery whiteness was subdued
by the yellow of a small portion of gold as an alloy ; but with
refraction, the only course open is by means of a tinted transparent
medium, and for this purpose blue glass has been commonly
employed, although it is highly objectionable in more ways than one.
Having tried all the tints of the spectrum, and a variety of combi-
nations in addition, it has been found, practically, that there is no
other tint to at all compare with the neutral tint occurring between
the green and the yellow, with a very slight predominance of the
former. This gives a beautifully cool and agreeable tone to the
background of the field ; at the same time that, by absorbing the
excess of light, it reduces bright sunshine to clear daylight, and
materially improves the distinctness of definition.

My own experience leads to the conclusion that by very far the
best place for the tinted glass is between the lens and the object ;
but if it be made to rest upon the face of the condenser, so as to
have its surfaces parallel with the plane surface of the latter, it will,
by its refraction, materially interfere with the definition : its proper
position being, as shown in the diagram (Fig. 3), at right angles to
the course of the ray after it has left the condenser. In this direc-

ORDINARY CONDENSER IMPROVED, &C. 317

tion the rays in their passage through it will be unrefracted, and,
consequently, not in the least detrimental to the definition.
Possibly, by cementing it down with Canada balsam to the plane
surface of the condensing lens, it might be equally advantageous ;
but this remains to be tried. Its next best place will be imme-
diately above or below the diaphragm.

Now, when so much nicety in the perfection of the illuminating
pencil is essential to its well-working, it is most surprising that
such a thoroughly unscientific arrangement as the introduction of
ground glass, which breaks up the integrity of the rays, and scatters
them in every direction, should, in the present day, be tolerated even
for a single moment ; but it is to be hoped we have seen nearly the
last of it. Let any such object as the Heliopelta Metii, for instance,
be closely examined under the tinted glass properly adjusted, and
then let it be quickly transferred to the ground glass in the place of
the other, and much of the detail will be found to be lost or greatly
obscured, and as the present arrangement admits of almost universal
application, and may be adopted at very little cost, and giving such
very superior effects, I have no hesitation in pleading in its behalf
for an unbiassed trial. There has been some difficulty in obtaining
the exact tint, and which has delayed the completion of these
remarks ; but having at last succeeded, I have forwarded a specimen
for comparison, as it is important that neither too much green nor
too much blue and no violet should be present ; while as to the
thickness of the glass, .it seems preferable to employ a thick glass
lightly tinted instead of a thinner substance more deeply shaded.
With one thickness of the present sample, a most agreeable effect
will be obtained in the daytime, by taking bright light from opposite
to the sun ; but with a gaslight or mineral-oil lamp, it will require
two thicknesses to sufficiently neutralize the dazzling brilliancy,
whether the lisrht be taken direct or reflected from the mirror.
"Where, however, two thicknesses are required, these should be ce-
mented together with Canada balsam, and also a piece of flat
covering glass should be cemented upon each outer side, as affording
a better surface, and one that will not easily be dulled by friction in
cleaning.

318

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS,

Delivered at the Annual Meeting, July 27th, 1877.

Gentlemen, — When I began to consider on what subject I
should speak to you this evening, I became more than ever con-
scious that in the many admirable addresses of my predecessors in
the chair, all the leading subjects have been appropriated, and that
it becomes increasingly difficult year by year for the President to
find a topic on which he may usefully descant.

The machinery of our Club is in such excellent order, and its
work goes on so evenly and smoothly, that we are almost uncon-
scious of the lapse of time until each successive annual meeting
reminds us that another year has passed away. I think, therefore,
that, as an artist stands back from his easel to obtain a better view
of the general effect of his work, we, as a body of friends associated
together in a favourite study, and desiring improvement, may advan-
tageously pause, at the conclusion of another session, to consider the
use we have made of our opportunities, and to review our position
as a club of microscopists.

Looking at the first page of the " Microscopic Journal," com-
menced thirty-six years ago (in 1841), and edited by Daniel Cooper,
I find the first words there printed as follows : — " As microscopic
research," says the Editor, " is for the most part an amusement
rather than a profession, it cannot be a matter of surprise that man}'
resort to it as a means of intellectual pastime which is sure to
terminate in beneficial results. General knowledge may be acquired
by observation — recondite science by application alone ; and the
existence of the former in the mind of the apparent tyro, by industry
and perseverance, imperceptibly produces the latter." After this he
proceeds to summarise the progress of microscopical science in
England for the preceding fifteen years, and as this just completes
half a century to the present time, I turned to his remarks to sse if

president's address. 319

I might there find recorded a few facts and occurrences, notice of
which might help me to suggest to you a course of thought which
you could follow for yourselves. As I do not wish that my address
shall be an elaborate production, I shall allude very briefly to these
facts, and shall be content if I can offer to you a few ideas which
may not be too trifling for you to think about at your leisure.

At the instigation of Dr. Goring, in 1824 and 1825, Tulley con-
structed the first achromatic objectives made in this country, which
were termed by him the "triple object glasses." About the same
time Selligue was at work in France, Fraunhofer at Munich, and
Amici at Modena.

In 1830 an important paper on achromatic object glasses, by
Joseph Jackson Lister, was published in the " Transactions of the
Royal Society." This was an eventful period in the history of the
construction of microscopes, and the influence of that communica-
tion extends downwards to the present day.

In 1832 Messrs. Cooper and Carey constructed an oxy-hydrogen
microscope, and scientific men were invited to a private view of it at
21, Old Bond street, in February, 1833. It was afterwards publicly
exhibited, and greatly stimulated popular interest in microscopical
science, which already numbered amongst those devoted to it, Robert
Brown, Bauer, Solly, Lister, Cuthbert, Pritchard, Goring, and
others. One of the most distinguished of this corps of pioneers
was my kind old friend, Dr. Bowerbank, who, in the journal referred
to, received a well-merited encomium. The writer says : — " It must
on all sides be agreed that every praise and commendation the world
can bestow are due to the indefatigable exertions of Mr. Bowerbank,
who, by his well-known liberality in promoting the cause, has at
length succeeded in diffusing that growing taste for microscopic
research in the Metropolis characteristic of the present age. To
this gentleman's liberality in opening his house weekly for the pur-
poses of microscopic illustration is in a great measure to be attri-
buted the first dawn of encouragement to the rising scientific gene-
ration. Ever ready, ever desirous, and ever interested in the tyro's
cause, he must have created in the minds of those seeking such
valuable aids, every regard and esteem ; and especially when we con-
sider that the limited means of investigators formerly, and even at
the present day, have not allowed them such splendid instruments
and practical facilities in their manipulation which the fortune and

320 president's address.

talents of Mr. Bowerbank enable him so amiably and freely to dis-
pense to those who seek his advice and assistance." These words
were written thirty-six years ago. Their truth no one can better
estimate than myself. To Dr. Bowerbank's encouragement, advice,
and introductions, given to me as a young microscopist, I owe the
confirmation and increase of my early love of this branch of science.
I afterwards enjoyed the privilege of his intimate friendship, and the
desire to be worthy of his generous appreciation of me as a practical
naturalist, has been one great incentive to me to work with an
earnestness of purpose and a love of my subject which has led to
my having so far gained your approbation as to be placed by you in
the position I now hold. The grand old veteran passed away only
four months and a half ago. He died almost with his weapons in
his hands. He had just completed the fourth volume of his work on
the SpongiadoB : only one plate remained to be drawn by Mr.
Dinkel — only one niicroscojnc section of a sponge to be illustrated.
The slide on which he had mounted this was found, after his death,
on the stage of his Tulley's microscope — the instrument by means
of which he had made all his researches, and which he had used
daily until he laid down his arms to rest in his last sleep. The
decease of so eminent a man — one of the founders of " The Micro-
scopical Society of London " — would be worthy of notice in an
address of the year to any battalion of his followers. I venture to
believe that I have not gone too far in relying on your sympathy
with my personal feelings of affectionate reverence for him.

To return to the date when the testimony which I have quoted
to his services in the cause of science was published in the " Micro-
scopic Journal." About this time, to Mr. Powell and Mr. Ross,
as makers of microscopes, was added Mr. Smith, and, after him,
many who need not be enumerated. The time arrived when the
Microscopical Society of London was inaugurated, and the first
paper in the first number of the " Microscopic Journal " is " On
the Structure of Fossil Teeth," by Professor Owen, F.R.S., Presi-
sident of the Microscopical Society. As a record of microscopical
work and progress, we have Cooper's Journal for 1841 and 1842
and the first three thin volumes of the " Transactions of the Microsco-
pical Society of London," extending from 1840 to 1851. Then, in
J 853, commenced the " Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,"
which has been continued uninterruptedly down to the present day.
In 1869 the "Monthly Microscopical Journal" first came into

president's address. 321

existence as the organ of the Royal Microscopical Society, and for
eight years the two journals have been continued contemporaneously.
It will be evident that such unbroken records will give us a most
interesting and complete history of the progress of microscopical
science from the very commencement of the existence of the
Microscopical Society. Their pages are full of valuable information,
and I strongly advise all our younger members to examine
and peruse them. Although the Natural History Society of Dublin
had turned its attention to microscopical subjects, and the Literary
and Philosophical Society of Manchester had not neglected them,
yet there was no society solely devoted to the use of the microscope,
except the Microscopical Society of London, down to the year 1865.
On the 14th of June in that year, eleven gentlemen held the preli-
minary meeting of the Quekett Club, and as the formation of the
Microscopical Society of London was one landmark in the history
of British microscopy, so the establishment of the Quekett Club
was another not less important, but different in its character and
results.

It is interesting to look back from our present standpoint to
some of the intimations which are offered in the first report of our
Club. " Field excursions have not been forgotten," this report
says ; " two experiments have been made under the superintendence
of Mr. M. C. Cooke (Vice-President) and Mr. W. W. Reeves.
The first excursion was to Hampstead, when about twenty members
and their friends attended, and an excellent collection of objects
was made." This was the first Quekett excursion. Afterwards
we read that the second excursion was to Darenth Wood and North-
fleet Marshes, when about the same number attended. It is not
stated that afterwards a cold collation was provided, which was the
origin of the excursion dinner.

Of the first Soiree, on the 4th of January, 1867, it is reported
that " Unfortunately a frost of almost unparalleled severity pre-
vailed, which rendered locomotion of all kinds nearly impractical tie."

I do not know who read the first paper to the Club, but presume
it was that first mentioned in the first annual report, on " Work
for the Microscope," by Dr. M. C. Cooke.

Another important event was the publication of the first number of
our Journal, in January, 1868.

And now, gentlemen, having reminded you of a few of the
memorable events of the past with respect to the dissemination of

322 president's address.

the use of the microscope and the founding of the societies most
instrumental in that direction, permit me for a few moments to
direct jour attention to the literary aids which were at the command
of the microscopists of 1840, that we may properly appreciate the
difficulties and disadvantages under which they laboured as compared
with ourselves.

If we are in difficulty, we have a host of friends to consult in
books and treatises on the microscope — our Quekett, Carpenter,
Beale, and others — but of these the first edition of Quekett was
not published till 1848, that of Beale till 1854, that of Carpenter
till 1856. Chevalier's first edition, in French, appeared, it is true,
in 1839, and Dujardin's " Manual " in 1843 ; Goring and Pritchard's
" Microscopic Illustrations " dates from 1830, their" Micrographia "
from 1837, and "Manual" from 1839. So that really the litera-
ture of the subject was either contemporaneous with the establish-
ment of the Microscopical Society, or succeeded it.

Fancy, if you can, the microscopists of those days with Baker's
treatise, the " Micrographia " of the elder Adams, the essays of
the younger Goring, Pritchard's " Illustrations " (then a new book),
and little besides ! Ehrenberg's great work on the " Infusoria "
only dates from 1838, and that is in German ; Pritchard's appeared
in 1834, and his edition of 1845 embodied the results of Ehren-
berg's work. There was no Microscopic Dictionary till 1856, no
Smith's " Diatomaceae " till 1848, no Hassan's " Freshwater Algae"
till 1845, no Kiitzing till 1844. Greville did not begin his marvel-
lous papers on the " Diatomaceee " till 1855, nor Walker- Arnott till
1858. Johnston's " Zoophytes " dates from 1838, and Dujardin's
from 1841. It matters not in what direction we turn, we arrive at
the same result — that from 1840, with the first Microscopical
Society and the first Microscopical Journal dates the era of the
microscope in Britain. All the microscopists before that were
pioneers, who cleared the way for us, and who deserve our respect
and esteem ; but from that date our literature, as well as our instru-
ments, has been steadily developed.

That exceedingly valuable periodical the " Annals and Magazine
of Natural History " only commenced its first series in 1838, and
from that period to the present an immense amount of work due to
the use of the microscope has been recorded in its pages. In like
manner the " Annales des Sciences NatureUes" commenced its second
series in 1834 (the first series is scarcely devoted to microscopical

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

323

work), and these two journals are almost microscopical publications,
for they contain many most valuable contributions to our knowledge
of minute organisms. Now, almost every standard scientific book
teems with the results of microscopical investigations. No one
would think of competing in any scientific examination without
some knowledge of the minute anatomy, &c, which the microscope
reveals, and medical men consider the microscope as essential a pro-
fessional instrument as lancet or forceps.

This, gentlemen, is some of the evidence of progress during the
past thirty-six years. "We have taken a retrospective view of the
past ; we are pretty well acquainted with the present ; what are our
hopes and plans for the future ? It seems to me that all the evi-
dence, however circumstantial, is in favour of the assumption that
the full and rapid development of microscopy in this country is due
to the establishment and operations of the Society which was con-
stituted at the beginning of that which I have styled the micro-
scopical era, and those which followed in the same direction. If this
be so, a large amount of responsibility rests upon those who are to
carry on the work, and, consecpiently, a share of that responsibility
rests upon us. Under these circumstances, we cannot do better
than emulate our predecessors. Their work was done in a quiet and
unassuming manner, as ours is being done ; and the most pleasing
and gratifying observations we read about them are those concerning
the good fellowship which existed amongst them, and the free ex-
tension of help one towards another. We have not to face the diffi-
culties which they had to encounter. We have magnificent instru-
ments, which they had not, and we have the testimony of Ehrenberg
himself that the preparation of his great works on the Infusoria and
Micro -geology was accomplished by means of a microscope inferior
in capability to one which could now be purchased for £5. To our
hands, and to those of the members of kindred societies, the work
of the future is entrusted, and let us hope that we shall so accom-
plish it that our successors may be able to pass like encomiums upon
us as we confer on those who preceded us ; that they may be able to
say that we knew our work, and did it to the best of our ability,
with good feeling and good-fellowship.

My remarks have hitherto related more to the general history of
the rise and progress of microscopical science in this country than
to any especial influence of the Quekett Club, or any especial regard
to its functions and achievements. I cannot, however, close with-

324 president's address.

out a word or two concerning the specialities of the Club, or those
features which particularly characterised it when it came into
existence, but which are now happily emulated by others. One of
these is the very moderate rate of annual subscription, which brings
tie advantages of the Club within the reach of all moderately
educated persons. When you consider that a magnificent room is
ready for your meetings twice in the month, well lighted and admi-
rably situated, that you receive almost quarterly a valuable journal
gratuitously, that a large collection of microscopic objects is at your
disposal, that you have already a very respectable library, that occa-
sionally you have a Soiree (to which you can invite a friend) un-
surpassed for interest and utility by that of any other society, even
with a subscription of four times the amount — I think you will
agree with me that one feature of the Club is cheapness.

Another point of which I would remind you is, that a high scien-
tific standard is not demanded for the papers and communications
which are read from time to time at our meetings. I wish to im-
press upon the members generally that we do not absolutely demand
novelties and new discoveries in our papers, so much as an exami-
nation and verification of old facts, seen with new eyes, and illus-
trated by new methods. The plainer, simpler, and less elabora e
the papers are, the better do they serve the purpose of the Club.
The majority of our members are, in every respect, qualified to
communicate to us their views in some section of the very wide
range of subjects which come under our cognizance, if they would
but take courage to do so, and give us the benefit of their experience.
I would therefore urge that short and conversational papers are
another feature of the Club which I earnestly hope that a larger
number of members will recognise. The informal and social cha-
racter of the concluding half-hour of our monthly meetings, and the
whole of our "gossip" nights, is one which needs only to be
mentioned, since it is a feature highly appreciated, and one which
continues to be as prominent and vigorous as ever.

The value of a scientific library is so great that arguments are
unnecessary to prove that this is an important adjunct to the Club.
Although it is not so extensive as we hope it may become, it is
already an excellent feature, and one which admits of almost unlimited
improvement. Growing demands upon the library now in existence
will afford to the committee the best evidence that it is appreciated,
and give them the strongest inducements for its augmentation.

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

325

A large cabinet of objects for consultation and reference is little
inferior in value to a library ; certainly in connection with books it
is an undoubted acquisition ; and large as this collection may be, I
plead for its extension on many grounds, but chiefly on its utility in
the present, and its interest in the future. How highly we should
value, for instance, objects presented to us, say only ten years ago,
by members now dead. Those who follow us will probably similarly
value our work ; therefore every member should make it a point to
present at least one slide to the Club with this thought in his mind.
I may advocate this also from another point of view. Certain
studies occupy men at certain periods of their life. For instance,
the staining of vegetable tissues is at present a prominent subject
of experiment. Twenty years hence how important and historically
valuable will be a series of slides mounted by the methods now
coming in vogue, and which then no money will purchase.

This suggests to me another matter worthy of attention. There
are many little inexpensive contrivances which the practical micro -
scopist is constantly using, such as clips, finders, collecting bottles,
&c, &c, which are so common to us that we think nothing of them.
Each and all of these may be superseded and go out of date, and
thirty years hence no one will know anything about them. It
deserves consideration whether the Quekett Club should not collect
from its members such unconsidered trifles, with labels attached,
signifying the uses and date of each. Even if consigned to a
trunk, and not looked at for many years, they would then have just
such an interest as some of the more primitive contrivances of thirty
years ago now have for us.

I now pass to the last feature to which I purpose especially ad-
verting, viz., the summer excursions. Gatherings of this kind, even
if they produce no immediate scientific results, are conducive to a
social benefit which this Club would be the last to ignore. If only
a dozen men meet and shake each other by the hand, every such
event strengthens the friendship of members for each other, and
consequently adds to the strength of the Club. Twelve intelligent
men cannot meet together in harmony for a common intellectual
object without reacting on each other with a beneficial result. The
Quekett excursionists will tell you that they have every reason to
be pleased with their experience of this feature of the Club. Those
who do not avail themselves of these gatherings cannot calculate
how much they lose by their abstention.

326 president's address.

In conclusion, I would refer to three circumstances in the life of
John Quekett, which may be regarded as typical of the tone and
objects of the Club which bears his name.

(1) Whilst he was still a youth he constructed a microscope,
which was made up of materials furnished by a common roasting-
jack, a lady's old-fashioned parasol, and pieces of brass purchased
at a neighbouring marine-store dealer's, and hammered out by him-
self. With this rough instrument he made several important dis-
coveries.

(2) During his after-life, by patient and intelligent investigation,
he accumulated a series of microscopical preparations, mounted by
himself, which were considered so valuable that they were purchased
by the Royal College of Surgeons, and form more than the nucleus
of the collection of that Institution.

(3) One of his last pleasurable acts was to arrange a party for
" Music and Microscopes," as he phrased it. The party did not
take place, for, when the day appointed for it arrived, he was too ill
to receive his friends, and soon afterwards died.

I venture to draw from these incidents a lesson for ourselves. (1)
Let our younger members be hopeful and self-helpful. If they cannot
afford costly instruments, let them work contentedly with less expen-
sive ones, and especially let them acquire the habit and the skill to
make for themselves any simple apparatus they may require. (2)
Let it be remembered that a series of microscopic objects, mounted
by a man for himself, merely as an intellectual pastime, perhaps,
may lead him to become a real student of science, and will assuredly
do so if he prepares them in illustration of his favourite subject,
and in conformity with a predetermined plan. (3) Let me insist
that a man may be an ardent student, a laborious and painstaking
worker, and even a great master in science, without being pedantic
or morose ; and that, as John Quekett, at the close of his distin-
guished career, proposed as a pleasant melange, " Music and Micro-
scopes," so we, as members of the Quekett Club, shall be rendered
none the less vigorous or successful in the pursuit of knowledge by
the genial interchange of social amenities, and the enjoyment of
friendly intercourse.

By bearing these things in mind, and acting on them — by follow-
ing the example of Dr. Bowerbank in the frank and unreserved com-
munication of any information we possess — by passing on to young
beginners the kindness that we have received from our seniors — and

president's address. 327

by making the best use of privileges and advantages far greater than
those possessed by the mieroscopists of 1840, we shall secure the
prosperity of the Club, increase the pleasure and happiness of its
members individually, and do the best in our power for the miero-
scopists of the future.

2 c

328

PROCEEDINGS.

Mat 25th, 1877. — Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of
the Club :— Mr. G. L. Baker, the Rev. J. Bramhall, Mr. Geo. Carr, Mr. A. C.
Coxhead, Mr. O. Croft, Mr. G. W. L. Marshall-Hall, the Hon. Sackville
F. H. Lane-Fox, Mr. H. V. Knaggs, Mr. R. G. Veasey, Mr. F. Yates.

Six gentlemen were proposed for membership.

The following donations to the Club were announced : —

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" ... from the Publisher.

" Science Gossip " ... ... ... ... „ ,,

" Proceedings of the Belgian MicroscoO ., g0Cie+Y

pical Society '' ... ... ... )

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly) ... „ the Editor.

"Proceedings of the Royal Society" ... „ the Society.

" The American Naturalist" ... ... in exchange.

" The American Journal of Microscopy " ... „ „

" Annual Report of the Smithsonian InstiO from fche Institution.
tution ... ... ... ... j

One Slide Mr. Tatem.

One Slide ... ... Mr. Topping.

Seventy -two Slides of Foraminifera ... Mr. H. F. Hailes.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to the donors, called special
attention to the valuable present received from Mr. Hailes. The addition of
six dozen mounted specimens of Foraminifera to their cabinet was a very
valuable acquisition, and placed them in possession of a collection not
equalled by any of the higher Societies. Mr. Hailes had further promised
to add other specimens to this collection as opportunity afforded him the
means of so doing, and it was hoped that if any members possessed materiel
which contained Fnra minifera they would forward portions of it to Mr. Hailes,
who had expressed his willingness to mount specimens of them.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to the donors — a
special vote of thanks being at the same time accorded to Mr. Hailes.

A paper by Mr. W. K. Bridgman, " On some Improvements in the ordi-
nary Condenser," was read by fche Secretary, the subject being illustrated by
diagrams. The paper also described the endeavours of the writer to pro-
cure a tinted glass which should be the most suitable for toning the field of

329

view under strong illumination, and he had been led to the conclusion that a
tint between the green and the yellow was greatly superior to any other.
A number of specimens of glass of the tint described were sent by Mr.
Bridgman for distribution amongst the members.

Mr. Ingpen said he had tried to put into practice what Mr. Bridgman had
described, but had not been quite successful, doubtless owing to his not
having cut out the diaphragm exactly as was shown in the diagram. The
glass he had tried, and found it to be certainly a most charming tint, and
far superior to the blues which were generally used for the purpose. Placed
under the spectroscope, it gave faint absorption bands in the blue and green,
and a darker band in the red just where it joined the yellow ; it was a most
comfortable ground for the eye to rest upon, giving a cool grey field of view ;
it was the result of the careful investigations of a gentleman who had given
many years of study to such critical subjects, and he felt sure it was worthy
of general adoption.

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to Mr. Bridgman for
his communication.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt read a paper " On the Staining of Vegetable Tissues,"
specimens of the process being exhibited in the room.

Mr. Ingpen said he was glad to find that this subject had been fairly
launched in the Club, for he had been trying to bring it under the notice of
the members for some time. They must all have admired the preparations
by Dr. Hunt and Mr. Walmsley, which had been exhibited, and Mi-. Gilburt
had shown some of the most interesting specimens which they had yet seen
as they were prepared for the scientific investigation of the tissues, and not
merely as pretty show objects. The addition to the knowledge of vegetable
histology to be gained from specimens prepared in those ways was very
great, the only drawback being the apparent complexity of the process.
He preferred glycerine jelly for mounting specimens for general study,
though it was difficult to get rid of air-bubbles, and he also found aqueous
solutions of the dyes preferable in some cases. There could be no doubt
as to the great practical value of bleaching and staining as an aid to histo-
logical research.

Dr. Matthews wished to emphasise the use of weak solutions. He had
been for some time experimenting upon the process, and found that he had
been using the dyes too strong, and consequently he found a halo of dye
surrounding the object after being mounted. He had tried to obviate this
by soaking the specimens in various menstrua, and had tried turpentine,
benzole, and others, but whenever he mounted them from a strong dye they
showed this defect. When, however, a weak solution was used, the mounts
were quite perfect, and he felt he could not too strongly urge the necessity
for using weak solutions.

Mr. James Smith said he was going to suggest whether some preparation
of glycerine jelly or glycerine might not be used with advantage as a
medium for mounting, but Mr. Ingpen had already mentioned them. One
important advantage was that all preparations of glycerine and gelatine were
perfectly miscible with water; another point was that glycerine jelly had a

330

somewhat lower refractive index than balsam, and therefore the more trans-
parent portions of these objects would be easier seen when mounted in it.
He should like to ask the question whether any member knew a way of
mounting specimens in glycerine jelly without air-bubbles when no heat was
used ?

Mr. Stiles said he had given some attention to the subject, and had been
much interested in it ; he noticed that Mr. Gilburt mentioned having used
chloride of soda, and he would suggest the use of hyposulphide of sodium,
as being better calculated to assist in the elimination of the chlorine. To
get rid of bubbles out of the tissue he found it quite effectual to place the
specimens in a little spirit and water — one part of alcohol to three parts of
water — and then put them under the air-pump for about an hour. As an
improvement upon oil of cloves, he had used oil of cajeput, and found that
it produced better results. He had recently obtained some of this oil which
had been redistilled, and was purer and lighter in colour than that ordi-
narily sold. Oil of cajeput had also the advantage of being cheaper than
oil of cloves. In addition to the magenta and blue dyes he had also used a
mixture of picric acid and carmine, and found that the picric acid attacked
the woody fibre, and that the carmine became associated with the pith and
the bark. No heat should be applied whilst mounting.

Mr. Ingpen thought the advantage of glycerine jelly was that it could
be used without a cell ; there was a further advantage that an aqueous
solution of the dyes could be used if desired, in which case the tissues were
less liable to undergo distortion. In using the jelly very little heat was
sufficient, for when once melted it could be used with a heat not much
exceeding that of the hand.

Dr. Matthews mentioned, as a caution, that invariably on the mixture of
alcohol with other fluids, there was an extrication of air-bubbles. If the
specimens were first put into water and then into glycerine jelly this diffi-
culty would not arise.

Mr James Smith said that a mixture of half glycerine and half picked
gum arabic in water was a very good medium ; it was beautifully clear and
answered the purpose admirably.

Mr. Sigsworth recommended also a mixture of glycerine and camphor-
water.

The President, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. Gilburt, expressed
the opinion that the very practical paper which he had read would be of
great use to the Club.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Gilburt was unanimously carried.

The Secretary reminded the members that at the next ordinary meeting
nominations of gentlemen to fill four vacancies on the Committee would
have to be made. The nominations of President and Vice-Presidents would
also be made then, as that would be the meeting previous to the Annual
Meeting in July.

Notices of Meetings and Excursions for the ensuing month were then
made, and the proceedings terminate^ as usual with a conversaziune, at
which the following objects were exhibited : —

331

Leaf of Iris

Lichmophora flabellata (stained)

TJtricularia vulgaris

Beetle — Cicendula, Sp. (?) from Barnes )
Common ... ... ... ... J

Series of double-stained Vegetable Tissues,"
exhibited for Mr. Walmsley of Philadel-
phia

Fern Leaf

Triceratium Jiscijorme, from Colon

Stictodiscus Californicus ...

Organs of Mouth of Oil Beetle — Meloe violaceus

Frond of Polystichum angulare, showing early
stage of fructification ...

Double-stained section of stem of Pelargo-
nium, polarized

Auditory Meatus of Child

Lichmophora, mounted in saturated salt, ex-
hibited for Mr. Tatem

Ditto, stained with aniline blue and with
logwood ... ... ... ... ...

Wax casts of passages excavated by Parasites")
in an oyster shell ... ... ... ...)

Pediculus vestimentis

Diatoms selected from South American")
mother-of-pearl shell... ... ... '...)

Aulacodiscus Jutlandicus, from the Cenienstein")
Mors, Jutland .. ... ... ...)

Fern from Corsica — Kothocloena maranta

Heliopelta — opaque

Fusilina Limestone, from Russian Carbonife-
fous Formation

Section of Peterhead Granite...

Transverse Section of Stem of Eucalyptus^
globulus, double stained ... ... ...)

Medusa, born in aquarium

::}

by Mr. F. W. Andrew.
„ Mr. W. J. Brown.
„ Mr. T. F. Buffham.

„ Mr. W. G. Cox.

„ Mr. A. C. Coles.

,, Mr. C. Collins.
„ Mr. A. Cottam.
„ Mr. T. Curties.
„ Mr. F. Enock.

„ Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

„ Mr. J. J. Hunter.

„ Mr. J. E. Ingpen.

„ Mr. M. H. Johnson.
„ Mr. R.T. Lewis.
,, Mr. W. Moginie.

„ Mr. T. H. Powell.

„ Mr. W. W. Reeves.
„ Mr. H. J. Roper.

„ Mr. J. Slade.

„ Mr. W. S. Smith.
„ Mr. H. Stiles.

„ Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 86 ; Visitors, 13.

June 8th, 1877. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —

Cuticle of Iris

Dodecaheclral granules of pollen of Stitchwort

Atypus Sidzcri — Trap-door Spider

Proboscis of Butterfly

Section of Human Kidney

Mr. F. W. Andrew.
Mr. T. H. Buffham.
Mr. F. Enock.
Mr. J. W. Goodinge.
Mr. J. J. Hunter.

332

Circulation of blood in Gold Fish, by new") D M ,,,

American Syphon-slide ... ... )

Collection of Aulisci ... ... ... ... Mr. T. H. Powell.

Human Mammary Gland, with milk globules] M Q Micro

in situ ... ... ... ... )

Cuticle of Gasteria insifolia ... ... ... Mr. J. C. Sigsworth.

Section of Syenite, from Malvern Mr. W. S. Smith.

Young TcreheUa, alive Mr. T. C. White.

Attendance — Members, 55 ; Visitors, 2.

June 22nd, 1877.— Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President,

in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The following donations to the Club were announced, and the thanks of

the meeting voted to the donors.

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publishers.

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ... ... „

" The American Naturalist " ... ... ... in exchange.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Phila 7 „ ,, „ . .
,.,.,, J ' t from the Society,

delphia " ... ■> '

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly) „ the Editor.

" Annual Eeport of the West London Scientific ) ., „ . .

. . .. ,, \ „ the Society.

Association" ) J

" Proceedings of the Royal Society " „ ,,

Two Slides of Parasites „ Mr. Freeman.

Six Slides of Stained Vegetable Tissues, by Mr.") ,T . „ _, ,

Walmsley ... j » ^- ^ C. Cole.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of
the Club :— Mr. P. G. Cunliffe, Mr. E, W. Hill, Mr. F. Oswin, Mr. J. W.
Reid, Mr. Chas. Stewart, and Mr. G. E. Weddall.

The President announced that as the next meeting would be the Annual
Meeting, at which elections for Officers and Committee were made, it would
be necessary at the present meeting to nominate gentlemen to fill the vacan-
cies. In accoidance with the bye-laws the Committee had made the follow-
ing nominations :— As President — Mr. Henry Lee ; as Vice-Presidents — Dr.
Matthews, Mr. T. C. White, Mr. Frank Crisp, Mr. E. T. Newton ; as Hon.
Treasurer — Mr. F. W. Gay; as Hon. Secretary — Mr. J. E. Ingpeu; as Hon.
Foreign Secretary — Dr. M. C. Cooke.

The President then requested the members of the Club to nominate gen-
men to fill four vacancies upon the Committee, caused by the retirement, in
rotation, of four of its present members.

The following nominations were then made : —
Mr. W. H. Gilburt, proposed by Mr. Priest and seconded by Dr. Matthews.
Mr. Parsons, „ Mr. Bevington „ Mr. Dunning.

Mr. Priest, „ Mr. Sigsworth ,, Mr. Waller.

Mr. E. Simpson, „ Mr. Hind „ Mr. Terry.

333

Mr. T. Spencer, proposed by Mr. T. C. White and seconded by Dr. Matthews.
Mr. Chas. Stewart, „ Dr. Matthews ,, Mr. T.C White.

It being necessary that the accounts of the Society should be duly audited
before the next meeting, Mr. Hainworth was appointed Auditor on behalf
of the Committee ; and Mr. Dobson having been proposed by Mr. Moginie,
and seconded by Mr. Hind, was unanimously elected Auditor on behalf of
the members.

The Secretary read a letter which had been received from Mr. Fnllagar,
stating that having found some curious bodies amongst the debris of some
sponges, which he was unable to identify, he had sent some specimens to
the Club, in the hope that some of the members might be able to recognise
them. The objects would be exhibited under a microscope at the close of
the meeting.

Mr. J. E. Ingpen then communicated to the meeting " Some Notes on the
Camera Lucida." Commencing by illustrating the general principles of the
instrument, as applied to landscape-drawing, and describing the forms in-
vented by Wollaston, Amici and others for that purpose, he proceeded to
explain the use of the camera in conjunction with the microscope, and de-
scribed various forms, both of prismatic and reflecting cameras, the principal
being those of Wollaston, Amici, Soemmering, Chevalier, Doyere, Nobert,
Beale and Nachet, the latter having special reference to the use of the
microscope in vertical and inclined positions. The use of the reticulated
micrometer was also referred to, and tome concluding remarks made upon
the value of camera lucida drawings for speed and accuracy, and as
forming a check upon fanciful delineations of microscopical objects.* The
description was illustrated by numerous diagrams, and specimens of most of
the forms were also exhibited.

Mr. T. C. White regarded the subject as one of immense importance, and
thought it could hardly be overrated. He quite agreed with Mr. Ingpen as
to the use of the camera lucida as a check on the fancy in drawing micro-
scopic objects, but many difficulties arose in practice, because these con-
trivances all required the instrument to be inclined, and what was so often
wanted was something which would enable an object to be drawn whilst
the body of the microscope was in a vertical position. He had tried the
neutral tint reflector, and found it very well in its way, but he had also
adopted a still more simple method, consisting simply of a little piece of
thin covering glass, set at an angle of 45° above the eyepiece ; this he
found to answer very well, and he had for many years. made sketches with
it. But when wanting to make drawings of marine life, of course if the
stage were inclined, all the things would run off at once. It was of
great importance to be able to draw a striking object at any moment
without disturbing it at all, and what he had seen of the new forms led him
to believe that some of them would answer the purpose j he had therefore

* For particulars respecting the Reticulated Micrometer (suggested by Francis Baner,
F.R.S.) see Appendix to Goring and Pritchard's " Micrographia" p. 221. For various forms
of Camera Lucida see " Quekett on the Microscope " Ed. 1853, p. 167-8, 253-4 ; "Carpenter
on the Microscope," 5th Ed., 1875, p. 127 et seg ; "Quart. Journ. Mic Sc , Vol. viii. (I860;,
p. 156.

334

asked Mr. Swift to make him one on Nachet's principle, and hoped for
success in using it. He was very glad that the subject had been brought
before them, and hoped that a good many of the members would have some-
thing to say upon it.

Dr. M. C. Cooke thought he might challenge the members that he made
more microscopical drawings with the camera lucida than any one present.
Scarcely a day passed without his making at least 20 of them, and he
might say that he made from 100 to 1,000 every week. He believed he was
the first to bring into notice the Nachet prism ; he bought one many years
ago with an old microscope, and found it answer exceedingly well. He was
in the habit of using a tripod microscope, which had the advantage of stand-
ing always at the same angle, and he kept the prism always upon the eye-
piece, so that he could use it at any moment. When he first commenced to
use it, he measured very carefully the number of diameters that the draw-
ing was magnified, so that he could always tell exactly the diameter or size
of any object by means of a paper scale made for the purpose, all objects
being drawn at the same angle and the same distance, and with the same
eyepiece and objective. He had found this method of measurement far
superior to all others, because of the facility with which it was done. He
frequently made 40 or 50 drawings in an evenmg in this way, which would
1 be quite impossible if he had to mount and adjust a camera lucida every
time.

Mr. Hailes said he was sorry he M'as not aware that the subject under dis-
cussion was going to be brought forward, or he would have brought up a
form of camera lucida to the meeting, which was not amongst those figured.
It was made by Amici, and bore his name and mark. It consisted of a brass
box with one end closed by a perfectly parallel piece of plate glass, having
a prism in front of it. It had all the advantage of " the Beale," without
the reversal of the image, which was of great importance in drawing such
things as Foraminifera, in which one might draw the shell coiled the wrong
way. He would bring up this apparatus to the next meeting.

Mr. Curties said it was a known fact that some of the most correct
drawings that had been made were drawn without a camera lucida, and that
in most of the schools students were taught to draw without.

Dr. Matthews suggested that, as the subject had proved so interesting,
its farther discussion should be continued at their next meeting.

The President thought this a good idea, and hoped that at the next meet-
ing those members who had any specimens of the instruments would bring
them for inspection.

Votes of thanks to Mr. Fullagar and Mr. Ingpen for their communications
were then unanimously passed.

Announcements of the Annual Dinner, and other engagements for the
ensuing month wrere then made, and the meeting terminated with a conver-
sazione, at which the following objects were exhibited : —

Silky Earthmite by Mr. F. W. Andrew.

Leaf of Urtica dioica ... ... ... ... „ Mr. T. H. Buffham.

Plates of Star Fish „ Mr. A. L. Corbett.

835

Trypeta arniccr.
Unknown ova

Frond of Adiantummacrophyllum
Section of Finger of Infant
Cyclosis in Tradescantia ...
Diatoms from Pearl Shell cleanings
Grantia compressa
Section of Wigan Coal ...

Mr. Enock.
Mr. Fullagar.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. J. J. Hunter.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.
Mr. Priest.
Mr. W. S. Smith.

Attendance — Members, 63; Visitors, 4.

July 13th, 1877. — Conversational Meeting.

The following objects were exhibited : —
Pedicellaria and Feet of Echinus...

Pig Louse

Formica rufa — The Wood Ant ...

Campodea (?) alive

Leaf of Pelargonhim

Mole Flea — Pulex talpce ...

Section of Toe of a Foetus

Flint — showing organic structure

Volvox globator

Mites from bark of a tree in Epping

Geodia Barretti

Lace Bark — Lagetta lintearia

Attendance — Members,

Mr. T. Curties.

, Mr. C. Emery.

Mr. F. Enock.

Mr. H. E. Freeman.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt.

Mr. J. W. Goodinge.

Mr. J. J. Hunter.

Mr.M.Hawkins Johnson.

Mr. Martinelli.

Forest Mr. Oxley.

... Mr. B. W. Priest.

Mr. W. J. Roper.

51 ; Visitors, 8.

ANNUAL MEETING.— July 27th, 1877.
Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., &c, President, in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.

The Annual Report of the Committee was read by the Secretary.

The Treasurer's Statement of Accounts was also read to the meeting.

The President moved, " That the reports now read be received and adopted,
and that they be printed and circulated in the usual way."

The motion having been seconded by Mr. T. C. White, was put to the
meeting, and carried unanimously.

The President read the Annual Address, which was listened to with great
attention, and loudly applauded at its conclusion.

Dr. Matthews said that a most pleasing duty devolved upon him. They had
just heard a most admirable address, which he thought to be one of the best
that had ever been delivered upon any similar occasion, and he felt sure
that they would cordially unite in thanking the President for it. Three
things had particularly struck him in connection with it, the first was that

336

it was a bibliographical history of the progress of microscopy from the
earliest to the present time ; the second was an expression of wonder at
the great things done by their predecessors with the small means at their
command ; and the third was the importance of making themselves
acquainted with the labours of those who had gone before them. As to
the history and the observations respecting the social character of the Club,
he could fully endorse every word that had been uttered. He had great
pleasure in proposing a hearty vote of thanks to the President for his
address, and moving that it be printed and circulated with the Reports.

The motion was then pxit to the meeting, and carried by acclamation.

The President, in acknowledging the vote of thanks, said that when he
was first elected he was so overcome by the reception given to him that he
quite forgot to thank Dr. Matthews for the kind way in which he had in-
ducted him. He desired, however, to thank him on the present occasion,
not only for that, but also for the way in which he had made a point of
attending all the meetings, so as to give him the benefit of his advice
whenever he needed it, and for the support and co-operation he had himself
received not only from Dr. Matthews, but also from all the Officers and
Committee. He also wished again to thank all the members of the Club for
the hearty and cordial reception which he had always received whenever he
came amongst them.

Mr. George Williams then proposed a vote of thanks to the President,
Committee, and Officers of the Club, for their services during the past year.

Mr. Mclntire having seconded the motion, it was put to the meeting, and
carried unanimously.

The President moved, " That the thanks of the Club be voted to the
Council of University College, for their continued permission to hold the
meetings in that building." The value to the Club of this act of liberality
was too apparent to need any observation from him ; not only did it pro-
vide them with a place of meeting so admirable as the room they then
occupied, but the position was one which, from its central locality and its
associations, undoubtedly added greatly to their status.

The vote being put to the meeting, was carried with acclamation.

Mr. T. C. White proposed a vote of thanks to those gentlemen whose
services were called upon at that time of the year — their Auditors and
Scrutineers.

Carried nem. dis.

The Secretary said that Dr. Dickson was present that evening, and would,
at the close of the meeting, exhibit his method of resolving diatom markings
by a "Bull's-eye Illuminator," which was then briefly described by means
of sketches on the black-board.

Dr. Matthews reminded the members that this was not an invention but a
new application, since Sir David Brewster, many years ago, had used the
same kind of lens in the same way, and showed that its advantages were
to double the intensity of the reflected ray.

The Secretary pointed out that a further advantage arose from the fact
that the object was quite undisturbed by any of the other rays coming from

837

the source of light. It was also to be recommended as utilising the ordi-
nary bull's-eye condenser for another mode of illumination.

Dr. Matthews thought that these observations showed the necessity of
carrying out the advice given in the President's Address — namely, that
of making themselves acquainted with the work done by those who had
gone before. No doubt if the gentleman who had introduced as new this
method of illumination had known what had been done by Sir D. Brewster,
he would not have considered the method to be a new one, although he, Dr.
Matthews, had no doubt of its originality so far as Dr. Dickson was con-
cerned.

The Secretary said they were also favoured by the presence that evening
of Dr. Habirshaw, of New York, who had brought with him a complete
Index of the Diatotnacese, which had been prepared by his brother, Mr.
James Habirshaw. It was brought for examination by any of the members
who were specially interested in that branch of microscopy, and in the hope
of receiving corrections or additions. They had received the promise of a
copy for the library as soon as the work was completed.

The Secretary called attention to an extremely complete form of micro-
scope, which had been brought to the meeting for the inspection of the
members by Mr. Washington Teesdale. There were two forms of it, fitting
into mahogany cases in the most compact manner, and well deserving
their attention. The instruments were manufactured by Messrs. Field, of
Birmingham. Mr. Moginie had also brought for exhibition a very ingenious
metal mounting for a portable microscope, for special use with the camera
lucida. The body of the instrument was fixed horizontally upon a series of
bars connected together so as to produce a parallel motion, by which means
the microscope could be elevated at any height from the paper, from 3£ to
lOj inches, always remaining perfectly parallel to it, and thus enabling
drawings to be made on any required scale. The instrument had been made
for Mr. Tuffen West.

The Scrutineers having handed in the result of the ballot, the following
gentlemen were declared to be duly elected : —

As President- — Mr. Henry Lee, F.L.S., &c. ; as Vice-Presidents — Mr
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B., &c, Dr. Matthews, F.R.M.S., Mr. E. T. Newton,
F.G.S., Mr. T. C. White, M.R.C.S., &c.j To fill vacancies on the Committee
—Mr. W. H. Gilburt, Mr. F. A. Parsons, Mr. B. W. Priest, Mr. T. Spencer
F.C.S., &c; as Hon. Treasurer— Mr. F. W. Gay, F.E.M.S.; as Hon. Secre-
tary — Mr. John E. Ingpen, F.E.M.S. ; as Hon. Secretary forFoi-eign Corres-
pondence — Dr. M. C. Cooke, M.A., A.L.S., &c.

The name of Mr. Charles Stewart (who had been nominated at the pre-
vious meeting as a member of the Committee) was withdrawn from the list
at his own request, he having, with some delicacy, considered that his election
as a member of the Club was of too recent a date to justify his acceptance
of the position.

The business of the Ordinary Meeting was then proceeded with.
The following donations to the Club were announced : —

838

in exchange.

i) i)

from the Club.

„ the Association.

,, the Society.

" The Monthly Microscopical Journal" from the Publisher.

" The Popular Science Review ".. . ... ... „ ,,

" Science Gossip" ... ... ... ••• „ »

" The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science" by Purchase.

Six numbers of " The Annals of Natural History" „ „

" The American Naturalist "

" The American Journal of Microscopy"

" Eeport of the Croydon Natural History Club"

"Proceedings of the Geologists' Association " ...

" Proceedings of the Belgian Microscopical >

Society" >

"Proceedings of the Brighton and Sussex"]

Natural History Society "
"Paper on the Microscopical Examination of

Certain Minerals" (French) by l'Abbe

Eenard
"Economic Entomology"... ... ... ...

" The Medical Examiner " (weekly)

" Pamphlet descriptive of New Forms of)

Microscopes" ... ... ... ... )

Three numbers of Papers on Diatomaceas ")

(Italian) by Count F. Castracane ... )

1 Slide " Gape Worm "

3 „ Blyborough Tick

12 ,, Diatomaceae
b ,, „ ... ... ... ...

The thanks of the meeting were unanimously voted to the donors.
The following gentlemen were balloted for and duly elected members of
the Club:— Mr. B. Blenkinsop, Mr. C. F. Chandler, Mr. J. H. Gardner, Mr.
A. D. Michael, Mr. A. E. Scott, Mr. A. C. Tanqueray.

The President having decided that the further discussion of the subject

of the use and varieties of the camera lucida — adjourned from the last

meeting — should be postponed to the next, the proceedings terminated with

a conversazione, at which the following objects were exhibited :-

Aulacodiscus

Stained leaf of Frog-bit (Hyclrocharis morsus '

rano?)
Amphiplenra pellucida ...
Noctilnca ...
Sa Vpeus scenicus ...
Section of Eachisof Polystichum
Human Lung (injected)...
Shepherd's Purse
Scabiata micrantlia

„ the Author.

„ Mr. Sigsworth.
„ the Editor.

,, Mr. Teesdale.

„ the Author.

„ Dr. Dickson.
„ Mr. C. F. George.
„ Dr. Gray.
„ Mr. Curties.

by Mr. G. D. Brown.
Mr. Buffham.

Dr. Dickson.
Mr. Dunning.
Mr. Enock.
Mr. Gilburt.
Mr. J. J. Hunter.
Mr. Martinelli.
Mr. Moginie.

Attendance — Members, 77; Visitors, 7.

INDEX.

PAGE.

Absence of stomata in certain

ferns, W. H. Gilburt on ... 274
Actinophrys sol, J. Fullagar on 105
,, Further note on 135

A nti- vibration turn tray, W. K.

Bridgman, on a new 209

Aquarium, the, as a field of mi-
croscopical research 20

Argas Fischerii, C. F. George on 223
Aulacodiscus, A. Cottam on a

new 149

Black Moulds, M. C. Cooke on... 246
"Blyborough Tick," C. F.

George on 223

Botrylloides, T. C. White on ... 277
Bridgman, W. K., on the princi-
ples of illumination 177
„ On a new anti-vibra-
tion turn tray ... 209
,, On a new universal

reflecting illuminator 214
„ The ordinary condenser

improved, &o. ... 311
Bucephalus Haimeanus, D.

Moore on 50

„ W. Fell Woods on ... 58
Cirripede, H. Davis on a larval 135
Cleaning thin covering glass, an

instrument for 49

Cockroach, T. C. White on the

salivary glands of the 1

Cole, W., on a parasite of
Humble Bees — Splice

rularia Bombi 93

Cooke, M. C, on black moulds... 246
Cottam, A., on a new Aulaco-
discus 149

Crane fly and blow-fly, A. Ham-
mond on the 139

Crisp, F., report of committee

on donation by 47

Crouch, H., on microscopy in

the United States of America 226
Davis, H., on a larval Cirripede 135
Dental tissues, T. C. White on

the hard Ill

Empusa muscce, T. C. White on 211
Excursionists' annual dinner ... 86

PAGK

Flint and meerschaum, organic
structure of ... ... ... 66

Fresh frozen tissues, R. P. Wil-
liams on cutting 154

Fullagar, J., On Actinoprhys sol 105
,, Further note on do, 135

,, On Tubicolaria

Najas 183

Gardner, E., on mounting Os-

tracoda ... ... 110

Generative processes of the
oyster, mussel, and cockle, D.

Moore, on the 11

George, C. F., on the "Bly-
borough tick" 223

Gilburt, W. H., on Sph&rosira
volvox and Volvox glo-

bator 221

,, On the absence of sto-
mata in certain ferns 274
,, On staining vegetable

tissues 304

Green, N. E., on a new stage
arrangement ... ... ... 157

Hailes, H. F., on a new form of

section cutting machine ... 243
Hammond, A., on the metamor-
phosis of the crane-fly and

blow-fly 139

Hoggan, F. E., on a new process

of histological staining ... 180

Illumination, W. K. Bridgman
on the principles of ... ... 171

Illuminator, W. K. Bridgman

on a new reflecting 214

Ingpen, J. E., notes on " personal

equation" 17

Johnson, M. Hawkins, on the or-
ganic structure of flint
and of meerschaum ... 66
,, On silicified structure

in pyritized wood ... 159
Jones, W. W., on cleaning thin
covering glass ... ... ... 49

Meerschaum, organic structure

of 66

Microscopy in the United States,
H. Crouch on 226

O

11

INDEX.

PAGE.

Moore, D., on the generative
processes of the oyster,
mussel, and cockle ... 11
„ On Bucephalus Haimea-

nus, &c. ... ... ... 50

Mounting, H. L. Smith on ... 177
New form of section-cutting
machine, H. F. Hailes

on a 243

,, R P.Williamson ... 4, 164
New stage arrangement, N. E.

Green on 157

Notaris, Professor Guiseppe de,

obitHary notice of 2S1

Ordinary condenser improved,

&c 311

Organic structure of flint and

of meerschaum 66

Ostracoda, E. Gardner on

mounting 110

Oyster, mussel, and cockle, D.

Moore on the ... 11

Parasite of Humble Bees, W.

Cole, on 93

" Personal equation," notes on... 17

President's address (1876) ... 186

(1877) ... 318

Principles of Illumination, W.

K. Bridgman on the ... ... 171

Proceedings— 29, 69, 121, 161, 195,

232, 284, 328
Pyritized wood, M. H. Johnson

on silicifkd structure in ... 159
Reflecting illuminator, W. K.
Bridgman on a new ... ... 214

Relation of Bucephalus to the

cockle, W. Fell Woods on ... 58
Report of Committee on the ap-
•. plication of Mr. Crisp's dona-
tion 47

Salivary glands of the cockroach 1
Section cutting machine, H. F.

Hailes on a new form of ... 243
Sections of eyes of insects, &c,
R. P. Williams on cut-
ting 4

,, of fresh frozen tissues,
R. P. Williams on cut-
ting 154

PAGE.
Silicified structure in pyritized

wood, M. H. Johnson, on ... 159
Smith, H. L., on a new method
of mounting objects ... ... 177

Soiree (1875) 72

„ (1877) 294

Sphoerosira volvox, W. H. Gil-

burt on 221

Sphcerularia Bomli, W. Cole

on 93

Stage arrangement, N. E. Green
on a new... ... ... ... 157

Staining, F. E. Hoggan on a
new process of histologi-
cal 180

,, Vegetable tissues, W. H.

Gilburton 304

Stomata. W. H. Gilburt on the

absence of, in certain ferns ... 274
Thin covering glass, W. W.

Jones on cleaning 49

Tissues, R. P. Williams on cut-
ting 154

Tubicolaria Najas, J. Fullagar

on 182

Turn tray, W. K. Brigdman on

anew 209

United States of America, H.

Crouch on microscopy in ... 226
Vegetable tissues, W. H. Gilburt
on staining ... ... ... 304

White, T. C, on the salivary

glands of the cockroach 1
,, On the aquarium as a
field of microscopical
research ... ... ... 20

,, On the histology of the

hard dental tissues ... Ill
„ On Empusa muscce ... 211

,, On the life history of

Botrylloides 277

Williams, R. P., on cutting sec-
tions of the eyes of

insects 4

„ On a new method of
cutting fresh frozen

tissues 154

Woods, W. Fell, on the relation
of Bucephalus to the cockle ... 58

-

te^-

/

\>

o

<55

^fc

~c

^

1

<-3

£lp CO

CAT

^ «o

CO

o

CTi

•"

A.

■
-

(//.'

* 260

«f>0 o '

/55

x 55

Le <x<6.

_£" G

;

a>-

?0

-

+r

,

,./

■

*A,A4v 'S,V

Jf

* . * . * ■

1
-

Wrf I

7

/If"

/* " -- -"X

\

mm P

•i*s?.

10

aa-Sffi®??*^

12

,

-

15

:■'

cu—

19

20

Ulagar, del

•:■-

x

t '

■' «*v-' ■ - ■•-•. *"- ' -"

v>';

I

.

A

BflMMHMHMMSMIffl?^''' '"'' !

.

- >■ r\ ,

c-

i-lJ l.J 1 J-L1J

/O'/OOO^3 of <z*t-Jkch - &.00 c&amoters

SO $0 JO &0 ■&> <%> ^O SO {*>

■ 1 / » 1 i 1 ; 1 1 t I t t 1 i L 1 1 t I 1 ■ 1 . I 1 1 t 1 I i 1 1 1 I i ... 1 1 1 1 1 I, 1 1 , 1 1 I 1 ■ 1 . 1 1 t ■ ■ I 1 ■ . ■ I 1 1 ■ 1 1 i 1 1 1 I I 11 1 1 1 1 i.l

~ikur 0>ttccmr/deL.ad,-nat.

ECbt

1

Zlaqoc1 duV

£ Cooke, bUh,

jilla.accr del .
1/

i .' ■ ■ ■ ■ • LLih.

Y; V ■ n

I

i<

■■' %

■

zz:

r^7"

s:

6

el®

_^

■ '""

J.

c

^

c ~>

0&

2

;s:

:-*

^S

S

W.K.B d«l.

■■

■m

'

L

u

)

FXhole Ttlh-

*#*3

f

■ ■

■

■■
■

.

x*

w'lru* I'

Tidi

FIG. 3

Fig 4

Fig. 5

nryF HgjJyes (LdP

J) Cooke lUh,

BLACK MOULDS.

BLACK MOULDS.

:c

BLACK MOULDS,

V
^•3 Nj>..../A>;

— \\

, 9. *&.
f3

.•o .ST* •

0

n- s.

/■«.'S

(

;<?<

'-•-'«••>-'- *'J

Fig

T '4

Fig 2

\ ft- S.

J. W. dxL audi rial.

ELEVENTH REPORT

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

AND

LIST OF MEMBERS.

[eeting at Univeksity College, London, on the Second and Fourth

Fridays of every Month.

LONDON.
July 1876.

{Extract from original Prosjiectits, July 1865.)

" The want of such a Club as the present has long been felt, wherein
" Microscopists and students with kindred tastes might meet at stated periods
" to hold cheerful converse with each other, exhibit and exchange specimens,
" read papers on topics of interest, discuss doubtful points, compare notes of
" progress, and gossip over those special subjects in which they are more or
" less interested: where, in fact, each member would be solicited to bring his
" own individual experience, be it ever so small, and cast it into the treasury
" for the general good. Such are some of the objects which the present Club
" seeks to attain. In addition thereto it hopes to organize occasional Field
" Excursions, at proper seasons, for the collection of living specimens ; to
" acquire a Library of such books of reference as will be most useful to
"enquiring students; and, trusting to the proverbial liberality of Micro-
" scopists, to add thereto a comprehensive Cabinet of Objects. By these, and
" similar means, the Quekett Microscopical Club seeks to merit the support
" of all earnest men who may be devoted to such pursuits ; and, by fostering
" and encouraging a love for Microscopical studies, to deserve the approval
" of men of science and more learned societies."

OFEICEKS AND COMMITTEE.

(Elected July 1876.)

|)resibeiTt.
Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &c.

#ice-|1resibcn:t$.

H. F. Hailes.

John Matthews, M.D., F.R.M.S.

J. G. Waller.

T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.

treasurer.
F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S., 113, High Holborn, W.C.

Pmr. Secretary;.
John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S., 7, The Hill, Putney, S.W.

|pon. Secretary for Jforcicjit Corresponbcnce.
M. C. Cooke, M.A., LL.D.

Pom. |licpovfn\
Richard T. Lewis, F.R.M.S.

Committee.

W. A. Bevington, F.R.M S.
J. Foulerton, M.D.
E. T. Newton, F.G.S.
J. C. Sigsworth, F.R.M.S.
M. Hawkins Johnson, F.G.S.
Frederick Oxley.

T. Rogers, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.

JosErH A. Smith.

F. W. Andrew.

A. Cottam, F.R.A.S.

C G. Dunning.

J. W. Goodinge, F.R.G.S., &c.

f)ott. gfibrariatr. |)on. Curators.

Alpheus Smith. H. F. Hailes. G. W. Ruffle.

Cmiraort Committee.

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S.
Frederick Oxley.

W. W. Reeves, F.R.M.S.
T. Rogers, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.

W. T. Suffolk, F.R.M.S.

Cxtljange (of Ulibes) Committee.

H. F. Hailes. E. Marks.

A 2

PAST PRESIDENTS.

Elected.

EDWIN LANKESTEE, M.D., F.E.S. - - July, 1865.

EENEST HAET „ 1866.

AETHUE E. DUEHAM, F.L.S., &c. - „ 1867.

„ - - - „ 1868.

PETEE LE NEVE FOSTEE, M.A. - - „ 1869.

LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.E.S., &c. - „ 1870.

» - " - » 1871-

EOBEET BEAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c. ,, 1872.

,, „ ,, » 1873.

JOHN MATTHEWS, M.D., F.E.M.S. - - ,, 1874.

,, ,, ,, ,, 1875.

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE.

The close of the Eleventh Session of the Club affords your
Committee the opportunity of reporting that there has been
no diminution in its prosperity during that period.

The renewal for another year of the permission, so long
accorded to the Club, to hold its meetings here is a matter
for congratulation, and deserves the best thanks of the Club
to the Council of University College for their continued
kindness and liberality.

During the past year the Club has lost four Members by
death: — Mr. James Annett, Mr. J. W. Burton, Mr. W.
Hislop, and Mr. Benjamin Miller. Among these, Mr. W.
Hislop will be remembered by many of us as one of the
earliest Members of the Club, and as formerly taking an
active part in its management, particularly with regard to the
Journal, of which he was the first editor. There have been
38 resignations, 52 new Members have been elected, and
our present numerical strength is 540.

The following papers and communications have been
contributed during the Session : —

On Sphocrularia Bombl ByMr.W. Cole.

„ Actinophrys sol „ Mr. Fullagar.

„ Mounting in Gum Arabic „ Mr. E. Gardner.

,, Some Recent Views of the Classification of

the Lower Animals (Lecture) „ Mr. Lowne.

8

ceedings. The Conversational evenings have also fully kept
up their character, both as sociable gatherings, and as afford-
ing frequent opportunities of intercommunication upon
microscopical subjects. The facilities thus afforded for the
acquisition of rudimentary microscopical knowledge are
highly appreciated by the younger students, whose questions
are always most willingly responded to by the more ex-
perienced. The objects exhibited have been numerous and
interesting.

The three numbers of the Journal issued during the past
year contain the papers read at, and a careful report of the
proceedings of each meeting. The Journal is now published
by Mr. Bogue, the successor to the late Mr. Hardwicke.
Though its circulation outside the Club is small, the com-
munications contained in it not unfrequently receive favour-
able notice in other scientific publications.

Your Committee are glad to announce that they have been
able to comply with the wishes of Mr. Frank Crisp, who, in
making his liberal donation last year, desired that it should
be applied in such a way as to give a stimulus to exertion
amongst the Members, and at the same time to avoid direct
competition. Three of the communications made during the
last year have especially recommended themselves, both by
their intrinsic value, and by the care and pains bestowed
upon them. Your Committee, therefore, in the exercise of
the powers vested in them, have expended a portion of the
fund in the purchase of suitable testimonials to Mr. W. Cole,
for his paper on Sphoerularia Bombl ; to Mr. A. Hammond,
for his paper on the Metamorphoses of the Crane Fly and
the Blow Fly ; and to Mr. R. P. Williams, for his Improved
Freezing Microtome.

The Treasurer's Report will be found to show a larger
balance than usual, owing to the postponement of the Soiree.

9

The general working expenses have, however, been somewhat
above the average, and they continue necessarily to increase
with the increased work caused by the extension of the
influence and usefulness of the Club. The arrears of sub-
scriptions are also large, amounting to £111 ; and it is much
to be wished that Members would more readily comply with
the terms of their admission, and by prompt payment save
the additional labours of unpaid officers, the amount of the
subscription being too small to allow of the employment of a
paid Collector. Facilities are now given for the payment
of subscriptions through Bankers, which plan, if more gene-
rally adopted, would save much trouble.

The Excursions last year were marred by unfavourable
weather ; but those during the present year have been very
successful, showing no diminution in the interest that has
always been taken in them. Several of the meetings have
been arranged in conjunction with other kindred Societies —
the South London, Watford, Croydon, &c, thus opening out
new localities and increasing the value of the results obtained.
The Excursionists' Annual Dinner, which was held as usual
at Leatherhead, was also highly successful.

Your Committee cordially thank the Officers of the Club,
and the Members of the various Sub-Committees, for their
services in performing the large amount of routine work
which is now required. The constant attention to the
Library, of which a new catalogue has been issued — to the
Reporting, so ably performed by one of our most valued
Members — to the Cabinet, the re-arrangement of which is
now in active progress — and, not least, the arduous duties
connected with matters of finance, involve a large and con-
tinually increasing amount of labour ; and the Club is much
indebted to those Members who, by their constant exertions,
ensure the smooth working of the machinery of the Club.

10

The past of the Club has shown a steady and uninterrupted
progress in the work for which it was established ; its present
position is one of undoubted success. That this may continue
in the future must be the wish of all of us, and in order to
promote the welfare of the Club we must take care to maintain
the genial and friendly character which has always dis-
tinguished it ; we must assist as far as possible in the great
work of scientific education ; we must endeavour to extend
its already widely-spread influence with kindred Societies ;
and we must encourage, so far as lies in our power, the
prosecution of microscopical research.

CO

oo

o

CO

Ph-

Iz,

H

P

fc

t-r,

5

o

•>k

u

pq

p

►h"

Ph

o

O

H

£

hA

<

w

o

H

l-H

H

PH

CO

o

CO

O

Ph

Cd <!

H
H

c?

_J C5 o o o

ft

Ci o o o

U » OD H O

^ c~ o

CM

CO o

tH CO

00

eg

fl

O

1

Join

CD fe

■*= r—'

if H

co eg

CO

on

CD

CO ^

H W

t-H

. 1-3

^ r-

00 fl

T— I eg CO

„ rfl fl

_fl rH O

S ^ ^

co co -^

O rH

CD fl O

^ pq co

pq "

eg g3

fl c3

H -t-a

O eg

w ^

-.a

CO

r^

o

■ i-H

o

o

r=5

CD CO

s 2

Cg r-l

Sh CO

ft O

fl M
O

Ph

s 2

CO "

co

w3 fl

ro a

o

o
eg

o

CD

H
3

o

eg
fl

fl
o

1-5
«4-H

o

J3 <£ co fl

eg
CO

O
ft

<D
fl

fee

O

pq

fl

eg

^COCOCOrHCNOO ^H

t-H t-H

•OJOCNcOOO^H-H CO

CflOOCOOOOlOlCO CO

CO N H h CO CO t-H

■ ii,i

■ i i

rH
CD

fl
O

■ co ■

ft

co

• -H

-H

■ ■ Q .

' i i-H i

CO &0

m .3
a ^

■ ■ eg fl .

t— -1-3
00 CO

fl

eg

CD

CD
CO

eg co
_^2 CD co

^ fl fl

Ph

o

CO
CD

fl

b<0

fl

OS

CD

bD

4-3 eg

fl -^
.9 co

u o
Ph Ph

o
EH

gS

£T fl

* CD
!>s Q3 co

i^> l-H .rH

O
CO

cT

(M

CO

o

o

s3

O
<M

O
fl

o

rH CD

<1

K»"j CD

o ^ >

H « 'S

Ph Ph <

— i CD 43

eg O eg

fl fl

IH eg

fl
O

5 *
^> PQ

o

o
o

CO

I-H

o
o
co

CD

rfl
O

fl

o

>

CD

rfl

T£
fl
eg

CD

fl
CD

ft

d H

CO 17H

^ fl

^ eg
co~ cd
CD fl

o
o

fl

r-H

=HH

O
CD CD

fl

fl

fl

<1

?5

fl

W

EH .

Ph^;
00
>co

^m

o a

CD

CO

-1-3

CD «
h3 CD

eg H

-^ fl

co O

o

CD
o rt

-° "S

eg fl

.3 2 o

rfl O

be -^ w

fl <n <l

t3

w ^-<

1-1 -fl

eg

fl c*

fl CO

CO

fl

^2

cd ^3

fl

to-p

O

fl eg

fl

>^ r— 1

eg 7

rfl .^

1 I 5^_,

fc ■ r-i
^^

CD CD
fl O

CO ,0
fn CD

3 ^
ffl CD

fl^

fl „

2^

rfl CD

H-=> Jh

^ CD

CD ^=i

^ bD

fl

• rH

eg
"cd

CO

00

l-H

fl

1-3

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

Oct. 25, 1867 Guiseppe de Notaris, Professor of Botany, dc, dc,
Rome.

Jan. 24, 1868 Arthur Mead Edwards, M.D. (Ex-President of the
American Microscopical Society : President of the
Newark Scientific Association), 120, Belleville
Avenue, Newark, New Jersey, U.S.A.

Mar. 19, 1869 Rev. E. C. Bodies (Ex-President of the Portland
Society of Natural History), Salem, Mass., U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 S. 0. Lindberg, M.D., Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Helsingfors, Finland.

July 26, 1872 Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, President of Hobart
College, Geneva, New York, U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 J. J. Woodward, Assist. Surgeon, U.S.A., War De-
partment, Surgeon General's Office, Washington.

July 24, 1874 Sharpey, W., M.D., F.R.S., 50, Torrington- square,
W.C.

July 23, 1875 Beale, Lionel S., M.B., F.R.S., F.R.M.S., &c,
61, Grosvenor- street, W.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

Sept. 2~7Tl869 Ackland, William, L.S.A., F.R.M.S., 416, Strand,

W.C.
June 23, 1876 Addis, W., 28 Benyon-road, Southgate-road, N.
Nov. 27, 1868 Adkins, William, 270 Oxford- street, W.
Mar. 23, 1866 Allbon, W., F.R.M.S., 525 New Oxford- street,

W.C.
Sept. 25, 1874 Allen, Alfred, F.R.M.S., Felstead, Essex.
Oct. 28, 1870 Allen, Eev. Francis H., Ditchingham, Bungay,

Norfolk.
Sept. 27, 1867 Allen, John T.
June 23, 1876 Allison, Charles, 8 Knowles-crescent, Hither-green,

Lewisham, S.E.
July 26, 1872 Alstone, John, 140 Rye-lane, Peckham, S.E.
Dec. 17, 1869 Ames, George Ackland, F.R.M.S., Union Club,

Trafalgar-square, W.C.
May 28, 1875 Amner, George M.

Sept. 25, 1868 Andrew, Arthur R., 37 Oxford- street, W.
Dec. 22, 1865 Andrew, F. W., 3 Neville-terrace, Fulham-road,

S.W.
July 7, 1865 Archer, J. A., 172 Strand, W.C.
Nov. 27, 1874 Armbruster, C, F.C.S., 9 Augustus-road, Ham-
mersmith, W.
June 25, 1875 Arnold, Theodore P.

May 28, 1875 Arrowsmith, Wastell, 22 Camden- cottages, N.W.
Feb. 23, 1872 Atkins, A., M.R.C.S., 232 Mile End-road, E.
Feb. 23, 1872 Atkins, A., jun., L.R.C.P., 232 Mile End- road, E.
Dec. 22, 1865 Atkinson, John, 33 Brook-street, W.
Feb. 26, 1869 Atkinson, Wm., F.L.S., 47 Gordon-square, W.C.
Mar. 27, 1868 Aubert, Alfred, Lloyds, E.C.
July 23, 1875 Ayling, J. J., 37 Edward-street, Newington-butts,

S.E.

14

Date of Election.

Nov. 25, 1870 Baber, Edward Cresswell, L.E.C.P., M.E.C.S.,
F.E.M.S., 34 Thurlow- square, S.W.

June 26, 1874 Badcock, John, F.R.M.S., 2 Banbury- road, South
Hackney, E.

May 22, 1808 Bailey, Captain L. C, R.N., F.R.G.S., F.R.A.S.,
Topographical Department, New-street, Spring-
gardens, S.W.

Dec. 27, 18G7 Bailey, John W., 75 Broke-road, Dalston, E.

April 24, 1808 Baker, Chas., F.R.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

Feb. 28, 1873 Baker, George H., M.R.C.S., 14 Mare-street,
Hackney, E.

Feb. 25, 1870 Ballard, Dr. W. R,, jun., 20 Manchester- square, W.

July 28, 1870 Barnard, Hy., 15 Melton- street, Euston-sq., N.W.

Dec. 27, 1872 Barnard, Herbert, 33 Portland-place, W.

April 22, 1870 Barnes, Chas. Barritt, 4 Egremont-villas, White
Horse-lane, South Norwood, S.E.

Nov. 23, 1800 Barnes, Captain E., Bridlington- quay, Yorkshire.

Aug. 28, 1874 Barnett, E. W., The Larches, Penge-lane, Syden-
ham, S.E.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bartlett, Edward, jun., L.D.S., M.E.C.S.E., 38
Connaught- square, W.

June 23, 1871 Bartlett, Wm. P., 2a Eastbourne-terrace, W.

May 22, 1874 Bate, George Paddock, M.D., F.B.M.S., 412
Betlmal Green-road, E.

Nov. 26, 1875 Bayfield, Chas. Moulden, 2 Leamington-road- villas,
Westbourne-park, W.

Mar. 27, 1874 Beach, Richard J., 59 Ashburton-grove, LoAver
Holloway, N.

May 28, 1809 Bean, Charles E., Brooklyn-house, Goldhawk-rd.,
Shepherd's-bush, W.

Nov. 20, 1875 Beaulah, John, Bracken-hill, Brigg.

Oct. 20, 1800 Beck, Joseph, F.R.A.S., F.R.M.S., 31 Cornhill,
E.C.

May 20, 1871 Bedwell, Fras. Alfred, M.A., Cantab., F.R.M.S.,
Bridlington, Hull.

May 24, 1872 Bennett, W. H., St. George's-hospital, S.W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Bentley, Algernon Royds, 30 Portland-place, W.

Dec. 27, 1807 Bentley, C. S., Hazelville-villa, Sunnyside-road,
Hornsey-rise, N.

15

Bate of Election.

May 22, 1868 Berney, John, F.R.M.S., Gl North-end, Croydon.
Oct. 23, 18G8 Bering-ton, W. A., F.E.M.S., 113 Grange-road,

S.E.
June 24, 1870 Birch, A. E„ 47 Halliford- street, Islington, N.
July 28, 1871 Bishop, Wm, 4 Whitley- villas, Caledonian-rd., N.
Feb. 23, 18G6 Blake, T., 6 Charlotte-terrace, Brook-green, Ham-
mersmith, W.
Mar. 19, 18G9 Blankley, Frederick, F.R.M.S., 15 Belitha-villas,

Barnsbury, N.
May 26, 187G Blundell, Joseph, 97 Mount- street, Grosvenor-

square, W.
Oct. 24, 1873 Bolton, Major Frank, 21 Victoria- mansions, S.W.
Jan. 22, 1875 Bolton, Thos. H., Hyde-house, near Stourbridge.
Sept. 27, 1872 Borthwick, Lord, 35 Hertford- street, Mayfair, W.
April 22, 1870 Bossy, Alfred Horsley, Walton Lodge, 118 Stoke

Newington-road, N.
Jan. 28, 1876 Bowcher, W., 6 Brownswood- villas, Stroud Green-
road, N.
June 23, 1876 Bowles, James, 18 Grove-road, Highgate-road,

N.
May 22, 1874 Box, Edward Gaspar.
Oct. 23, 1868 Brabham, T.

June 26, 1874 Brady, Henry, 96, Palace-gardens-terrace, W.
Oct. 27,1865 Braithwaite, K., M.D., M.B.C.S.E., F.L.S.,

F.R.M.S , The Ferns, 303 Clapham-road, S.W.
Mar. 28, 1873 Bridgman, Frank G., 18 Queen Anne-street,

Cavendish- square, W.
Dec. 27,1872 Bridgman, William Kencely, L.D.S., 69 St. Giles's-

street, Norwich.
May 26, 1876 Brigstock, John Wm., 9 Willes-road, N.W.
May 27, 1870 Brown, George Dransfield, M.K.C.S., Henley- villa,

Uxbridge-road, Ealing, W.
May 22, 1868 Brown, W. J., 4 Marlbro-terrace, Maple-road,

Penge, S.E.
May 26, 1871 Browne, George, 45 Victoria-road, N.W.
May 28, 1875 Browne, J. W. Frascati, Mason's-hill, Bromley,

Kent,
Feb. 27, 1872 Browne, Eev. Thomas Henry, F.R.M.S., F.G.S.,
M.E.S., High Wycombe, Bucks.

lfi

Date of Election.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bngby, Wm, 3 Wilton-villas, Uxbrulge-road, W.
May 22, 1874 Burgess, John James, 1 Copthall-cliambers, E.C.
Sept. 28, 1866 Burgess, J. W., 1 Sylvester- villas, Markhouse-rd.,

Walthamstow, E.
June 25, 1869 Burgess, W. F., Guy's-hospital, S.E.
May 22, 1874 Burnham, F. C, 78 Farringdon- street, E.C.
Sept. 27, 1872 Bush, Wm., care of Mr. J. A. Smith, Branville-

lodge, Croydon-road, Penge.
June 14, 1865 Bywater, Witham M., F.R.M.S., 5 Hanover-sq.,

W.

May 24, 1867 Callaghan, James, 278 Commercial-road, Peckham,
S.E.

May 22, 1874 Callaghan, William Edmund.

Dec. 17, 1875 Caplatzi, A., 1 North-crescent, Bed ford- square,
W.C.

May 22, 1874 Carruthers, Herbert, 5 Darnley-road, Notting-hill,
W.

May 26, 1871 Catchpole, Robert, 101 Lancaster-road, Notting-
hill, W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Chapman, A. W., Beaufoy- lodge, 32 St. John's-
wood-road, N.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Chapman, W. C, 39 Granville- square, W.C.

Oct. 22, 1875 Cheshire, F., Avenue-house, Acton, W.

Nov. 27, 1874 Chippindale, Geo., 3 Bough Down- villas, Boxmoor.

Mar. 24, 1876 Clarkson, A., 49 Southampton- street, Pentonville-
road, N.

May 22, 1874 Clayton, James, 67 Barnsbury-road, N.

May 22, 1868 Cocks, W. G., 36 Gayhurst-road, Dalston, E.

Nov. 27, 1874 Cole, B. G., 1 The Common, Stoke Newington, N.

May 28, 1869 Cole, Walter B., F.R.M.S., St. John's-terrace,
Weymouth.

April 24, 1874 Cole, Wm., M.E.S., 1 The Common, Stoke New-
ington, N.

May 23, 1873 Coles, Alfred K., F.R.M.S., Stamford-hill, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Coles, Ferdinand, A.P.S., 248 King's-road, Chel-
sea, S.W.

April 23, 1869 Collings, Thomas P., Surrey- chambers, 172 Strand,
W.C.

17

Date oi' Election.

July 7, 1865 Collins, ft, F.R.M.S., 157 Great Portland-street,
W.

Mar. 24, 1876 Colsell, Geo. Dannett, 5 Austin- friars, E.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Colvin, Alexander, Beaconside, Penrith, Cumber-
land.

Sept. 27, 1872 Connolly, Charles T., L.S.A., 3 Church-hill-villas,
Wood-green, N.

June 14, 1865 Cooke, M. C, M.A., LL.D. (Hon. Sec. for Foreign
Correspondence), 2 Grosvenor- villas, Junction-
road, Upper Holloway, N.

May 28, 1875 Cooper, Chas., Jesmond-cottage, Walham-green,
S.W.

Feb. 22, 1867 Cooper, Frank W., L.R.C.S., Edin., Leytonstone,
E.

Mar. 23, 1869 Coppock, C, F.M.S., F.R.M.S., 31 Cornhill, E.C.

June 27, 1873 Corbett, Alfred L., 103 Fentiman-road, Clapham-
road, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Cottam, Arthur, F.R.A.S., Office of Woods, White-
hall-place, S.W.

Jan. 28, 1876 Cotton, Thos., M.D , 214 Seven-sisters'-road, N.

July 26, 1872 Cowan, Thos. Wm., F.E.M.S., Hawthorn-house,
Horsham, Sussex.

Aug. 28. 1868 Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A. Loud., F.R.M.S., 5
Lansdowne-road, Notting-hill, W.

Dec. 23, 1870 Crisp, John S., F.R.M.S., 62 Camberwell-road,
S.E.

Feb. 27, 1868 Crook, Thomas, F.E.M.S., care of Mr. T. dirties,
244 High Holborn, W.C.

Sept. 28, 1866 Crouch, Henry, F.B.M.S., 66 Barbican, E.C.

Nov. 26, 1875 Cunningham, Francis Bertram, 65 Chepstow-place,
Bayswater, W.

May 25, 1866 Curties, T., F.R.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

Jan. 22, 1875 Dadswell, Edward, 42 Barrington-road, Stockwell,
S.W.

Jan. 27, 1872 Daintrey, George, Terminus Chambers, East-
bourne.

June 25, 1868 Darnley, D. Rowland, Ealing Dean, W.

Oct. 24, 1873 Dashwood, Horace, 192, St. Paul's-road, Canon-
bury, N. b

18

Date of Election.

July 23, 1871 D'Aubney, Tlios., Shepherdess-walk, Hoxton, N.

May 23, 1873 Davey, Robert F., War-office, Pall-mall, S.W.

Oct. 24, 1873 Davies, Jobu Eussell, 91 London -road, Clapton,
E.

Oct. 22, 18G9 Davis, Henry, 19 "Warwick- street, Leamington.

May 28, 1875 Dean, Arthur, 2 Mary-terrace, Cecil-road, Leyton-
stone.

May 28, 1875 Defriez, Joseph George, M.E.C.S., L.S.A., 173
Bethnal-green-road, E.

June 26, 1868 Dickens, Charles, Latimer-house, Hadley, Mid-
dlesex.

Jan. 28, 1876 Dilnott, Geo. Hayling, Havant, Hants.

Jan. 23, 1874 Doble, Edmund Mohun, 12 Mount Ararat-villas,
Richmond, Surrey.

Nov. 24, 1865 Dobson, H. H., F.R.M.S., Holmesdale, Grange-
park, Ealing.

July 26, 1872 Doggett, Ernest.

Nov. 27, 1868 Douglas, Rev. R. C, Manaton-rectory, Moreton-
hampstead, Exeter.

Jan. 28, 1870 Dowson, Edward, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., 117
Park-street, Grosvenor-square, W.

July 28, 1871 Drew, G. C, Milton-house, Cassland-road, South
Hackney, E.

Dec. 23, 1870 Duck, William A., 4 High-street, Vauxhall-cross,
S.E.

Aug. 26, 1872 Dudgeon, R. E., M.D., 53 Montagu- square, W.
Oct. 25, 1872 Dunning, Chas. G., 53 Crowndale-road, Camden-

town, N.W.
Sept. 22, 1865 Durham, Arthur E., F.R.C.S., F.L.S., F.R.M.S.,

&c, 82 Brook-street, Grosvenor-square, W.
Nov. 23, 1866 Durham, F., M.B., F.R.C.S., 14 St. Thomas'-
street, S.E.

Sept. 25, 1868 Eady, James Ray, F.R.M.S., F.G.S., Carleton-
grange, Skipton, Yorkshire.

June 28, 1867 Edmonds, R., 178 Burrage-road, Plumstead, S.E.

May 26, 1876 Emery, Charles, 2 Sheen-villas, Rectory-road,
Hornsey, N.

May 26, 1871 Enock, Fredk., 30 Russell-road, Seven Sisters-
road, N.

19

Date of Election.

Dec. 18, 1868 Eyre, Samuel, Belrnore-lodge, Priory- grove, South
Lambeth, S.W.

Juue 26, 1874 Fardon, Edward Ashby, 80 Cambridge- street,
Pimlico, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1875 Fames, Thomas, F.C.S., 7 New Basinghall-street,
E.C.

July 25, 1873 Fase, Eev. Henry J., 57 Winchester-street, Pim-
lico, S.W.

June 25, 1875 Faulkner, Hy., jun., Fernwood, Eoehampton-park,
S.W.

Jan. 28, 1876 Faulkner, John, Mornington- crescent, N.W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Field, James, High-street, Highgate, N.

July 26, 1867 Fitch, Frederick, F.R.G.S., F.R.M.S., Hadleigh-
house, Highbury New-park, N.

Jan. 23, 1874 Flux, E. H., 1 West-hill, Highgate, N.

Jan. 27, 1871 Forshaw, Thomas, jun., The Bower, Bowden,
Altrincham, Cheshire.

Aug. 4, 1865 Foster, Peter Le Neve, M.A. Cantab., Society of
Arts, Adelphi, W.C.

Mar. 24, 1871 Foulerton, J.,M.D., Scientific Club, 7 Savile-row,W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Fox, C. J., F.R.M.S., 54 Conduit-street, W.

Nov. 26, 1875 Freckelton, Rev. T. W., 28a Lonsdale- square,
Islington, N.

June 23, 1871 Freeman, Henry E., 48 Woodstock-road, Finsbuiy-
park, N.

May 26, 1871 Freshwater, Thos. E., 2 Charlotte-street, Caledo-
nian-road, N.

Feb. 26, 1869 Fricker, C. J., 4 Westow-hill-terrace, Upper Nor-
wood, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Fryer, G. Henry, 14 The Terrace, Kilburn, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1868 Furlonge, W. H., Coed Mawr-house, Holywell,
Flintshire.

Mar. 19, 1869 Gann, James W., 171 Fenchurch- street, E.C.
Mar. 25, 1870 Garden, Robert Spring, 42 Carlton-hill, St, Jolm's-

wood, N.W.
May 25, 1866 Gardiner, G., F.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.
Feb. 26, 1875 Gardner, Edmund, 454 Strand, W.C.

b 2

20

Date of Election.

April 24, 1868 Garnham, John, F.E.M.S., 123 Bunhill-row, E.C.

July 7, 1865 Gay, F. W., F.K.M.S. {Hon. Treasurer), 113 High
Holborn, W.C.

Jan. 28, 1870 Gellatly, Peter, Loughton, Essex.

July 26, 1867 George, Edward, F.E.M.S., 12 Derby-villas,
Forest-hill, S.E.

July 22, 1870 Gibson, Joseph F., F.K.M.S., 3 Furnival's-inn,
E.C.

June 14, 1865 Gibson, W., 273 Eegent- street, W.

June 27, 1873 Glasspoole, Hampden G., 34 Bernard-st., Bussell-
sqtiare, W.C.

Feb. 25, 1876 Godwin, John, 144 Oakley- street, Chelsea, S.W.

Nov. 22, 1867 Golding, W. H., 19 Eegina-road, Tollington-park,
N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Goldsmith, John Charles, 5 America- square, E.C.

Nov. 22, 1872 Goodchild, J. E., 114 Englefield-rcl., Islington, N.

Aug. 23, 1872 Goode, A., Whitehall- lane, Woodford, Essex.

April 26, 1872 Goodinge, James Wallinger, F.K.G.S., F.K.M.S.,
18 Aldersgate- street, E.C.

Mar. 27, 1866 Gray, S. Octavus, Bank of England, E.C.

Dec. 22, 1865 Gray, W. J., M.D., F.R.M.S., 41 Queen Anne-
street, Cavendish-square, W.

Nov. 27, 1874 Grayling, J. Francis, 41 Guildford- street, Russell-
square, W.C.

May 22, 1874 Green, G., 6 Helmet-row, St. Luke's, E.C.

Jan. 28, 1870 Green, Nathaniel E., F.E.A.S., 3 Circus-road, St.
John's-wood, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Greenish, T., F.E.M.S., 20 New-street, Dorset-
square, N.W.
Oct. 23, 1868 Gregory, Henry E., 3, Edith-grove, Fulham, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Gregory, William, 406 Strand, W.C.

May 22, 1874 Grey, Ernest, 290 Essex-road, Annett's- crescent,
Islington, N.

June 26, 1874 Gritton, John Hall, 18 Northampton-park, Canon-
bury, N.
June 26, 1874 Gritton, Joseph, 18 Northampton-park, Canon-
bury, N.

July 24, 1868 Groves, J. W., F.E.M.S., 55 Eussell-square, W.C.
July 24, 1868 Grubbe, E. W., C.E., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-
park, W.

21

Pate of Election.

Jan. 27, 1871 Guhnaraens, Augustus de Souza, F.B.M.S., 120
Ossulton-street, Euston-square, N.W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Haddon, Alfred C, 3 Bouverie-street, E.C.

Jan. 23, 1874 Hadland, J. H., 11 King William- street, E.C.

June 14, 1805 Hailes Henry F. [Vice President), 7 Haringay-road,
Hornsey, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hailstone, Eobert H., 35 Walworth- road, S.E.

Feb. 23, 1867 Hain worth, W.,jun., Clare- villa, Cricketfield-road,
Lower Clapton, E.

July 28, 1876 Halford, Edwd., 18 Leinster-square, Bayswater,W.

July 23, 1875 Hallett, Marmaduke, James, Hurst Lodge, East
Moulsey, Surrey.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hallet, B. J., 9 Lawford-road, Kentish-town, N.W.

Nov. 26, 1875 Halley, Alex., Hay, 7 Elgin-road, Kensington-
park, W.

May 28, 1875 Hamley, Fras. J., 231 High Holborn, W.C.

Feb. 22, 1869 Hammond, A., 4 Neptune-terrace, Marine-town,
Sheerness.

Jan. 23, 1874 Hardy, James Daniel, 11 Clarence- villas, Clarence-
road, Clapton, E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Harkness, W., F.B.M.S., Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Harris, Edward, F.B.M.S., Bydal-villa, Langton-
grove, Upper Sydenham, S.E.

April 23, 1875 Harrison, James, 19 Methley- street, Kennington,
S.E.

July 26, 1872 Harrod, John, 3 Great Tower- street, E.C.

Nov. 26, 1869 Hart, Edward, Highbury New-park, N.

Nov. 24, 1871 Hawker, Charles, M.D., 2 Albion-terrace, White-
Horse-lane, Stepney, E.

June 24, 1870 Hawkins, Samuel J., 27 Lichfield-grove,Finchley,N.

June 28, 1867 Hawksley, Thos. P., 97 Adelaide-road, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1874 Haydon, W. F.

May 27, 1870 Haywood, Henry, Dartmouth-terrace, Botherhithe,
S.E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Hembry, F. W., F.B.M.S., 7 St. Jolm's-viUas,

Overton-road, Brixton, S.W.
Aug. 26, 1870 Hennell, Col. S., F.B.M.S., Ventnor- villa, Ventnor,
Isle of Wight.

22

Date of Election.

June 26, 1868 Henry, A. H., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-park, W.

June 26, 1874 Hewitt, W. W., F.K.M.S., 5 Torriano-gardens,
Caniden-road, N.W.

May 22, 1868 Hicks, J. J., 8 Hatton-garden, E.C.

Dec. 17, 1869 Hill, D. W., 78 Highbury New-park, N.

Sept. 24, 1869 Hilton, J. D., M.D., Upper Deal, Deal, Kent.

Sept. 28, 1866 Hind, F. H. P., Bartholomew-house, Bartholomew-
lane, E.C.

May 22, 1874 Hind, George, 244 High Holborn, W.C.

July 26, 1872 Hinton, Ernest, 12 Vorley-road, Junction-road,
Upper Holloway, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hirst, John, jun., F.R.M.S., Dobcross, near Man-
chester.

Oct. 26, 1866 Holdernesse, W. B., 12 Park-street, Windsor.

Feb. 26, 1875 Holford, Chr., Club- chambers, Regent- street, S.W.

April 26, 1867 Hooton, C, 90 Junction-rd., Upper Holloway, N.

May 22, 1868 Hopkinson, John, jun., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.G.S.,
Holly-bank, Watford.

April 28, 1876 Horn, Wm. E., A.I.C.E., 10 Vincent-square,
Westminster, S.W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Horncastle, H., Whitemoor, near Ollerton, Notts.

June 25, 1869 Houghton, W., Walthamstow, E.

May 22, 1874 Hovendon, C. W., 95 City-road, E.C.

April 26, 1867 Hovenden, F., F.R.M.S., Glenlea, Thurlow-park-
road, Dulwich, S.E.

June 23, 1876 How, Wm. Samuel, 145 Great Portland- street, W.

Jan. 22, 1875 Howard, F. W., The Grove, Teddington.

Feb. 25, 1870 Hudleston, W. H., J.P., F.G.S., 23 Cheyne-walk,
S.W.

Jan. 26, 1872 Hudson, Robert, F.R.S., F.R.M.S., &c, Clapham-
common, S.W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hunt, W. H. B., F.R.M.S., 23 Eversholt- street,
Oakley- square, N.W.

Oct. 22, 1875 Hunter, John, 5 Eton-rise, Ealing, W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Hurdell, Charles, 9 North Audley-street, W.

July 25, 1873 Hurst, John Thomas, The War-office, Whitehall,
S.W.

Nov. 25, 1870 Hutton, Rev. Wyndliam M., Lezayre- vicarage,
Ramsey, Isle of Man.

23

Date of Election.

May 24, 1867 Ingpen, John E., F.K.M.S. {Hon. Secretary), 7 The

Hill, Putney, S.W.
Aug. 22, 1873 Israel, S., 1 Tlie Crescent, America-square, E.C

Dec. 17, 1869 Jackson, B. D., F.B.M.S., 30 Stockwell-road, S.W.
Dec. 17, 1875 Jackson, C. L., 11 Hesketh- street, Southport,

Lancashire.
July 24, 1868 Jackson, F. R., Culver- cottage, Slindon, Arundel,

Sussex.
June 14, 1865 Jaques, Edward, B.A., F.R.M.S., 5 Hargrave-park-

road, Upper Holloway, N.
Feb. 28, 1873 Jenkins, J. W., 1 St. John's-hill, Wandsworth,

S.W.
July 24, 1868 Jennings, Bev. Nathaniel, M.A., F.E.A.S., 66

Avenue-road, Begent's-park, N.W.
Jan. 25, 1867 Johnson, John A., 15 Wellington-road, Stoke

Newington, N.
Feb. 24, 1871 Johnson, M. Hawkins, F.G.S., 379 Euston-road,

N.W.
June 23, 1876 Johnson, Tom Bichard, 364 Camden-road, N.
Mar. 24, 1871 Johnstone, James, jun., 14 Lordship-park, Green-
lanes, N.
Oct. 25, 1872 Jones, E. W., F.B.A.S., F.B.M.S., 53 Cowley-road,

North Brixton, S.W.
Feb. 28, 1873 Jones, Geo. J., 1 Friar-lane, Leicester.
June 25, 1875 Jones, J. Birdsall, care of W. B. Jones, Esq.,

Athenaeum, Liverpool.
Nov. 25, 1870 Jones, Lieut. -Col. Lewis, Ambarrow-house, Sand-
hurst, Wokingham.
May 23, 1873 Jones, Captain Loftus F., United Service Club,

PaU Mall, S.W.
June 23, 1876 Jones, Thos. Edwd., 2 Park- terrace, Park-street,

Stoke Newington, N.
May 22, 1874 Jones, W. W., 14 Lancaster- street, Lancaster-gate,

Hyde-park, W.

May 23, 1873 Karop, Geo. C, Middlesex-hospital, W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kemp, Bobert, F.B.M.S., 60 Windsor- road, Upper
Holloway, N.

24

Date of Election.

Oct. 26, 18GG Kent, W. 8., P.E.M.S., F.Z.S., Eoyal Aquarium,

Westminster, S.W.
Aug. 23, 1867 Kiddle, Edward, The War Office, Pall Mall, S.W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Kilsby, Thomas W., 4 Brompton- villas, Edmonton.
June 23, 1876 Kindon, Chas. J., 30 Overton-road, Brixton, S.W.
July 7, 1865 King, G. H., Sea-horse-house, 165 and 190 Great

Portland- street, W.
July 22, 1870 King, Henry, 65 Myddleton-square, E.C.
Dec. 23, 1870 King, Bobert, F.K.M.S., Fern-house, Upper Clap-
ton, E.
April 26, 1867 Kirk, Joseph, 11 Blossom- st., Norton Folgate, E.
Nov. 27, 1874 Kirkman, Kev. Joshua, Thurlow-road, South

Hampstead, N.W.
Feb. 28, 1873 Kitsell, Francis J., 7 John's-terrace, Latymer-

road, W.
June 24, 1870 Knaggs, Henry G., M.D., 49 Kentish- town-road,

N.W.
Oct. 24, 1873 Knight, John Mackenzie, 2 Lansdowne-terrace,

Bow-road, E.

Mar. 28, 1873 Lacy, Brooke, V., London-bridge, S.E.

Nov. 25, 1870 Ladd, Wm, F.B.A.S., F.K.M.S., 12 Beak-street,
Kegent- street, W.

July 27, 1866 Lambert, T. J., 151 Highbury New-park, N.

Nov. 23, 1866 Lambert, W., 4 New Basinghall- street, E.C.

Aug. 24, 1866 Lampray, John, F.B.G.S., 16 Camden- square,
N.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lancaster, Thos., Bownham-house, Stroud, Glou-
cestershire.

Dec. 28, 1866 Langrish, H., 250 Pentonville-road, N.

May 28, 1875 Larkin, John, 24 Charterhouse-square, E.C.

April 26, 1872 Law, Kev. William, Marston Trussell, Market
Harborough.

May 28, 1875 Laws, Joseph C, 41 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

June 25, 1869 Layton, Charles E., 8 Upper Hornsey-rise, N.

Aug. 28, 1868 Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.B.M.S., &e. (President of the
Old Chanrje Microscopical Society), Old Change,
E.C.

25

Date of Election.

Mar. 19^ 1869 LEE, HENRY, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., &e. (President),
The Walclrons, Croydons.

Mar. 27, 1874 Leefe, Frederick Ewbank, 289 Goswell-road, E.C.

June 23, 1876 Leeson, Herbert Seymour, 4 Old Buildings,
Lincoln's-iun, W.C.

Oct. 25, 1867 Leifchild, J. R., M.A., 21 St. Lawrence-road,
Notting-hill, W.

Sept. 22, 1865 Leigliton, W. H., 2 Merton-place, Chiswick, W.

July 25, 1873 Le Pelley, C, 17 Underwood- street, Shepherdess-
walk, Hoxton, N.

May 28, 1869 Letts, Edmund A., M.D., 16 St. Patrick- square,
Edinburgh.

July 26, 1872 Levien, Charles N., 3 Great Tower-street, E.C.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lewinsky, John, 13 Frith-street, Soho, W.

April 27, 1866 Lewis, R. T., F.R.M.S. (Hon. Reporter), 1 Lowndes-
terrace, Knightsbridge, S.W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Lewis, T. Preston, 8 The Crescent, Norwich.

June 26, 1868 Lindley, W., jun., Kidbrook-terrace, Blackheath,
S.E.

Nov. 24, 1865 Loam, Michael, Hampton, Middlesex.

May 26, 1871 Locke, John, 16 Georgiana- street, Camden-town,
N.W.

April 23, 1869 Long, Henry, 90 High- street, Croydon.

Aug. 28, 1874 Love, James, Talbot-lodge, Bickerton-road, Upper
Holloway, N.

Nov. 24, 1866 Lovibond, J. W., F.R.M.S., St. Anne-street, Salis-
bury.

Sept. 22, 1865 Lovick, T., Board of Works, Spring- garden, S.W.

May 28, 1869 Lowe, Henry W., Heathfield, Sydenham- hill, S.E.

Dec. 18, 1868 Lowne, Benjamin Thompson, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.,
49 Colville- gardens, W.

April 27, 1866 Loy, W. T., F.R.M.S., 9 Garrick- chambers, Gar-
rick-street, W.C.

Jan. 24, 1873 McBride, Francis J.

Jan. 24,1868 Macdonald, J., M.D., 68 Up. Kennington-lane, S.E.
Nov. 23, 1866 Mclntire, S. J., F.R.M.S., 22 Bessborough-gardens,
S.W.

26

Date of Election.

Jan. 26, 1872 Mackeclmie, J. Hamilton, M.D., 60 Wimpole-

street, Cavendish- square, W.
July 26, 1874 Magor, Thomas, M.D., Myddelton-road, Hornsey,

N.
May 22, 1874 Manly, Dr., Thatched House Cluh, St. James'-st.,

S.W.
Sept. 27, 1872 Manning, His Eminence the Cardinal Archbishop,

Archbishop's House, Westminster, S.W.
June 14, 1865 Marks, E., Beaumont- villa, Beaumont-rd., Horn-

sey-rise, N.
Dec. 27, 1867 Martinelli, A., 106 Albany- street, N.W.
Oct. 25, 1867 Marwood, W. G. H., 50 Cornhill, E.C.
June 27, 1873 Mason, Thomas, 416 Strand, W.C.
April 26, 1867 Matthews, G. K., St. John's-lodge, Beckenham,

Kent.
Oct. 26, 1866 Matthews, John, M.D., F.B.M.S. (Vice-President),

30 Colebrooke-row, Islington, N.
Sept. 24, 1869 Matthews, William, 374 Camden-road, N.
May 26, 1871 May, John William, F.B.M.S., Arundel-house,

Percy-cross, FuUiam, S.W.
Feb. 27, 1874 May, Lewis J., 371 Holloway-road, N.
Dec. 17, 1875 May, Thomas, 54 Coburg-road, Old Kent-road,

S.E.
Feb. 25, 1876 May, W. B., 39 Mortimer-road, Kingsland, E.
Feb. 28, 1873 Mayhew, A. F., 6 Bessborough-gardens, S.W.
Mar. 22, 1867 Meacher, John W., 10 Hillmarten-road, Camden-
road, N.
May 22, 1874 Meates, Edgar A., 83 Cambridge-street, Pimlico,

S.W.
Feb. 25, 1876 Meredyth, Bev. T. E., M.A., Burleydam- vicarage,

Whitchurch, Salop.
May 22, 1874 Messenger, G. A., 21 Glengall- grove, Old Kent-rd.,

S.E.
Dec. 18, 1868 Mestayer, Bichard, F.L.S., F.B.M.S. 7 Buckland-

crescent, Belsize-park, N.W.
June 26, 1868 Milledge, Alfred, 4 Upper Winchester-road, Stan-
stead- road, Forest-hill, S.E.
July 7, 1865 Millett, F. W., 21 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.
Feb. 28, 1873 Mills, Charles, 5 Union-road, Tuffnell-park, N.

27

Date of Election.

May 25, 1866 Moginie, W., F.E.M.S., 14 Eiding- house- street, W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Moore, Daniel, M.D., Hastings-lodge, Victoria-
road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Jan. 23, 1874 Moreland, Richard, jun., M.I.C.E., F.B.M.S., 3
Old-street, St. Luke's, E.C.

Oct. 27, 1866 Morrieson, Colonel R., F.E.M.S., Oriental Club,
Hanover- square, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Eigden, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., &c, 10
Cavendish- place, W.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Howard, 10 Cavendish-place, W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Mundie, George, M.B.C.S., 93 Richmond-road,
Dalston, E.

Jan. 25, 1867 Murray, E. C, 69, Jermyn-st., St. James's, S.W.

Mar. 23, 1866 Nation, W. J., 30 King-square, Goswell-road, E.C.
Mar. 24, 1876 Nelson, Edward M., 9 Marlborough-hill, N.W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Nelson, James, 3 Oakden- street, Kennington-road,

S.E.
Jan. 26, 1872 Newton, Edwin Tulley, F.G.S., Geological Museum,

Jermyn- street, S.W.
Jan. 23,1874 Newton, Henry Edward, Woolsthorpe, The Avenue,

Gipsey Hill, Norwood, S.E.
July 7, 1865 Nicholson, D., 51 St. Paul's- churchyard, E.C.
May 22, 1874 Nixon, Philip Charles, 23 Crutched- friars, E.C.

Feb. 25, 1876 Ongley, H. H., 21 The Grove, Boltons, Brompton,

S.W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Oxley, F., 8 Crosby- square, Bishopsgate, E.C.

May 22,1874 Palmer, Thomas, F.E.M.S., Elmstead, near Chisle-

hurst, Kent.
July 27, 1873 Parker, William, Whitehall Club, S.W.
Oct. 27, 1871 Parsons, Fred. Anthony, 90 Leadenhall- street,

E.C.
June 25, 1869 Pass, H., 11 Spring-terrace, Wandsworth- road,

S.W.
May 26, 1871 Paxton, Eev. W. Archibald, M.A., Otterden Eec-

tory, Faversham, Kent.

28

Date of Election.

April 23, 1875 Peal, Charles Nathaniel, Westbourne-lodge, Cas-
tlebar-hill, Ealing, W.

May 22, 1874 Pearce, George Alonzo Creech, B.A., M.B., B.C.N.,
Priory- chambers, Crutched-friars, E.C.

May 24, 1867 Pearce, George, 1 Queen's-terrace, Camden-road-
villas, N.W.

Feb. 23, 1872 Pearce, W. E. Grindley, L.E.C.P., 24 Bess-
borough-gardens, S.W.

June 23, 1876 Pearcy, Bichard Gilbert, 31 Packington-street,
Islington, N.

May 24, 1867 Pearson, John, 212, Edgware-road, W.

Oct. 27, 1865 Pickard, J. F., 1 Bloomsbury- street, W.C.

Dec. 23, 1870 Pigott, G. W. Boyston, M.A., M.D., F.B.S., &c,
Hartley- court, near Beading.

Jan. 22, 1869 Pillischer, M., F.B.M.S., 88 New Bond-street, W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Pitts, Frederick, Harvard-house, St. John's-hill,
Clapham, S.W.

June 25, 1869 Pocock, Lewis, jun., 70 Gower-street, W.C.

Nov. 23, 1866 Potter, G., F.B.M.S., 42 Grove-road, Upper Hol-
lo way, N.

June 22, 1866 Powe, I., 71 George-street, Bichmond, Surrey.

May 25, 1866 Powell, Hugh, F.B.M.S., 170 Euston-road, N.W.

May 26, 1876 Powell, Jas. F., 12 Dalrymple-terrace, Glenarm-
road, Clapton-park, E.

Jan. 24, 1873 Powell, Jas. J., 43 Burton-road, Brixton, S.W.

July 7, 1865 Powell, Thomas, 18 Doughty- street, Mecklenberg-
square, W.C.

July 24, 1874 Powell, Thomas Henry, 7 Poultry, E.C.

Jan. 22, 1875 Power, Henry, 8 Manor-terrace, New Church-road,
Camberwell, S.E.

Oct. 25, 1872 Price, W. H-, 1 The Terrace, Kennington-park,
S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Pricbard, Thomas, M.D., Abbington Abbey, North-
ampton.

June 27, 1873 Priest, B. W., 22 Parliament- street, S.W.

Nov. 27, 1868 Pritchett, Benjamin, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.C.

July 26, 1867 Pritchett, Francis, 131 Fenchurch- street, E.C.

April 23, 1868 Quekett, Alfred J. S., 13 Dclamere-crescent, West-
bourne- square, W.

29

Date of Election.

April 23, 1868 Quekett, Arthur Edwin, 13 Delamere-crescent,

Westbourne- square, W.
April 23, 18G8 Quekett, Eev. William, The Eectory, Warrington.
Feb. 23, 18G6 Quick, George E., 109 Long-lane, Bermondsey,S.E.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eabbits, W. T., Highfield, Dartmouth-park, Forest-
hill, S.E.

Sept. 24, 1869 Badcliffe, J. D., 93 Albion-road, Dalston, E.

Nov. 23, 1866 Eadermacher, J. J., The Pantechnicon, Motcombe-
street, Belgrave-square, S.W.

June 25, 1875 Eadford, W. S., M.D., F.E.M.S., Sidmouth.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eamsbotham, J. M., M.D., 15 Amwell- street, Pen-
tonville, E.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Eamsden, Hildebrand, M.A. Cant., F.L.S.,
F.E.M.S., Forest-rise, Walthamstow, E.

Aug. 28, 1868 Eance, T. G., Widmore-lane, Bromley, Kent.

May 22, 1868 Bawles, W., 61 Kentish-town-road, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1869 Eean, Walter, Woodstock-road, Poplar, E.

June 23, 1876 Eedmayne, John T., M.B.C.S., &c, Bolton, Lan-
cashire.

June 27, 1873 Eeeve, Fredk., 37 Fentiman-road, Clapham-road,
S.W.

July 7, 1865 Beeves, W. W., F.E.M.S., 37 Blackheath-hill,
Greenwich, S.E.

May 22, 1874 Eeid, Wm. Wardlaw, 16 Warwick-place, Peckham
Eye, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Bichards, Edward, F.E.M.S., 289 Camberwell
New- road, S.E.

Jan. 24, 1868 Eichardson, C. J., 44 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Mar. 25, 1870 Eichardson, Thomas Hyde, 1 Belgrave-villas,
Holmesdale-road, Selhurst, S.E.

Feb. 23, 1866 Eixon, F., F.E.M.S., Loats-road, Clapham-park,
S.W.

June 25, 1869 Eoberts, John H., F.E.C.S., F.E.M.S., 82 Finch-
ley-road, St. John's- wood, N.W.

April 26, 1872 Eoberts, S. Hackett, F.E.M.S., 355 Walworth-
road, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Eogers, John, F.E.M.S., Forest-road-west, Not-
tingham.

30

Date of Election.

Oct. 26, I860 Rogers, Jos. R., 12 Bellefield-terrace, Bellefield-

road, Stockwell, S.W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Rogers, Thomas, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Selmiston

House, Thurlow- park- road, West Dulwich.
Mar. 22, 1872 Rolfe, Charles Spencer, 6 Westminster Chambers,

S.W.
May 22, 1868 Roper, F.C.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Pal-
grave-house, Eastboure, Sussex.
June 23, 1876 Roper, Hy. John, 5 Lausanne-road, Peckham, S.E.
July 24, 1868 Rowe, James, Jun., M.R.C.V.S., 65 High-street,

Marylebone, W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Rowlett, John, 19 Marrow- street, Walworth, S.E.
July 14, 1865 Ruffle, G. W. (Hon. Curator), 131 Blackfriars-road,

S.E.
July 24, 1874 Rushton, William, 26 Park-street, Islington, N.
Oct. 27, 1865 Russell, James, 10 High-street, Shoreditch, E.
Feb. 27, 1874 Russell, James, 61 Leipsic-road, Camberwell, S.E.
Oct. 26, 1866 Russell, Joseph, Blenheim House, Middle Mall,

Hammersmith, S.W.
May 22, 1868 Russell, Thomas D., 21 Park-road, West Dulwich,

S.E.
Feb. 22, 1867 Rutter, H. Lee, 1 St. Barnabas- villas, Lansdowne-

circus, South Lambeth, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Salkeld, Lt.-Colonel Joseph C, F.R.M.S., 29 St.
Jarnes's- street, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Salmon, John, 24 Seymour-st., Euston-sq., N.W.

May 28, 1875 Saul, Geo. William, 2 Fountain- court, Alderman-
bury, E.C.

May 22, 1868 Scatliff, John Parr, M.D., 132 Sloane-street, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Schloesser, Ernest, 9 College-hill, Cannon- street,
E.C.

Feb. 26, 1875 Scofield, W. J., M.R.C.S., F.L.S., 13 South Hill
Park-gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

May 24, 1872 Sequeira, H. L., M.R.C.S., 1 Jewry-street, Aid-
gate, E.C.

July 27, 1868 Sewell, Richard

Oct. 22, 1869 Shaw, Wm. Forster, Moss Hall Grove, Finchley, N.

Jan. 22, 1869 Sheehy, William H., M.D., 4 Claremont- square, N.

31

Date of Election.

May 24, 1872 Sheehy, W. H. Podmore, 4 Claremont- square, N.

May 26, 1876 Sheplieard, Thomas, F.E.M.S., 12 Bridge- street,
Bow, Chester.

May 26, 1871 Sigsworth, J. C, F.B.M.S., 18 Loraine-road, Hol-
loway, N.

June 27, 1873 Siinmonds, Joseph E., 13, Ann's- terrace, near
Walhain- green, S.W.

Aug. 23. 1867 Simmons, James J., L.D.S., 18 Burton- crescent,
W.C.

May 26, 1876 Simpson, Edwd., 15 St. Mark's-crescent, Begent's-
park-road, N.W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Simson, Thos., The Laurels, Courtyard, Eltham.

May 28, 1869 Sketchley, H. G., 72 Wilson- street, Derby.

Dec. 28, 1866 Slade, J., 100 Barnsbury-road, N.

Mar. 24, 1872 Smart, Harry, 11 Paragon-terrace, Hackney, E.

Oct. 23, 1868 Smart, William, 27 Aldgate, E.

May 25, 1866 Smith, Alpheus (Hon. Librarian), 42 Choumert-
road, Bye-lane, Peckham, S.E.

Feb. 25, 1876 Smith, Edward, F.S.S., 37 Old Jewry, E.C.

Mar. 25, 1870 Smith, Francis Lys, 3 Grecian- cottages, Crown-
hill, Norwood, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Smith, G. J., 2 Foster-lane, Cheapside, E.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Smith, H. Ambrose, 2 King William-st., City, E.C.

June 26, 1868 Smith, James, F.L.S., F.B.M.S., 407 Liverpool-
road, N.

Dec. 23, 1870 Smith, Joseph A., Granville-lodge, Croydon-road,
Penge, S.E.

May 22, 1874 Smith, Boland D., M.B.C.S.E., F.B.M.S., York-
house, Chatteris, Cambridgeshire.

June 24, 1870 Smith, William, 15 Ifield-road, West Brompton,
S.W.

Feb. 28, 1873 Smith, W. Lepard, Southfield-house, Watford.

Aug. 23, 1872 Smith, W. Stuart, 30 Loraine-road, Holloway, N.

April 24, 1868 Snellgrove, W., 22 Surrey- square, S.E.

Sept. 22, 1865 Southwell, C, 44 Princes- street, Soho, W.

May 26, 1876 Southwell, Chas. Win., 1 Stoke Newington-green, N.

Dec. 18, 1868 Sowerby, D., 38 Albert-road, Dalston, E.

May 22, 1874 Spencer, James, South-street, Greenwich, S.E.

June 26, 1868 Spencer, John, Brook's Bank, 81 Lombard- street,
City, E.C.

32

Date of Election.

Nov. 22, 1872 Spencer, Thomas, F.C.S., F.E.M.S., 82 Euston-
square, N.W.

Mar. 24, 18G6 Starling, Benjamin, 9 Gray's-Lnn-scmare, W.C.

Feb. 23, 1872 Stevens, C. E., 7 Ashby-road, Canonbury, N.

Aug. 24, 18G6 Steward, J. H., F.E.M.S., 406 Strand, W.C.

May 23, 1873 Steward, James H. C, 406 Strand, W.C.

Mar. 19, 1869 Stokes, Frederick, 17 Milton-road, Herne-bill,
S.E.

April 28, 1876 Stopber, Wm., 24 Coleman- street, E.C.

Oct. 27, 1871 Stuart, David John, 53 Ferntower-road, Highbury-
New-park, N.

July 7, 1865 Suffolk, W. T., F.E.M.S., 48 Treherne-road, Vassal-
road, Brixton, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Suter, Edward D., Kent-lodge, Douglas-road-north,
Canonbury, N.

June 24, 1870 Swain, Ernest, 89, Ladbroke-road, W.

Nov. 22, 1867 Swainston, J. T., 3 St. Mark's-scmare, Eegent's-
park, N.W.

Nov. 24, 1866 Swansborough, E., 20 Jolm-st., Bedford-row, W.C.

Dec. 18, 1868 Swift, James, 43 University- street, W.C.

Dec. 17, 1875 Swift, Mansell, 43 University- street, W.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Tafe, John Forwood, Fernlea, King Edward-road,
Victoria-park, E.

May 22, 1868 Tatem, J. G., Eussell- street, Eeading.

Jan. 23, 1874 Taylor, John Ellor, The Museum, Ipswich.

Dec. 22, 1865 Terry, J., 109 Borough-road, S.E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Terry, Thomas, 5 Austin-friars, E.C.

July 23, 1869 Thin, James, Ormiston-lodge, Claremont-place,
Brixton-road. S.W.

May 28, 1875 Thomson, John Eeid, 18 Highbury- place, N.

Feb. 24, 1871 Thornthwaite, W. H., 416 Strand, W.C.

Dec. 17, 1875 Tidmarsh, Wm., B.A. Lond., Putney School,
Putney, S.W.

Jan. 22, 1875 Tinney, William A., 4 Alfred-place, Bedford-sq.,
W.C.

Nov. 27, 1867 Tomkins, Samuel Leith, 26 Buckland-crescent,
Belsize-park, N.W.

June 23, 1871 Topping, Amos, 28 Charlotte- street, Caledonian-
road, N.

33

Date of Election.

July 26, 1872 Townsend, John Sumsion, F.R.M.S., 59 London-
road, Croydon.

April 26, 1872 Tozer, Edward, Ivy-lodge, Woodford, Essex.

July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., M.D.

July 26, 1867 Turnbull, Joseph, Laurel-house, North-hill, High-
gate, N.

June 25, 1869 Turner, E. D., Chaflbrd, Tunbridge.

June 25, 1875 Turner, Sydney, Argyll-house, Wellington- square,
Oxford.

July 27, 1866 Veitch, Harry, F.H.S., The Royal Exotic Nursery,

King's-road, Chelsea, S.W.
Jan. 22, 1875 Vivian, The Hon. J. C, The Lawn, Twickenham.

May 22, 1874 Wadmore, Ernest.

Feb. 23, 1866 Walker, A., M.D.

April 24, 1874 Walker, Enoch, 4 Banbury-terrace, South Hack-
ney, E.

May 28, 1869 Walker, Henry, F.G.S., 8 Walterton-road, St.
PeterVpark, Paddington, W.

Feb. 27, 1874 Walker, John C, 14 Hilldrop-road, Camden-road,
N.

July 25, 1873 Walker, John Stringer, Warwick-road, Upper
Clapton, E.

June 26, 1868 Walker, J. W., Fairfield-house, Watford.

Dec. 18, 1868 Waller, A., 11 Aberdeen-park, Highbury, N.

May 22, 1868 Waller, J. G. (Vice-President), 68 Bolsover- street,
Portland-road, W.

July 24, 1874 Wallis, James, 22 Cranmer-road, Brixton-road,
S.E.

Aug. 26, 1870 Warburton, Samuel, Merton- villa, New- road, Lower
Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 22, 1871 Ward, Daniel, 26 Coleman- street, Woolwich, S.E.

Nov. 22, 1867 Ward, F. H., M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., Springfield-
house, near Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Warner, Alfred, care of Mr. W. F. Stanley, 13 Rail-
way-approach, London-bridge, S.E.

Feb. 26, 1869 Warner, William.

May 25, 1866 Warrington, H. R., 7 Royal Exchange, Cornhill.

E.C.

c

34

Date of Election.

Oct. 27~, 1865 Watkins, C. A., 10 Greek-street, Soho, W.

Oct. 25, 1872 Watkins, J., L.C.P., 40 Store-street, Bedford-
square, W.C.

Dec. 28, 1866 Way, T. E., 65 Wigmore- street, W.

July 24, 1874 Webb, C. E., Wildwood-lodge, North- end, Hamp-
stead, N.W.

May 24, 1867 Weeks, A. W. G., 18 Gunter-grove, West Brompton,
S.W.

Feb. 25, 1876 Wheeler, George, 7 St. John's-terrace, E.C.

Dec. 28, 1866 Wheldon, W., 58 Great Queen-street, W.C.

Dec. 27, 1872 White, Charles, E., L.D.S., 32 Belgrave-road,
S.W.

April 23, 1869 White, Charles Frederick, F.B.M.S., 42 Windsor-
road, Ealing, W.

Feb. 26, 1868 White, Francis W., 2 Alexander-terrace, Culmore-
road, Balham, S.W.

May 22, 1868 White, T. Charters, M.R.C.S., L.D.S., F.R.M.S.,
(Vice-President), 32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

July 25, 1873 White, Walter, Litcham, Norfolk.

May 23, 1873 Whitmore, John, M.D., 15 Wimpole- street, W.

June 25, 1875 Whitney, Edward Underwood, 13 Gt. College-st.,
Westminster, S.W.

July 24, 1868 Wight, James F., F.R.M.S., Grazeley, Gipsy-hill,
Upper Norwood, S.E.

Mar. 24, 1871 Williams, George, 6 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

April 23, 1875 Williams, Henry, Victoria Nurseries, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

June 23, 1876 Williams, Jas. W., 1 Hope-villas, Powell-road,
Clapton, E.

Oct. 24, 1873 Williams, John E., F.B.M.S., 59 Albion-road,
Stoke Newington, N.

Oct. 28, 1870 Williams, Martin G., 2 Highbury- crescent, N.

July 28, 1871 Williams, Robert Packenham, 18 Brunswick-road,
Upper Holloway, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Willsworth, H., 3 St. Jolm's-villas, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

Mar. 24, 1876 Wilson, Chas. Joseph, 14 Highbury- ere scent, N.

Feb. 22, 1867 Wilson, Frank, 110 Long-acre, W.C.

35

Date of Election.

Feb. 27, 1874 Wilson, William, 420 Holloway-road, N..

Aug. 27, 1869 Woods, W. Fell, 1 Park-hill, Forest-hill, S.E.

June 28, 1876 Woollett, John, 58 Cloudesley-road, N.

Oct. 25, 1867 Wort'iington, Richard, Champion-park, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Wrey, George E. B., Addington-house, Addington-
road, Beading.

Jan. 23, 1874 Wright, Cecil H., 27 Wardour- street, W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Wright, Edward, 89 Shepherdess- walk, E.C.

Aug. 4, 1865 Wyatt, C. C, 9 North Audley- street, W.

Oct. 26, 1866 Yeats, Christopher, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.

NOTICE

Members are requested to give the Hon. Secretary early notice of
any change of Kesidence, so as to prevent miscarriage of Journals and
Keports.

RULE S.

I.— That " The Quekett Microscopical Club" hold its meetings
at University College, Gower Street, on the fourth Friday Even-
ing in every month, at Eight o'clock precisely, or at such other
time or place as the Committee may appoint.

II. — That the business of the Club be conducted by a Com-
mittee, consisting of the President, four Vice-Presidents, the
Treasurer, the Honorary Secretary, the Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence, and twelve other members, — six to
form a quorum. That the President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer,
Secretaries, and the four senior members of the Committee (by
election) retire annually, but be eligible for re-election. That
the Committee may appoint a stipendiary Assistant Secretary,
who shall be subject to its direction.

III. — That at the ordinary Meeting in June, nominations be
made of Candidates to fill the offices of President, Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretaries, and vacancies on the Com-
mittee. That such nominations be made by resolutions duly
moved and seconded, no Member being entitled to propose
more than one Candidate. That the President, Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence be nominated by the Committee. That
a list of all nominations made as above be printed in alphabetical
order upon the ballot paper. That at the Annual General
Meeting in July all the above officers be elected by ballot from
the candidates named in the lists, but any member is at liberty
to substitute on his ballot-paper any other name or names in
lieu of those nominated for the offices of President, Vice-
Presidents, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary
Secretary for Foreign Correspondence.

IV. — That in the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents
the Members present at any ordinary Meeting of the Club elect a
Chairman for that evening.

37

V. — That every Candidate for Membership be proposed by two
or more Members, who shall sign a certificate (see Appendix) in
recommendation of him — one of the proposers from personal
knowledge. The certificate shall be read from the chair, and the
Candidate therein recommended ballotted for at the following
Meeting. Three black balls to exclude.

VI. — That the society include not more than twenty Honorary
Members, elected by the Members by ballot upon the recom-
mendation of the Committee.

VII. — That the Annual Subscription be Ten Shillings, pay-
able in advance on the 1st of July, but that any Member elected
in May or June be exempt from subscription until the following
July. That any Member desirous of compounding for his future
subscription may do so at any time by payment of the sum of
Ten Pounds ; all such sums to be duly invested in such manner
as the Committee shall think fit. That no person be entitled to
the full privileges of the Club until his subscription shall have
been paid; and that any Member omitting to pay his subscrip-
tion six months after the same shall have become due (two ap-
plications in writing having been made by the Treasurer) shall
cease to be a Member of the Club.

VIII. — That the accounts of the Club be audited by two Mem-
bers, to be appointed at the ordinary Meeting in June.

IX. — That the Annual General meeting be held on the fourth
Friday in July, at which the Keport of the Committee on the
affairs of the Club, and the Balance Sheet duly signed by the
Auditors shall be read. Printed lists of Members nominated for
election as President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Members of the Committee having been distributed, and the
Chairman having appointed two or more Members to act as
Scrutineers, the Meeting shall then proceed to ballot. If from
any cause these elections, or any of them, do not take place at
this Meeting, they shall be made at the next ordinary Meeting,
of the Club.

X. — That at the ordinary Meetings the following business be
transacted: — The minutes of the last Meeting shall be read and
confirmed ; donations to the Club since the last Meeting announced

38

and exhibited; ballots for new Members taken; papers read and
discussed; and certificates for new Members read; after which
the Meeting shall resolve itself into a conversazione.

XI. — That any Member may introduce a Visitor at any ordi-
nary meeting, who shall enter his name with that of the Member
by whom he is introduced in a book to be kept for the purpose.

XII. — That no alteration be made in these Laws, except at an
Annual General Meeting, or a Special General Meeting called for
that purpose; and that notice in writing of any proposed altera-
tion be given to the Committee, and read at the ordinary Meeting
at least a month previous to the Annual or Special Meeting, at
which the subject of such alteration is to be considered.

APPENDIX.

Form of Proposal for Membership.

Quekett Microscopical Club.

Mr.

of

being desirous of becoming a Member of this Club, we beg to

recommend him for election.

(on my personal knowledge).

This Certificate was read 187

The Ballot will take place 187

39

KULES FOE THE EXCHANGE OF SLIDES.

I. That all Slides be deposited with the Exchange Committee.

II. That not more than two similar Slides be placed in the
Exchange Box at -one time by any one Member.

III. That the Slides be classified by the Committee into Sec-
tions, numbered according to quality.

IV. Members to select from the class in which their Slides are
placed, at the ordinary meetings of the Club.

V. Members may leave the selection to the Exchange Com-
mittee, if they prefer it.

VI. Slides once exchanged cannot be exchanged again.

VII. A Register shall be kept, in which the Slides deposited
shall be entered and numbered, with the date of receipt, and in
which exchanges shall also be noted.

VIII. — All expenses incurred in the transmission of Slides or
in correspondence respecting them, to be borne by the Member
on whose account such charges may be incurred.

Parcels may be addressed —

Mr. John E. Ingpen

7, The Hill,

Putney, S.W.

[Exchange.]

Note. — As much inconvenience frequently arises from the breakage of
Slides in transmission through the Post, the following method is recom-
mended : — Pack the Slides in a small wooden box, which can be obtained of
any Optician, tie it securely with string and attach a slip of parchment to
one end, sufficiently large to receive the Postage Stamps, Address, and local
Post-office Stamps during transmission.

If paper be vised as a wrapper to the box, the colour should be black.

When twelve or more Slides are sent, they should be packed in a racked
box and forwarded by Railway.

TWELFTH REPORT

OF THE

QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB,

AND

LIST OF MEMBEES.

Meeting at University College, London, on the Second and Fourth

Fridays of every Month.

LONDON.
July 1877.

{Extract from original Prospectus, July 1865.)

" The want of such a Cluh as the present has long been felt, wherein
<: Microscopists and students with kindred tastes might meet at stated periods
41 to hold cheerful converse with each other, exhibit and exchange specimens,
" read papers on topics of interest, discuss doubtful points, compare notes of
" progress, and gossip over those special subjects in which they are more or
" less interested: where, in fact, each member would be solicited to bring his
" own individual experience, be it ever so small, and cast it into the treasury
" for the general good. Such are some of the objects which the present Club
" seeks to attain. In addition thereto it hopes to organize occasional Field
" Excursions, at proper seasons, for the collection of living specimens; to
" acquire a Library of such books of reference as will be most useful to
"enquiring students; and, trusting to the proverbial liberality of Micro-
" scopists, to add thereto a comprehensive Cabinet of Objects. By these, and
" similar means, the Quekett Microscopical Club seeks to merit the support
" of all earnest men who may be devoted to such pursuits ; and, by fostering
" and encouraging a love for Microscopical studies, to deserve the approval
" of men of science and more learned societies."

OFFICEKS AND COMMITTEE.

(Elected July 1877.)

|)rcsibcnt.
Henry Lee, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., &c.

' l)i«-|.1r£sibcuts.

F. Ckisp, LL.B., B.A. Lund., F.R.M.S.

John Matthews, M.D., F.R.M.S.

E. T. Newton, F.G.S.

T. Charters White, M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S.

jporc. %xtu%axzx.

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S., 113, High Holborn, W.C.

fjort. Secretary.
John E. Ingpen, F.R.M.S., 7, The Hill, Putney, S.W.

|)ou. Secretary for Jfovcigit Corrcsponbcitcc.
M. C. Cooke, M.A., LL.D., A.L.S.

P«m. Importer.

Richard T. Lewis, F.R.M.S.

Committee.

M. Hawkins Johnson, F.G.S.

Frederick Oxley.

T. Rogers, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.

Joseph A. Smith.

F. W. Andrew.

A. Cottam, F.R.A.S.

C. G. Dunning.

J. W. Goodinge, F.R.G.S., &c.

W. II. GlLBURT.

F. A. Parsons.

B. W. Priest.

T. Spencer, F.C.S., F.R.M S.

pon. librarian, jpotr. Curator.

Alpheus Smith. H. F. Hailes.

Cmirsiou (f ommiit.ee.

F. W. Gay, F.R.M.S.
Frederick Oxley.

W. W. Reeves, F.R.M.S.
T. Rogers, F.L.S., F.R.M.S

W. T. Suffolk, F.R.M.S.

A 2

PAST PRESIDENTS.

Elected.

EDWIN LANKESTEE, M.D., F.E.S. - - July, 1865.

EENEST HAET „ 1866.

AETHUE E. DUEHAM, F.L.S., &c. - - „ 1867.

,, „ „ „ 1868.

PETEE LE NEVE FOSTEB, M.A. - - „ 1869.

LIONEL S. BEALE, M.B., F.E.S., &c. - „ 1870.

>> )> »» >> loll.

EOBEET BEAITHWAITE, M.D., F.L.S., &c. „ 1872.

>> >> >> »> loio.

JOHN MATTHEWS, M.D., F.E.M.S. - - „ 1874.

„ ,, ,, ,, 1875.

HENEY LEE, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.E.M.S., &c. „ 1876.

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE.

Your Committee, in presenting their Twelfth Annual
Report, have to record that the past year, although un-
marked by any very striking occurrence, has been by no
means deficient in work of interest and utility.

Your Committee have the pleasure of announcing that
the Council of University College have again renewed, for
the ensuing year, their long-continued permission for the
meetings of the Club to be held at this place ; and that the
cordial feeling that has always existed between the College
and the Club remains unabated.

The Club has lost by death during the past year the oldest
Honorary Member, Professor Guiseppe de Notaris, who was
elected in 1867, and of whom a short obituary notice appears
in the Journal : also six ordinary Members — Mr. J. Bowles,
Mr. J. Callaghan, Mr. S. Eyre, Mr. W. B. Holdernesse,
Mr. F. Rixon, and Mr. "W. "Wheldon. Twenty-one Members
have resigned, twenty-four have been struck off the list of
Members for non-payment of Subscription for five years and
upwards, forty-five new Members have been elected, and the
Club's numerical strength is now, 534, out of a total of
1,050 gentlemen who have joined since its commencement.

The following papers and communications have been
contributed during the past year : —

6

On an Improved -Anti-vibration Turntray

„ A New Universal Reflecting Condenser ...

„ Empusa muscce

„ The Relation between Volvox globator and
Sphccrosira volvox

,, A New Species of Argas

„ The Histology of Skin

„ Microscopy in the United States

,, An Improved Section-cutter

„ Some Recent Amplications of the Micro-
scope to Physics

„ Black Moulds

„ The Absence of Stomata from certain Ferns

,, Some Personal Observations on Botrylloides

„ Some Improvements in the Ordinary Con-
denser

„ The Staining of Vegetable Tissues

„ The Camera Lucida

By Mr. W. K. Bridgman.
Mr. W. K. Bridgman.
Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. C. F. George.
Mr. Charles Stewart.
Mr. Henry Crouch.
Mr. H. F. Hailes.

Mr. T. B. Lowne.
Dr. M. C. Cooke.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. T. C. White.

Mr. W. K. Bridgman.
Mr. W. H. Gilburt.
Mr. J. E. Ingpen.

In addition to the above, several short and interesting
communications have been made at the Meetings, and are
recorded in the Proceedings.

The following additions to the Library have been made by-
donation, exchange and purchase : —

PRESENTED BY

Dawson (J. W.), The Dawn of Life Mr. B. W. Priest.

Taylor (J. E.), The Aquarium The Publisher.

Rutherford (J. W.), Outlines of Practical His-
tology Mr. T. C. White.

Cash (J.), "Where there's a will there's a way" „ „

An Album of Micro-Photographs of Diato-

maceaa Mr. J. Redmayne.

Smithsonian Institution Report for 1875 United States Govt.

Grevillea (from commencement) Mr. A. Cottam.

Popular Science Review The Publisher.

Monthly Microscopical Journal ,, i}

Science Gossip „ „

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science ... Purchased.

))

)J

))

7

Darwin (C), Insectivorous Plants Purchased.

Annals of Natural History. Third Series.

20 Vols. 1858-67

Do. do. Fourth Series. 12 Vols.

1868-73

Walckenaer and Gervais' Histoire Naturelle

des Insectes. Apteres. 5 Vols

Buckton (G.B.), Monograph of the British

Aphides. Ray Society By Subscription.

Mcintosh (W.C.), Monograph of the British

Annelids. Part I. Ray Society ,,

American Naturalist In Exchange.

American Journal of Microscopy ,, ,,

Proceedings of various Scientific Societies.
Sundry Pamphlets.

Fifteen Photographs have been contributed to the Album,
which now contains 35 portraits of Members of the Club.

The following Donations have been made to the Object
Cabinet : —

Mr. W. A. Bevington 4 Slides.

Mr. W. K. Bridgman 19 ,,

Mr. A. C. Cole 37 „

Dundee Naturalists' Society 3 „

Mr. F. Enock 12 „

Mr. H. E. Feeeman 2 „

Mr. H. F. Hailes 77 „

Mr. S. Israel 6 „

Mr. J. C. Sigsworth 6 „

Mr. J. Tatem 1 ,,

Mr. A. Topping 1 „

Mr. T. C. White 1 „

Total 169

The Slides in the Cabinet have been thoroughly examined
by a Sub- Committee appointed for that purpose, and a new

8

Catalogue is in course of preparation, which will include the
numerous and valuable contributions recently made. This
work, which is of some considerable extent and difficulty,
will, when completed, greatly increase the value of the
collection, by rendering it more easy of reference than it is
at present.

The Ordinary and Conversational Meetings have been
unusually well attended during the past year, and the objects
exhibited have been more numerous, and of greater scientific
interest than formerly. The assistance and information so
freely given by the more experienced Members on methods
of mounting and manipulation, &c, have greatly tended to
improve the quality of such work produced by. Members of
the Club, among which may be found some of the highest
class specimens of amateur microscopical preparations. The
value of such instruction to young microscopists cannot well
be over-rated.

The Treasurer's Report speaks for itself, showing, as it
does, a satisfactory balance, and a prudent and economical
expenditure of the funds of the Club. It is to be regretted,
however, that a large amount is still outstanding from
unpaid Subscriptions.

The Journal continues to be published at suitable intervals,
and contains the Papers read and faithful reports of the oral
communications made at the meetings and the discussions
thereon. Its circulation outside the Club has increased,
and it is favourably noticed in many British and Foreign
Publications.

The Excursions have been well attended, and productive
of many interesting specimens in various branches of Natural
History. The attention of the Members is particularly called
to this portion of the work of the Club, and information

9

respecting new localities is much desired. Even at those so
frequently visited, the utility to beginners of lessons in the
art of collecting Microscopical Objects is manifest. The
Excursions also continue to be the means of keeping up a
friendly feeling between our own and kindred Societies.

ISTo award has been made out of the Fund presented by
Mr. Crisp, for papers written, or other work done for the
Club during the past year.

The Soiree of last April was one of the most successful
hitherto held by the Club. The increased space allotted to
exhibitors in the South Library allowed of a larger display
of microscopes than was previously practicable. The lecture
and other attractions were of a very satisfactory character,
and the selection of music performed by a small and efficient
band was highly appreciated by the numerous visitors.

The thanks of your Committee are due and gladly offered
on this occasion to the various officers of the Club, bv whom
the large amount of routine labour required for its proper
working is performed. In the departments of the Library
and the Cabinet the work continues to increase, owing to
their greater extent and their more extended use by Members
than formerly ; while our Honorary Reporter, by kindly
consenting to continue his arduous duties for another year,
adds to the obligation which the Club is under to him for his
valuable and long-continued record of its proceedings.

Your Committee consider that the Club may well be con-
gratulated upon its present satisfactory condition, occupying,
as it does, a definite and well-earned scientific position — free,
from internal dissensions and rivalry of party — pursuing
steadily its useful work of instruction in Microscopy, none
the less valuable perhaps for not being strictly formal —
and maintaining the genial and social character which has

10

always distinguished it. Its strongest position is that of a
working Society, able and willing to impart sound instruction
in the use of an instrument which is now employed in almost
every branch of Art and Science, and also in the rudiments
of histology, a most important branch of the study of
Natural History ; and keeping this steadily in view we may
confidently anticipate the best results, both as regards the
future contributions of the Club to original scientific re-
search, and the extension of its already widely-spread influ-
ence and usefulness.

• o o © i-h t~ co

*

T— 1

c

©

r-l

Ph

i— I

i— i

i—l

O • © © CM

iffl CM © »ffl CO

o

^

MO

CO

i-l l-H

l-H

i—i

<M "* <M O
CO H H

CM O

l-H

QC

W3

c

t—l

t~

lO CM

X

*D

•st*

t-

oo

CO

=«

■ i i

i ■

1

1

■

cc

i

1

~PH

CO

• r-t

?H

i ■ i

■ t

1

1

■

u

■

1

^

i i ■

i i

I

1

•

3

Pi

1

o

3

>1

-»^>

o

'— ■ ■

a

© ' '

1

1

1

o

Pi

■ w

<J

O

T3

©

ne 30th, 1877.
ating and Stati
tage
endance

perty Purchase
ty Expenses

I

CQ

©

CQ

©

1
1

•03

i — i

c3

Pi

fH

.r-l
rH

,®
=+H

co

P
o3

fH
H-=

•+=

PI

o

p
pi

PI

o

ca

Pi

c

A

r3

a

o3
PP

P

©
©
PI

od

^ pL, Pm <d PM pm <1 CC> n, <1

r— 1

o3
PQ

«

pq - -

^P ■«* © t- O O

tH
l-H

• 00 © t> © o

H5

M l-H

cjj CO © i— 1

^* i-H CM i-H

© ©

t>

l-H CM

00

rH CM

i i i

i i

CO

i i i

©

i i

t~

00 , .

= PI

i-l '

"S 2
© -43

co

'"'r-l '

rH O

f5 »■"

-*^

rJ -rH

rrf

. Hs ©

^ £

t- _. u ~

© P

^■"3 © J3
00 « H C3

Ph 8

1-1 « CQ p

§>£

P3 rH.O a

S -s ^ l2

a Oh

r- CO

=° §-S«g

ofi

© p w o

P4CJ

<~* r* CO /n-.
r-i C3 ,~ ©
r- i—H I— - ,—1

a ..

^ a ? s oj
• ^pqcoccoS

!Q o - ;

EH

CM ©

1—1

©

© ©

l-H

©

-st< ITS
i-H CM

O

«rt

CO

©

P3

PP
H-=

.

©

H

©

Jz;

rr!

P

' P

nt

lj

O

PI

r >

©

od

O

©
c3

rd.

^ p. 3
• rH

P©
co 2

| PQ

H
<!

O
ft

©
©

©
©

CQ

Pm

CO £ '

. ©

Ph Pi

^ o ■

o

M

©

CQ

PI

i«

O

©
©

p
o

©

PI

C3

© ^

fS ha

P
©

H

d

H

cc

nri

q)

H

ad

CQ

©

©

P

■+a

o

P

o

P

p

K

EH -

OO
>CO

K •

s.: •

g 3

^ a-s

SH 4? ©

CO ©

CO O

©
>. >> co

O) o
r^H cS PJ

a © g

■rt pp ©

PI --cj <q
p^ © ,

j a «

M 03 cp

P V^
P fcD+a

O p c3

P -"H _d

© ©
P ©

CO ,J2

• ©

© s

r—

■T3 <D

r^

PPP

00

PI -

i—i

pp ©

PP

^ ©
© P3

CM

to

P

.01 t-s
03
©

HONOKAKY MEMBEES.

Date of Election.

Jan. 24, 1868 Arthur Mead Edwards, M.D. (Ex- President of the
American Microscopical Society : President of the
Newark Scientific Association), 120, Belleville
Avenue, Newark, New Jersey, U.S.A.

Mar. 19, 1869 Kev. E. C. Bolles (Ex-President of the Portland
Society of Natural History), Salem, Mass., U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 S. 0. Lindberg, M.D., Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Helsingfors, Finland.

July 26, 1872 Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, President of Hobart
College, Geneva, New York, U.S.A.

July 26, 1872 J. J. Woodward, Assist. Surgeon, U.S.A., War De-
partment, Surgeon General's Office, Washington.

July 24, 1874 W. Sharpey, M.D., F.K.S., 50, Torrington- square,
W.C.

July 23, 1875 Lionel S. Beale, M.B., F.B.S., F.R.M.S., &c,
61, Grosvenor- street, W.

Sept. 22, 1876 Frederick Kitton, Hon. F.B.M.S., &c, 10, Hay-
market, Norwich.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Date of Election.

Sept. M, 1869 Ackland, William, L.S.A., F.E.M.S., 416 Strand,

W.C.
June 23, 1876 Addis, W., 28, Benyon-road, Soutligate-road, N.
Nov. 27, 1868 Adkins, William, 270 Oxford- street, W.
Mar. 23, 1866 Allbon, W., F.R.M.S., 525 New Oxford- street,

W.C.
Oct. 28, 1870 Allen, Rev. Francis H., Ditcliingham, Bungay,

Norfolk.
Sept. 27, 1867 Allen, John T.

June 23, 1876 Allison, Charles, 71 Graham-road, Dalston, E.
July 26, 1872 Alstone, John, 140 Eye-lane, Peckham, S.E.
Dec. 17, 1869 Ames, George Ackland, F.B.M.S., Union Club,

Trafalgar-square, W.C.
Sept. 25, 1868 Andrew, Arthur B., 3 Neville-terrace, Onslow-

gardens, S.W.
Dec. 22, 1865 Andrew, F. W., 3 Neville- terrace, Onslow-gardens,

S.W.
July 7, 1865 Archer, J. A., 172 Strand, W.C.
Nov. 27, 1874 Armhruster, C, F.C.S., 9 Augustus-road, Ham-
mersmith, W.
June 25, 1875 Arnold, Theodore P.

May 28, 1875 Arrowsmith, Wastell, 22 Camden- cottages, N.W.
Nov. 24, 1876 Atkins, Walter George, Mem. Soc. Eng., 62 Fleet-
street, E.C.
Dec. 22, 1865 Atkinson, John, 33 Brook-street, W.
Feb. 26, 1869 Atkinson, Wm., F.L.S., 47 Gordon- square, W.C.
Mar. 27, 1868 Aubert, Alfred, Lloyds, E.C.
July 23, 1875 Ayling, J. J., 37 Edward- street, Newington- butts,
S.E.

14

Date of Election.

Nov. 25, 1870 Baber, Edward Cresswell, L.E.C.P., M.E.C.S.,
34 Thurloe-square, S.W.

June 26, 1874 Badcock, John, F.B.M.S., 2 Banbury-road, South
Hackney, E.

May 22, 1868 Bailey, Captain L. C, B.N., F.B.G.S., F.B.A.S.,
Topographical Department, New- street, Spring-
gardens, S.W.

Dec. 27, 1867 Bailey, John W., 75 Broke-road, Dalston, E.

April 24, 1868 Baker, Chas., F.B.M.S., 244, High Holborn, W.C.

Feb. 28, 1873 Baker, George. H., M.B.C.S., 14 Mare-street,
Hackney, E.

May 25, 1877 Baker, G. Levett, 15 Winslow-road, Denmark-hill.

Feb. 25, 1876 Ballard, Dr. W. B., jun., 26 Manchester- square, W.

July 28, 1876 Barnard, Hy., 22 Bed Lion-street, Clerkenwell,
E.C.

Dec. 27, 1872 Barnard, Herbert, 33 Portland-place, W.

April 22, 1870 Barnes, Chas. Barritt, 4 Egrement- villas, "White
Horse-lane, South Norwood, S.E.

Nov. 23, 1866 Barnes, Captain E., Bridlington- quay, Yorkshire.

Aug. 28, 1874 Barnett, E. W., The Larches, Penge Lane, Syden-
ham, S.E.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bartlett, Edward, jun., L.D.S., M.B.C.S.E., 40
Elgin-road, St. Peter's-park, W.

June 23, 1871 Bartlett, Win. P., 41 Gloucester-place, Hyde-
park, W.

May 22, 1874 Bate, George Paddock, M.D., F.B.M.S., 412
Bethnal Green- road, E.

Nov. 26, 1875 Bayfield, Chas. Moulden, 2 Leamington-road- villas,
Westbourne-park, W.

Mar. 27, 1874 Beach, Bichard J., 59 Ashburton-grove, Lower
Holloway, N.

May 28, 1869 Bean, Charles E., Brooklyn-house, Goldhawk-road,
Shepherd's-bush, W.

Nov. 26, 1875 Beaulah, John, Bracken-hill, Brigg.

Oct. 26, 1866 Beck, Joseph, F.B.A.S., F.B.M.S., 31 Comhill,
E.C.

May 26, 1871 Bedwell, Fras. Alfred., M.A. Cantab., F.B.M.S.,
Bridlington, Hull.

May 24, 1872 Bennett, W. H., St. George's-hospital, S.W.

Mar. 24, 1871 Bentley, Algernon Boyds, 36 Portland-place, W.

15

Date of Election.

Dec. 27, 1867 Bentley, C. S., F.E.M.S., Hazelville-villa, Sunny-

side-road, Hornsey-rise, N.
May 22, 1868 Berney, John, F.E.M.S., 61 North-end, Croydon.
Oct. 23, 1868 Bevington, W. A., F.E.M.S., 113 Grange-road,

S.E.
June 24, 1870 Birch, A. E., 47, Halliford- street, Islington, N.
July 28, 1871 Bishop, Wm, 4 Whitley- villas, Caledonian-rd., N.
Feb. 23, 1866 Blake, T., 6 Charlotte-terrace, Brook-green, Ham-
mersmith, W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Blankley, Frederick, F.R.M.S., 15 Belitha-villas,

Barnsbury, N.
July 27, 1877 Blenkinsop, Benj., Sec. Hand- in-Hand Insurance

Office, New Bridge- street, Blackfriars, E.C.
May 26, 1876 Blundell, Joseph, St. George's Club, 2 Savile-row,

W.
Oct. 24, 1873 Bolton, Major Frank, 21 Victoria-mansions, S.W.
Jan. 22, 1875 Bolton, Thos., Hyde-house, near Stourbridge.
Sept. 27, 1872 Bortlrwick, Lord, 35 Hertford- street, Mayfair, W.
April 22, 1870 Bossy, Alfred Horsley, Walton Lodge, 118 Stoke

Newington-road, N.
Jan. 28, 1876 Bowcher, W., 6 Brownswood- villas, Stroud Green-
road, N.
May 22, 1874 Box, Edward Gaspar.

June 26, 1874 Brady, Henry, 96 Palace-gardens-terrace, W.
Oct. 27,1865 Braithwaite, B., M.D., M.B.C.S.E., F.L.S.,

F.B.M.S., The Ferns, 303 Clapham-road, S.W.
May 25, 1877 Bramhall, Bev. John, R.D., Terrington St. John's,

near Lynn, Norfolk.
Mar. 28, 1873 Bridgman, Frank G., 18 Queen Anne- street,

Cavendish-square, W.
Dec. 27, 1872 Bridgman, William Kencely, L.D.S., 69 St. Giles's-

street, Norwich.
May 26, 1876 Brigstock, John Wm., 4 Comberton-road, Upper

Clapton, E.
May 27, 1870 Brown, George Dransfield, M.K.C.S., Henley- villa,

Uxbridge-road, Ealing, W.
May 22, 1868 Brown, W. J., 4 Marlbro'-terrace, Maple-road,

Penge, S.E.
May 26, 1871 Browne, George, 45 Victoria-road, N.W.

16

Date of Election.

May 28, 1875 Brownie, J. W., Frascati, Mason's-hill, Bromley,
Kent.

Feb. 27, 1872 Browne, Eev. Thomas Henry, F.R.M.S., F.G.S.,
M.E.S., High Wycombe, Bucks.

Jan. 26, 1877 Buffham, T. Hughes, Clarence- villas, Clarendon-
road, Walthamstow.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bugby, Win, 3 Wilton-villas, Uxbridge-road, W.

May 22, 1874 Burgess, John James, 1 Copthall-chambers, E.C.

Sept. 27, 1872 Bush, Wm., Hanworth-house, Hanworth.

June 14, 1865 Bywater, Witham M., F.R.M.S., 5 Hanover-sq.,
W.

Sept. 22, 1876 Canton, Fredk., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., &c, 17 Great

Marlborough- street, Begent- street, W.
Dec. 17, 1875 Caplatzi, A., 1 North- crescent, Bedford- square,

W.C.
May 25, 1877 Carr, George, 4 Bread-street, Cheapside, E.C.
May 22, 1874 Carruthers, Herbert, 5 Darnley-road, Notting-hill,

W.
May 26, 1871 Catchpole, Robert, 8 Beaconsfield-terrace, Godol-

phin-road, Shepherd's-bush, W.
July 27, 1877 Chandler, Chas. F., 65 Lupus-street, S.W.
Oct. 22, 1875 Cheshire, F., Avenue-house, Acton, W.
Nov. 27, 1874 Chippindale, Geo., 3 Bough Down- villas, Boxmoor.
Mar. 24, 1876 Clarkson, A., 49 Southampton- street, Pentonville-

road, N.
May 22, 1874 Clayton, James, 67 Barnsbury-road, N.
May 22, 1868 Cocks, W. G., 36 Gayhurst-road, Dalston, E.
Sept. 22, 1876 Cole, Arthur C, St. Domingo-house, Oxford-
gardens, Notting-hill, W.
Nov. 27, 1874 Cole, B. G., Ivy-cottage, Hermon-hill, Wanstead,

Essex.
May 28, 1869 Cole, Walter B., F.E.M.S., St. John's-terrace,

Weymouth.
April 24, 1874 Cole, Wm., M.E.S., Ivy-cottage, Hermon-hill,

Wanstead, Essex.
May 23, 1873 Coles, Alfred K, F.R.M.S., Stamford-hill, N.
Jan. 25, 1867 Coles, Ferdinand, A.P.S., 341 Amherst-road, Stoke

Newington, N.

Date of Election.

April 23, 1869

July 7
Mar. 24
Feb. 23

Sept. 27
June 14

May 28

Feb. 22

June 27

May 28

Jan. 28
July 26

May 25
Aug. 28

Dec. 23

Feb. 23

Feb. 27

Sept. 28
June 22
Nov. 26

May 25

Jan. 22

Jan. 27

1865
1876

1872

1872
1865

1875

1867
1873

1869

1876

1872

1877
1868

1870

1877
1868

1866

1877
1875

1866

1875
1872

17

Collings, Thomas P., Surrey-chambers, 172 Strand,
W.C.

Collins, C., F.R.M.S., 157 Great Portland- street, W.

Colsell, Geo. Dannett, 5 Austin-friars, E.C.

Colvin, Alexander, Beaconside, Penrith, Cumber-
land.

Connolly, Charles T., L.S.A., 3 Church-hill-villas,
Wood- green, N.

Cooke, M. C, M.A., LL.D., A.L.S. (Hon. Sec. for
Foreign Correspondence), 2 Grosvenor- villas, Junc-
tion-road, Upper Holloway, N.

Cooper, Chas., Jesmond-cottage, Walham- green,
S.W.

Cooper, Frank W., L.E.C.S. Edin., Leytonstone, E.

Corbett, Alfred L., 103 Fentiman-road, Clapham-
road, S.W.

Cottam, Arthur, F.K.A.S., Office of Woods, White-
hall-place, S.W.

Cotton, Thos., M.D., 214 Seven- sisters'-road, N.

Cowan, Thos. Wni., F.E.M.S., Hawthorn-house,
Horsham, Sussex.

Coxhead, Albert C, 47 Eussell- square, W.C.

Ceisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A. Lond., F.R.M.S. (Vice-
President), 5 Lansdowne-road, Notting-hill, W.

Crisp, John S., F.B.M.S., 62 Camberwell-road,
S.E.

Crofton, Edward, M.A. Oxon., F.R.M.S., 45 West
Cromwell-road, South Kensington, S.W.

Crook, Thomas, F.R.M.S., care of Mr. T. dirties,
244 High Holborn, W.C.

Crouch, Henry, F.R.M.S., 66 Barbican, E.C.

Cunliffe, P. G., The Elms, Handforth, Cheshire.

Cunningham, Francis Bertram, 8 Durham-terrace,
Westbourne-park, W.

Curties, T., F.R.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.

Dadswell, Edward, 42 Barrington-road, Stockwell,
S.W.

Daintrey, George, Terminus Chambers, East-
bourne. B

18

Date of Election.

June 25, 1868 Darnley, D. Bowland, Ealing Dean, W.

Oct. 24, 1873 Dashwoocl, Horace, 192 St. Paul's-road, Canon-
bury, N.

July 23, 1871 D'Aubney, Tbos., Shepherdess-walk, Hoxton, N.

May 23, 1873 Davey, Eobert F., War Office, Pall-mall, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Davis, Henry, 19 Warwick- street, Leamington.

May 28, 1875 Dean, Arthur, 11 Caxton-street, Addington-road,
' Bow, E.

Feb. 23, 1877 Death, James, Jim., Cheshunt, Herts.

May 28, 1875 Defriez, Joseph George, M.K.C.S., L.S.A., 173
Bethnal- green-road, E.

Feb. 23, 1877 Delferier, Wm. Adrian, 40 Sloane- square, Chelsea,
S.W.

Nov. 24, 1876 Despointes, Francis, 16 St. George's -square,
Begent's-park-road, N.W.

June 26, 1868 Dickens, Charles, Latimer-house, Hadley, Mid-
dlesex.

Jan. 28, 1876 Dilnott, Geo., Hayling, Havant, Hants.

Jan. 23, 1874 Doble, Edmund Mohun, 12 Mount Ararat- villas,
Bichmond, Surrey.

Nov. 24, 1865 Dobson, H. H., F.B.M.S., Holmesdale, Grange-
Park, Ealing.

July 26, 1872 Doggett, Fredk. Ernest, Beid's Brewery, Liquor-
pond-street, E.C.

Nov. 27, 1868 Douglas, Bev. B. C, Manaton- rectory, Moreton-
hampstead, Exeter.

Jan. 28, 1870 Dowson, Edward, M.D., M.B.C.S., F.B.M.S., 117
Park-street, Grosvenor- square, W.

April 27, 1877 Draper, George, 25 Mount-pleasant, Lewisham,

S.E.
July 28, 1871 Drew, G. C, Milton-house, Cassland-road, South

Hackney, E.
Dec. 23, 1870 Duck, William A., 4 High-st., Vauxhall- cross, S.E.
Aug. 26, 1872 Dudgeon, B. E., M.D., 53 Montagu- square, W.
Oct. 25, 1872 Dunning, Chas. G., 22 Oseney-crescent, Camden-

road, N.W.
Sept. 22, 1865 Durham, Arthur E., F.B.C.S., F.L.S., F.B.M.S.,

&c, 82 Brook-street, Grosvenor- square, W.
Sept. 25, 1868 Eady, James Bay, F.B.M.S., F.G.S., Carleton-
grange, Skipton, Yorkshire.

19

Date of Election.

June 28, 1867 Edmonds, B., 178 Burrage-road, Plumstead, S.E.

May 26, 187G Emery, Charles, 2 Sheen-villas, Kectory-road,
Hornsey, N.

May 26, 1871 Enock, Fredk., 30 Eussell-road, Seven Sisters-
road, N.

June 26, 1874 Fardon, Edward Ashby, 80 Cambridge- street,
Pimlico, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1875 Farries, Thomas, F.C.S., 7 New Basinghall-street,
E.C.

July 25, 1873 Fase, Eev. Henry J., 57 Winchester-street, Pim-
lico, S.W.

June 25, 1875 Faulkner, Hy., jun., Fernwood, Eoehampton-park,
S.W.

Jan. 28, 1876 Faulkner, John, Mornington-crescent, N.W.

July 26, 1867 Fitch, Frederick, F.B.G.S., F.E.M.S., Hadleigh-
house, Highbury New-park, N.

Jan. 23, 1874 Flux, E. H., 1 West-hill, Highgate, N.

Aug. 4, 1865 Foster, Peter Le Neve, M.A. Cantab., Society of
Arts, Adelphi, W.C.

Mar. 24, 1871 Foulerton, J., M.D., Scientific Club, 7 Savile-
row, W.

Dec. 28, 1866 Fox, C. J., F.E.M.S., 26 South Molton-street,
Oxford- street, W.

Nov. 26, 1875 Freckelton, Eev. T. W., F.E.M.S., 28a Lonsdale-
square, Islington, N.

June 23, 1871 Freeman, Henry E., 48 Woodstock- road, Finsbury-
park, N.

Feb. 26, 1869 Fricker, C. J., 4 Westow-hill-terrace, Upper Nor-
wood, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Fryer, Geo. H., 82 Belsize-road, N.W.

Oct. 26, 1868 Furlonge, W. H., Coed Mawr-house, Holywell,
Flintshire.

Mar. 19, 1869 Gann, James W., 171 Fenchurch- street, E.C.
Mar. 25, 1870 Garden, Eobert Spring, 42 Carlton-hill, St. John's-

wood, N.W.
May 25, 1866 Gardiner, G., F.M.S., 244 High Holborn, W.C.
Feb. 26, 1875 Gardner, Edmund, 454 Strand, W.C.

b 2

20

Date of Election.

July 27, 1877 Gardner, J. H., A.K.C., Royal Polytechnic In-
stitution, Eegent- street, W.

April 24, 1868 Garnham, John, F.R.M.S., 123 Bunhill-row, E.C.

July 7, 1865 Gay, F. W., F.R.M.S. (Hon. Treasurer), 113 High
Holborn, W.C.

Jan. 28, 1870 Gellatly, Peter, Loughton, Essex.

July 26, 1867 George, Edward, F.R.M.S., 12 Derby- villas, Forest-
hill, S.E.

July 22, 1870 Gibson, Joseph F., F.R.M.S., 9 Saltoun-road,
Brixton, S.W.

June 14, 1865 Gibson, W., 273 Regent- street, W.

April 27, 1877 Gilbertson, Henry, Hertford.

Oct. 27, 1876 Gilburt, W. H., 42 Malmesbury-road, Bow, E.

June 27, 1873 Glasspoole, Hampden G., 34 Bernard-st., Russell-
square, W.C.

Feb. 25, 1876 Godwin, John, 144 Oakley- street, Chelsea, S.W.

Nov. 22, 1867 Golding, W. H., 19 Regina-road, Tollington-park,
N.

Nov. 22, 1872 Goodchild, J. E., Prospect-hill-lodge, Waltham-
stow, E.

Aug. 23, 1872 Goode, A., Whitehall-lane, Woodford, Essex.

April 26, 1872 Goodinge, James Wallinger, F.R.G.S., F.R.M.S.,
18 Aldersgate- street, E.C.

Mar. 27, 1866 Gray, S. Octavus, Bank of England, E.C.

Dec. 22, 1865 Gray, W. J., M.D., F.R.M.S., 41 Queen Anne-
street, Cavendish- square, W.

Nov. 27, 1874 Grayling, J. Francis.

May 22, 1874 Green, G., 6 Helmet-row, St. Luke's, E.C.

Jan. 28, 1870 Green, Nathaniel E., F.R.A.S., 3 Circus-road, St.
John's-wood, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Greenish, T., F.R.M.S., 20 New-street, Dorset-
square, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1868 Gregory, Henry R., 38 Welbeck- street, W.

May 23, 1873 Gregory, William, 406 Strand, W.C.

May 22, 1874 Grey, Ernest, 290 Essex-road, Annett's- crescent,
Islington, N.

June 26, 1874 Gritton, John Hall.

June 26, 1874 Gritton, Joseph.

July 24, 1868 Groves, J. W., F.R.M.S., 55 Russell-square, W.C.

21

Date of Election.

July 24, 1868 Grubbe, E. W., C.E., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-
park, W.

Jan. 27, 1871 Guimaraens, Augustus de Souza, F.E.M.S., 120
Ossultou-street, Euston- square, N.W.

Jan. 23, 1874 Hadland, J. H., 11 King William- street, E.C.

June 14, 1865 Hailes, Henry F. (Hon. Curator), 7 Haringay-road,
Hornsey, N.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hailstone, Robert H., 35 Walworth- road, S.E.

Feb. 23, 1867 Hainworth, W., jun., Clare- villa, Cricketfield-road,
Lower Clapton, E.

July 28, 1876 Halford, Edwd., 18 Leinster- square, Bayswater,W.

May 25, 1877 Hall, George W. L. Marshall, 1 Cresswell-park,
Blackheath, S.E.

July 23, 1875 Hallett, Marmaduke J., The National Provincial
Bank of England, Norwich.

Dec. 28, 1866 Hallett, E. J.

Nov. 26, 1875 Halley, Alex. Hay, 7 Elgin-road, Kensington-
park, W.

Feb. 22, 1869 Hammond, A., 4 Neptune-terrace, Marine-town,
Sheerness.

Jan. 23, 1874 Hardy, James Daniel, 73 Clarence-road, Clapton, E.

Sept. 28, 1866 Harkness, W., F.R.M.S., Laboratory, Somerset-
house, W.C.

June 23, 1871 Harris, Edward, F.E.M.S., Eydal-villa, Langton-
grove, Upper Sydenham, S.E.

April 23, 1875 Harrison, James, 22 Treherne-road, North Brixton,
S.W.

July 26, 1872 Harrod, John, Mark- lane- square, E.C.

Nov. 26, 1869 Hart, Edward, Highbury New-park, N.

Jan. 26, 1877 Harvey, G., 45 High-street, Kensington, W.

Nov. 24, 1871 Hawker, Charles, M.D., 2 Albion- terrace, White-
horse-lane, Stepney, E.

June 24, 1870 Hawkins, Samuel J., 27 Lichfield- grove, Finchley,
N.

June 28, 1867 Hawksley, Thos. P., 97 Adelaide-road, N.W.

Oct. 23, 1874 Haydon, W. F.

Aug. 23, 1872 Hembry, F. W., F.E.M.S., 7 St. John's-villas,
Overton-road, Brixton, S.W.

22

Date of Election.

Aug. 26, 1870 Hennell, Col. S., F.B.M.S.,Ventnor-villa, Ventnor,

Isle of Wight.
June 26, 18G8 Henry, A. H., 49 Queen's-gardens, Hyde-park, W.
June 26, 1874 Hewitt, W. W., F.K.M.S., 5 Torriano- gardens,

Camden-road, N.W.
May 22, 1868 Hicks, J. J., 8 Hatton-garden, E.C.
June 22, 1877 Hill, Ed. W., 9 Paragon-place, Surbiton Hill.
Sept. 24, 1869 Hilton, T. D., M.D., Upper Deal, Deal, Kent.
Sept. 28, 1866 Hind, F. H. P., Bartkolomew-liouse, Bartholomew-

lane, E.C.
May 22, 1874 Hind, George, 244 High Holborn, W.C.
July 26, 1872 Hinton, Ernest, 12 Vorley-road, Junction-road,

Upper Holloway, N.
Aug. 26, 1870 Hirst, John, jun., F.E.M.S., Dobcross, near Man-
chester.
Feb. 26, 1875 Holford, Chr., Bounty-office, Dean's-yard, West-
minster, S.W.
April 26, 1867 Hooton, C, Sunningdale-house, Bickerton-road,

Upper Holloway, N.
May 22, 1868 Hopkinson, John, jun., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., F.G.S.,

Holly- bank, Watford.
April 28, 1876 Horn, Wm. E., A.I.C.E., 10 Vincent- square,

Westminster, S.W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Horncastle, H., Wliitemoor-house, near Ollerton,

Notts.
June 25, 1869 Houghton, W., Hoe- street, Walthamstow, E.
May 22, 1874 Hovenden, C. W., F.E.M.S., 95 City-road, E.C.
April 26, 1867 Hovenden, F., F.E.M.S., Glenlea, Thurlow-park-

road, Dulwich, S.E.
June 23, 1876 How, Wm. Samuel, 145 Great Portland- street, W.
Oct. 27, 1876 Howard, D., 60 Belsize-park, N.W.
Jan. 22, 1875 Howard, F. W., The Grove, Teddington.
Feb. 25, 1870 Hudleston, W. H., J.P., F.G.S., 23 Cheyne-walk,

S.W.
Jan. 26, 1872 Hudson, Eobert, F.E.S., F.E.M.S., &c, Clapham-

common, S.W.
Dec. 28, 1866 Hunt, W. H. B., F.E.M.S., 23 Eversholt- street,

Oakley-square, N.W.
Oct. 22, 1875 Hunter, John, 5 Eton-rise, Ealing, W.
Dec. 22, 1876 Hunter, J. J., 5 Eton-rise, Ealing, W.

23

Date of Election.

July 25, 1873 Hurst, John Thomas, Koyal Engineer Office,

Portsmouth.
Nov. 25, 1870 Hutton, Eev. Wynclham M., Lezayre- vicarage,

Eamsey, Isle of Man.

May 24

Aug. 22

Dec. 17
Dec. 17

July 24

June 14

Feb. 28

July 24

Jan. 25

Feb. 24

June 23
Feb. 23

Mar. 24
Oct. 25

Feb. 28

June 25

Nov. 25

May 23

June 23

1867 Ingpen, John E., F.E.M.S. (Hon. Secretary), 7 The

Hill, Putney, S.W.
1873 Israel, S., 1 The Crescent, America- square, E.C.

18G9 Jackson, B. D., F.E.M.S., 30 Stockwell-road, S.W.

1875 Jackson, C. L„ F.Z.S., F.E.M.S., 11 Hesketh-

street, Southport, Lancashire.

1868 Jackson, F. E., Culver-cottage, Slinclon, Arundel,

Sussex.
1865 Jaques, Edward, B.A., F.E.M.S., 5 Hargrave-park-

road, Upper Holloway, N.
1873 Jenkins, J. "W., 1 St. John's-hill, Wandsworth,

S.W.
1868 Jennings, Eev. Nathaniel, M.A., F.EA.S., 66

Avenue-road, Eegent's-park, N.W.
1867 Johnson, John A., 15 Wellington-road, Stoke

Newington, N.
1871 Johnson, M. Hawkins, F.E.M.S., F.G.S., 379

Euston-road, N.W.

1876 Johnson, Tom Eichard, 364 Camden-road, N.

1877 Johnston, J. M. C, Tudor-house, Grove-lane,

Camberwell, S.E.

1871 Johnstone, James, jun.

1872 Jones, E. W., F.E.A.S., F.E.M.S., 53 Cowley-road,

North Brixton, S.W.

1873 Jones, Geo. J., Churton-house, Melverton-terrace,

Leamington.

1875 Jones, J. Birdsall, F.E.M.S., care of W. E. Jones,

Esq., Athenaeum, Liverpool.

1870 Jones, Lieut.'- Col. Lewis, Ambarrow-house, Sand-
hurst, Wokingham.

1873 Jones, Captain Loftus F., United Service Club,
Pall Mall, S.W.

1876 Jones, Thomas Edwd., 46 Park-street, Stoke

Newington, N.

24

Date of Election.

May 22, 1874 Jones, W. W., 14 Lancaster- street, Lancaster-gate,
Hyde-park, W.

May 23, 1873 Karop, Geo. C, Middlesex-hospital, W.

Mar. 23, 1877 Keene, John H., The Cottage, Bishopsgate, near

Staines.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kemp, Eobert, F.B.M.S., 60 Windsor-road, Upper

Holloway, N.
Oct. 26, 1866 Kent, W. S., F.E.M.S., F.Z.S.
Aug. 23, 1867 Kiddle, Edward, The War Office, Pall-mall, S.W.
Mar. 19, 1869 Kilsby, Thomas W., 4 Brompton- villas, Edmonton.
June 23, 1876 Kindon, Chas. J., 30 Overton-road, Brixton,

S.W.
July 7, 1865 King, G. H, Sea-horse-house, 165 and 190 Great

Portland-street, W.
July 22, 1870 King, Henry, 65 Myddleton- square, E.C.
Dec. 23, 1870 King, Eobert, F.E.M.S., Fern-house, Upper Clap-
ton, E.
April 26, 1867 Kirk, Joseph, 11 Blossom-st., Norton Folgate, E.
Nov. 27, 1874 Kirkman, Eev. Joshua, Thurlow - road, South

Hampstead, N.W.
Feb. 28, 1873 Kitsell, Francis J., 7 John's-terrace, Latymer-

road, W.
Mar. 23, 1877 Kluht, Hy. John, 16 Bishop's-road, W.
May 25, 1877 Knaggs, Hy. Valentine, 189 Camden-road, N.W.
Oct. 24, 1873 Knight, John Mackenzie, 2 Lansdowne-terrace,

Bow-road, E.

Nov. 25, 1870 Ladd, Wm., F.E.A.S., F.E.M.S., 12 Beak-street,
Eegent-street, W.

July 27, 1866 Lambert, T. J., Trentham-house, 151 Highbury
New-park, N.

Nov. 23, 1866 Lambert, W., 4 New Basinghall-street, E.C.

Aug. 24, 1866 Lampray, John, F.E.G.S., 16 Camden- square,
N.W.

Mar. 22, 1867 Lancaster, Thos., Bownham-house, Stroud, Glou-
cestershire.

May 25, 1877 Lane-Fox, Hon. Sackville F. H., 22 Camden-
cottages, Camden-road, N.W.

25

Date of Election.

Dec. 28, 1866 Langrish, H., 250 Pentonville-road, N.

May 38, 1875 Larkin, John, 24 Charterhouse- square, E.C.

May 28, 1875 Laws, Joseph C, 41 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

June 25, 1869 Layton, Charles E., 12 Upper Hornsey-rise, N.

Aug. 28, 1868 Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.E.M.S., &c. (President of the
Old Change Microscopical Society), Old Change,
EC.

Mar. 19, 1869 LEE, HENEY, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., &c. (President),
The Waldrons, Croydon.

May 27, 1874 Leefe, Frederick Ewbank, 289 Goswell-road,
E.C.

June 23, 1876 Leeson, Herbert Seymour, 4 Old Buildings, Lin-
coln's-inn, W.C.

Oct. 25, 1867 Leifchild, J. E., M.A., 21 St. Lawrence-road,
Notting-hill, W.

Sept. 22, 1865 Leighton, W. H., 2 Merton-place, Chiswick, W.

July 25, 1873 Le Pelley, C, 17 Underwood-street, Shepherdess-
walk, Hoxton, N.

May 28, 1869 Letts, Edmund A., M.D., 16 St. Patrick-square,
Edinburgh.

July 26, 1872 Levien, Charles N., 3 Great Tower-street, E.C. .

April 27, 1866 Lewis, E. T., F.E.M.S. (Hon. Reporter), 1 Lowndes-
Terrace, Knightsbridge, S.W.

June 26, 1868 Lindley, W., Jun., Kidbrook-terrace, Blackheath,
S.E.

May 26, 1871 Locke, John, 16 Georgiana- street, Camden-town,
N.W.

April 23, 1869 Long, Henry, 90 High-street, Croydon.

Aug. 28, 1874 Love, James, Talbot-lodge, Bickerton-road, Upper
Holloway, N.

Nov. 24, 1866 Lovibond, J. W., F.E.M.S., St. Anne-street, Salis-
bury.

Sept. 22, 1865 Lovick, T., Board of Works, Spring- garden, S.W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Lowne, B. Thompson, F.E.C.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
7 Devonshire- street, Portland- place, W.

April 27, 1866 Loy, W. T., F.E.M.S., 11 Garrick- chambers, Gar-
rick- street, W.C.

Jan. 24, 1873 McBride, Francis J.

26

Date of Election.

Nov. 23, 1866 Mclntire, S.J., F.B.M.S., 22 Bessborough-gardens,

8.W.
Jan. 26, 1872 Mackechnie, J. Hamilton, M.D., 60 Wimpole-

street, Cavendish-square, W.
July 26, 1874 Magor, Thomas, M.D., Myddelton-road, Hornsey,

N.
May 22, 1874 Manly, Dr., Thatched House Club, St. James'- st.,

S.W.
Sept. 27, 1872 Manning, His Eminence the Cardinal Archbishop,

Archbishop's House, Westminster, S.W.
June 14, 1865 Marks, E., Beaumont- villa, Beaumont-rd., Horn-
sey-rise, N.
Sept. 22, 1876 Martin, W. H., 11 Markham- square, Chelsea, S.W.
Dec. 27, 1867 Martinelli, A., 106 Albany-street, N.W.
Oct. 25, 1867 Marwood, W. G. H., 50 Cornhill, E.C.
June 27, 1873 Mason, Thomas, 416 Strand, W.C.
April 26, 1867 Matthews, G. K., St. John's-lodge, Beckenham,

Kent.
Oct. 26, 1866 Matthews, John, M.D., F.B.M.S., (Vice-President),

30 Colebrooke-row, Islington, N.
Jan. 26, 1877 Matthews, Wavell, 12 Wigmore- street, W.
Sept. 24, 1869 Matthews, William, 374 Camden-road, N.
May 26, 1871 May, John WiUiam, F.B.M.S., Arundel-house,

Percy-cross, Fulham, S.W.
Feb. 27, 1874 May, Lewis J., 371 Holloway-road, N.
Dec. 17, 1875 May, Thomas, 54 Coburg-road, Old Kent Boad,

S.E.
Feb. 25, 1876 May, W. K., 39 Mortimer- road, Kingsland, E.
Feb. 28, 1873 Mayhew, A. F., 167 Long-lane, Bermondsey, S.E.
Mar. 22, 1867 Meacher, John W., 10 HiUmarten-road, Camden-
road, N.
May 22, 1874 Meates, Edgar A., 83 Cambridge- street, Pimhco,

S.W.
Feb. 25, 1876 Meredyth, Bev. T. E., M.A., Burley dam- vicarage,

Whitchurch, Salop.
May 22, 1874 Messenger, G. A., 21 Glengall-grove, Old Kent-rd.,

S.E.
Dec. 18, 1868 Mestayer, Bichard, F.L.S., F.B.M.S., 7 Buckland-

crescent, Belsize-park, N.W.

27

Date of Election.

July 27, 1877 Michael, Albert D., 3 & 4 Great Winchester-
street, E.C.

July 7, 1865 Millett, F. W., 21 Duncan-terrace, Islington, N.

Feb. 28, 1873 Mills, Charles, 4 Stanbridge-road, Putney, S.W.

May 25, 1866 Moginie, W., F.K.M.S., 14 Eiding-house- street, W.

Mar. 27, 1868 Moore, Daniel, M.D., Hastings-lodge, Victoria-
road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Jan. 23, 1874 Moreland, Kichard, jun., M.I.C.E., F.E.M.S., 3
Old-street, St. Luke's, E.C.

Mar. 23, 1877 Morrell, Fred. Kent, 306 Kennington-park-road,
S.E.

Oct. 27, 1866 Morrieson, Colonel B., F.R.M.S., Oriental Club,
Hanover- square, W.

Dec. 22, 1876 Morris, J. Griffith, M.E.C.S., 135 St. Owen-street,
Hereford.

Oct. 27, 1876 Morris, W. G., L.D.S., 12 White-friars, Chester.

April 24, 1868 Mummery, J. Howard, 10 Cavendish-place, W.

Jan. 25, 1867 Murray, E. C, 69 Jermyn-st., St. James's, S.W.

Mar. 23, 1866 Nation, W. J., 30 King- square, Goswell-road, E.C.
Mar. 24, 1876 Nelson, Edward M., 9 Marlborough-hill, N.W.
Mar. 24, 1871 Nelson, James, 3 Oakden- street, Kennington-road,

S.E.
Jan. 26, 1872 Newton, Edwin Tulley, F.G.S. {Vice-President),

Geological Museum, Jermyn- street, S.W.
Jan. 23, 1874 Newton, Henry Edward, Woolsthorpe, The Avenue,

Gipsey Hill, Norwood, S.E.
July 7, 1865 Nicholson, D., 51 St. Paul's- churchyard, E.C.
May 22, 1874 Nixon, Philip Charles, 23 Crutched- friars, E.C.

Dec. 22, 1876 Ogilvy, Campbell P., Sizewell-house, Leiston,

Suffolk.
Feb. 25, 1876 Ongley, H. H.

June 22, 1877 Oswin, Fred., F.S.A., 10 Gower-street, W.C.
Dec. 27, 1867 Oxley, F., 8 Crosby-square, Bishopsgate, E.C.

May 22, 1874 Palmer, Thomas, B.S., F.E.M.S., Holme Lee,

Lower Camden, Chislehurst, Kent.
July 27, 1873 Parker, William, Whitehall Club, S.W.

28

Date of Election.

Oct. 27, 1871 Parsons, Fred. Anthony, 90 Leadenhall- street,

E.C.
April 23, 1875 Peal, Charles Nathaniel, Westbourne-lodge, Cas-

tlebar-hill, Ealing, W.
May 22, 1874 Pearce, George Alonzo Creech, B.A., M.B., B.C.N.,

Priory- chambers, Crutched-friars, E.C.
May 24, 1867 Pearce, George, Villa Helvetia, Tufnell-park, N.
Feb. 23, 1872 Pearce, W. E. Grindley, L.K.C.P., 24 Bessborough-

gardens, S.W.
April 27, 1877 Pearcy, Alfred Copley, 31 Packington- street,

Islington, N.
June 23, 1876 Pearcy, Kichard Gilbert, 31 Packington-street,

Islington, N.
May 24, 1867 Pearson, John, 212 Edgware-road, W.
Dec. 22, 1876 Perry, George, 82 Finborough-road, South Ken-
sington, S.W.
Oct. 27, 1865 Pickard, J. F., 1 Bloomsbury- street, W.C.
Jan. 22, 1869 Pillischer, M., F.B.M.S., 88 New Bond-street, W.
Nov. 24, 1871 Pitts, Frederick, Harvard-house, St. John's-hill,

Clapham, S.W.
Nov. 23, 1866 Potter, G., F.B.M.S., 42 Grove-road, Upper Hol-

loway, N.
June 22, 1866 Powe, L, 71 George- street, Kichrnond, Surrey.
May 25, 1866 Powell, Hugh, F.K.M.S., 170 Euston-road, N.W.
May 26, 1876 Powell, Jas. F., 12 Dalryrnple-terrace, Glenarm-

road, Clapton park, E.
Jan. 24, 1873 Powell, Jas. J., 43 Burton-road, Brixton, S.W.
July 7, 1865 Powell, Thomas, 18 Doughty- street, Mecklenberg-

square, W.C.
July 24, 1874 Powell, Thomas Henry, 7 Poultry, E.C.
Jan. 22, 1875 Power, H. D'Arcy, F.L.S., 33 St. Paul'-road, Ken-

nington, S.E.
Oct. 25, 1872 Price, W. H., 1 The Terrace, Kennington-park,

S.E.
Feb. 26, 1869 Prichard, Thomas, M.D., Abbington Abbey, North-
ampton.
June 27, 1873 Priest, B. W., 22 Parliament- street, S.W.
July 26, 1867 Pritchett, Francis, 131, Fenchurch-street, E.C.

29

Date of Election.

April 23, 1868 Quekett, Alfred J. S., 13 Delamere- crescent, West-
bourne- square, W.

April 23, 1868 Quekett, Arthur Edwin, 13 Delamere-crescent,
Westbourne- square, W.

April 23, 1868 Quekett, Eev. William, The Eectory, Warrington.

Feb. 23, 1866 Quick, George E., 109 Long- lane, Bermondsey, S.E.

Oct. 26,1866 Babbits, W. T., Higlmeld, Dartmouth-park, Forest-
bill, S.E.

Sept. 24, 1869 Kadcliffe, J. D.

Nov. 23, 1866 Kadermacber, J. J., The Pantechnicon, Motcombe-
street, Belgrave- square, S.W.

June 25, 1875 Badford, W. S., M.D., F.B.M.S., Sidmouth.

Oct. 26, 1866 Bamsbotbam, J. M., M.D., 15 Anxwell- street, Pen-
tonville, E.C.

Oct. 26, 1866 Bamsden, Hildebrand, M.A. Cant., F.L.S.,
F.B.M.S., Forest-rise, Walthamstow, E.

Aug. 28, 1868 Bance, T. G., Elniside, Bickley, Kent.

May 22, 1868 Bawles, W., 64 Kentish- town- road, N.W.

Oct. 28, 1869 Bean, Walter, Woodstock- road, Poplar, E.

June 23, 1876 Bedmayne, John T., M.B.C.S., F.B.M.S., &c,
Astley-bank, Bolton, Lancashire.

June 22, 1877 Beed, John W., F.B.G.S., 27 Clarence- street,
Islington, N.

June 27, 1873 Beeve, Fredk., 37 Fentiman-road, Clapham-road,
S.W.

July 7, 1865 Beeves, W. W., F.B.M.S., 37 Blackheath-hill, S.E.

May 22, 1874 Beid, Wm. Wardlaw, 16 Warwick- place, Peckham
Bye, S.E.

May 26, 1871 Bichards, Edward, F.B.M.S., 289 Camberwell
New-road, S.E.

Mar. 25, 1870 Bichardson, Thomas Hyde, 1 Belgrave-villas,
Holmesdale-road, Selhurst, S.E.

June 25, 1869 Boberts, John H., F.B.C.S., F.B.M.S., 82 Finch-
ley-road, St. John's-wood, N.W.

April 26, 1872 Boberts, S. Hackett, F.B.M.S., 355 Walworth-
road, S.E.

May 22, 1868 Bogers, John, F.B.M.S., 4 Tennyson- street, Not-
tingham.

30

Date of Election.

Oct. 267 1866 Eogers, Thomas, F.L.S., F.E.M.S., Selmeston-

house, Thurlow-park-road, West Dulwich.
Mar. 22, 1872 Eolfe, Charles Spencer, 6 Westminster-chambers,

S.W.
May 22, 1868 Eoper, M.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.E.M.S., Palgrave-

house, Eastbourne, Sussex.
June 23, 1876 Eoper, Hy. John, F.E.M.S., 5 Lausanne-road,

Peckham, S.E.
Oct. 27, 1876 Eoper, Eobert, 4 Westbury- villas, Westbury-road,

Upton, Stratford, E.
July 24, 1868 Eowe, James, Jun., M.E.C.V.S., 65 High-street,

Marylebone, W.
Oct. 26, 1866 Eowlett, John, 92 Enville-road, Walworth, S.E.
July 14, 1865 Euffle, G. W., 131 Blackfriars-road, S.E.
July 24, 1874 Eushton, William, 61 Tumell-park-road, Hol-

loway, N.
Oct. 27, 1865 Eussell, James, 10 High-street, Shoreditch, E.
Feb. 27, 1874 Eussell, James, 61 Leipsic-road, Camberwell, S.E.
Oct. 26, 1866 Eussell, Joseph, Blenheim-house, Middle Mall,

Hammersmith, S.W.
May 22, 1868 Eussell, Thomas D., 21 Park-road, West Dulwich,

S.E.
Feb. 22, 1867 Butter, H. Lee, 1 St. Barnabas- villas, Lansdowne-

circus, South Lambeth, S.W.

May 23, 1873 Salkeld, Lt.-Colonel Joseph C, F.E.M.S., 29 St. '
James's-street, S.W.

Dec. 17, 1869 Salmon, John, 24 Seymour-st., Euston-sq., N.W.

May 28, 1875 Saul^ Geo. William, 120 Cheapside, E.G.

May 22, 1868 Scatliff, John Parr, M.D., 132 Sloane- street, S.W.

May 24, 1872 Schloesser, Ernest, 9 College-hill, Cannon-st., E.C.

Feb. 26, 1875 Scofield, W. J., M.E.C.S., F.L.S., 13 South Hill
Park-gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

July 27, 1877 Scott, Archibald E., 70 Old Broad-street, E.C.

May 24, 1872 Sequeira, H. L., M.E.C.S., 1 Jewry-street, Aldgate,
E.C.

July 27, 1868 Sewell, Eichard, 17 Gloucester-terrace, Palace-
gate, S.W.

Oct. 22, 1869 Shaw, Wm. Forster, Mosshall Grove, Finchley, N.

31

Date of Election.

Jan. 22, 1869 Slieehy, William H., M.D., 4 Claremont-square, N.
May 26, 1876 Shepheard, Thomas, F.E.M.S., 12 Bridge- street,

Kow, Chester.
May 26, 1871 Sigsworth, J. C, F.K.M.S., 44 Parliament- street,

Westminster, S.W.
June 27, 1873 Simmonds, Joseph E., 13 Ann's-terrace, near

Walham-green, S.W.
Aug. 23, 1867 Simmons, James J., L.D.S., 18 Burton- crescent,

Euston-road, W.C.
May 26, 1876 Simpson, Edwd., 24 Grummant-road, Peckharu-

road, S.E.
Mar. 27, 1868 Simson, Thos., The Laurels, Courtyard, Eltham.
May 28, 1869 Sketchley, H. G., 72 Wilson- street, Derby.
Dec. 28, 1866 Slade, J., 100 Barnsbury-road, N.
Mar. 24, 1872 Smart, Harry, 8 The Paragon, Hackney, E.
Oct. 23, 1868 Smart, William, 27 Aldgate, E.
May 25, 1866 Smith, Alpheus (Hon. Librarian), 42 Choumert-

road, Kye-lane, Peckham, S.E.
Feb. 25, 1876 Smith, Edward, F.S.S., 37 Old Jewry, E.C.
Mar. 25, 1870 Smith, Francis Lys, 3 Grecian- cottages, Crown-

. hill, Norwood, S.E.
June 27, 1873 Smith, G. J., 5 St. Bride's-st., Ludgate-circus, E.C.
Oct. 26, 1866 Smith, H. Ambrose, 2 King William-street, E.C.
June 26, 1868 Smith, James, F.L.S., F.B.M.S., 13 Canonbury-

place, Islington, N.
Dec. 23, 1870 Smith, Joseph A., Granville-lodge, Croydon-road,

Penge, S.E.
May 22, 1874 Smith, Poland D., M.K.C.S.E., F.E.M.S., York-
house, Chatteris, Cambridgeshire.
June 24, 1870 Smith, William.

Feb. 28, 1873 Smith, W. Lepard, Southfield-house, Watford.
Aug. 23, 1872 Smith, W. Stuart, 30 Loraine-road, Holloway, N.
April 24, 1868 Snellgrove, W., 1a Cranfield-road, Wickhani-park,

S.E.
Sept. 22, 1865 Southwell, C, 44, Princes- street, Soho, W.
May 26, 1876 Southwell, Chas. Wm., 1 Stoke Newington-green, N.
Dec. 18, 1868 Sowerby, D., 38 Albert-road, Dalston, E.
May 22, 1874 Spencer, James, F.E.M.S., South-street, Greenwich,
S.E.

32

Date of Election.

June 26, 1876 Spencer, John, Brook's Bank, 81 Lombard- street,

E.C.
Nov. 22, 1872 Spencer, Thomas, F.C.S., F.B.M.S., 32 Euston-

square, N.W.
Mar. 24, 1866 Starling, Benjamin, 9 Gray's-inn-square, W.C.
Jan. 26, 1877 Steele, James W., 7 Charleniont-terrace, Cork.
Feb. 23, 1872 Stevens, C. B., 7 Ashby-road, Canonbury, N.
Aug. 24, 1866 Steward, J. H., F.B.M.S., 406 Strand, W.C.
May .23, 1873 Steward, James H. C, 406 Strand, W.C.
June 22, 1877 Stewart, Chas., M.B.C.S., F.L.S., F.B.M.S., &c,

St. Thomas' Hospital, and 25 Albert- square,

Clapham, S.W.
Sept. 22, 1876 Stiles, M. H., 24 Cleveland-road, N.
Mar. 19, 1869 Stokes, Frederick, 17 Milton-road, Herne-hill, S.E.
April 28, 1876 Stopher, Wm, 24 Coleman-street, E.C.
Oct. 27, 1871 Stuart, David John, 53 Ferntower-road, Highbury

New-park, N. ■
July 7, 1865 Suffolk, W. T., F.B.M.S., 48 Treherne-road, Vassal-
road, Brixton, S.E.
June 27, 1873 Suter, Edward D., Kent-lodge, Douglas-road-north,

Canonbury, N.
June 24, 1870 Swain, Ernest, 90 Campden-hill-road, W.
Nov. 22, 1867 Swainston, J. T., 3 St. Mark's- square, Kegent's-

park, N.W.
Nov. 24, 1866 Swansborough, E., 20 John-st., Bedford-row, W.C.
Dec. 18, 1868 Swift, James, 43 University- street, W.C.
Dec. 17, 1875 Swift, Mansell, 43 University- street, W.C.

Nov. 25, 1870 Tafe, John Forwood, Fernlea, King Edward-road,

Victoria-park, E.
July 27, 1877 Tanqueray. A. C, 3 Wells-street, Gray's inn-road,

W.C.
May 22, 1868 Tatem, J. G., Bussell-street, Beading.
Jan. 23, 1874 Taylor, John Ellor, The Museum, Ipswich.
Dec. 22, 1865 Terry, J., 109 Borough-road, S.E.
Aug.' 23, 1872 Terry, Thomas, 5 Austin-friars, E.C.
July 23, 1869 Thin, James, Ormiston-lodge, Claremont-place,

Brixton-road, S.W.
May 28, 1875 Thomson, John Keid, 18 Highbury-place, N.

33

Date of Election.

Feb. 24, 1871 Thornthwaite, W. H., 416 Strand, W.C.

April 27, 1877 Thorpe, George, 20 Eastcheap, E.C.

Jan. 22, 1875 Tinney, William A., 4 Alfred-place, Bedford- square,
W.C.

Nov. 27, 1867 Tomkins, Samuel Leitli, 26 Buckland- crescent,
Belsize-park, N.W.

June 23, 1871 Topping, Amos, 28 Charlotte- street, Caledonian-
road, N.

July 26, 1872 Townsend, John Sumsion, F.E.M.S., Stamford-
lodge, St. John's, Sevenoaks.

July 24, 1868 Tulk, John A., M.D.

July 26, 1867 Turnbull, Joseph, Laurel-house, North-hill, High-
gate, N.

June 25, 1869 Turner, E. D., Chafford, Tunbridge.

June 25, 1875 Turner, Sydney, 29 Ampthill- square, Hampstead-
road, N.W.

May 25, 1877 Veasey, Bobt. Geo., Ashchurch-lodge, Ashchurch-

road, Shepherd's-bush, W.
July 27, 1866 Veitch, Harry, F.H.S., The Eoyal Exotic Nursery,

King's-road, Chelsea, S.W.
Jan. 22, 1875 Vivian, The Hon. J. C, Selwyn-court, Eichmond,

Surrey.

May 22, 1874 Wadmore, Ernest.

April 24, 1874 Walker, Enoch.

May 28, 1869 Walker, Henry, F.G.S., 8 Walterton-road, St.

. Peter's-park, Paddington, W.
Feb. 27, 1874 Walker, John C, 14 Hilldrop-road, Camden-road,

N.
July 25, 1873 Walker, John Stringer, Warwick- road, Upper

Clapton, E.
June 26, 1868 Walker, J. W., Fairneld-house, Watford.
Dec. 18, 1868 Waller, A., 11 Aberdeen-park, Highbury, N.
May 22, 1868 Waller, J. G., 68 Bolsover- street, Portland-road, W.
July 24, 1874 Wallis, James, 22 Cranmer-road, Brixton-road,

S.E.
Aug. 26, 1870 Warburton, Samuel, Merton- villa, New- road, Lower

Tooting, S.W.

c

34

Date of Election.

Dec. 22, 1871 Ward, Daniel, 26 Coleman- street, Woolwich, S.E.

Nov. 22, 1867 Ward, F. H., M.E.C.S., F.B.M.S., Springfield-
house, near Tooting, S.W.

Dec. 18, 1868 Warner, Alfred, care of Mr. W. F. Stanley, 13 Kail-
way- approach, London-bridge, S.E.

May 25, 1866 Warrington, H. E., 7 Eoyal Exchange, Cornhill,
E.C.

Oct. 27, 1865 Watkins, C A., 10 Greek-street, Soho, W.

Oct. 25,1872 Watkins, J., L.C.P., 40 Store-street, Bedford-
square, W.C.

Dec. 28,1866 Way, T. E., 65 Wigmore- street, W.

July 24, 1874 Webb, C. E., Wildwood-lodge, North-end, Hamp-
stead, N.W.

June 22, 1877 Weddall, G. E., North Hall, Brough, East
Yorkshire.

May 24, 1867 Weeks, A. W. G., 36 Gunter-grove, West Brompton,
S.W.

Feb. 25, 1876 Wheeler, George, 7 St. John's-terrace, E.C.

Dec. 27, 1872 White, Charles, E., L.D.S., 32 Belgrave-road,
S.W.

April 23, 1869 White, Charles Frederick, F.E.M.S., 42 Windsor-
road, Ealing, W.

Feb. 26, 1868 White, Francis W., 2 Alexander-terrace, Cuhnore-
road, Balham, S.W.

May 22, 1868 White, T. Charters, M.E.C.S., L.D.S., F.E.M.S.,
(Vice-President), 32 Belgrave-road, S.W.

July 25, 1873 White, Walter, Litcham, Norfolk.

May 23, 1873 Whitmore, John, M.D., 15 Wimpole- street, W.

June 25, 1875 Whitney, Edward Underwood, 13 Gt. College-st.,
Westminster, S.W.

July 24, 1868 Wight, James F., F.E.M.S., Grazeley, Gipsy-hill,
Upper Norwood, S.E.

Mar. 24, 1871 Williams, George, 6 St. John's-park, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

April 28, 1875 Williams, Henry, Victoria Nurseries, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

June 23, 1876 Williams, Jas. W., 1 Hope-villas, Powell-road,
Clapton, E.

Oct. 24, 1873 Williams, John E., F.E.M.S., 59 Albion-road,
Stoke Newington, N.

35

Date of Election.

Oct. 28, 1870 Williams, Martin G., 2 Highbury-crescent, N.

July 28, 1871 Williams, Bobert Packenliam, 18 Brunswick- road,
Upper Holloway, N.

Jan. 25, 1867 Willsworth, H., 3 St. John's-villas, Upper Hol-
loway, N.

Mar. 24, 1876 Wilson, Okas. Joseph, 14 Highbury- crescent, N.

Feb. 22, 1867 Wilson, Frank, 110 Long-acre, W.C.

Aug. 27, 1869 Woods, W. Fell, 1 Park-hill, Forest-hill, S.E.

Jan. 28, 1876 Woollett, John, 58 Cloudesley-road, N.

Oct. 25, 1867 Worthington, Bichard, Champion-park, Denmark-
hill, S.E.

June 27, 1873 Wrey, George E. B., Addington-house, Addington-
road, Beading.

Jan. 23, 1874 Wright, Cecil H., 27 Wardour- street, W.

Nov. 23, 1866 Wright, Edward, 89 Shepherdess-walk, E.C.

Aug. 4, 1865 Wyatt, C. C, 9 North Audley- street, W.

May 25, 1877 Yates, Francis, Bockwood, Surbiton-hill.
Oct. 26, 1866 Yeats, Christopher, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.

NOTICE,

Members are requested to give the Hon. Secretary early notice of
any change of Residence, so as to prevent miscarriage of Journals and
Reports.

RULES.

I.— That the Quekett Microscopical Club hold its meetings
at University College, Gower Street, on the fourth Friday Even-
ing in every month, at Eight o'clock precisely, or at such other
time or place as the Committee may appoint.

II.— That the business of the Club be conducted by a Com-
mittee, consisting of the President, four Vice-Presidents, the
Treasurer, the Honorary Secretary, the Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence, and twelve other members, — six to
form a quorum. That the President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer,
Secretaries, and the four senior members of the Committee (by
election) retire annually, but be eligible for re-election. That
the Committee may appoint a stipendiary Assistant Secretary,
who shall be subject to its direction.

III. — That at the ordinary Meeting in June, nominations be
made of Candidates to fill the offices of President, Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretaries, and vacancies on the Com-
mittee. That such nominations be made by resolutions duly
moved and seconded, no Member being entitled to propose
more than one Candidate. That the President, Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary Secretary for
Foreign Correspondence be nominated by the Committee. That
a list of all nominations made as above be printed in alphabetical
order upon the ballot paper. That at the Annual General
Meeting in July all the above officers be elected by ballot from
the candidates named in the hsts, but any member is at liberty
to substitute on his ballot-paper any other name or names in
lieu of those nominated for the offices of President, Vice-
Presidents, Treasurer, Honorary Secretary, and Honorary
Secretary for Foreign Correspondence.

rV. — That in the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents
the Members present at any ordinary Meeting of the Club elect a
Chairman for that evening.

37

V. — That every Candidate for Membership be proposed by two
or more Members, who shall sign a certificate (see Appendix) in
recommendation of him— one of the proposers from personal
knowledge. The certificate shall be read from the chair, and the
Candidate therein recommended balloted for at the following
Meeting. Three black balls to exclude.

VI.— That the society include not more than twenty Honorary
Members, elected by the Members by ballot upon the recom-
mendation of the Committee.

VII. — That the Annual Subscription be Ten Shillings, pay-
able in advance on the 1st of July, but that any Member elected
in May or June be exempt from subscription until the following
July. That any Member desirous of compounding for his future
subscription may do so at any time by payment of the sum of
Ten Pounds ; all such sums to be duly invested in such manner
as the Committee shall think fit. That no person be entitled to
the full privileges of the Club until his subscription shall have
been paid ; and that any Member omitting to pay his subscrip-
tion six months after the same shall have become due (two ap-
plications in writing having been made by the Treasurer) shall
cease to be a Member of the Club.

VIII. — That the accounts of the Club be audited by two Mem-
bers, to be appointed at the ordinary Meeting in June.

IX. — That the Annual General meeting be held on the fourth
Friday in July, at which the Eeport of the Committee on the
affairs of the Club, and the Balance Sheet duly signed by the
Auditors shall be read. Printed lists of Members nominated for
election as President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Members of the Committee having been distributed, and the
Chairman having appointed two or more Members to act as
Scrutineers, the Meeting shall then proceed to ballot. If from
any cause these elections, or any of them, do not take place at
this Meeting, they shall be made at the next ordinary Meeting
of the Club.

X. — That at the ordinary Meetings the following business be
transacted: — The minutes of the last Meeting shall be read and
confirmed ; donations to the Club since the last Meeting announced

38

and exhibited ; ballots for new Members taken ; papers read and
discussed; and certificates for new Members read; after which
the Meeting shall resolve itself into a conversazione.

XI.- — That any Member may introduce a Visitor at any ordi-
nary meeting, who shall enter his name with that of the Member
by whom he is introduced in a book to be kept for the purpose.

XII. — That no alteration be made in these Laws, except at an
Annual General Meeting, or a Special General Meeting called for
that purpose ; and that notice in writing of any proposed altera-
tion be given to the Committee, and read at the ordinary Meeting
at least a month previous to the Annual or Special Meeting, at
which the subject of such alteration is to be considered.

APPENDIX.

Form of Proposal for Membership.

Quekett Microscopical Club.

Mr.

of

being desirous of becoming a Member of this Club, we beg to

recommend him for election.

(on my personal knowledge).

This Certificate was read 187

The Ballot will take place 187

39

RULES FOE THE EXCHANGE OF SLIDES.

I. That all Slides be deposited with the Hon. Curator.

II. That not more than two similar Slides be placed in the
Exchange Box at one time by any one Member.

III. That the Slides be classified by the Curator into Sec-
tions, numbered according to quality.

IV. Members to select from the class in which their Slides are
placed, at the conversational meetings of the Club.

V. Members may leave the selection to the Curator, if they
prefer it.

VI. Slides once exchanged cannot be exchanged again.

VII. A Register shall be kept, in which the Slides deposited
shall be entered and numbered, with the date of receipt, and in
which exchanges shall also be noted.

VIII. — All expenses incurred in the transmission of Slides or
in correspondence respecting them, to be borne by the Member
on whose account such charges may be incurred.

Parcels may be addressed —

Mr.

John E

Ingpen,
7, The Hill,

[Exchange

•]

Putney,

S.W.

Note. — As much inconvenience frequently arises from the breakage of
Slides in transmission through the Post, the following method is recom-
mended:— Pack the Slides in a small wooden box, which can be obtained of
any Optician, tie it securely with string and attach a slip of parchment to
one end, sufficiently large to receive the Postage Stamps, Address, and local
Post-office Stamps during transmission.

If paper be used as a wrapper to the box, the colour should be hlach.

When twelve or more Slides are sent, they should be packed in a racked
box and forwarded by Railway.

40

MEETINGS

OF THE

QUEKETT MICKOSCOPICAL CLUB,

AT
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, GOWER STREET, LONDON.

1877.— August 10 .... 24

September 14 .... 28

October 12 .... 26

November 9 .... 23

December 14 .... 28

1878.— January 11 .... 25

February 8 .... 22

March 8 .... 22

April 12 .... 26

May 10 .... 24

June 14 .... 28

July 12 .... 26

The Ordinary Meetings are held on the fourth Friday in
each month : — business commences at 8 o'clock p.m.

The Meetings on the second Friday in each month are
for Conversation and Exhibition of Objects; from 7 to
9.30 p.m.

The Annual General Meeting will be held on July
26th, 1878, at 8 o'clock, for Election of Officers and other
business.

41

EXCURSIONS, 1877.

March 24th BAKNES. To meet at Waterloo Station (Rich-
mond Line).
April 7th SNARE SBROOK. To meet at Fenchurch Street

or Liverpool Street Stations.
April 21st TORRINGTON PARK (for TOTTERIDGE),

returning by Mill Hill. To meet at Moorgate

Street Station.
May 5th CHISLEHURST. To meet at Charing Cross

Station.
May 19th EAST END (for FINCHLEY COMMON). To

meet at Moorgate Street Station.
June 2nd EPSOM DOWNS (for MICKELHAM). To meet

at London Bridge Station, South London Line.
June 16th CATERHAM. To join the Croydon Club. To

meet at Charing Cross Station.
June 30th WATFORD (for RICKMANSWORTH). To join

the Watford Club. To meet at Euston Station.
July 5th EXCURSIONISTS' ANNUAL DINNER.

Arrangements will be duly announced.
July 14th ELSTREE. To meet at St. Pancras Station at

1.30 p.m.
July 21st SOUTHEND, DAY EXCURSION. To meet at

Fenchurch Street Station, the first Train after

10 A.M.

July 28th THAMES DITTON. To meet at Waterloo

Station (Main Line).
Sept. 1st BROMLEY (for KESTON COMMON). To meet

at Holborn Viaduct Station.
Sept. 15th HAMPTON COURT. To meet at Waterloo

Station (Main Line).
Sept. 29th WALTHAMSTOW (Wood Street Station). To

meet at Liverpool Street G.E.R. Station.
Oct. 13th HACKNEY MARSHES. To meet at Homerton

Station (North London Line).

The time of departure from Town, unless otherwise specified,
will be the First Train after TWO o'clock.

F. W. Gay, \

F. Oxley,

W. W. Reeves, ^Excursion Committee.

T. Rogers,

W. T. Suffolk, ,

Printed by W. Davy & Son, Gilbert Street, W.